Albumin fusion proteins

ABSTRACT

The present invention encompasses albumin fusion proteins. Nucleic acid molecules encoding the albumin fusion proteins of the invention are also encompassed by the invention, as are vectors containing these nucleic acids, host cells transformed with these nucleic acids vectors, and methods of making the albumin fusion proteins of the invention and using these nucleic acids, vectors, and/or host cells. Additionally the present invention encompasses pharmaceutical compositions comprising albumin fusion proteins and methods of treating, preventing, or ameliorating diseases, disorders or conditions using albumin fusion proteins of the invention.

This is a divisional of application Ser. No. 11/927,602, filed Oct. 29,2007, which is a divisional of application Ser. No. 11/078,914, fledMar. 14, 2005, now U.S. Pat. No. 7,482,013, issued Jan. 27, 2009, whichis a continuation of application Ser. No. 09/832,501, filed Apr. 12,2001, now abandoned, which are both incorporated herein by reference intheir entirety, and which claim the benefit of priority under 35 U.S.C.§119(e) based on the following U.S. provisional applications: 60/229,358filed on Apr. 12, 2000; 60/199,384 filed on Apr. 25, 2000; and60/256,931 filed on Dec. 21, 2000. Each of the provisional applicationsis hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

The invention relates generally to Therapeutic proteins (including, butnot limited to a polypeptide, antibody, or peptide, or fragments andvariants thereof) fused to albumin or fragments or variants of albumin.The invention further relates to Therapeutic proteins (including, butnot limited to, a polypeptide, antibody, or peptide, or fragments andvariants thereof) fused to albumin or fragments or variants of albumin,that exhibit extended shelf-life and/or extended or therapeutic activityin solution. These fusion proteins are herein collectively referred toas “albumin fusion proteins of the invention.” The invention encompassestherapeutic albumin fusion proteins, compositions, pharmaceuticalcompositions, formulations and kits. Nucleic acid molecules encoding thealbumin fusion proteins of the invention are also encompassed by theinvention, as are vectors containing these nucleic acids, host cellstransformed with these nucleic acids vectors, and methods of making thealbumin fusion proteins of the invention using these nucleic acids,vectors, and/or host cells.

The invention is also directed to methods of in vitro stabilizing aTherapeutic protein via fusion or conjugation of the Therapeutic proteinto albumin or fragments or variants of albumin.

Human serum albumin (HSA, or HA), a protein of 585 amino acids in itsmature form (as shown in FIG. 15 or in SEQ ID NO: 18), is responsiblefor a significant proportion of the osmotic pressure of serum and alsofunctions as a carrier of endogenous and exogenous ligands. At present,HA for clinical use is produced by extraction from human blood. Theproduction of recombinant HA (rHA) in microorganisms has been disclosedin EP 330 451 and EP 361 991.

The role of albumin as a carrier molecule and its inert nature aredesirable properties for use as a carrier and transporter ofpolypeptides in vivo. The use of albumin as a component of an albuminfusion protein as a carrier for various proteins has been suggested inWO 93/15199, WO 93/15200, and EP 413 622. The use of N-terminalfragments of HA for fusions to polypeptides has also been proposed (EP399 666). Fusion of albumin to the Therapeutic protein may be achievedby genetic manipulation, such that the DNA coding for HA, or a fragmentthereof, is joined to the DNA coding for the Therapeutic protein. Asuitable host is then transformed or transfected with the fusednucleotide sequences, so arranged on a suitable plasmid as to express afusion polypeptide. The expression may be effected in vitro from, forexample, prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells, or in vivo e.g. from atransgenic organism.

Therapeutic proteins in their native state or when recombinantlyproduced, such as interferons and growth hormones, are typically labilemolecules exhibiting short shelf-lives, particularly when formulated inaqueous solutions. The instability in these molecules when formulatedfor administration dictates that many of the molecules must belyophilized and refrigerated at all times during storage, therebyrendering the molecules difficult to transport and/or store. Storageproblems are particularly acute when pharmaceutical formulations must bestored and dispensed outside of the hospital environment. Many proteinand peptide drugs also require the addition of high concentrations ofother protein such as albumin to reduce or prevent loss of protein dueto binding to the container. This is a major concern with respect toproteins such as IFN. For this reason, many Therapeutic proteins areformulated in combination with large proportion of albumin carriermolecule (100-1000 fold excess), though this is an undesirable andexpensive feature of the formulation.

Few practical solutions to the storage problems of labile proteinmolecules have been proposed. Accordingly, there is a need forstabilized, long lasting formulations of proteinaceous therapeuticmolecules that are easily dispensed, preferably with a simpleformulation requiring minimal post-storage manipulation.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

The present invention is based, in part, on the discovery thatTherapeutic proteins may be stabilized to extend the shelf-life, and/orto retain the Therapeutic protein's activity for extended periods oftime in solution, in vitro and/or in vivo, by genetically or chemicallyfusing or conjugating the Therapeutic protein to albumin or a fragment(portion) or variant of albumin, that is sufficient to stabilize theprotein and or its activity. In addition it has been determined that theuse of albumin-fusion proteins or albumin conjugated proteins may reducethe need to formulate protein solutions with large excesses of carrierproteins (such as albumin, unfused) to prevent loss of Therapeuticproteins due to factors such as binding to the container.

The present invention encompasses albumin fusion proteins comprising aTherapeutic protein (e.g., a polypeptide, antibody, or peptide, orfragments and variants thereof) fused to albumin or a fragment (portion)or variant of albumin. The present invention also encompasses albuminfusion proteins comprising a Therapeutic protein (e.g., a polypeptide,antibody, or peptide, or fragments and variants thereof) fused toalbumin or a fragment (portion) or variant of albumin, that issufficient to prolong the shelf life of the Therapeutic protein, and/orstabilize the Therapeutic protein and/or its activity in solution (or ina pharmaceutical composition) in vitro and/or in vivo. Nucleic acidmolecules encoding the albumin fusion proteins of the invention are alsoencompassed by the invention, as are vectors containing these nucleicacids, host cells transformed with these nucleic acids vectors, andmethods of making the albumin fusion proteins of the invention and usingthese nucleic acids, vectors, and/or host cells.

The invention also encompasses pharmaceutical formulations comprising analbumin fusion protein of the invention and a pharmaceuticallyacceptable diluent or carrier. Such formulations may be in a kit orcontainer. Such kit or container may be packaged with instructionspertaining to the extended shelf life of the Therapeutic protein. Suchformulations may be used in methods of treating, preventing,ameliorating or diagnosing a disease or disease symptom in a patient,preferably a mammal, most preferably a human, comprising the step ofadministering the pharmaceutical formulation to the patient.

In other embodiments, the present invention encompasses methods ofpreventing treating, or ameliorating a disease or disorder. In preferredembodiments, the present invention encompasses a method of treating adisease or disorder listed in the “Preferred Indication Y” column ofTable 1 comprising administering to a patient in which such treatment,prevention or amelioration is desired an albumin fusion protein of theinvention that comprises a Therapeutic protein portion corresponding toa Therapeutic protein (or fragment or variant thereof) disclosed in the“Therapeutic Protein X” column of Table 1 (in the same row as thedisease or disorder to be treated is listed in the “Preferred IndicationY” column of Table 1) in an amount effective to treat prevent orameliorate the disease or disorder. In another embodiment, the inventionincludes a method of extending the shelf life of a Therapeutic protein(e.g., a polypeptide, antibody, or peptide, or fragments and variantsthereof) comprising the step of fusing or conjugating the Therapeuticprotein to albumin or a fragment (portion) or variant of albumin, thatis sufficient to extend the shelf-life of the Therapeutic protein. In apreferred embodiment, the Therapeutic protein used according to thismethod is fused to the albumin, or the fragment or variant of albumin.In a most preferred embodiment, the Therapeutic protein used accordingto this method is fused to albumin, or a fragment or variant of albumin,via recombinant DNA technology or genetic engineering.

In another embodiment, the invention includes a method of stabilizing aTherapeutic protein (e.g., a polypeptide, antibody, or peptide, orfragments and variants thereof) in solution, comprising the step offusing or conjugating the Therapeutic protein to albumin or a fragment(portion) or variant of albumin, that is sufficient to stabilize theTherapeutic protein.

In a preferred embodiment, the Therapeutic protein used according tothis method is fused to the albumin, or the fragment or variant ofalbumin. In a most preferred embodiment, the Therapeutic protein usedaccording to this method is fused to albumin, or a fragment or variantof albumin, via recombinant DNA technology or genetic engineering. Thepresent invention further includes transgenic organisms modified tocontain the nucleic acid molecules of the invention, preferably modifiedto express the albumin fusion proteins encoded by the nucleic acidmolecules.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES

FIG. 1 depicts the extended shelf-life of an HA fusion protein in termsof the biological activity (Nb2 cell proliferation) of HA-hGH remainingafter incubation in cell culture media for up to 5 weeks at 37° C. Underthese conditions, hGH has no observed activity by week 2.

FIG. 2 depicts the extended shelf-life of an HA fusion protein in termsof the stable biological activity (Nb2 cell proliferation) of HA-hGHremaining after incubation in cell culture media for up to 3 weeks at 4,37, or 50° C. Data is normalized to the biological activity of hGH attime zero.

FIGS. 3A and 3B compare the biological activity of HA-hGH with hGH inthe Nb2 cell proliferation assay. FIG. 3A shows proliferation after 24hours of incubation with various concentrations of hGH or the albuminfusion protein, and FIG. 38 shows proliferation after 48 hours ofincubation with various concentrations of hGH or the albumin fusionprotein.

FIG. 4 shows a map of a plasmid (pPPC0005) that can be used as the basevector into which polynucleotides encoding the Therapeutic proteins(including polypeptides and fragments and variants thereof) may becloned to form HA-fusions. Plasmid Map key; PRB1p; PRB1 S, cerevisiaepromoter; FL: Fusion leader sequence; rHA: cDNA encoding HA; ADH1t: ADH1S, cerevisiae terminator; T3: T3 sequencing primer site; T7: T7sequencing primer site; Amp R: β-lactamase gene; ori: origin ofreplication. Please note that in the provisional applications to whichthis application claims priority, the plasmid in FIG. 4 was labeledpPPC0006, instead of pPPC0005. In addition the drawing of this plasmiddid not show certain pertinent restriction sites in this vector. Thus inthe present application, the drawing is labeled pPPC0005 and morerestriction sites of the same vector are shown.

FIG. 5 compares the recovery of vial-stored HA-IFN solutions of variousconcentrations with a stock solution after 48 or 72 hours of storage.

FIG. 6 compares the activity of an HA-α-IFN fusion protein afteradministration to monkeys via IV or SC.

FIG. 7 describes the bioavailability and stability of an HA-α-IFN fusionprotein.

FIG. 8 is a map of an expression vector for the production of HA-α-IFN.

FIG. 9 shows the location of loops in mature HA (SEQ ID NO: 18).

FIG. 10 is an example of the modification of an HA loop in mature HA(SEQ ID NO: 118).

FIGS. 11A-C are a representation of the IA loops in mature HA (SEQ IDNO:18).

FIG. 12 shows the HA loop IV.

FIG. 13 shows the tertiary structure of HA.

FIG. 14 shows an example of a scFv-HA fusion

FIGS. 15A-D show the amino acid sequence of the mature form of humanalbumin (SEQ ID NO: 18) and a polynucleotide encoding it (SEQ ID NO:17).

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

As described above, the present invention is based, in part, on thediscovery that a Therapeutic protein (e.g., a polypeptide, antibody, orpeptide, or fragments and variants thereof) may be stabilized to extendthe shelf-life and/or retain the Therapeutic protein's activity forextended periods of time in solution (or in a pharmaceuticalcomposition) in vitro and/or in vivo, by genetically fusing orchemically conjugating the Therapeutic protein, polypeptide or peptideto all or a portion of albumin sufficient to stabilize the protein andits activity.

The present invention relates generally to albumin fusion proteins andmethods of treating, preventing, or ameliorating diseases or disorders.As used herein, “albumin fusion protein” refers to a protein formed bythe fusion of at least one molecule of albumin (or a fragment or variantthereof) to at least one molecule of a Therapeutic protein (or fragmentor variant thereof). An albumin fusion protein of the inventioncomprises at least a fragment or variant of a Therapeutic protein and atleast a fragment or variant of human serum albumin, which are associatedwith one another, preferably by genetic fusion (i.e., the albumin fusionprotein is generated by translation of a nucleic acid in which apolynucleotide encoding all or a portion of a Therapeutic protein isjoined in-frame with a polynucleotide encoding all or a portion ofalbumin) or chemical conjugation to one another. The Therapeutic proteinand albumin protein, once part of the albumin fusion protein, may bereferred to as a “portion”, “region” or “moiety” of the albumin fusionprotein (e.g., a “Therapeutic protein portion” or an “albumin proteinportion”).

In one embodiment, the invention provides an albumin fusion proteincomprising, or alternatively consisting of, a Therapeutic protein (e.g.,as described in Table 1) and a serum albumin protein. In otherembodiments, the invention provides an albumin fusion proteincomprising, or alternatively consisting of, a biologically active and/ortherapeutically active fragment of a Therapeutic protein and a serumalbumin protein. In other embodiments, the invention provides an albuminfusion protein comprising, or alternatively consisting of, abiologically active and/or therapeutically active variant of aTherapeutic protein and a serum albumin protein. In preferredembodiments, the serum albumin protein component of the albumin fusionprotein is the mature portion of serum albumin.

In further embodiments, the invention provides an albumin fusion proteincomprising, or alternatively consisting of, a Therapeutic protein, and abiologically active and/or therapeutically active fragment of serumalbumin. In further embodiments, the invention provides an albuminfusion protein comprising, or alternatively consisting of, a Therapeuticprotein and a biologically active and/or therapeutically active variantof serum albumin. In preferred embodiments, the Therapeutic proteinportion of the albumin fusion protein is the mature portion of theTherapeutic protein. In a further preferred embodiment, the Therapeuticprotein portion of the albumin fusion protein is the extracellularsoluble domain of the Therapeutic protein. In an alternative embodiment,the Therapeutic protein portion of the albumin fusion protein is theactive form of the Therapeutic protein.

In further embodiments, the invention provides an albumin fusion proteincomprising, or alternatively consisting of a biologically active and/ortherapeutically active fragment or variant of a Therapeutic protein anda biologically active and/or therapeutically active fragment or variantof serum albumin. In preferred embodiments, the invention provides analbumin fusion protein comprising, or alternatively consisting of, themature portion of a Therapeutic protein and the mature portion of serumalbumin.

Therapeutic Proteins

As stated above, an albumin fusion protein of the invention comprises atleast a fragment or variant of a Therapeutic protein and at least afragment or variant of human serum albumin, which are associated withone another, preferably by genetic fusion or chemical conjugation.

As used herein, “Therapeutic protein” refers to proteins, polypeptides,antibodies, peptides or fragments or variants thereof having one or moretherapeutic and/or biological activities. Therapeutic proteinsencompassed by the invention include but are not limited to, proteins,polypeptides, peptides, antibodies, and biologics. (The terms peptides,proteins, and polypeptides are used interchangeably herein.) It isspecifically contemplated that the term “Therapeutic protein”encompasses antibodies and fragments and variants thereof. Thus analbumin fusion protein of the invention may contain at least a fragmentor variant of a Therapeutic protein, and/or at least a fragment orvariant of an antibody. Additionally, the term “Therapeutic protein” mayrefer to the endogenous or naturally occurring correlate of aTherapeutic protein.

By a polypeptide displaying a “therapeutic activity” or a protein thatis “therapeutically active” is meant a polypeptide that possesses one ormore known biological and/or therapeutic activities associated with aTherapeutic protein such as one or more of the Therapeutic proteinsdescribed herein or otherwise known in the art. As a non-limitingexample, a “Therapeutic protein” is a protein that is useful to treat,prevent or ameliorate a disease, condition or disorder. As anon-limiting example, a “Therapeutic protein” may be one that bindsspecifically to a particular cell type (normal (e.g., lymphocytes) orabnormal e.g., (cancer cells)) and therefore may be used to target acompound (drug, or cytotoxic agent) to that cell type specifically.

In another non-limiting example, a “Therapeutic protein” is a proteinthat has a biological activity, and in particular, a biological activitythat is useful for treating preventing or ameliorating a disease. Anon-inclusive list of biological activities that may be possessed by aTherapeutic protein includes, enhancing the immune response, promotingangiogenesis, inhibiting angiogenesis, regulating hematopoieticfunctions, stimulating nerve growth, enhancing an immune response,inhibiting an immune response, or any one or more of the biologicalactivities described in the “Biological Activities” section below.

As used herein, “therapeutic activity” or “activity” may refer to anactivity whose effect is consistent with a desirable therapeutic outcomein humans, or to desired effects in non-human mammals or in otherspecies or organisms. Therapeutic activity may be measured in vivo or invitro. For example, a desirable effect may be assayed in cell culture.As an example, when hGH is the Therapeutic protein, the effects of hGHon cell proliferation as described in Example 1 may be used as theendpoint for which therapeutic activity is measured. Such in vitro orcell culture assays are commonly available for many Therapeutic proteinsas described in the art.

Examples of useful assays for particular Therapeutic proteins include,but are not limited to, GMCSF (Eaves, A. C, and Eaves C. J.,Erythropoiesis in culture. In: McCullock E A (edt) Cell culturetechniques—Clinics in hematology, W B Saunders, Eastbourne, pp 371-91(1984); Metcalf, D., International Journal of Cell Cloning 10: 116-25(1992); Testa, N. G., et al., Assays for hematopoietic growth factors.In: Balkwill F R (edt) Cytokines, A practical Approach, pp 229-44; IRLPress Oxford 1991) EPO (bioassay; Kitamura et al., J. Cell. Physiol. 140p 323 (1989)); Hirudin (platelet aggregation assay: Blood CoagulFibrinolysis 7(2):259-61 (1996)); IFNα (anti-viral assay: Rubinstein etal., J. Virol 37(2):755-8 (1981); anti-proliferative assay: Gao Y, et alMol Cell Biol. 19(11):7305-13 (1999); and bioassay: Czarniecki et al.,J. Virol. 49 p 490 (1984)); GCSF (bioassay: Shirafuji et al., Exp.Hematol. 17 p 116 (1989); proliferation of murine NFS-60 cells(Weinstein et al Proc Natl Acad Sci 83:5010-4 (1986)); insulin(³H-glucose uptake assay: Steppan et al., Nature 409(6818):307-12(200)); hGH (Ba/F3-bGHR proliferation assay: J Clin Endocrinol Metab85(11):4274-9 (2000); International standard for growth hormone: HormRes, 51 Suppl 1:7-12 (1999)); factor X (factor X activity assay: VanWijk et al. Thromb Res 22:681-686 (1981)); factor VII (coagulation assayusing prothrombin clotting time: Belaaouaj et al., J. Biol. Chem.275:27123-8 (2000); Diaz-Collier et al., Thromb Haemost 71:339-46(1994)), or as shown in Table 1 in the “Exemplary Activity Assay”column.

Therapeutic proteins corresponding to a Therapeutic protein portion ofan albumin fusion protein of the invention, such as cell surface andsecretory proteins, are often modified by the attachment of one or moreoligosaccharide groups. The modification, referred to as glycosylation,can dramatically affect the physical properties of proteins and can beimportant in protein stability, secretion, and localization.Glycosylation occurs at specific locations along the polypeptidebackbone. There are usually two major types of glycosylation;glycosylation characterized by O-linked oligosaccharides, which areattached to serine or threonine residues; and glycosylationcharacterized by N-linked oligosaccharides, which are attached toasparagine residues in an Asn-X-Ser/Thr sequence, where X can be anyamino acid except proline. N-acetylneuramic acid (also known as sialicacid) is usually the terminal residue of both N-linked and O-linkedoligosaccharides. Variables such as protein structure and cell typeinfluence the number and nature of the carbohydrate units within thechains at different glycosylation sites. Glycosylation isomers are alsocommon at the same site within a given cell type.

For example, several types of human interferon are glycosylated. Naturalhuman interferon-α2 is O-glycosylated at threonine 106, andN-glycosylation occurs at asparagine 72 in interferon-α14 (Adolf et al.,J. Biochem 276:511 (1991); Nyman T A et al., J. Biochem 329:295 (1998)).The oligosaccharides at asparagine 80 in natural interferon-β1α may playan important factor in the solubility and stability of the protein, butmay not be essential for its biological activity. This permits theproduction of an unglycosylated analog (interferon-β1b) engineered withsequence modifications to enhance stability (Hosoi et al., J. InterferonRes. 8:375 (1988; Karpusas et al., Cell Mol Life Sci 54:1203 (1998);Knight, J. Interferon Res. 2:421 (1982); Runkel et al., Pharm Res 15:641(1998); Lin, Dev. Biol. Stand. 96:97 (1998))1. Interferon-γ contains twoN-linked oligosaccharide chains at positions 25 and 97, both importantfor the efficient formation of the bioactive recombinant protein, andhaving an influence on the pharmacokinetic properties of the protein(Sareneva et al., Eur. J. Biochem 242:191 (1996); Sareneva et al.,Biochem J. 303:831 (1994); Sareneva et al. J. Interferon Res. 13:267(1993)). Mixed O-linked and N-linked glycosylation also occurs, forexample in human erythropoietin, N-linked glycosylation occurs atasparagine residues located at positions 24, 38 and 83 while O-linkedglycosylation occurs at a serine residue located at position I26 (Lai etal., J. Biol. Chem. 261:3116 (1986); Broudy et al., Arch. Biochem.Biophys. 265:329 (1988)).

Therapeutic proteins corresponding to a Therapeutic protein portion ofan albumin fusion protein of the invention, as well as analogs andvariants thereof, may be modified so that glycosylation at one or moresites is altered as a result of manipulation(s) of their nucleic acidsequence, by the host cell in which they are expressed, or due to otherconditions of their expression. For example, glycosylation isomers maybe produced by abolishing or introducing glycosylation sites, e.g., bysubstitution or deletion of amino acid residues, such as substitution ofglutamine for asparagine, or unglycosylated recombinant proteins may beproduced by expressing the proteins in host cells that will notglycosylate them, e.g. in E, coli or glycosylation-deficient yeast.These approaches are described in more detail below and are known in theart.

Therapeutic proteins corresponding to a Therapeutic protein portion ofan albumin fusion protein of the invention include, but are not limitedto, plasma proteins. More specifically, such Therapeutic proteinsinclude, but are not limited to, immunoglobulins, serum cholinesterase,alpha-1 antitrypsin, aprotinin, coagulation factors in both pre andactive forms including but not limited to, von Willebrand factor,fibrinogen, factor II, factor VII, factor VIIA activated factor, factorVIII, factor IX, factor X, factor XIII, cl inactivator, antithrombinIII, thrombin, prothrombin, apo-lipoprotein, c-reactive protein, andprotein C. Therapeutic proteins corresponding to a Therapeutic proteinportion of an albumin fusion protein of the invention further include,but are not limited to human growth hormone (hGH), α-interferon,erythropoietin (EPO), granulocyte-colony stimulating factor (GCSF),granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor (GMCSF), insulin,single chain antibodies, autocrine motility factor, scatter factor,laminin, hirudin, applaggin, monocyte chemotactic protein (MCP/MCAF),macrophage colony-stimulating factor (M-CSF), osteopontin, plateletfactor 4, tenascin, vitronectin, in addition to those described inTable 1. These proteins and nucleic acid sequences encoding theseproteins are well known and available in public databases such asChemical Abstracts Services Databases (e.g., the CAS Registry), GenBank,and GenSeq as shown in Table 1.

Additional Therapeutic proteins corresponding to a Therapeutic proteinportion of an albumin fusion protein of the invention include, but arenot limited to, one or more of the Therapeutic proteins or peptidesdisclosed in the “Therapeutic Protein X” column of Table 1, or fragmentor variable thereof.

Table 1 provides a non-exhaustive list of Therapeutic proteins thatcorrespond to a Therapeutic protein portion of an albumin fusion proteinof the invention. The “Therapeutic Protein X” column disclosesTherapeutic protein molecules followed by parentheses containingscientific and brand names that comprise, or alternatively consist of,that Therapeutic protein molecule or a fragment or variant thereof.“Therapeutic protein X” as used herein may refer either to an individualTherapeutic protein molecule (as defined by the amino acid sequenceobtainable from the CAS and Genbank accession numbers), or to the entiregroup of Therapeutic proteins associated with a given Therapeuticprotein molecule disclosed in this column. The “Exemplary Identifier”column provides Chemical Abstracts Services (CAS) Registry Numbers(published by the American Chemical Society) and/or Genbank AccessionNumbers ((e.g., Locus ID, NP_XXXXX (Reference Sequence Protein), andXP_XXXXX (Model Protein) identifiers available through the nationalCenter for Biotechnology Information (NCBI) webpage atwww.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov) that correspond to entries in the CAS Registry orGenbank database which contain an amino acid sequence of the TherapeuticProtein Molecule or of a fragment or variant of the Therapeutic ProteinMolecule. The summary pages associated with each of these CAS andGenbank Accession Numbers are each incorporated by reference in theirentireties, particularly with respect to the amino acid sequencesdescribed therein. The “PCT/Patent Reference” column provides U.S.patent numbers, or PCT International Publication Numbers correspondingto patents and/or published patent applications that describe theTherapeutic protein molecule. Each of the patents and/or publishedpatent applications cited in the “PCT/Patent Reference” column areherein incorporated by reference in their entireties. In particular, theamino acid sequences of the specified polypeptide set forth in thesequence listing of each cited “PCT/Patent Reference”, the variants ofthese amino acid sequences (mutations, fragments, etc.) set forth, forexample, in the detailed description of each cited “PCT/PatentReference”, the therapeutic indications set forth, for example, in thedetailed description of each cited “PCT/Patent Reference”, and theactivity assays for the specified polypeptide set forth in the detaileddescription, and more particularly, the examples of each cited“PCT/Patent Reference” are incorporated herein by reference. As anexample, the amino acid sequence of Factor LX is disclosed in FIG. 1 ofU.S. Pat. No. 4,994,371, which is cited in the “PCT/Patent Reference”column for the listed “Therapeutic Protein X” Factor IX (Coagulationfactor IX (human); Factor IX Complex; Christmas factor; plasmathromboplastin component (PTC); prothrombin complex concentrate (PCC);Nonacog alpha; MONONINE; ALPHANINE-SD; BEBULIN; PROPLEX-T; KONYNE;PROFILNINE SD; BeneFIX; IMMUNINE VII). This incorporated amino acidsequence of human Factor IX (SEQ ID NO: 46) is as follows:

Met Gln Arg Val Asn Met Ile Met Ala Glu Ser Pro Ser Leu Ile Thr    −45                 −40                 −35Ile Cys Leu Leu Gly Tyr Leu Leu Ser Ala Glu Cys Thr Val Phe Leu−30                 −25                 −20                 −15Asp His Glu Asn Ala Asn Lys Ile Leu Asn Arg Pro Lys Arg Tyr Asn                −10                 −5              −1  1Ser Gly Lys Leu Glu Glu Phe Val Gln Gly Asn Leu Glu Arg Glu Cys        5                   10                  15Met Glu Glu Lys Cys Ser Phe Glu Glu Ala Arg Glu Val Phe Glu Asn    20                  25                  30Thr Glu Lys Thr Thr Glu Phe Trp Lys Gln Tyr Val Asp Gly Asp Gln35                  40                  45                  50Cys Glu Ser Asn Pro Cys Leu Asn Gly Gly Ser Cys Lys Asp Asp Ile                55                  60                  65Asn Ser Tyr Glu Cys Trp Cys Pro Phe Gly Phe Glu Gly Lys Asn Cys            70                  75                  80Glu Leu Asp Val Thr Cys Asn Ile Lys Asn Gly Arg Cys Glu Gln Phe        85                  90                  95Cys Lys Asn Ser Ala Asp Asn Lys Val Val Cys Ser Cys Thr Glu Gly    100                 105                 110Tyr Arg Leu Ala Glu Asn Gln Lys Ser Cys Glu Pro Ala Val Pro Phe115                 120                 125                 130Pro Cys Gly Arg Val Ser Val Ser Gln Thr Ser Lys Leu Thr Arg Ala                135                 140                 145Glu Ala Val Phe Pro Asp Val Asp Tyr Val Asn Pro Thr Glu Ala Glu            150                 155                 160 Thr Ile Leu Asp Asn Ile Thr Gln Gly Thr Gln Ser Phe Asn Asp Phe        165                 170                 175Thr Arg Val Val Gly Gly Glu Asp Ala Lys Pro Gly Gln Phe Pro Trp    180                 185                 190Gln Val Val Leu Asn Gly Lys Val Asp Ala Phe Cys Gly Gly Ser Ile195                 200                 205                 210Val Asn Glu Lys Trp Ile Val Thr Ala Ala His Cys Val Glu Thr Gly                215                 220                 225Val Lys Ile Thr Val Val Ala Gly Glu His Asn Ile Glu Glu Thr Glu            230                 235                 240His Thr Glu Gln Lys Arg Asn Val Ile Arg Ala Ile Ile Pro His His        245                 250                 255Asn Tyr Asn Ala Ala Ile Asn Lys Tyr Asn His Asp Ile Ala Leu Leu    260                 265                 270Glu Leu Asp Glu Pro Leu Val Leu Asn Ser Tyr Val Thr Pro Ile Cys275                 280                 285                 290Ile Ala Asp Lys Glu Tyr Thr Asn Ile Phe Leu Lys Phe Gly Ser Gly                295                 300                 305Tyr Val Ser Gly Trp Gly Arg Val Phe His Lys Gly Arg Ser Ala Leu            310                 315                 320Val Leu Gln Tyr Leu Arg Val Pro Leu Val Asp Arg Ala Thr Cys Leu        325                 330                 335Arg Ser Thr Lys Phe Thr Ile Tyr Asn Asn Mat Phe Cys Ala Gly Phe    340                 345                 350His Glu Gly Gly Arg Asp Ser Cys Gln Gly Asp Ser Gly Gly Pro His355                 360                 365                 370Val Thr Glu Val Glu Gly Thr Ser Phe Leu Thr Gly Ile Ile Ser Trp                375                 380                 385Gly Glu Glu Cys Ala Met Lys Gly Lys Tyr Gly Ile Tyr Thr Lys Val            390                 395                 400Ser Arg Tyr Val Asn Trp Ile Lys Glu Lys Thr Lys Leu Thr        405                 410                 415

The “Biological activity” column describes Biological activitiesassociated with the Therapeutic protein molecule. The “ExemplaryActivity Assay” column provides references that describe assays whichmay be used to test the therapeutic and/or biological activity of aTherapeutic protein or an albumin fusion protein of the inventioncomprising a Therapeutic protein X portion. Each of the references citedin the “Exemplary Activity Assay” column are herein incorporated byreference in their entireties, particularly with respect to thedescription of the respective activity assay described in the reference(see Methods section, for example) for assaying the correspondingbiological activity set forth in the “Biological Activity” column ofTable 1. The “Preferred Indication Y” column describes disease,disorders, and/or conditions that may be treated, prevented, diagnosed,or ameliorated by Therapeutic protein X or an albumin fusion protein ofthe invention comprising a Therapeutic protein X portion.

Therapeutic Protein X Exemplary Identifier PCT/Pat. Reference BiologicalActivity Exemplary Activity Assay Preferred Indication YAlpha-1-antitrypsin CAS-9041-92-3 WO8600337 Alpha-1-antitrypsin EnzymeInhibition asay: Gaillard Emphysema; Infant Respiratory Distress(Alpha-1 proteinase; LocusID: 5265 EP103409-A is an an MC, Kilroe-SmithTA. 1987 Syndrome; Pulmonary Fibrosis; Respiratory Syncytial VirusAlpha-1-trypsin LocusID: 5299 EP155188 enzyme inhibitor Determination offunctional activity Infections: Asthma; Cystic Fibrosis; GenitourinaryDisorders; inhibitor; Prolastin; NP_000286 U.S. Pat. No. 5,399,684 thatbelongs to of alpha 1-protease inhibitor and HIV Infections Treatment;Inflammatory Bowel Disorders; Skin API; API Inhale) NP_006211 U.S. Pat.No. 5,736,379 the family of alpha 2-macroglobulin in human Disorders;Viral Hepatitis; Alpha-1 Antitrypsin XP_007481 U.S. Pat. No. 6,025,161serpin serine plasma using elastase. J Clin Chem Deficiency; AdultRespiratory Distress Syndrome XP_012377 U.S. Pat. No. 4,839,283 proteaseinhibitors, Clin Biochem. 25(3):167-72. U.S. Pat. No. 4,876,197-A Themolecule Burnouf T, Constans J, Clem A, inhibits the Descamps J,Martinache L, activity of trypsin Goudemand M. 1987 Biochemical andelastase. and biological properties of an alpha 1-antitrypsinconcentrate. Vox Sang; 52(4):291-7 Antihemophilic factor LocusID: 7450WO8606096 The glycoprotein Macroscopic platelet agglutinationHemophilia; Hemophilia A; von Willebrand disease (Von WillebrandNP_000543 EP197592 encoded by this gene assay (Wright R. Ann Clin LabSci factor; Von Willebrand XP_006947 WO9316709-A III functions as 199020(1):73). factor complex; U.S. Pat. No. 5,849,536 both an Collagenbinding assay for von HELIXATE-FS; U.S. Pat. No. 6,008,193antihemophilic factor Willebrand factor (Favaloro EJ. HEMOFIL M; U.S.Pat. No. 5,849,702 carrier and a Thromb Haemost 2000 83(1):127)KOATE-DVI/HP; U.S. Pat. No. 5,238,919 platelet-vessel wall ALPHANATE;mediator in the blood MONARC-M; coagulation system. It HUMATE-P) iscrucial to the hemostasis process. Mutations in this gene ordeficiencies in this protein result in von Willebrand's disease.Antithrombin III CAS-155319-91-8 WO9100291 Serpin serine Thrombinactivity assay (Verheul et Sepsis; Thrombosis; Unstable Angina Pectoris;Coagulation (A TIII; Antithrombin- CAS-52014-67-2 EP568833 protease thatal., Blood 96:4216-4221, 2000) disorders; Respiratory Distress Syndrome;Control of blood heparin conjugate; LocusID: 462 GB2116183 inhibitsthrombin clotting during coronary artery bypass surgery; Cancer(aaATIII) ATH; aaATIII NP_000479 and other proteins (Antithrombin III-XP_001452 involved in blood modified); Atnativ; coagulation Anthrobin;Atnenativ; Athimbin; Kybernin; Thrombhibin) Apo-lipoprotein (ApoCAS-150287-52-8 WO8803166-A ApoA1 promotes cholesterol Cholesterolefflux from human Atherosclerosis; Coronary restenosis; E; Apo A4; ApoA1; LocusID: 335 WO9307165-A efflux from tissues to the liver forfibroblasts can be directly measured Hypercholesterolemia;Hyperlipidemia; Kaposi's Sarcoma Apo B) LocusID: 338 U.S. Pat. No.5,408,038-A excretion, ApoA1 is the major in response to lipidreconstituted LocusID: 348 WO9107505-A protein component of high ApoA1(J Biol Chem 1996 Oct. NP_000030 WO9315198-A density lipoprotein (HDL)in the 11;271(41):25145-51). The capacity NP_000375 U.S. Pat. No.5,472,858-A plasma. ApoA1 is a cofactor for of ApoB to participate inLDL NP_000032 U.S. Pat. No. 5,364,793-A lecithincholesterolacyltransferase clearance can be evaluated by XP_006435WO8702062-A (LCAT), which is responsible for measurements of ApoBbinding to XP_002288 WO9307165-A the formation of most plasma hepaticlipase (J Biol Chem, Vol. XP_008844 WO9856938-A1 cholesteryl esters.Defects in the 273, Issue 32, 20456-20462) and U.S. Pat. No. 4,943,527-AApoA1 gene are associated with lipoprotein lipase (J Biol Chem. HDLdeficiency and Tangier 1995 Apr. 7;270(14):8081-6.). ApoE disease. ApoBis the main binding to its receptor can be apolipoprotein ofchylomicrons measured directly for example as and low densitylipoproteins illustrated for the liver ApoE (LDL). ApoB bindstriglycerides receptor (J Biol Chem 1986 Mar. and clears LDL fromcirculation. 25;261(9):4256-67). ApoE is a component of lipoproteins anda ligand for low density lipoprotein receptor. ApoE binds to a specificreceptor on liver cells and peripheral cells. ApoE is essential for thenormal catabolism of triglyceride-rich lipoprotein constituents. Defectsin ApoE result in familial dysbetalipoproteinemia, or type HIhyperlipoproteinemia (HLP III), in which increased plasma cholesteroland triglycerides are the consequence of impaired clearance ofchylomicron and VLDL remnants. Applaggin CAS-129037-76-9 WO9409036-AApplaggin (Agkistrodon Applaggin activity may be assayed Thrombosis;Stroke; Ischemic Heart Disorders (Agkistrodon Genbank: A33990WO9008772-A piscivorus piscivorus platelet in vitro by measuringinhibition of piscivorus WO9210575-A aggregation inhibitor) is aplatelet serotonin release induced by piscivorus (North JP05255395-A17,700-Da polypeptide dimer ADP, gamma-thrombin, and American waterwhich a potent inhibitor of collagen. (Proc Nall Acad Sci USA moccasinsnake); platelet activation. Applaggin 1989 Oct.; 86(20):8050-4).disulfide-linked Arg- blocks platelet aggregation Gly-Asp-containinginduced by ADP, collagen, dimeric polypeptide) thrombin, or arachidonicacid. This inhibition is found to correlate with inhibition ofthromboxane A2 generation and of dense granule release of serotonin.Autocrine motility LocusID: 2821 WO8707617-A Glucose phosphate isomeraseCell motility assay on mouse CT-26 Hemolytic anemia; glucosephosphateisomerase deficiency; factor (AMF; NP_000166 WO9909049-A1 (neuroleukin);neurotrophic factor. cells (Sun et al,; Proc. Natl. Acad. Hydropsfetalis phosphoglucose XP_012854 and lymphokine; bladder cancer Sci.USA. 96:5412-5417, 1999; Lin isomerase: glucose diagnostic et al., Mol,Cell. Endocrinol. 84:47- phosphate isomerase; 54, 1992) neucuroleukin)CI Inactivator (CI CAS-80295-38-1 U.S. Pat. No. 5,622,930-A Activationof complement is an CI inhibitor function can be Angioedema; PancreaticDisorders; Reperfusion esterase inhibitor; LocusID: 710 WO9106650-Aessential part of the mechanism assessed by measurement of Injury;Transplant Rejection; Vascular Disorders Berinert; NP_000053 ofpathogenesis of a large number inhibition of complement CI ComplementXP_006339 of human diseases. CI-esterase cleavage (J Immunol 1994 Mar.CI inactivator; CI inhibitor (CI-INH) concentrate 15;152(6):3199-209)Inattivatore Umano prepared from human plasma is being successfully usedfor the treatment of hereditary angioneurotic edema. Recently, CI -INHhas been found to be consumed in severe inflammation and has been shownto exert beneficial effects in several inflammatory conditions such ashuman sepsis, post-operative myocardial dysfunction due to reperfusioninjury, severe capillary leakage syndrome after bone marrowtransplantation, reperfusion injury after lung transplantation, burn,and cytotoxicity caused by IL-2 therapy in cancer is a major inhibitorof two pro- inflammatory plasma cascade systems, the classical pathwayof complement and the contact activation system. During the activationof classical pathway, CI-INH interacts with the activated CI andinhibits it. Interaction of CI-INH with activated CI complex leads tothe dissociation of the C1q subunit and formation Coagulant ComplexControl of spontaneous bleeding in hemophilia A (Anti-Inhibitor and B;prevention of bleeding in patients on Coagulant Complex; Factor VIIIinhibitors FEIBA VII; AUTOPLEX T) C-reactive protein LocusID: 1401WO9221364-A Acute-phase serum protein that Platelet activation (SimpsonRM. NP_000558 WO9505394-A binds microbial polysaccharides Immunology1982 47(1):193) XP_001859 and ligands on damaged cells, Plateletaggregation (Cheryk LA. Vet activates the classical Immunol Immunopathol1996 complement pathway 52:27). Increased production of IL-1 alpha, IL-1beta, and TNF-alpha in macrophages (Galve-de Rochemonteix B. J LeukocBiol 1993 53:439) EPO (Erythropoietin; CAS-113427-24-0 WO9902710-A1Hormone that senses and Cell proliferation assay using a Anemia;Bleeding Disorders Epoetin alfa; Epoetin CAS-122312-54-3 WO8502610-Aregulates the level of oxygen in erythroleukemic cell line TF-1. beta;Gene-activated LocusID: 2056 WO8603520-A the blood by modulating the(Kitamura et al. 1989 J. Cell. erythropoietin; NP_000790 WO9206116-number of circulating erythrocytes Physiol. 140:323) Darbepoetin-alpha;XP_011627 AWO9206116-A NESP; Epogen; U.S. Pat. No. 5,985,607-A Procrit;Eprex; EP232034 Erypo; Espo; Epoimmun; EPOGIN; NEORECORMON; HEMOLINK;Dynepo; ARANESP) Factor IX CAS-181054-95-5 WO8505125-A Coagulationfactor IX is a Factor IX clotting activity: Valder Hemophilia B;bleeding; Factor IX deficiency; Christmas (Coagulation LocusID: 2158WO8505376-A vitamin K-dependent factor that R. et al., 2001“Posttranslational disease; bleeding episodes in patients with factorVIII factor IX (human); NP_000124 WO9747737-A1 circulates in the bloodas an modifications of recombinant inhibitor or Factor VII deficiencyFactor IX Complex; XP_010270 EP162782-A inactive zymogen. Factor IX ismyotube-synthesized human factor Christmas factor; WO8400560-A convertedto an active form by IX” Blood 97: 130-138. plasma U.S. Pat. No.4,994,371-A factor X1a, which excises the tyhromboplastin activationpeptide and thus component (PTC); generates a heavy chain and aprothrombin complex light chain held together by one concentrate (PCC);or more disulfide bonds. In the Nonacog alpha; blood coagulationcascade, MONONINE; activated factor IX activates factor ALPHANINE-SD: Xto its active form through BEBULIN: interactions with Ca + 2 ions,PROPLEX-T; membrane phospholipids, and KONYNE; factor VIII. Alterationsof this PROFILNINE SD; gene, including point mutations, BeneFIX;insertions and deletions, cause IMMUNINE VII) factor IX deficiency,which is a recessive X-linked disorder, also called hemophilia B orChristmas disease. Factor VII (Coagulation CAS-102786-61-8 WO8400560-ACoagulation factor VII is a Coagulation Assay using Bleeding Disorders;Coronary Restenosis; Hemophilia A and B; Factor VII; Active-siteLocusID: 2155 WO9323074-A vitamin K-dependent factor ProthrombinClotting Time Liver Disorders; Thrombosis; Vascular Restenosis; Surgery-inactivated factor VII NP_000122 U.S. Pat. No.5,997,864-A essential forhemostasis. This (Belaaouaj AA et al., J. Biol. Chem, relatedhemorrhagic episodes (DEGR-VIIa/FFR- NP_062562 U.S. Pat. No. 5,580,560-Afactor circulates in the blood in a 275: 27123-8, 2000; Diaz-Collier JAVIIa); Eptacog alfa; XP_007179 U.S. Pat. No. 4,994,371-A zymogen form,and is converted et al., Thromb Haemost 71: 339-46, Coagulation Factor XP_007180 EP200421-A to an active form by either factor 1994). VIIa;Novoseven; WO9427631-A IXa, factor Xa, factor XIIa, or NiaStase;Novostase; WO9309804-A thrombin by minor proteolysis. MONOCLATE-P) Uponactivation of the factor VII, a heavy chain containing a catalyticdomain and a light chain containing 2 EGF-like domains are generated,and two chains are held together by a disulfide bond. In the presence offactor III and calcium ions, the activated factor then further activatesthe coagulation cascade by converting factor IX to factor IXa and/orfactor X to factor Xa. Defects in this gene can cause coagulopathy.Factor VIII (Factor CAS-139076-02-3 WO9621035-A2 This gene encodescoagulation Development of a simple Hemophilia A ; Hemophilia;Surgery-related hemorrhagic VIII; Octocog alfa; LocusID: 2157WO9703195-A1 factor VHI, which participates in chromogenic factor VIIIassay for episodes Moroctocog alfa; NP_000123 WO9800542-A2 the intrinsicpathway of blood clinical use. Recombinant XP_013124 EP160457-Acoagulation; factor VIII is a Wagenvoord RJ, Hendrix HH, AntihemophilicEP160457-A cofactor for factor IXa which, in Hemker HC. Haemostasisfactor; Nordiate; WO0959622-A1 the presence of Ca + 2 and1989;19(4):196-204. ReFacto; EP253455-A phospholipids, converts factor XKogenate; Kogenate to the activated form Xa. This SF; Helixate; geneproduces two alternatively Recombinate) spliced transcripts. Transcriptvariant 1 encodes a large glycoprotein, isoform a, which circulates inplasma and associates with von Willebrand factor in a noncovalentcomplex. This protein undergoes multiple cleavage events. Transcriptvariant 2 encodes a putative small protein, isoform b, which consistsprimarily of the phospholipid binding domain of factor VIIIc. Thisbinding domain is essential for coagulant activity. Defects in this generesults in hemophilia A, a common recessive X-linked coagulationdisorder. Factor X LocusID: 2159 WO9204378-A Encodes the vitaminK-dependent FACTOR X ACTIVITY ASSAY. Factor X deficiency; Stuart-Prowerfactor deficiency; hemorrhage; NP_000495 WO9309804-A coagulation factorX precursor of Van Wijk EM et al. A rapid manual menorrhagia; hematuria;hemarthrosis XP_007182 U.S. Pat No. 4,994,371-A the blood coagulationcascade. chromogenic factor X assay. Thromb This factor precursor isconverted Res 22, 681-686 (1981). to a mature two-chain form by theexcision of the tripeptide RKR. Two chains of the factor are heldtogether by 1 or more disulfide bonds; the light chain contains 2EGF-like domains, while the heavy chain contains the catalytic domainwhich is structurally homologous to those of the other hemostatic serineproteases. The mature factor is activated by the cleavage of theactivation peptide by factor IXa (in the intrinsic pathway), or byfactor VIIa (in the extrinsic pathway). The activated factor thenconverts prothrombin to thrombin in the presence of factor Va, Ca + 2,and phospholipid during blood clotting. Mutations of this gene result infactor X deficiency, a hemorrhagic condition of variable severity.Factor XIII LocusID: 2162 WO9116931-A Coagulation factor XIII is thelast BLOOD COAGULATION ASSAY. Factor XIII deficiency; bleeding tendency;defective wound LocusID: 2163 EP494702-A zymogen to become activated inKarpati L, Penke B, Katona E, healing; habitual abortion LocusID: 2164U.S. Pat. No. 7,425,887-A the blood coagulation cascade. Balogh I,Vamosi G, Muszbek L. LocusID: 2165 WO9102536-A Plasma factor XIII is a Amodified, optimized kinetic NP_000120 WO9918200-A heterotetramercomposed of 2 A photometric assay for the NP_001985 subunits and 2 Bsubunits. The determination of blood coagulation XP_004467 A subunitshave catalytic factor XIII activity in plasma. Clin XP_001350 function,and the B subunits do Chem. 2000 Dec.;46(12):1946-55. not have enzymaticactivity and may serve as a plasma carrier molecules. Platelet factorXIII is comprised only of 2 A subunits, which are identical to those ofplasma origin. Upon activation by the cleavage of the activation peptideby thrombin and in the presence of calcium ion, the plasma factor XIIIdissociates its B subunits and yields the same active enzyme, factorXIIIa, as platelet factor XIII. This enzyme acts as a transglutaminaseto catalyze the formation of gamma- glutamyl-epsilon-lysine crosslinkingbetween fibrin molecules, thus stabilizing the fibrin clot. Factor XIIIdeficiency is classified into two categories: type I deficiency,characterized by the lack of both the A and B subunits; and type IIdeficiency, characterized by the lack of the A subunit alone Fibrinogen;LocusID: 2243 U.S. Pat. No. 6,083,902-A Following vascular injury,Fibrinogen assay: Halbmayer WM, Tissue adhesion; thrombosis; bleedingdisorders; wounds; thrombin; LocusID: 2244 WO9523868-A1 fibrinogen iscleaved by thrombin Haushofer A, Schon R, Radek J, thrombocytopenia;dysfibrinogenemia; hypofibrinogenemia; aprotinin (Human LocusID: 2266WO9416085-A to form fibrin, which is the most Fischer M. Comparison of anew afibrinogenemia; renal amyloidosis; thrombosis; fibrinogen:, humanLocusID: 2147 WO9523868-A1 abundant component of blood automatedkinetically determined dysprothrombinemia thrombin; NP_000499WO9523868-A1 clots. In addition, various fibrinogen assay with the 3most aprotinin; NP_068657 WO9529686-A1 cleavage products of fibrinogenused fibrinogen assays (functional, and calcium NP_005132 U.S. Pat. No.6,083,902-A and fibrin regulate cell adhesion derived and nephelometric)in chloride; NP_000500 WO9523868-A1 and spreading, display Austrianlaboratories in several synthocytes; NP_068656 WO9528946-A1vasoconstrictor and chemotactic clinical populations and healthy FAMs,NP_000497 WO9313208-A activities, and are mitogens for controls.Haemostasis 1995 May- BERIPLAST-P) U.S. Pat. No. 5,502,034-A severalcell types. Coagulation Jun.;25(3):114-23. Tan V, Doyle CJ, U.S. Pat.No. 5,476,777-A factor II is proteolytically cleaved Budzynski AZ.Comparison of the U.S. Pat. No. 6,110,721-A to form thrombin in thefirst step kinetic fibrinogen assay with the von of the coagulationcascade, which Clauss method and the clot recovery ultimately results inthe method in plasma of patients with stemming of blood loss. F2 alsoconditions affecting fibrinogen plays a role in maintainingcoagulability. Am J Clin Pathol. vascular integrity. 1995Oct.;104(4):455-62. Lawrie AS, McDonald SJ, Purdy G, Mackie IJ, MachinSJ. Prothrombin time derived fibrinogen determination on Sysmex CA-6000.J Clin Pathol. 1998 Jun.;51(6):462-6. assay: Cardigan RA, Mackie IJ,Gippner-Steppert C, Jochum M, Royston D, Gallimore MJ. Determination ofplasma aprotinin levels by functional and immunologic assays. BloodCoagul fibrinolysis. 2001 Jan.;12( 0:37-42. Thrombin assay: Syed S,R[4]C PD, Kulczycky M, Sheffield WP. Potent antithrombin activity anddelayed clearance from the circulation characterize recombinant hirudingenetically fused to albumin. Blood, 1997 May 1;89(9):3243-52. G-CSF(Granulocyte CAS-121181-53-1 WO8604506-A Stimulates the proliferationand Proliferation of murine NFS-60 cells Chemoprotedion; Inflammatorydisorders; Myelocytic leukemia; colony-stimulating CAS-135968-09-1EP220520-A differentiation of the progenitor (Weinstein et al, Proc NatlAcad Sci Primary neutropenias (e.g.; Kostmann syndrome) or secondaryfactor; Granulokine; CAS-130120-55-7 WO8604506-A cells for granulocytesUSA 1986; 83, pp5010-4) neutropenia; Prevention of neutropenia;Prevention and treatment KRN 8601; CAS-130120-54-6 WO8701132-A ofneutropenia in HIV-infected patients; Infections associated Filgrastim;CAS-134088-74-7 U.S. Pat. No. 6,054,294-A with neutropenias;Myelopysplasia; Autoimmune disorders Lenourastim; LocusID: 1440Meograstim; NP_000750 Nartograstim; XP_008227 Neupogen; NOPIA; Gran;GRANOCYTE; Granulokine; Neutrogin; Neu-up; Neuiromax) GM-CSFCAS-99283-10-0 WO8805786 Regulates hematopoietic cell Colony StimulatingAssay: Testa, Bone Marrow Disorders; Bone marrow transplant;Chemoprotection; (Granulocyte- CAS-123774-72-1 WO8600639differentiation, gene expression, N. G., et al., “Assays for HepatitisC; HIV Infections; Lung Cancer; Malignant macrophage colony-CAS-60154-12-3 WO8603225 growth hematopoietic growth factors.” melanoma;Mycobacterium avium complex; Mycoses; stimulating factor;CAS-137463-76-4 U.S. Pat. No. 5,391,706 Balkwill FR (edt) Cytokines, AMyeloid Leukemia; Neonatal infections; Neutropenia; Oral rhuGM-CSF; B1LocusID: 1437 U.S. Pat. No. 5,545,536 practical Approach, pp 229-49; IRLmucositis; Prostate Cancer; Stem Cell Mobilization; Vaccine 61012;Prokine; NP_000749 Press Oxford 1991. Adjuvant; Venous Stasis Ulcers;Prevention of neutropenia; Acute Molgramostim; XP_003751 myelogenousleukemia; Hematopoietic progenitor cell mobilization; Sargramostim; GM-Non-Hodgkin's lymphoma; Acutelymphoblastic leukemia; CSF/II, 3 fusion;Hodgkin's disease; Accelerated myeloid recovery; XenotransplantMilodistim; rejection Leucotropin; PROKINE, LEUKOMAX; Interberin;Leukine; Leukine Liquid, Pixykine) Hepatitis IG, Exposure to Hepatitis B(HBsAg) or Hepatitis C; (Hepatitis B perinatal exposure of infants withHBV or HCV Immune Globulin; infected mothers;; sexual or householdexposure to Hepatitis C patient with acute HBV or HCV immune globulin;HCVIG; BAYHEP; NABI-HB; NABI- CIVACIR) Hepatocyle growth LocusID: 3082JP03130091-A HGF disrupts desmosomal Adams JC et al Production ofscatter Alopecia; Cancer; Chemoprotect ion; Cirrhosis; factor (HGF;Scatter Genbank; CAA34387 JP10070990-A junctions between epithelialcells factor by ndk, a strain of epithelial Haematological disorders;Radioprotection factor; SF; HGF/SF) WO9323541-A and induces a motilefibroblast- cells, and inhibition of scatter factor like phenotype inindividual activity by suramin. Journal of Cell cells. The factortherefore also Science 98: 385-94 (1991); Bhargava influences theinvasive growth of MM et al Purification, tumor cells derived fromcharacterization and mechanism of epithelial cells and may be action ofscatter factor from human involved also in processes of placenta.Experientia Suppl, 59: 63- Wound healing and early 75 (1991); Coffer Aet at embryonic development. For Purification and characterization ofsome cell types including biologically active scatter factor fromkeratinocytes and mammary ras-transformed NIH-3T3 epithelial cells HGFis merely a conditioned medium. Biochemical motility factor. It is alsoan Journal 278: 35-41 (1991); Dowrick autocrine modulator that PG et alScatter factor affects major influences the motility of the changes inthe cytoskeletal cells that produce it. It is a potent organization ofepithelial cells mitogen for hepatocytes and also Cytokine 3: 299-310(1991); a morphogen (see: HGF , Furlong RA et al Comparison ofhepatocyte growth factor ). HGF biological and immunochemical binds toheparin and this may be properties indicates that scatter factorimportant for its activities in and hepatocyte growth factor are vivo.The actions of HGF are indistinguishable. Journal of Cell inhibited bySuramin , HGF has Science 100: 173-7 (1991); Gherardi been shown to bean E et al Purification of scatter factor, Angiogenesis factor in vivo.It a fibroblast-derived basic protein that induces culturedmicrovascular modulates epithelial interactions and endothelial cells toaccumulate movement. Proceedings of the and secrete significantlyincreased National Academy of Science (USA) quantities of urokinase, anenzyme associated with development of an invasive endothelial phenotypeduring angionnesis. HGF Hirudin (Lepirudin; CAS-138068-37-8 WO8504418-AHirudin is a potent anticoagulant Hirudin activity can be measuredCoronary restenosis; Deep Vein Thrombosis; Disseminated Desirudin;Refludan; CAS-120993-53-5 EP200655-A which inhibits thrombin. using aplatelet aggregation assay Intravascular Coagulation; Heparin-inducedthrombocytopenia Revase) CAS-8001-27-2 EP503829-A (Blood CoagulFibrinolysis 1996 and Myocardial infarction; Unstable Angina Pectoris;Genbank: AAA29195 WO9207874-A Mar.;7(2):259-61). Anticoagulant in adultssuffering from acute coronary Genbank: AAA01384 WO9201712-A syndrome;Thrombosis; Veinous Thrombosis EP340170-A EP341215-A WO9207874-AWO9201712-A Human growth CAS-82030-87-3 WO9418227-A Plays an importantrole in growth Ba/F3-hGHR proliferation assay, a Acromegaly; Growthfailure; Growth failure and endogenous hormone CAS-12629-01-5WO9005185-A control; binds 2 GHR molecules novel specific bioassay forserum growth hormone replacement; Growth hormone deficiency;(Pegvisamont; LocusID: 2688 WO9520398-A and induces signal transductionhuman growth hormone. J Clin Growth failure and growth retardationPrader-Willi syndrome Somatrem; LocusID: 2689 EP245138-A throughreceptor dimerization Endocrinol Metab 2000 in children 2 years orolder; Growth deficiencies; Somatropin; NP_000506 WO8605804-A Nov.; 85(I l): 4274-9 Postmenopausal osteoporosis; burns; cachexia; cancercachexia; TROVERT; NP_072053 WO9004788-A Plasma growth hormone (GH)dwarfism; metabolic disorders; obesity; renal failure; Turner'sPROTROPIN; NP_072054 WO9418227-A1 immunoassay and tibial bioassay,Syndrome; fibromyalgia; fracture treatment; frailty BIO-TROPIN;NP_072055 U.S. Pat. No. 6,013,579-A Appl Physiol 2000 Dec.; HUMATROPE;NP_072056 U.S. Pat. No. 6,194,176-A 89(6);2174-8 Growth NUTROPIN;NP_002050 WO8605804 hormone (hG1-1) receptor, NUTROPIN NP_072050 U.S.Pat. No. 6,110,707 mediated cell mediated proliferation AQ; NP_072051U.S. Pat. No. 4,977,089 Growth Horm IGF Res NUTROPIN; NP_072052 U.S.Pat. No. 5,580,723 2000 Oct.;10(5); 248-55 NORDITROPIN; XP_008250 U.S.Pat. No. 5,955,346 International standard for growth GENOTROPIN; U.S.Pat. No. 6,013,478 hormone, Horm Res SAIZEN; WO8605804 1999;51 Suppl1:7-12 SEROSTIM) WO9004788-A WO9418227-A1 U.S. Pat. No. 6,110,707-A U.S.Pat. No. 4,977,089 U.S. Pat. No. 5,580,723 U.S. Pat. No. 5,055,346 U.S.Pat. No. 6,013,478 WO8605804 U.S. Pat. No. 6,110,707 U.S. Pat. No.5,580,723 U.S. Pat. No. 5,955,346 U.S. Pat. No. 6,013,478 WO8605804WO9004788-A WO9418227-A1 U.S. Pat. No. 6,110,707-A U.S. Pat. No.4,977,089 U.S. Pat. No. 5,580,723 U.S. Pat. No. 5,955,346 U.S. Pat. No.6,01,3478 Insulin (Human insulin; CAS-11061-68-0 WO200040613-A1 Insulinis a heterodimeric Insulin activity may be assayed in Hyperglycemia;Diabetes mellitus; Type 1 diabetes Insulin aspart; InsulinCAS-116094-23-6 EP37723-A polypeptide hormone involved in vitro using a[3-11]-glucose uptake and type 2 diabetes Glargine; Insulin lispro;CAS-133107-64-9 EP55942-A carbohydrate metabolism. After assay. (J BiolChem 1999 Oct. 22; Lys-B28 Pro-B29; CAS-160337-95-1 U.S. Pat. No.4,431,740-A removal of the precursor signal 274(43):30864-30873).lyspro: LY 275585; LocusID: 3630 U.S. Pat. No. 4,430,266-A peptide,proinsulin is post- diarginylinsulin; Des- NP_000198 U.S. Pat. No.4,624,926-A translationally cleaved into two B26-B30-insulin-B25-XP_006400 U.S. Pat. No. 5,077,204-A chains (peptide A and peptide B)amide; Insulin detemir; U.S. Pat. No. 5,840,542-A that are covalentlylinked via two LABI; NOVOLIN; U.S. Pat. No. 6,110,707-A disulfide bonds.Binding of this NOVORAPID; WO9200322-A mature form of insulin to theHUMULIN; insulin receptor (INSR) NOVOMIX 30; stimulates glucose uptake.VELOSULIN; NOVOLOG; LANTUS; ILETIN; HUMALOG; MACRULIN; EXUBRA; INSUMAN;ORALIN; ORALGEN; HUMAHALE; HUMAHALIN) Interferon alfa CAS-74899-72-2EP32134 Interferon alpha belongs to the Anti-viral assay: Rubinstein S,Hepatitis C; oncology uses; cancer; hepatitis; humanpapilloma(Interferon alfa-2b; CAS-76543-88-9 WO9419373-A type 1 Interferon familyof Familletti PC, Pestka S. (1981) fibromyalgia; Sjogren's syndrome;hairy cell leukemia; chronic recombinant; CAS-99210-65-8 WO9201055functionally related cytokines that Convenient assay for interferons. J.myelogeonus leukemia; AIDS-related Kaposi's sarcoma; chronic Interferonalfa-n1; LocusID: 3440 U.S. Pat. No. 5,602,232 confer a range ofcellular Virol. 37(2): 755-8; Anti- hepatitis B; malignant melanoma;non-Hodgkin's lymphoma; Interferon alfa-n3; NP_000596 U.S. Pat. No.6,069,133 responses including antiviral, proliferation assay: externalcondylomata acuminata; HIV infection; small cell Peginterferon alpha-XP_011801 WO8302461 antiproliferative, antitumor and (1999) Sensitivityof an epstein- lung cancer; hematological malignancies; herpes simplexvirus 2b; Ribavirin and CAS-9008- 11-1 U.S. Pat. No. 6,069,133immunomodulatory activities. barrvirus-positive tumor line, infections;multiple sclerosis; viral hemmorhagic fevers; interferon alfa-2b;CAS-118390-30-0 U.S. Pat. No. 4,569,908 Daudi, to alpha interferon solidtumors; renal cancer; bone marrow disorders; bone Interferon alfacon- 1; LocusID: 3439 U.S. Pat. No. 4,758,428 correlates with expression ofdisorders; bladder cancer: gastric cancer; Hepatitis 1); interferonconsensus; NP_076918 U.S. Pat. No. 4,758,428 a GC-rich viral transcript.Mol multiple myeloma; type 1 diabetes mellitus; viral infections; YM643; CIFN: Cell Biol. 19(11): 7305-13. Cutaneous T -cell lymphoma;Cervical dysplasia; Chronic fatigue interferon -alpha syndrome; Renalcancer consensus; recombinant methionyl consensus interferon;recombinant consensus interferon; CGP 35269; RO 253036; RO 258310;INTRON A; PEG- INTRON; OIF; OMNIFERON; PEG- OMNIFERON; VELDONA; PEG-REBETRON: ROFERON A; WELLFERON; ALFERON N/LDO: REBETRON; ALTEMOL;VIRAFERONPEG: PEGASYS; VIRAFERON; VIRAFON; AMPLIGEN; INFERGEN; INFAREX;ORAGEN) IVIG (Intravenous Regulates hematopoietic cell Immunedeficiencies; agammaglobulinemia; Immune Globulin; differentiation, geneexpression, hypogammaglobulinemia,immunodeficient states VENOGLOBULINgrowth and bacterial infections; Kawasaki Syndrome; -S; PANGLOBULIN;Hepatitis A; measles varicella; rubella; immunoglobulin POLYGAM,deficiency; idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura; primary humoralGAMMAR-P; immunodeficiency states; bone marrow transplantation;pediatric GAMMAGARD HIV infection; Guillain-Barre syndrome; chronicinflammatory S/D, IVEEGAM; demyelinating polyneuropathy; multifocalneuropathy, BAYGAN; dermatomyositis; amyotrophic lateral sclerosis;inclusion-body SANDO- myositis; Lambert-Eaton myasthenic syndrome;Rasmussen GLOBULIN; syndrome; West syndrome; intractable childhoodepilepsy; Lennox- GAMIMUNE) Gastaut syndrome; polymyositis;relapsing-remitting multiple sclerosis; optic neuritis; stiff-mansyndrome; paraneuplastic cerebellar degeneration; paraneoplasticencephalomyelitis and sensory neuropathy; systemic vasculitis;myelopathy associated with human T-cell Lymphotrophic virus- 1infection. IVIG-CMV Cytomegalovirus disease (Cytomegalovirus immuneglobulin intravenous (human), CMV IVIG; CYTOGAM) Laminin LocusID: 3907WO9506600 Basement membrane protein; cell Neurite outgrowth assay,Neurosci LocusID: 3908 U.S. Pat. No. 5,658,789-A adhesion,differentiation, Lett 2001 Mar. 30; 301(2): 83-6 LocusID: 3909WO8901493-A migration, signaling, neurite Cell adhesion assay, CAFCA,LocusID: 3910 WO9811217-A2 outgrowth and metastasis Centrifugal Assayfor Fluorescence- LocusID: 3911 WO9511972-A based Cell Adhesion, CancerRes LocusID: 3912 WO9111462-A 2001 Jan. 1;61(1):339-47 LocusID: 3913WO9508628-A2 Cell migration assay, Biochem LocusID: 3914 WO200066732-A2Biophys Res Common 2000 Nov. LocusID: 3915 WO9815179-A1 30;278(3):614-20 LocusID: 3918 WO9919348-A1 LocusID: 10319 WO200066730-A2NP_000417 U.S. Pat. No. 7267564-A NP_000218 WO9610646-A1 NP_002281WO200066731-A2 NP_002282 U.S. Pat. No. 5658789-A NP_002283WO200058473-A2 NP_000219 NP_002284 NP_005553 NP_061486 NP_006050XP_011387 XP_008772 XP_004301 XP_011616 XP_001716 XP_002204 XP_002202XP_002203 XP_011791 MCP/MCAF LocusID: 6347 U.S. Pat. No. 5,714,578-AChemotactic factor for Transendothelial lymphocyte Cancer;Chemoprotection; Wounds (Monocyte Chemotactic LocusID: 6355 U.S. Pat.No. 7,330,446-A monocytes; chemokine involved chemotaxis assay: Carr, M.W., et Protein; Monocyte LocusID: 6354 U.S. Pat. No. 6,090,795-A inrecruiting leukocytes during al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA,chemoattracting NP_002973 U.S. Pat. No. 7,304,234-A inflammation;attracts vol. 91, pp. 3652-3656 (April peptides) NP_005614 U.S. Pat. No.5,571,713-A macrophages during 1994). NP_006264 U.S. Pat. No.5,605,671-A inflammation and metastasis XP_008415 WO9725427-A1 XP_008412EP906954-A1 XP_012649 WO9912968-A2 WO9509232-A EP488900-A WO9504158-AWO9509232-A M-CSF (Macrophage CAS-148637-05-2 U.S. Pat. No. 5,177,675-AM-CSF stimulates the growth of M-CSF can be assayed in a Colony Cancer;Hypercholesterolemia colony-stimulating LocusID: 1435 U.S. Pat. No.4,929,700-A macrophage/granulocyte- formation assay by the developmentfactor; CSF-1; NP_000748 U.S. Pat. No. 5,573,930-A containing coloniesin soft agar of colonies containing macrophages Cilmostim; Macstim)XP_002150 U.S. Pat. No. 5,672,343-A cultures, influences the (Int J CellCloning 1984 U.S. Pat. No. 5,681,719-A proliferation and differentiationof Nov.;2(6):356-67). M-CSF is also U.S. Pat. No. 5,643,563-Ahematopoietic stem cells into detected in specific Bioassays with U.S.Pat. No. 5,861,150-A macrophages but mainly the cells lines that dependin their U.S. Pat. No. 6,117,422-A growth survival and growth on thepresence of M-CSF U.S. Pat. No. 6,103,224-A differentiation ofmonocytes. In or that respond to this factor, for U.S. Pat. No.6,156,300-A combination with another colony example, BAC1.2F5 ; BaF3 ;U.S. Pat. No. 6,146,851-A stimulating factor, GM-CSF, one GNFS-60 ;J774. An alternative and observes the phenomenon of entirely differentdetection method is synergistic suppression, i.e., the RT-PCRquantitation of cytokines. combination of these two factors leads to apartial suppression of the generation of macrophage- containing cellcolonies. M-CSF is a specific factor in that the proliferation inducingactivity is more or less restricted to the macrophage lineage. M-CSFalso is a potent stimulator of functional activities of monocytes. Innormal human macrophages M-CSF induces antibody-dependent cellularcytotoxicity. In monocytes and macrophages M-CSF induces the synthesisof IL1, G-CSF, IFN, TNF, plasminogen activator, thromboplastin,prostaglandins and thromboxanes. MSF (Migration Genbank: CAC20427WO9931233-A1 Chemotaxis Transendothelial lymphocyte Wound healingstimulating factor) chemotaxis assay Carr, M. W., et al., Proc. Natl.Acad. Sci. USA, vol. 91, pp. 3652-3656 (April 1994). NCAF (Neutrophilchemoattracting peptides) Osteopontin (OPN, LocusID: 6696 WO9915904-A1Osteopontin (OPN) is a highly Cell Attachment Assay: Senger DR, BoneFractures BNSP, BSPI, ETA- NP_000573 WO200062065-A1 phosphorylatedsialoprotein that Perruzzi CA, Papadopoulos-Sergiou 1, secretedXP_011125 WO9222316-A is a prominent component of the A, Van de Water L.(1994) phosphoprotein 1, bone mineralized extracellular matricesAdhesive properties of osteopontin: sialoprotein 1, early T- of bonesand teeth. OPN is regulation by a naturally occurring lymphocyteactivation characterized by the presence of a thrombin-cleavage inclose 1) polyaspartic acid sequence and proximity to the GRGDS cell-sites of Ser/Thr phosphorylation binding domain. Mol Riot Cell thatmediate hydroxyapatite 5(5):565-74 binding, and a highly conserved RGDmotif that mediates cell attachment/signaling. Expression of OPN in avariety of tissues indicates a multiplicity of functions that involveone or more of these conserved motifs. OPN is involved in a range ofbiological activities including developmental processes, wound healing,immunological responses, tumorigenesis, bone resorption, andcalcification. Platelet Factor 4 CAS-37270-94-3 WO9302 192-A Plateletfactor 4 (PF-4) is a CXC- Anti-angeogen assay (PMID: Bleeding Disorders;Colorectal Cancer; Diabetic Retinopathy; (Endostatin B; Iroplact;LocusID: 5196 WO9504 158-A chemokine with strong anti- 11259363) Glima;Heparin Neutralization after Cardiac Catheterization or RG 1001;Replistatin) NP_002610 U.S. Pat. No. 5,248,666-A angiogenic properties.Cardiopulmonary Bypass Surgery; Kaposi's Sarcoma; XP_003505 U.S. Pat.No. 5,776,892-A Malignant Melanoma; Renal Cancer Protein C (DrotrecoginCAS-60202-16-6 WO9109953-A Protein C is a serine protease Protein Cactivity may be assayed in Disseminated intravascular coagulation;Septic shock; alfa; Activated Protein LocusID: 5624 WO9112320-A involvedin coagulation and vitro using a coagulation assay. (J Thrombosis C; CTCIII; Ceprotin; NP_000303 U.S. Pat. No. 5,516,650-A fibroinolysis. BiolChem 2000 Sep. 1; 275(35): rhAPC; Zovant) XP_002706 U.S. Pat. No.5,358,932-A 27123-27128; Thramb Haemost 1994 Mar.; 71(3):339-346).Prothrombin (Factor II, LocusID: 2147 WO9313208-A Coagulation factor IIis Prothrombin quantilation and Thrombin, F2) NP_000497 U.S. Pat. No.5,502,034-A proteolytically cleaved to form activation assay. “CA-1method, a U.S. Pat. No. 5,476,777-A thrombin in the first step of thenovel assay for quantification of U.S. Pat. No. 6,110,721-A coagulationcascade, which normal prothrombin using a Ca2 ultimately results in thedependent prothrombin activator, stemming of blood loss. F2 alsocarinactivase- I.” Thromb Res. 1999 plays a role in maintaining May15;94(4):221-6. “Activation of vascular integrity. human prothrombin byarginine- specific cysteine proteinases (Gingipains R) fromPorphyronionas gingivalis.” J Biol Chem. 2001 Mar. 16 Rabies IG (RabiesRabies Immune Globulin; BAYRAB; HYPERRAB; IMOGAM RABIES- HT; IMOGAM)RhoD IG (RhoD Prevention of isoimmunization of RhoD negative women attime of Immune Globulin; spontaneous or induced abortion or transfusionin pregnancy; IVIG-Rho(1)); Hemolyic disease; immune thrombocytopenicpurpura; HIV PAYRHI-D: infection MICRHOGAM; RHOGAM WinRho SDF) RSV IVIG(Respiratory Lower respiratory tract infections; respiratory syncytialsyncytial virus IV infections immune globulin (human); Hypermune RSV;RESPIGAM) Serum LocusID: 590 WO9107483-A Also known as BchE activityassay “Differential Cholinesterase LocusID: 1110 WO9523158-Abutyrylcholinesterase/pseuocholin inhibition of human serum NP_000046U.S. Pat. No. 6,001,625-A esterase El(CHE1). Human cholinesterase withfluoride: XP_003134 U.S. Pat. No. 5,695,750-A tissues have two distinctrecognition of two new phenotypes.” cholinesterase activities: Nature191: 496-498, 1961. “A rare acetylcholinesterase and geneticallydetermined variant of butyrylcholinesterase. pseudocholinesterase in twoGerman Acetylcholinesterase functions in families with high plasmaenzyme the transmission of nerve activity.” Enrol, J. Biochem. 99:impulses, whereas the 65-69, 1979. “Genetic analysis of a physiologicaltinction of butyryl- Japanese patient with cholinesterase remainsunknown. butyrylcholinesterase deficiency.” An atypical form of Ann.Hum. Genet. 61:491-496, butyrylcholinesterase or the 1997. absence ofits activity leads to prolonged apnea following administration of themuscle relaxant suxamethonium. The widespread expression of CHE1 inearly differentiation suggests development-related functions for thisprotein. Tenascin LocusID: 7143 WO9628550-A1 The tenascins (TN) are afamily cell adhesion assay. “Cell adhesion LocusID: 7140 WO9608513-A1 ofextracellular matrix proteins. to fibronectin and tenascin: LocusID:7148 U.S. Pat. No. 5,681,931-A The genes are expressed in quantitativemeasurements of initial NP_003276 U.S. Pat. No. 5,635,360-A distincttissues at different times binding and subsequent NP_009047 WO9222319-Aduring embyronic development strengthening response.” J Cell Biol.XP_001730 WO9608513-A1 and are present in adult tissues. 1989 Oct.;109(4Pt 1):1795-805.; XP_004201 U.S. Pat. No. 5,681,931-A TN-R is detectedpredominantly “Tenascin interferes with fibronectin U.S. Pat. No.5,635,360-A in the central nervous system of action.” Cell. 1988 MayU.S. Pat. No. 6,048,704-A early embryos and likely 6;53(3):383-90.neurite growth in involved in central nervous vitro. “Tenascin isaccumulated system development. TN-XA is along developing peripheralnerves overexpressed in many tumors. and allows neurite outgrowth invitro.” Development. 1990 Oct.; 110(2) :401-15. Tenanus IG (TetanusTetanus Immune Globulin; TIG; BAYTET) Vitronectin LocusID: 7448 U.S.Pat. No. 5,514,582-A Binds to serpin serine protease Individualfunctions of the molecule Atherosclerosis; Vascular Restenosis; Cancer;Cardiovascular NP_000629 U.S. Pat. No. 6,140,072-A inhibitors such asPAI, mediates are assayed separately. The cell Disorders; MalignantMelanoma; Clotting disorders; XP_008484 WO9213075-A cell-to-substrateadhesion, adhesion function is assayed using a Transplantation. inhibitsthe cytolytic action of cell adhesion assay (Feinberg and the terminalcomplement cascade Vogelstein, 1983; Anal. Biochem. in vitro andinhibits inactivation 132 ppb-10); PAI binding using a of thrombin byantithrombin, solid phase binding assay (Seiffert & thereby regulatingcoagulation. Loskutolf, 1991; J. Biol. Chem. 266 pp2824-2831

In preferred embodiments, the albumin fusion proteins of the inventionare capable of a therapeutic activity and/or biologic activitycorresponding to the therapeutic activity and/or biologic activity ofthe Therapeutic protein corresponding to the Therapeutic protein portionof the albumin fusion protein listed in the corresponding row ofTable 1. (See, e.g., the “Biological Activity” and “Therapeutic ProteinX” columns of Table 1.) In further preferred embodiments, thetherapeutically active protein portions of the albumin fusion proteinsof the invention are fragments or variants of the reference sequencecited in the “Exemplary Identifier” column of Table 1, and are capableof the therapeutic activity and/or biologic activity of thecorresponding Therapeutic protein disclosed in “Biological Activity”column of Table 1.

Polypeptide and Polynucleotide Fragments and Variants

Fragments

The present invention is further directed to fragments of theTherapeutic proteins described in Table 1, albumin proteins, and/oralbumin fusion proteins of the invention.

Even if deletion of one or more amino acids from the N-terminus of aprotein results in modification or loss of one or more biologicalfunctions of the Therapeutic protein, albumin protein, and/or albuminfusion protein, other Therapeutic activities and/or functionalactivities (e.g., biological activities, ability to multimerize, abilityto bind a ligand) may still be retained. For example, the ability ofpolypeptides with N-terminal deletions to induce and/or bind toantibodies which recognize the complete or mature forms of thepolypeptides generally will be retained when less than the majority ofthe residues of the complete polypeptide are removed from theN-terminus. Whether a particular polypeptide lacking N-terminal residuesof a complete polypeptide retains such immunologic activities canreadily be determined by routine methods described herein and otherwiseknown in the art. It is not unlikely that a mutein with a large numberof deleted N-terminal amino acid residues may retain some biological orimmunogenic activities. In fact, peptides composed of as few as sixamino acid residues may often evoke an immune response.

Accordingly, fragments of a Therapeutic protein corresponding to aTherapeutic protein portion of an albumin fusion protein of theinvention, include the full length protein as well as polypeptideshaving one or more residues deleted from the amino terminus of the aminoacid sequence of the reference polypeptide (e.g., a Therapeutic proteinas disclosed in Table 1). In particular, N-terminal deletions may bedescribed by the general formula m−q, where q is a whole integerrepresenting the total number of amino acid residues in a referencepolypeptide (e.g., a Therapeutic protein referred to in Table 1), and mis defined as any integer ranging from 2 to q−6. Polynucleotidesencoding these polypeptides are also encompassed by the invention.

In addition, fragments of serum albumin polypeptides corresponding to analbumin protein portion of an albumin fusion protein of the invention,include the full length protein as well as polypeptides having one ormore residues deleted from the amino terminus of the amino acid sequenceof the reference polypeptide (i.e., serum albumin). In particular.N-terminal deletions may be described by the general formula m-585,where 585 is a whole integer representing the total number of amino acidresidues in serum albumin (SEQ ID NO: 18), and m is defined as anyinteger ranging from 2 to 579. Polynucleotides encoding thesepolypeptides are also encompassed by the invention.

Moreover, fragments of albumin fusion proteins of the invention, includethe full length albumin fusion protein as well as polypeptides havingone or more residues deleted from the amino terminus of the albuminfusion protein. In particular. N-terminal deletions may be described bythe general formula m−q, where q is a whole integer representing thetotal number of amino acid residues in the albumin fusion protein, and mis defined as any integer ranging from 2 to q−6. Polynucleotidesencoding these polypeptides are also encompassed by the invention.

Also as mentioned above, even if deletion of one or more amino acidsfrom the N-terminus or C-terminus of a reference polypeptide (e.g., aTherapeutic protein and/or serum albumin protein) results inmodification or loss of one or more biological functions of the protein,other functional activities (e.g., biological activities, ability tomultimerize, ability to bind a ligand) and/or Therapeutic activities maystill be retained. For example the ability of polypeptides withC-terminal deletions to induce and/or bind to antibodies which recognizethe complete or mature forms of the polypeptide generally will beretained when less than the majority of the residues of the complete ormature polypeptide are removed from the C-terminus. Whether a particularpolypeptide lacking the N-terminal and/or C-terminal residues of areference polypeptide retains Therapeutic activity can readily bedetermined by routine methods described herein and/or otherwise known inthe art.

The present invention further provides polypeptides having one or moreresidues deleted from the carboxy terminus of the amino acid sequence ofa Therapeutic protein corresponding to a Therapeutic protein portion ofan albumin fusion protein of the invention (e.g., a Therapeutic proteinreferred to in Table 1). In particular, C-terminal deletions may bedescribed by the general formula 1−n, where n is any whole integerranging from 6 to q−1, and where q is a whole integer representing thetotal number of amino acid residues in a reference polypeptide (e.g., aTherapeutic protein referred to in Table 1). Polynucleotides encodingthese polypeptides are also encompassed by the invention.

In addition, the present invention provides polypeptides having one ormore residues deleted from the carboxy terminus of the amino acidsequence of an albumin protein corresponding to an albumin proteinportion of an albumin fusion protein of the invention (e.g., serumalbumin). In particular, C-terminal deletions may be described by thegeneral formula 1−n, where n is any whole integer ranging from 6 to 584,where 584 is the whole integer representing the total number of aminoacid residues in serum albumin (SEQ ID NO:18) minus 1. Polynucleotidesencoding these polypeptides are also encompassed by the invention.

Moreover, the present invention provides polypeptides having one or moreresidues deleted from the carboxy terminus of an albumin fusion proteinof the invention. In particular, C-terminal deletions may be describedby the general formula 1−n, where n is any whole integer ranging from 6to q−1, and where q is a whole integer representing the total number ofamino acid residues in an albumin fusion protein of the invention.Polynucleotides encoding these polypeptides are also encompassed by theinvention.

In addition, any of the above described N- or C-terminal deletions canbe combined to produce a N- and C-terminal deleted referencepolypeptide. The invention also provides polypeptides having one or moreamino acids deleted from both the amino and the carboxyl termini, whichmay be described generally as having residues m−n of a referencepolypeptide (e.g., a Therapeutic protein referred to in Table 1, orserum albumin (e.g., SEQ ID NO:18), or an albumin fusion protein of theinvention) where n and m are integers as described above.Polynucleotides encoding these polypeptides are also encompassed by theinvention.

The present application is also directed to proteins containingpolypeptides at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identicalto a reference polypeptide sequence (e.g., a Therapeutic protein, serumalbumin protein or an albumin fusion protein of the invention) set forthherein, or fragments thereof. In preferred embodiments, the applicationis directed to proteins comprising polypeptides at least 80%, 85%, 90%,95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical to reference polypeptides having theamino acid sequence of N- and C-terminal deletions as described above.Polynucleotides encoding these polypeptides are also encompassed by theinvention.

Preferred polypeptide fragments of the invention are fragmentscomprising, or alternatively, consisting of, an amino acid sequence thatdisplays a Therapeutic activity and, or functional activity (e.g.biological activity) of the polypeptide sequence of the Therapeuticprotein or serum albumin protein of which the amino acid sequence is afragment.

Other preferred polypeptide fragments are biologically active fragments.Biologically active fragments are those exhibiting activity similar, butnot necessarily identical, to an activity of the polypeptide of thepresent invention. The biological activity of the fragments may includean improved desired activity, or a decreased undesirable activity.

Variants

“Variant” refers to a polynucleotide or nucleic acid differing from areference nucleic acid or polypeptide, but retaining essentialproperties thereof. Generally, variants are overall closely similar,and, in many regions, identical to the reference nucleic acid orpolypeptide.

As used herein, “variant”, refers to a Therapeutic protein portion of analbumin fusion protein of the invention, albumin portion of an albuminfusion protein of the invention, or albumin fusion protein differing insequence from a Therapeutic protein (e.g. see “therapeutic” column ofTable 1), albumin protein, and/or albumin fusion protein of theinvention, respectively, but retaining at least one functional and/ortherapeutic property thereof (e.g., a therapeutic activity and/orbiological activity as disclosed in the “Biological Activity” column ofTable 1) as described elsewhere herein or otherwise known in the art.Generally, variants are overall very similar, and, in many regions,identical to the amino acid sequence of the Therapeutic proteincorresponding to a Therapeutic protein portion of an albumin fusionprotein of the invention, albumin protein corresponding to an albuminprotein portion of an albumin fusion protein of the invention, and/oralbumin fusion protein of the invention. Nucleic acids encoding thesevariants are also encompassed by the invention.

The present invention is also directed to proteins which comprise, oralternatively consist of, an amino acid sequence which is at least 80%,85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100%, identical to, for example,the amino acid sequence of a Therapeutic protein corresponding to aTherapeutic protein portion of an albumin fusion protein of theinvention (e.g., an amino acid sequence disclosed in the “ExemplaryIdentifier” column of Table 1, or fragments or variants thereof),albumin proteins (e.g., SEQ ID NO:18 or fragments or variants thereof)corresponding to an albumin protein portion of an albumin fusion proteinof the invention, and/or albumin fusion proteins of the invention.Fragments of these polypeptides are also provided (e.g., those fragmentsdescribed herein). Further polypeptides encompassed by the invention arepolypeptides encoded by polynucleotides which hybridize to thecomplement of a nucleic acid molecule encoding an amino acid sequence ofthe invention under stringent hybridization conditions (e.g.,hybridization to filter bound DNA in 6× Sodium chloride Sodium citrate(SSC) at about 45 degrees Celsius, followed by one or more washes in0.2×SSC, 0.1% SDS at about 50-65 degrees Celsius), under highlystringent conditions (e.g., hybridization to filter bound DNA in 6×sodium chloride/Sodium citrate (SSC) at about 45 degrees Celsius,followed by one or more washes in 0.1×SSC, 0.2% SDS at about 68 degreesCelsius), or under other stringent hybridization conditions which areknown to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Ausubel. F. M, etal, eds., 1989 Current protocol in Molecular Biology, Green publishingassociates. Inc., and John Wiley & Sons Inc., New York, at pages6.3.1-6.3.6 and 2.10.3). Polynucleotides encoding these polypeptides arealso encompassed by the invention.

By a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence at least, for example,95% “identical” to a query amino acid sequence of the present invention,it is intended that the amino acid sequence of the subject polypeptideis identical to the query sequence except that the subject polypeptidesequence may include up to five amino acid alterations per each 100amino acids of the query amino acid sequence. In other words, to obtaina polypeptide having an amino acid sequence at least 95% identical to aquery amino acid sequence, up to 5% of the amino acid residues in thesubject sequence may be inserted, deleted, or substituted with anotheramino acid. These alterations of the reference sequence may occur at theamino- or carboxy-terminal positions of the reference amino acidsequence or anywhere between those terminal positions, interspersedeither individually among residues in the reference sequence or in oneor more contiguous groups within the reference sequence.

As a practical matter, whether any particular polypeptide is at least80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical to for instance, theamino acid sequence of an albumin fusion protein of the invention or afragment thereof (such as the Therapeutic protein portion of the albuminfusion protein or the albumin portion of the albumin fusion protein),can be determined conventionally using known computer programs. Apreferred method for determining the best overall match between a querysequence (a sequence of the present invention) and a subject sequence,also referred to as a global sequence alignment, can be determined usingthe FASTDB computer program based on the algorithm of Brutlag et al.(Comp. App. Biosci. 6:237-245 (1990)). In a sequence alignment the queryand subject sequences are either both nucleotide sequences or both aminoacid sequences. The result of said global sequence alignment isexpressed as percent identity. Preferred parameters used in a FASTDBamino acid alignment are: Matrix=PAM 0, k-tuple=2, Mismatch Penalty=1,Joining Penalty=20, Randomization Group Length=0, Cutoff Score=1, WindowSize=sequence length, Gap Penalty=5, Gap Size Penalty=0.05, WindowSize=500 or the length of the subject amino acid sequence, whichever isshorter.

If the subject sequence is shorter than the query sequence due to N- orC-terminal deletions, not because of internal deletions, a manualcorrection must be made to the results. This is because the FASTDBprogram does not account for N- and C-terminal truncations of thesubject sequence when calculating global percent identity. For subjectsequences truncated at the N- and C-termini, relative to the querysequence, the percent identity is corrected by calculating the number ofresidues of the query sequence that are N- and C-terminal of the subjectsequence, which are not matched, aligned with a corresponding subjectresidue, as a percent of the total bases of the query sequence. Whethera residue is matched/aligned is determined by results of the FASTDBsequence alignment. This percentage is then subtracted from the percentidentity, calculated by the above FASTDB program using the specifiedparameters, to arrive at a final percent identity score. This finalpercent identity score is what is used for the purposes of the presentinvention. Only residues to the N- and C-termini of the subjectsequence, which are not matched/aligned with the query sequence, areconsidered for the purposes of manually adjusting the percent identityscore. That is, only query residue positions outside the farthest N- andC-terminal residues of the subject sequence.

For example, a 90 amino acid residue subject sequence is aligned with a100 residue query sequence to determine percent identity. The deletionoccurs at the N-terminus of the subject sequence and therefore, theFASTDB alignment does not show a matching/alignment of the first 10residues at the N-terminus. The 10 unpaired residues represent 10% ofthe sequence (number of residues at the N- and C-termini notmatched/total number of residues in the query sequence) so 10% issubtracted from the percent identity score calculated by the FASTDBprogram. If the remaining 90 residues were perfectly matched the finalpercent identity would be 90%. In another example, a 90 residue subjectsequence is compared with a 100 residue query sequence. This time thedeletions are internal deletions so there are no residues at the N- orC-termini of the subject sequence which are not matched/aligned with thequery. In this case the percent identity calculated by FASTDB is notmanually corrected. Once again, only residue positions outside the N-and C-terminal ends of the subject sequence, as displayed in the FASTDBalignment, which are not matched/aligned with the query sequence aremanually corrected for. No other manual corrections are to made for thepurposes of the present invention.

The variant will usually have at least 75% (preferably at least about80%, 90%, 95% or 99%) sequence identity with a length of normal HA orTherapeutic protein which is the same length as the variant. Homology oridentity at the nucleotide or amino acid sequence level is determined byBLAST (Basic Local Alignment Search Tool) analysis using the algorithmemployed by the programs blastp, blastn, blastx, tblastn and tblastx(Karlin et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87: 2264-2268 (1990) andAltschul. J. Mol. Evol. 36: 290-300 (1993), fully incorporated byreference) which are tailored for sequence similarity searching.

The approach used by the BLAST program is to first consider similarsegments between a query sequence and a database sequence, then toevaluate the statistical significance of all matches that are identifiedand finally to summarize only those matches which satisfy a preselectedthreshold of significance. For a discussion of basic issues insimilarity searching of sequence databases, see Altschul et al. (NatureGenetics 6: 119-129 (1994)) which is fully incorporated by reference.The search parameters for histogram, descriptions, alignments, expect(i.e., the statistical significance threshold for reporting matchesagainst database sequences), cutoff, matrix and filter are at thedefault settings. The default scoring matrix used by blastp, blastx,tblastn, and tblastx is the BLOSUM62 matrix (Henikoff et al., Proc.Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89: 10915-10919 (1992), fully incorporated byreference). For blastn, the scoring matrix is set by the ratios of M(i.e., the reward score for a pair of matching residues) to N (i.e., thepenalty score for mismatching residues), wherein the default values forM and N are 5 and −4, respectively. Four blastn parameters may beadjusted as follows: Q=10 (gap creation penalty); R=10 (gap extensionpenalty); wink=1 (generates word hits at every wink^(th) position alongthe query); and gapw=16 (sets the window width within which gappedalignments are generated). The equivalent Blastp parameter settings wereQ=9; R=2; wink=1; and gapw=32. A Bestfit comparison between sequences,available in the GCG package version 10.0, uses DNA parameters GAP=50(gap creation penalty) and LEN=3 (gap extension penalty) and theequivalent settings in protein comparisons are GAP=8 and LEN=2.

The polynucleotide variants of the invention may contain alterations inthe coding regions, non-coding regions, or both. Especially preferredare polynucleotide variants containing alterations which produce silentsubstitutions, additions, or deletions, but do not alter the propertiesor activities of the encoded polypeptide. Nucleotide variants producedby silent substitutions due to the degeneracy of the genetic code arepreferred. Moreover, polypeptide variants in which less than 50, lessthan 40, less than 30, less than 20, less than 10, or 5-50, 5-25, 5-10,1-5, or 1-2 amino acids are substituted, deleted, or added in anycombination are also preferred. Polynucleotide variants can be producedfor a variety of reasons, e.g., to optimize codon expression for aparticular host (change codons in the human mRNA to those preferred by abacterial host, such as, yeast or E, coli).

In a preferred embodiment, a polynucleotide encoding an albumin portionof an albumin fusion protein of the invention is optimized forexpression in yeast or mammalian cells. In further preferred embodiment,a polynucleotide encoding a Therapeutic protein portion of an albuminfusion protein of the invention is optimized for expression in yeast ormammalian cells. In a still further preferred embodiment, apolynucleotide encoding an albumin fusion protein of the invention isoptimized for expression in yeast or mammalian cells.

In an alternative embodiment, a codon optimized polynucleotide encodinga Therapeutic protein portion of an albumin fusion protein of theinvention does not hybridize to the wild type polynucleotide encodingthe Therapeutic protein under stringent hybridization conditions asdescribed herein. In a further embodiment, a codon optimizedpolynucleotide encoding an albumin portion of an albumin fusion proteinof the invention does not hybridize to the wild type polynucleotideencoding the albumin protein under stringent hybridization conditions asdescribed herein. In another embodiment, a codon optimizedpolynucleotide encoding an albumin fusion protein of the invention doesnot hybridize to the wild type polynucleotide encoding the Therapeuticprotein portion or the albumin protein portion under stringenthybridization conditions as described herein.

In an additional embodiment, polynucleotides encoding a Therapeuticprotein portion of an albumin fusion protein of the invention do notcomprise, or alternatively consist of, the naturally occurring sequenceof that Therapeutic protein. In a further embodiment, polynucleotidesencoding an albumin protein portion of an albumin fusion protein of theinvention do not comprise, or alternatively consist of, the naturallyoccurring sequence of albumin protein. In an alternative embodiment,polynucleotides encoding an albumin fusion protein of the invention donot comprise, or alternatively consist of, the naturally occurringsequence of a Therapeutic protein portion or the albumin proteinportion.

Naturally occurring variants are called “allelic variants.” and refer toone of several alternate forms of a gene occupying a given locus on achromosome of an organism. (Genes II, Lewin, B., ed., John Wiley & Sons,New York (1985)). These allelic variants can vary at either thepolynucleotide and/or polypeptide level and are included in the presentinvention. Alternatively, non-naturally occurring variants may beproduced by mutagenesis techniques or by direct synthesis.

Using known methods of protein engineering and recombinant DNAtechnology, variants may be generated to improve or alter thecharacteristics of the polypeptides of the present invention. Forinstance, one or more amino acids can be deleted from the N-terminus orC-terminus of the polypeptide of the present invention withoutsubstantial loss of biological function. As an example, Ron et al. (J.Biol. Chem. 268: 2984-2988 (1993)) reported variant KGF proteins havingheparin binding activity even after deleting 3, 8, or 27 amino-terminalamino acid residues. Similarly, Interferon gamma exhibited up to tentimes higher activity after deleting 8-10 amino acid residues from thecarboxy terminus of this protein. (Dobeli et al., J. Biotechnology7:199-216 (1988).)

Moreover, ample evidence demonstrates that variants often retain abiological activity similar to that of the naturally occurring protein.For example, Gayle and coworkers (J. Biol. Chem. 268:22105-22111 (1993))conducted extensive mutational analysis of human cytokine IL-1a. Theyused random mutagenesis to generate over 3,500 individual IL-1a mutantsthat averaged 2.5 amino acid changes per variant over the entire lengthof the molecule. Multiple mutations were examined at every possibleamino acid position. The investigators found that “[m]ost of themolecule could be altered with little effect on either [binding orbiological activity].” In fact, only 23 unique amino acid sequences, outof more than 3.500 nucleotide sequences examined, produced a proteinthat significantly differed in activity from wild-type.

Furthermore, even if deleting one or more amino acids from theN-terminus or C-terminus of a polypeptide results in modification orloss of one or more biological functions, other biological activitiesmay still be retained. For example, the ability of a deletion variant toinduce and/or to bind antibodies which recognize the secreted form willlikely be retained when less than the majority of the residues of thesecreted form are removed from the N-terminus or C-terminus. Whether aparticular polypeptide lacking N- or C-terminal residues of a proteinretains such immunogenic activities can readily be determined by routinemethods described herein and otherwise known in the art.

Thus, the invention further includes polypeptide variants which have afunctional activity (e.g., biological activity and/or therapeuticactivity). In highly preferred embodiments the invention providesvariants of albumin fusion proteins that have a functional activity(e.g., biological activity and/or therapeutic activity, such as thatdisclosed in the “Biological Activity” column in Table 1) thatcorresponds to one or more biological and/or therapeutic activities ofthe Therapeutic protein corresponding to the Therapeutic protein portionof the albumin fusion protein. Such variants include deletions,insertions, inversions, repeats, and substitutions selected according togeneral rules known in the art so as have little effect on activity.

In preferred embodiments, the variants of the invention haveconservative substitutions. By “conservative substitutions” is intendedswaps within groups such as replacement of the aliphatic or hydrophobicamino acids Ala, Val, Leu and Ile; replacement of the hydroxyl residuesSer and Thr; replacement of the acidic residues Asp and Glu; replacementof the amide residues Asn and Gln, replacement of the basic residuesLys, Arg, and His; replacement of the aromatic residues Phe, Tyr, andTrp, and replacement of the small-sized amino acids Ala, Ser, Thr, Met,and Gly.

Guidance concerning how to make phenotypically silent amino acidsubstitutions is provided, for example, in Bowie et al., “Decipheringthe Message in Protein Sequences: Tolerance to Amino AcidSubstitutions,” Science 247:1306-1310 (1990), wherein the authorsindicate that there are two main strategies for studying the toleranceof an amino acid sequence to change.

The first strategy exploits the tolerance of amino acid substitutions bynatural selection during the process of evolution. By comparing aminoacid sequences in different species, conserved amino acids can beidentified. These conserved amino acids are likely important for proteinfunction. In contrast, the amino acid positions where substitutions havebeen tolerated by natural selection indicates that these positions arenot critical for protein function. Thus, positions tolerating amino acidsubstitution could be modified while still maintaining biologicalactivity of the protein.

The second strategy uses genetic engineering to introduce amino acidchanges at specific positions of a cloned gene to identify regionscritical for protein function. For example, site directed mutagenesis oralanine-scanning mutagenesis (introduction of single alanine mutationsat every residue in the molecule) can be used. See Cunningham and Wells,Science 244:1081-1085 (1989). The resulting mutant molecules can then betested for biological activity.

As the authors state, these two strategies have revealed that proteinsare surprisingly tolerant of amino acid substitutions. The authorsfurther indicate which amino acid changes are likely to be permissive atcertain amino acid positions in the protein. For example, most buried(within the tertiary structure of the protein) amino acid residuesrequire nonpolar side chains, whereas few features of surface sidechains are generally conserved. Moreover, tolerated conservative aminoacid substitutions involve replacement of the aliphatic or hydrophobicamino acids Ala. Val, Leu and Ile; replacement of the hydroxyl residuesSer and Thr; replacement of the acidic residues Asp and Glu; replacementof the amide residues Asn and Gln, replacement of the basic residuesLys. Arg, and His; replacement of the aromatic residues Phe, Tyr, andTrp, and replacement of the small-sized amino acids Ala. Ser. Thr. Met,and Gly. Besides conservative amino acid substitution, variants of thepresent invention include (i) polypeptides containing substitutions ofone or more of the non-conserved amino acid residues, where thesubstituted amino acid residues may or may not be one encoded by thegenetic code, or (ii) polypeptides containing substitutions of one ormore of the amino acid residues having a substituent group, or (iii)polypeptides which have been fused with or chemically conjugated toanother compound, such as a compound to increase the stability and/orsolubility of the polypeptide (for example, polyethylene glycol), (iv)polypeptide containing additional amino acids, such as, for example, anIgG Fc fusion region peptide. Such variant polypeptides are deemed to bewithin the scope of those skilled in the art from the teachings herein.

For example, polypeptide variants containing amino acid substitutions ofcharged amino acids with other charged or neutral amino acids mayproduce proteins with improved characteristics, such as lessaggregation. Aggregation of pharmaceutical formulations both reducesactivity and increases clearance due to the aggregate's immunogenicactivity. See Pinckard et al., Clin. Exp. Immunol. 2:331-340 (1967);Robbins et al. Diabetes 36: 838-845 (1987); Cleland et al., Crit. Rev.Therapeutic Drug Carrier Systems 10:307-377 (1993).

In specific embodiments, the polypeptides of the invention comprise, oralternatively, consist of, fragments or variants of the amino acidsequence of a Therapeutic protein described herein and/or human serumalbumin, and/or albumin fusion protein of the invention, wherein thefragments or variants have 1-5, 5-10, 5-25.5-50, 10-50 or 50-150, aminoacid residue additions, substitutions, and/or deletions when compared tothe reference amino acid sequence. In preferred embodiments, the aminoacid substitutions are conservative. Nucleic acids encoding thesepolypeptides are also encompassed by the invention.

The polypeptide of the present invention can be composed of amino acidsjoined to each other by peptide bonds or modified peptide bonds, i.e.,peptide isosteres, and may contain amino acids other than the 20gene-encoded amino acids. The polypeptides may be modified by eithernatural processes, such as post-translational processing, or by chemicalmodification techniques which are well known in the art. Suchmodifications are well described in basic texts and in more detailedmonographs, as well as in a voluminous research literature.Modifications can occur anywhere in a polypeptide, including the peptidebackbone, the amino acid side-chains and the amino or carboxyl termini.It will be appreciated that the same type of modification may be presentin the same or varying degrees at several sites in a given polypeptide.Also, a given polypeptide may contain many types of modifications.Polypeptides may be branched, for example, as a result ofubiquitination, and they may be cyclic, with or without branching.Cyclic, branched, and branched cyclic polypeptides may result fromposttranslation natural processes or may be made by synthetic methods.Modifications include acetylation, acylation. ADP-ribosylation,amidation, covalent attachment of flavin, covalent attachment of a hememoiety, covalent attachment of a nucleotide or nucleotide derivative,covalent attachment of a lipid or lipid derivative, covalent attachmentof phosphotidylinositol, cross-linking, cyclization, disulfide bondformation, demethylation, formation of covalent cross-links, formationof cysteine, formation of pyroglutamate, formylation,gamma-carboxylation, glycosylation, GPI anchor formation, hydroxylation,iodination, methylation, myristylation, oxidation, pegylation,proteolytic processing, phosphorylation, prenylation, racemization,selenoylation, sulfation, transfer-RNA mediated addition of amino acidsto proteins such as arginylation, and ubiquitination. (See, forinstance, PROTEINS—STRUCTURE AND MOLECULAR PROPERTIES, 2nd Ed., T. E.Creighton, W. H. Freeman and Company, New York (1993);POST-TRANSLATIONAL COVALENT MODIFICATION OF PROTEINS, B. C. Johnson,Ed., Academic Press, New York, pgs. 1-12 (1983); Seifter et al., Meth.Enzymol. 182:626-646 (1990); Rattan et al., Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci.663:48-62 (1992)).

Functional Activity

“A polypeptide having functional activity” refers to a polypeptidecapable of displaying one or more known functional activities associatedwith the full-length, pro-protein, and/or mature form of a Therapeuticprotein. Such functional activities include, but are not limited to,biological activity, antigenicity [ability to bind (or compete with apolypeptide for binding) to an anti-polypeptide antibody],immunogenicity (ability to generate antibody which binds to a specificpolypeptide of the invention), ability to form multimers withpolypeptides of the invention, and ability to bind to a receptor orligand for a polypeptide.

“A polypeptide having biological activity” refers to a polypeptideexhibiting activity similar to, but not necessarily identical to, anactivity of a Therapeutic protein of the present invention, includingmature forms, as measured in a particular biological assay, with orwithout dose dependency. In the case where dose dependency does exist,it need not be identical to that of the polypeptide, but rathersubstantially similar to the dose-dependence in a given activity ascompared to the polypeptide of the present invention (i.e., thecandidate polypeptide will exhibit greater activity or not more thanabout 25-fold less and, preferably, not more than about tenfold lessactivity, and most preferably, not more than about three-fold lessactivity relative to the polypeptide of the present invention).

In preferred embodiments, an albumin fusion protein of the invention hasat least one biological and/or therapeutic activity associated with theTherapeutic protein (or fragment or variant thereof) when it is notfused to albumin.

The albumin fusion proteins of the invention can be assayed forfunctional activity (e.g., biological activity) using or routinelymodifying assays known in the art, as well as assays described herein.Specifically, albumin fusion proteins may be assayed for functionalactivity (e.g., biological activity or therapeutic activity) using theassay referenced in the “Exemplary Activity Assay” column of Table 1.Additionally, one of skill in the art may routinely assay fragments of aTherapeutic protein corresponding to a Therapeutic protein portion of analbumin fusion protein of the invention, for activity using assaysreferenced in its corresponding row of Table 1. Further, one of skill inthe art may routinely assay fragments of an albumin proteincorresponding to an albumin protein portion of an albumin fusion proteinof the invention, for activity using assays known in the art and/or asdescribed in the Examples section below.

For example, in one embodiment where one is assaying for the ability ofan albumin fusion protein of the invention to bind or compete with aTherapeutic protein for binding to an anti-Therapeutic polypeptideantibody and/or anti-albumin antibody, various immunoassays known in theart can be used, including but not limited to competitive andnon-competitive assay systems using techniques such asradioimmunoassays, ELISA (enzyme linked immunosorbent assay), “sandwich”immunoassays, immunoradiometric assays, gel diffusion precipitationreactions, immunodiffusion assays, in situ immunoassays (using colloidalgold, enzyme or radioisotope labels, for example), western blots,precipitation reactions, agglutination assays (e.g., gel agglutinationassays, hemagglutination assays), complement fixation assays,immunofluorescence assays, protein A assays, and immunoelectrophoresisassays, etc. In one embodiment, antibody binding is detected bydetecting a label on the primary antibody. In another embodiment, theprimary antibody is detected by detecting binding of a secondaryantibody or reagent to the primary antibody. In a further embodiment,the secondary antibody is labeled. Many means are known in the art fordetecting binding in an immunoassay and are within the scope of thepresent invention.

In a preferred embodiment, where a binding partner (e.g., a receptor ora ligand) of a Therapeutic protein is identified, binding to thatbinding partner by an albumin fusion protein containing that Therapeuticprotein as the Therapeutic protein portion of the fusion can be assayed,e.g., by means well-known in the art, such as, for example, reducing andnon-reducing gel chromatography, protein affinity chromatography, andaffinity blotting. See generally, Phizicky et al., Microbiol. Rev.59:94-123 (1995). In another embodiment, the ability of physiologicalcorrelates of an albumin fusion protein of the present invention to bindto a substrate(s) of the Therapeutic polypeptide corresponding to theTherapeutic portion of the albumin fusion protein of the invention canbe routinely assayed using techniques known in the art.

In an alternative embodiment, where the ability of an albumin fusionprotein of the invention to multimerize is being evaluated, associationwith other components of the multimer can be assayed, e.g., by meanswell-known in the art, such as, for example, reducing and non-reducinggel chromatography, protein affinity chromatography, and affinityblotting. See generally, Phizicky et al., supra.

In addition, assays described herein (see Examples and Table 1) andotherwise known in the art may routinely be applied to measure theability of albumin fusion proteins of the present invention andfragments, variants and derivatives thereof to elicit biologicalactivity and/or Therapeutic activity (either in vitro or in vivo)related to either the Therapeutic protein portion and/or albumin portionof the albumin fusion protein of the present invention. Other methodswill be known to the skilled artisan and are within the scope of theinvention.

Albumin

As described above, an albumin fusion protein of the invention comprisesat least a fragment or variant of a Therapeutic protein and at least afragment or variant of human serum albumin, which are associated withone another, preferably by genetic fusion or chemical conjugation.

The terms, human serum albumin (HSA) and human albumin (HA) are usedinterchangeably herein. The terms, “albumin and “serum albumin” arebroader, and encompass human serum albumin (and fragments and variantsthereof) as well as albumin from other species (and fragments andvariants thereof).

As used herein, “albumin” refers collectively to albumin protein oramino acid sequence, or an albumin fragment or variant, having one ormore functional activities (e.g. biological activities) of albumin. Inparticular, “albumin” refers to human albumin or fragments thereof (seeEP 201 239, EP 322 094 WO 97=24445. WO95/23857) especially the matureform of human albumin as shown in FIG. 15 and SEQ ID NO: 18, or albuminfrom other vertebrates or fragments thereof, or analogs or variants ofthese molecules or fragments thereof.

In preferred embodiments, the human serum albumin protein used in thealbumin fusion proteins of the invention contains one or both of thefollowing sets of point mutations with reference to SEQ ID NO: 18:Leu-407 to Ala, Leu-408 to Val, Val-409 to Ala, and Arg-410 to Ala; orArg-410 to A, Lys-413 to Gln, and Lys-414 to Gln (see, e.g.,International Publication No. WO95/23857, hereby incorporated in itsentirety by reference herein). In even more preferred embodiments,albumin fusion proteins of the invention that contain one or both ofabove-described sets of point mutations have improved stabilityresistance to yeast Yap3p proteolytic cleavage, allowing increasedproduction of recombinant albumin fusion proteins expressed in yeasthost cells.

As used herein, a portion of albumin sufficient to prolong thetherapeutic activity or shelf-life of the Therapeutic protein refers toa portion of albumin sufficient in length or structure to stabilize orprolong the therapeutic activity of the protein so that the shelf lifeof the Therapeutic protein portion of the albumin fusion protein isprolonged or extended compared to the shelf-life in the non-fusionstate. The albumin portion of the albumin fusion proteins may comprisethe full length of the HA sequence as described above or as shown inFIG. 15, or may include one or more fragments thereof that are capableof stabilizing or prolonging the therapeutic activity. Such fragmentsmay be of 10 or more amino acids in length or may include about 15, 20,25, 30, 50, or more contiguous amino acids from the HA sequence or mayinclude part or all of specific domains of HA. For instance, one or morefragments of HA spanning the first two immunoglobulin-like domains maybe used.

The albumin portion of the albumin fusion proteins of the invention maybe a variant of normal HA. The Therapeutic protein portion of thealbumin fusion proteins of the invention may also be variants of theTherapeutic proteins as described herein. The term “variants” includesinsertions, deletions and substitutions, either conservative or nonconservative, where such changes do not substantially alter one or moreof the oncotic, useful ligand-binding and non-immunogenic properties ofalbumin, or the active site, or active domain which confers thetherapeutic activities of the Therapeutic proteins.

In particular, the albumin fusion proteins of the invention may includenaturally occurring polymorphic variants of human albumin and fragmentsof human albumin, for example those fragments disclosed in EP 322 094(namely HA (Pn), where n is 369 to 419). The albumin may be derived fromany vertebrate, especially any mammal, for example human, cow, sheep, orpig. Non-mammalian albumins include, but are not limited to hen andsalmon. The albumin portion of the albumin fusion protein may be from adifferent animal than the Therapeutic protein portion.

Generally speaking, an HA fragment or variant will be at least 100 aminoacids long, preferably at least 150 amino acids long. The HA variant mayconsist of or alternatively comprise at least one whole domain of HA,for example domains 1 (amino acids 1-194 of SEQ ID NO:18), 2 (aminoacids 195-387 of SEQ ID NO: 18), 3 (amino acids 388-585 of SEQ IDNO:18), I+2 (1-387 of SEQ ID NO:18), 2+3 (195-585 of SEQ ID NO:18) or1+3 (amino acids 1-194 of SEQ ID NO:18+amino acids 388-585 of SEQ IDNO:18). Each domain is itself made up of two homologous subdomainsnamely 1-105, 120-194, 195-291, 316-387, 388-491 and 512-585, withflexible inter-subdomain linker regions comprising residues Lys 106 toGlu119, Glu292 to Val315 and Glu492 to Ala511.

Preferably, the albumin portion of an albumin fusion protein of theinvention comprises at least one subdomain or domain of HA orconservative modifications thereof. If the fusion is based onsubdomains, some or all of the adjacent linker is preferably used tolink to the Therapeutic protein moiety.

Albumin Fusion Proteins

The present invention relates generally to albumin fusion proteins andmethods of treating, preventing, or ameliorating diseases or disorders.As used herein, “albumin fusion protein” refers to a protein formed bythe fusion of at least one molecule of albumin (or a fragment or variantthereof) to at least one molecule of a Therapeutic protein (or fragmentor variant thereof). An albumin fusion protein of the inventioncomprises at least a fragment or variant of a Therapeutic protein and atleast a fragment or variant of human serum albumin, which are associatedwith one another, preferably by genetic fusion (i.e., the albumin fusionprotein is generated by translation of a nucleic acid in which apolynucleotide encoding all or a portion of a Therapeutic protein isjoined in-frame with a polynucleotide encoding all or a portion ofalbumin) or chemical conjugation to one another. The Therapeutic proteinand albumin protein, once part of the albumin fusion protein, may bereferred to as a “portion”, “region” or “moiety” of the albumin fusionprotein.

In one embodiment, the invention provides an albumin fusion proteincomprising, or alternatively consisting of, a Therapeutic protein (e.g.,as described in Table 1) and a serum albumin protein. In otherembodiments, the invention provides an albumin fusion proteincomprising, or alternatively consisting of, a biologically active and/ortherapeutically active fragment of a Therapeutic protein and a serumalbumin protein. In other embodiments, the invention provides an albuminfusion protein comprising, or alternatively consisting of: abiologically active and/or therapeutically active variant of aTherapeutic protein and a serum albumin protein. In preferredembodiments, the serum albumin protein component of the albumin fusionprotein is the mature portion of serum albumin.

In further embodiments, the invention provides an albumin fusion proteincomprising, or alternatively consisting of, a Therapeutic protein, and abiologically active and/or therapeutically active fragment of serumalbumin. In further embodiments, the invention provides an albuminfusion protein comprising, or alternatively consisting of, a Therapeuticprotein and a biologically active and/or therapeutically active variantof serum albumin. In preferred embodiments, the Therapeutic proteinportion of the albumin fusion protein is the mature portion of theTherapeutic protein.

In further embodiments, the invention provides an albumin fusion proteincomprising, or alternatively consisting of, a biologically active and/ortherapeutically active fragment or variant of a Therapeutic protein anda biologically active and/or therapeutically active fragment or variantof serum albumin. In preferred embodiments, the invention provides analbumin fusion protein comprising, or alternatively consisting of, themature portion of a Therapeutic protein and the mature portion of serumalbumin.

Preferably, the albumin fusion protein comprises HA as the N-terminalportion, and a Therapeutic protein as the C-terminal portion.Alternatively, an albumin fusion protein comprising HA as the C-terminalportion, and a Therapeutic protein as the N-terminal portion may also beused.

In other embodiments, the albumin fusion protein has a Therapeuticprotein fused to both the N-terminus and the C-terminus of albumin. In apreferred embodiment, the Therapeutic proteins fused at the N- andC-termini are the same Therapeutic proteins. In a preferred embodiment,the Therapeutic proteins fused at the N- and C-termini are differentTherapeutic proteins. In another preferred embodiment, the Therapeuticproteins fused at the N- and C-termini are different Therapeuticproteins which may be used to treat or prevent the same disease,disorder, or condition (e.g. as listed in the “Preferred Indication Y”column of Table 1). In another preferred embodiment, the Therapeuticproteins fused at the N- and C-termini are different Therapeuticproteins which may be used to treat or prevent diseases or disorders(e.g. as listed in the “Preferred Indication Y” column of Table 1) whichare known in the art to commonly occur in patients simultaneously.

In addition to albumin fusion protein in which the albumin portion isfused N-terminal and/or C-terminal of the Therapeutic protein portion,albumin fusion proteins of the invention may also be produced byinserting the Therapeutic protein or peptide of interest (e.g.,Therapeutic protein X as disclosed in Table 1) into an internal regionof HA. For instance, within the protein sequence of the HA molecule anumber of loops or turns exist between the end and beginning ofα-helices, which are stabilized by disulphide bonds (see FIGS. 9-11).The loops, as determined from the crystal structure of HA (FIG. 13) (PDBidentifiers 1AO6, 1BJ5, 1BKE, 1BM0, 1E7E to 1E71 and 1UOR) for the mostpart extend away from the body of the molecule. These loops are usefulfor the insertion, or internal fusion, of therapeutically activepeptides, particularly those requiring a secondary structure to befunctional, or Therapeutic proteins, to essentially generate an albuminmolecule with specific biological activity.

Loops in human albumin structure into which peptides or polypeptides maybe inserted to generate albumin fusion proteins of the inventioninclude: Val54-Asn61, Thr76-Asp89, Ala92-Glu100, Gln170-Ala176,His247-Glu252, Glu266-Glu277, Glu280-His288, Ala362-Glu368,Lys439-Pro447, Val462-Lys475, Thr478-Pro486, and Lys560-Thr566. In morepreferred embodiments, peptides or polypeptides are inserted into theVal54-Asn61. Gln170-Ala176, and/or Lys560-Thr566 loops of mature humanalbumin (SEQ ID NO: 18).

Peptides to be inserted may be derived from either phage display orsynthetic peptide libraries screened for specific biological activity orfrom the active portions of a molecule with the desired function.Additionally, random peptide libraries may be generated withinparticular loops or by insertions of randomized peptides into particularloops of the HA molecule and in which all possible combinations of aminoacids are represented.

Such library(s) could be generated on HA or domain fragments of HA byone of the following methods:

(a) randomized mutation of amino acids within one or more peptide loopsof HA or HA domain fragments. Either one, more or all the residueswithin a loop could be mutated in this manner (for example see FIG. 10a);

(b) replacement of, or insertion into one or more loops of HA or HAdomain fragments (i.e., internal fusion) of a randomized peptide(s) oflength X_(n) (where X is an amino acid and n is the number of residues(for example see FIG. 10 b);

(c) N-, C- or N- and C-terminal peptide/protein fusions in addition to(a) and/or (b).

The HA or HA domain fragment may also be made multifunctional bygrafting the peptides derived from different screens of different loopsagainst different targets into the same HA or HA domain fragment.

In preferred embodiments, peptides inserted into a loop of human serumalbumin are peptide fragments or peptide variants of the Therapeuticproteins disclosed in Table 1. More particularly, the inventionencompasses albumin fusion proteins which comprise peptide fragments orpeptide variants at least 7 at least 8, at least 9, at least 10, atleast 11, at least 12, at least 13, at least 14, at least 15, at least20, at least 25, at least 30, at least 35, or at least 40 amino acids inlength inserted into a loop of human serum albumin. The invention alsoencompasses albumin fusion proteins which comprise peptide fragments orpeptide variants at least 7 at least 8, at least 9, at least 10, atleast 11, at least 12, at least 13, at least 14, at least 15, at least20, at least 25, at least 30, at least 35, or at least 40 amino acidsfused to the N-terminus of human serum albumin. The invention alsoencompasses albumin fusion proteins which comprise peptide fragments orpeptide variants at least 7 at least 8, at least 9, at least 10, atleast 11, at least 12, at least 13, at least 14, at least 15, at least20, at least 25, at least 30, at least 35, or at least 40 amino acidsfused to the C-terminus of human serum albumin.

Generally, the albumin fusion proteins of the invention may have oneHA-derived region and one Therapeutic protein-derived region. Multipleregions of each protein, however, may be used to make an albumin fusionprotein of the invention. Similarly, more than one Therapeutic proteinmay be used to make an albumin fusion protein of the invention. Forinstance, a Therapeutic protein may be fused to both the N- andC-terminal ends of the HA. In such a configuration, the Therapeuticprotein portions may be the same or different Therapeutic proteinmolecules. The structure of bifunctional albumin fusion proteins may berepresented as: X-HA-Y or Y-HA-X.

For example, an anti-BLyS™ scFv-HA-IFNα-2b fusion may be prepared tomodulate the immune response to IFNα-2b by anti-BLyS™ scFv. Analternative is making a bi (or even multi) functional dose of HA-fusionse.g. HA-IFNα-2b fusion mixed with HA-anti-BLyS™ scFv fusion or otherHA-fusions in various ratio's depending on function, half-life etc.

Bi- or multi-functional albumin fusion proteins may also be prepared totarget the Therapeutic protein portion of a fusion to a target organ orcell type via protein or peptide at the opposite terminus of HA.

As an alternative to the fusion of known therapeutic molecules, thepeptides could be obtained by screening libraries constructed as fusionsto the N-, C- or N- and C-termini of HA, or domain fragment of HA, oftypically 6, 8, 12, 20 or 25 or X_(n) (where X is an amino acid (aa) andn equals the number of residues) randomized amino acids, and in whichall possible combinations of amino acids were represented. A particularadvantage of this approach is that the peptides may be selected in situon the HA molecule and the properties of the peptide would therefore beas selected for rather than, potentially, modified as might be the casefor a peptide derived by any other method then being attached to HA.

Additionally, the albumin fusion proteins of the invention may include alinker peptide between the fused portions to provide greater physicalseparation between the moieties and thus maximize the accessibility ofthe Therapeutic protein portion, for instance, for binding to itscognate receptor. The linker peptide may consist of amino acids suchthat it is flexible or more rigid.

The linker sequence may be cleavable by a protease or chemically toyield the growth hormone related moiety. Preferably, the protease is onewhich is produced naturally by the host, for example the S, cerevisiaeprotease kex2 or equivalent proteases.

Therefore, as described above, the albumin fusion proteins of theinvention may have the following formula R1-L-R2; R2-L-R1; orR1-L-R2-L-R1, wherein R1 is at least one Therapeutic protein, peptide orpolypeptide sequence, and not necessarily the same Therapeutic protein.L is a linker and R2 is a serum albumin sequence.

In preferred embodiments, Albumin fusion proteins of the inventioncomprising a Therapeutic protein have extended shelf life compared tothe shelf life the same Therapeutic protein when not fused to albumin.Shelf-life typically refers to the time period over which thetherapeutic activity of a Therapeutic protein in solution or in someother storage formulation, is stable without undue loss of therapeuticactivity. Man) of the Therapeutic proteins are highly labile in theirunfused state. As described below, the typical shelf-life of theseTherapeutic proteins is markedly prolonged upon incorporation into thealbumin fusion protein of the invention.

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention with “prolonged” or “extended”shelf-life exhibit greater therapeutic activity relative to a standardthat has been subjected to the same storage and handling conditions. Thestandard may be the unfused full-length Therapeutic protein. When theTherapeutic protein portion of the albumin fusion protein is an analog,a variant, or is otherwise altered or does not include the completesequence for that protein, the prolongation of therapeutic activity mayalternatively be compared to the unfused equivalent of that analog,variant, altered peptide or incomplete sequence. As an example, analbumin fusion protein of the invention may retain greater than about100% of the therapeutic activity, or greater than about 105%, 110%,120%, 130%, 150% or 200% of the therapeutic activity of a standard whensubjected to the same storage and handling conditions as the standardwhen compared at a given time point.

Shelf-life may also be assessed in terms of therapeutic activityremaining after storage, normalized to therapeutic activity when storagebegan. Albumin fusion proteins of the invention with prolonged orextended shelf-life as exhibited by prolonged or extended therapeuticactivity may retain greater than about 50% of the therapeutic activity,about 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90% or more of the therapeutic activity of theequivalent unfused Therapeutic protein when subjected to the sameconditions. For example, as discussed in Example 1, an albumin fusionprotein of the invention comprising hGH fused to the full length HAsequence may retain about 80% or more of its original activity insolution for periods of up to 5 weeks or more under various temperatureconditions.

Expression of Fusion Proteins

The albumin fusion proteins of the invention may be produced asrecombinant molecules by secretion from yeast, a microorganism such as abacterium, or a human or animal cell line. Preferably, the polypeptideis secreted from the host cells. We have found that, by fusing the hGHcoding sequence to the HA coding sequence, either to the 5′ end or 3′end, it is possible to secrete the albumin fusion protein from yeastwithout the requirement for a yeast-derived pro sequence. This wassurprising, as other workers have found that a yeast derived prosequence was needed for efficient secretion of hGH in yeast.

For example, Hiramatsu et al. (Appl Environ Microbiol 56:2125 (1990);Appl Environ Microbiol 57:2052 (1991)) found that the N-terminal portionof the pro sequence in the Mucor pusillus rennin pre-pro leader wasimportant. Other authors, using the MFα-1 signal, have always includedthe MFα-1 pro sequence when secreting hGH. The pro sequences werebelieved to assist in the folding of the hGH by acting as anintramolecular chaperone. The present invention shows that HA orfragments of HA can perform a similar function.

Hence, a particular embodiment of the invention comprises a DNAconstruct encoding a signal sequence effective for directing secretionin yeast, particularly a yeast-derived signal sequence (especially onewhich is homologous to the yeast host), and the fused molecule of thefirst aspect of the invention, there being no yeast-derived pro sequencebetween the signal and the mature polypeptide.

The Saccharomyces cerevisiae invertase signal is a preferred example ofa yeast-derived signal sequence.

Conjugates of the kind prepared by Poznansky et al., (FEBS Lett. 239:18(1988)), in which separately-prepared polypeptides are joined bychemical cross-linking, are not contemplated.

The present invention also includes a cell, preferably a yeast celltransformed to express an albumin fusion protein of the invention. Inaddition to the transformed host cells themselves, the present inventionalso contemplates a culture of those cells, preferably a monoclonal(clonally homogeneous) culture, or a culture derived from a monoclonalculture, in a nutrient medium. If the polypeptide is secreted, themedium will contain the polypeptide, with the cells, or without thecells if they have been filtered or centrifuged away. Many expressionsystems are known and may be used, including bacteria (for example E,coli and Bacillus subtilis), yeasts (for example Saccharomycescerevisiae, Kluyveromyces lactis and Pichia pastoris, filamentous fungi(for example Aspergillus), plant cells, animal cells and insect cells.

Preferred yeast strains to be used in the production of albumin fusionproteins are D88, DXY1 and BXP10. D88 [leu2-3, leu2-122, can1, pra1,ubc4] is a derivative of parent strain AH22his⁺ (also known as DB1; see,e.g., Sleep et al. Biotechnology 8:42-46 (1990)). The strain contains aleu2 mutation which allows for auxotropic selection of 2 micron-basedplasmids that contain the LEU2 gene. D88 also exhibits a derepression ofPRB1 in glucose excess. The PRB1 promoter is normally controlled by twocheckpoints that monitor glucose levels and growth stage. The promoteris activated in wild type yeast upon glucose depletion and entry intostationary phase. Strain D88 exhibits the repression by glucose butmaintains the induction upon entry into stationary phase. The PRA 1 geneencodes a yeast vacuolar protease. YscA endoprotease A, that islocalized in the ER. The UBC4 gene is in the ubiquitination pathway andis involved in targeting short lived and abnormal proteins for ubiquitindependant degradation. Isolation of this ubc4 mutation was found toincrease the copy number of an expression plasmid in the cell and causean increased level of expression of a desired protein expressed from theplasmid (see, e.g., International Publication No. WO99/00504, herebyincorporated in its entirety by reference herein).

DXY1, a derivative of D88, has the following genotype: [leu2-3,leu2-122, can1, pra1, ubc4, ura3::yap3]. In addition to the mutationsisolated in D88, this strain also has a knockout of the YAP3 protease.This protease causes cleavage of mostly di-basic residues (RR, RK, KR,KK) but can also promote cleavage at single basic residues in proteins.Isolation of this yap3 mutation resulted in higher levels of full lengthHSA production (see. e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,965,386, and Kerry-Williamset al., Yeast 14:161-169 (1998), hereby incorporated in their entiretiesby reference herein).

BXP10 has the following genotype: leu2-3, leu2-122, can1, pra1, ubc4,ura3, yap3::URA3, lys2, hsp150::LYS2, pmt1::URA3. In addition to themutations isolated in DXY1, this strain also has a knockout of the PMT1gene and the HSP150 gene. The PMT1 gene is a member of theevolutionarily conserved family of dolichyl-phosphate-D-mannose proteinO-mannosyltransferases (Pmts). The transmembrane topology of Pmt1psuggests that it is an integral membrane protein of the endoplasmicreticulum with a role in O-linked glycosylation. This mutation serves toreduce/eliminate O-linked glycosylation of HSA fusions (see, e.g.,International Publication No. WO00/44772, hereby incorporated in itsentirety by reference herein). Studies revealed that the Hsp150 proteinis inefficiently separated from rHA by ion exchange chromatography. Themutation in the HSP150 gene removes a potential contaminant that hasproven difficult to remove by standard purification techniques. See,e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,783,423, hereby incorporated in its entirety byreference herein.

The desired protein is produced in conventional ways, for example from acoding sequence inserted in the host chromosome or on a free plasmid.The yeasts are transformed with a coding sequence for the desiredprotein in any of the usual ways, for example electroporation. Methodsfor transformation of yeast by electroporation are disclosed in Becker &Guarente (1990) Methods Enzymol. 194, 182.

Successfully transformed cells, i.e., cells that contain a DNA constructof the present invention, can be identified by well known techniques.For example, cells resulting from the introduction of an expressionconstruct can be grown to produce the desired polypeptide. Cells can beharvested and lysed and their DNA content examined for the presence ofthe DNA using a method such as that described by Southern (1975) J. Mol.Biol. 98, 503 or Berent et al. (1985) Biotech. 3, 208. Alternatively,the presence of the protein in the supernatant can be detected usingantibodies.

Useful yeast plasmid vectors include pRS403-406 and pRS413-416 and aregenerally available from Stratagene Cloning Systems, La Jolla, Calif.92037. USA. Plasmids pRS403, pRS404, pRS405 and pRS406 are YeastIntegrating plasmids (YIps) and incorporate the yeast selectable markersHIS3, 7RP1, LEU2 and URA3. Plasmids pRS413-416 are Yeast Centromereplasmids (Ycps).

Preferred vectors for making albumin fusion proteins for expression inyeast include pPPC0005, pScCHSA, pScNHSA, and pC4:HSA which aredescribed in detail in Example 2. FIG. 4 shows a map of the pPPC0005plasmid that can be used as the base vector into which polynucleotidesencoding Therapeutic proteins may be cloned to form HA-fusions. Itcontains a PRB1 S, cerevisiae promoter (PRB1p), a Fusion leader sequence(FL), DNA encoding HA (rHA) and an ADH1 S, cerevisiae terminatorsequence. The sequence of the fusion leader sequence consists of thefirst 19 amino acids of the signal peptide of human serum albumin (SEQID NO:29) and the last five amino acids of the mating factor alpha 1promoter (SLDKR, see EP-A-387 319 which is hereby incorporated byreference in its entirety.

The plasmids, pPPC0005, pScCHSA, pScNHSA, and pC4:HSA were deposited onApr. 11, 2001 at the American Type Culture Collection, 10801 UniversityBoulevard, Manassas, Va. 20110-2209. Another vector useful forexpressing an albumin fusion protein in yeast the pSAC35 vector which isdescribed in Sleep et al., BioTechnology 8:42 (1990) which is herebyincorporated by reference in its entirety.

A variety of methods have been developed to operably link DNA to vectorsvia complementary cohesive termini. For instance, complementaryhomopolymer tracts can be added to the DNA segment to be inserted to thevector DNA. The vector and DNA segment are then joined by hydrogenbonding between the complementary homopolymeric tails to formrecombinant DNA molecules.

Synthetic linkers containing one or more restriction sites provide analternative method of joining the DNA segment to vectors. The DNAsegment, generated by endonuclease restriction digestion, is treatedwith bacteriophage T4 DNA polymerase or E, coli DNA polymerase I,enzymes that remove protruding, 7-single-stranded termini with their 3′5′-exonucleolytic activities, and fill in recessed 3′-ends with theirpolymerizing activities.

The combination of these activities therefore generates blunt-ended DNAsegments. The blunt-ended segments are then incubated with a large molarexcess of linker molecules in the presence of an enzyme that is able tocatalyze the ligation of blunt-ended DNA molecules, such asbacteriophage T4 DNA ligase. Thus, the products of the reaction are DNAsegments carrying polymeric linker sequences at their ends. These DNAsegments are then cleaved with the appropriate restriction enzyme andligated to an expression vector that has been cleaved with an enzymethat produces termini compatible with those of the DNA segment.

Synthetic linkers containing a variety of restriction endonuclease sitesare commercially available from a number of sources includingInternational Biotechnologies Inc, New Haven, Conn., USA.

A desirable way to modify the DNA in accordance with the invention, if,for example, HA variants are to be prepared, is to use the polymerasechain reaction as disclosed by Saiki et al. (1988) Science 239, 487-491.In this method the DNA to be enzymatically amplified is flanked by twospecific oligonucleotide primers which themselves become incorporatedinto the amplified DNA. The specific primers may contain restrictionendonuclease recognition sites which can be used for cloning intoexpression vectors using methods known in the art.

Exemplary genera of yeast contemplated to be useful in the practice ofthe present invention as hosts for expressing the albumin fusionproteins are Pichia (formerly classified as Hansenula), Sacchalrmvces,Kluvveromyces, Aspergillus, Candida, Torulopsis, Torulaspora,Schizosaccharomyces, Citeromyces, Pachysolen, Zygosaccharmyces,Debaronmyces, Trichoderma, Cephalosporium, Humicola, Mucor, Neurospora,Yarrovia, Melschunikowia, Rhodosporidium, Leucosporidium, Botryoascus,Sporidiobolus, Endonmycopsis, and the like. Preferred genera are thoseselected from the group consisting of Saccharomyces,Schizosaccharomyces, Kluyveromyces, Pichia and Torulaspora. Examples ofSaccharomyces spp, are S, cerevisiae, S, italicus and S, rouxii.

Examples of Kluyveromyces spp, are K, fragilis, K, lactis and K,marxianus. A suitable Torulaspora species is T, delbrueckii. Examples ofPichia (Hansenula) spp, are P, angusta (formerly H. polymorpha). P,anomala (formerly H, anomala) and P, pastoris. Methods for thetransformation of S. cerevisiae are taught generally in EP 251 744, EP258 067 and WO 90/01063, all of which are incorporated herein byreference.

Preferred exemplary species of Saccharomyces include S, cerevisiae, S,italicus, S, diastaticus, and Zygosaccharomyces rouxii. Preferredexemplary species of Kluyveromyces include K, fragilis and K. lactis.Preferred exemplary species of Hansenula include H, polymorpha (nowPichia angusta), H. anomala (now Pichia anomala), and Pichia capsulata.Additional preferred exemplary species of Pichia include P, pastoris.Preferred exemplary species of Aspergillus include A, niger and A,nidulans. Preferred exemplary species of Yarrowia include Y, lipolytica.Many preferred yeast species are available from the ATCC® (American TypeCulture Collection). For example, the following preferred yeast speciesare available from the ATCC® and are useful in the expression of albuminfusion proteins: Saccharomyces cerevisiae Hansen, teleomorph strainBY4743 yap3 mutant (ATCC® Accession No. 4022731); Saccharomycescerevisiae Hansen, teleomorph strain BY4743 hsp150 mutant (ATCC®Accession No. 4021266); Saccharomyces cerevisiae Hansen, teleomorphstrain BY4743 pmt1 mutant (ATCC® Accession No. 4023792); Saccharomycescerevisiae Hansen, teleomorph (ATCC® Accession Nos. 20626; 44773; 44774;and 62995); Saccharomyces diastaticus Andrews et Gilliland ex van derWalt, teleomorph (ATCC® Accession No. 62987); Kluyveromyces lactis(Dombrowski) van der Walt, teleomorph (ATCC® Accession No. 76492);Pichia angusta (Teunisson et al.) Kurtzman, teleomorph deposited asHansenula polymorpha de Morais et Maia, teleomorph (ATCC® Accession No.26012); Aspergillus niger van Tieghem, anamorph (ATCC Accession No.9029); Aspergillus niger van Tieghem, anamorph (ATCC® Accession No.16404); Aspergillus nidulans (Eidam) Winter, anamorph (ATCC® AccessionNo. 48756); and Yarrowia lipolytica (Wickerham et al.) van der Walt etvon Arx, teleomorph (ATCC® Accession No. 201847).

Suitable promoters for S, cerevisiae include those associated with thePGK1 gene, GAL1 or GAL10 genes, CYC1, PHO5, TRP1, ADH1, ADH2, the genesfor glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase, hexokinase, pyruvatedecarboxylase, phosphofructokinase, triose phosphate isomerase,phosphoglucose isomerase, glucokinase, alpha-mating factor pheromone. [amating factor pheromone], the PRBI promoter, the GUT2 promoter, the GPDIpromoter, and hybrid promoters involving hybrids of parts of 5′regulatory regions with parts of 5′ regulatory regions of otherpromoters or with upstream activation sites (e.g. the promoter ofEP-A-258 067).

Convenient regulatable promoters for use in Schizosaccharomyces pombeare the thiamine-repressible promoter from the nmt gene as described byMaundrell (1990) J. Biol. Chem. 265, 10857-10864 and the glucoserepressible jbp1 gene promoter as described by Hoffman & Winston (1990)Genetics 124, 807-816.

Methods of transforming Pichia for expression of foreign genes aretaught in, for example, Cregg et al. (1993), and various Phillipspatents (e.g. U.S. Pat. No. 4,857,467, incorporated herein byreference), and Pichia expression kits are commercially available fromInvitrogen BV, Leek, Netherlands, and Invitrogen Corp., San Diego,Calif. Suitable promoters include AOX1 and AOX2. Gleeson et al. (1986)J. Gen. Microbiol. 132, 3459-3465 include information on Hansenulavectors and transformation, suitable promoters being MOXI1 and FMD1;whilst EP 361 991, Fleer et al. (1991) and other-publications fromRhone-Poulenc Rorer teach how to express foreign proteins inKluyveromyces spp., a suitable promoter being PGK1.

The transcription termination signal is preferably the 3′ flankingsequence of a eukaryotic gene which contains proper signals fortranscription termination and polyadenylation. Suitable 3′ flankingsequences may, for example, be those of the gene naturally linked to theexpression control sequence used, i.e. may correspond to the promoter.Alternatively, they may be different in which case the terminationsignal of the S, cerevisiae ADH1 gene is preferred.

The desired albumin fusion protein may be initially expressed with asecretion leader sequence, which may be any leader effective in theyeast chosen. Leaders useful in S, cerevisiae include that from themating factor α polypeptide (MFα-1) and the hybrid leaders of EP-A-387319. Such leaders (or signals) are cleaved by the yeast before themature albumin is released into the surrounding medium. Further suchleaders include those of S, cerevisiae invertase (SUC2) disclosed in JP62-096086 (granted as 911036516), acid phosphatase (PH05), thepre-sequence of MFα-1, 0 glucanase (BGL2) and killer toxin; S.diastaticus glucoamylase II; S, carlsbergensis α-galactosidase (MEL1);K, lactis killer toxin; and Candida glucoarnylase.

Additional Methods of Recombinant and Synthetic Production of AlbuminFusion Proteins

The present invention also relates to vectors containing apolynucleotide encoding an albumin fusion protein of the presentinvention, host cells, and the production of albumin fusion proteins bysynthetic and recombinant techniques. The vector may be, for example, aphage, plasmid, viral, or retroviral vector. Retroviral vectors may bereplication competent or replication defective. In the latter case,viral propagation generally will occur only in complementing host cells.

The polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionmay be joined to a vector containing a selectable marker for propagationin a host. Generally, a plasmid vector is introduced in a precipitate,such as a calcium phosphate precipitate, or in a complex with a chargedlipid. If the vector is a virus, it may be packaged in vitro using anappropriate packaging cell line and then transduced into host cells.

The polynucleotide insert should be operatively linked to an appropriatepromoter, such as the phage lambda PL promoter, the E, coli lac, trp,phoA and tac promoters, the SV40 early and late promoters and promotersof retroviral LTRs, to name a few. Other suitable promoters will beknown to the skilled artisan. The expression constructs will furthercontain sites for transcription initiation, termination, and, in thetranscribed region, a ribosome binding site for translation. The codingportion of the transcripts expressed by the constructs will preferablyinclude a translation initiating codon at the beginning and atermination codon (UAA, UGA or UAG) appropriately positioned at the endof the polypeptide to be translated.

As indicated, the expression vectors will preferably include at leastone selectable marker. Such markers include dihydrofolate reductase.G418, glutamine synthase, or neomycin resistance for eukaryotic cellculture, and tetracycline, kanamycin or ampicillin resistance genes forculturing in E, coli and other bacteria. Representative examples ofappropriate hosts include, but are not limited to, bacterial cells, suchas E, coli, Streptomyces and Salmonella typhimurium cells; fungal cells,such as yeast cells (e.g., Saccharomyces cerevisiae or Pichia pastoris(ATCC Accession No. 201178)); insect cells such as Drosophila S2 andSpodoptera Sf9 cells; animal cells such as CHO, COS, NSO, 293, and Bowesmelanoma cells; and plant cells. Appropriate culture mediums andconditions for the above-described host cells are known in the art.

Among vectors preferred for use in bacteria include pQE70, pQE60 andpQE-9, available from QIAGEN. Inc.; pBluescript vectors. Phagescriptvectors, pNH8A, pNH16a, pNH18A, pNH46A, available from StratageneCloning Systems. Inc.; and ptrc99a, pKK223-3, pKK233-3, pDR540, pRIT5available from Pharmacia Biotech. Inc. Among preferred eukaryoticvectors are pWLNEO, pSV2CAT, pOG44, pXT1 and pSG available fromStratagene; and pSVK3, pBPV, pMSG and pSVL available from Pharmacia.Preferred expression vectors for use in yeast systems include, but arenot limited to pYES2, pYD1, pTEF1/Zeo, pYES2/GS, pPICZ, pGAPZ,pGAPZalph, pPIC9, pPIC3.5, pHIL-D2, pHIL-S1, pPIC3.5K, pPIC9K, andPAO815 (all available from Invitrogen, Carlbad, Calif.). Other suitablevectors will be readily apparent to the skilled artisan.

In one embodiment, polynucleotides encoding an albumin fusion protein ofthe invention may be fused to signal sequences which will direct thelocalization of a protein of the invention to particular compartments ofa prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell and/or direct the secretion of aprotein of the invention from a prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell. Forexample, in E, coli, one may wish to direct the expression of theprotein to the periplasmic space. Examples of signal sequences orproteins (or fragments thereof) to which the albumin fusion proteins ofthe invention may be fused in order to direct the expression of thepolypeptide to the periplasmic space of bacteria include, but are notlimited to, the pelB signal sequence, the maltose binding protein (MBP)signal sequence, MBP, the ompA signal sequence, the signal sequence ofthe periplasmic E, coli heat-labile enterotoxin B-subunit, and thesignal sequence of alkaline phosphatase. Several vectors arecommercially available for the construction of fusion proteins whichwill direct the localization of a protein, such as the pMAL series ofvectors (particularly the pMAL-p series) available from New EnglandBiolabs. In a specific embodiment, polynucleotides albumin fusionproteins of the invention may be fused to the pelB pectate lyase signalsequence to increase the efficiency of expression and purification ofsuch polypeptides in Gram-negative bacteria. See, U.S. Pat. Nos.5,576,195 and 5,846.818, the contents of which are herein incorporatedby reference in their entireties.

Examples of signal peptides that may be fused to an albumin fusionprotein of the invention in order to direct its secretion in mammaliancells include, but are not limited to the MPIF-1 signal sequence (e.g.,amino acids 1-21 of GenBank Accession number AAB51134), thestanniocalcin signal sequence (MLQNSAVLLLLVISASA. SEQ ID NO:34), and aconsensus signal sequence (MPTWAWWLFLVLLLALWAPARG, SEQ ID NO:35). Asuitable signal sequence that may be used in conjunction withbaculoviral expression systems is the gp67 signal sequence (e.g., aminoacids 1-19 of GenBank Accession Number AAA72759).

Vectors which use glutamine synthase (GS) or DHFR as the selectablemarkers can be amplified in the presence of the drugs methioninesulphoximine or methotrexate, respectively. An advantage of glutaminesynthase based vectors are the availability of cell lines (e.g., themurine myeloma cell line, NSO) which are glutamine synthase negative.Glutamine synthase expression systems can also function in glutaminesynthase expressing cells (e.g., Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) cells) byproviding additional inhibitor to prevent the functioning of theendogenous gene. A glutamine synthase expression system and componentsthereof are detailed in PCT publications: WO87/04462; WO86/05807;WO89/01036; WO89/10404; and WO91/06657, which are hereby incorporated intheir entireties by reference herein. Additionally, glutamine synthaseexpression vectors can be obtained from Lonza Biologics. Inc.(Portsmouth, N.H.). Expression and production of monoclonal antibodiesusing a GS expression system in murine myeloma cells is described inBebbington et al. Bio/technology 10:169 (1992) and in Biblia andRobinson Biotechnol. Prog. 11:1 (1995) which are herein incorporated byreference.

The present invention also relates to host cells containing theabove-described vector constructs described herein, and additionallyencompasses host cells containing nucleotide sequences of the inventionthat are operably associated with one or more heterologous controlregions (e.g., promoter and/or enhancer) using techniques known of inthe art. The host cell can be a higher eukaryotic cell, such as amammalian cell (e.g., a human derived cell), or a lower eukaryotic cell,such as a yeast cell, or the host cell can be a prokaryotic cell, suchas a bacterial cell. A host strain may be chosen which modulates theexpression of the inserted gene sequences, or modifies and processes thegene product in the specific fashion desired. Expression from certainpromoters can be elevated in the presence of certain inducers; thusexpression of the genetically engineered polypeptide may be controlled.Furthermore, different host cells have characteristics and specificmechanisms for the translational and post-translational processing andmodification (e.g., phosphorylation, cleavage) of proteins. Appropriatecell lines can be chosen to ensure the desired modifications andprocessing of the foreign protein expressed.

Introduction of the nucleic acids and nucleic acid constructs of theinvention into the host cell can be effected by calcium phosphatetransfection. DEAE-dextran mediated transfection, cationiclipid-mediated transfection, electroporation, transduction, infection,or other methods. Such methods are described in many standard laboratorymanuals, such as Davis et al., Basic Methods In Molecular Biology(1986). It is specifically contemplated that the polypeptides of thepresent invention may in fact be expressed by a host cell lacking arecombinant vector.

In addition to encompassing host cells containing the vector constructsdiscussed herein, the invention also encompasses primary, secondary, andimmortalized host cells of vertebrate origin, particularly mammalianorigin, that have been engineered to delete or replace endogenousgenetic material (e.g., the coding sequence corresponding to aTherapeutic protein may be replaced with an albumin fusion proteincorresponding to the Therapeutic protein), and/or to include geneticmaterial (e.g., heterologous polynucleotide sequences such as forexample, an albumin fusion protein of the invention corresponding to theTherapeutic protein may be included). The genetic material operablyassociated with the endogenous polynucleotide may activate, alter,and/or amplify endogenous polynucleotides.

In addition, techniques known in the art may be used to operablyassociate heterologous polynucleotides (e.g., polynucleotides encodingan albumin protein, or a fragment or variant thereof) and/orheterologous control regions (e.g., promoter and/or enhancer) withendogenous polynucleotide sequences encoding a Therapeutic protein viahomologous recombination (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,641,670, issuedJun. 24, 1997; International Publication Number WO 96/29411;International Publication Number WO 94/12650; Koller et al. Proc. Natl.Acad. Sci. USA 86:8932-8935 (1989); and Zijlstra et al. Nature342:435-438 (1989), the disclosures of each of which are incorporated byreference in their entireties).

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention can be recovered and purifiedfrom recombinant cell cultures by well-known methods including ammoniumsulfate or ethanol precipitation, acid extraction, anion or cationexchange chromatography, phosphocellulose chromatography, hydrophobicinteraction chromatography, affinity chromatography, hydroxylapatitechromatography, hydrophobic charge interaction chromatography and lectinchromatography. Most preferably, high performance liquid chromatography(“HPLC”) is employed for purification.

In preferred embodiments the albumin fusion proteins of the inventionare purified using Anion Exchange Chromatography including, but notlimited to chromatography on Q-sepharose, DEAE sepharose, poros HQ,poros DEAE, Toyopearl Q, Toyopearl QAE, Toyopearl DEAE, Resource/SourceQ and DEAE, Fractogel Q and DEAE columns.

In specific embodiments the albumin fusion proteins of the invention arepurified using Cation Exchange Chromatography including, but not limitedto, SP-sepharose, CM sepharose, poros HS, poros CM, Toyopearl SP,Toyopearl CM, Resource Source S and CM, Fractogel S and CM columns andtheir equivalents and comparables.

In specific embodiments the albumin fusion proteins of the invention arepurified using Hydrophobic Interaction Chromatography including, but notlimited to, Phenyl, Butyl, Methyl, Octyl, Hexyl-sepharose, poros Phenyl,Butyl, Methyl, Octyl, Hexyl, Toyopearl Phenyl, Butyl, Methyl, Octyl,Hexyl Resource/Source Phenyl, Butyl, Methyl, Octyl, Hexyl, FractogelPhenyl, Butyl, Methyl, Octyl, Hexyl columns and their equivalents andcomparables.

In specific embodiments the albumin fusion proteins of the invention arepurified using Size Exclusion Chromatography including, but not limitedto, sepharose S100, S200, S300, superdex resin columns and theirequivalents and comparables.

In specific embodiments the albumin fusion proteins of the invention arepurified using Affinity Chromatography including, but not limited to,Mimetic Dye affinity, peptide affinity and antibody affinity columnsthat are selective for either the HSA or the “fusion target” molecules.

In preferred embodiments albumin fusion proteins of the invention arepurified using one or more Chromatography methods listed above. In otherpreferred embodiments, albumin fusion proteins of the invention arepurified using one or more of the following Chromatography columns, Qsepharose FF column, SP Sepharose FF column, Q Sepharose HighPerformance Column, Blue Sepharose FF column, Blue Column, PhenylSepharose FF column, DEAE Sepharose FF, or Methyl Column.

Additionally, albumin fusion proteins of the invention may be purifiedusing the process described in International Publication No. WO00/44772which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. One of skillin the art could easily modify the process described therein for use inthe purification of albumin fusion proteins of the invention.

Albumin fusion proteins of the present invention may be recovered from:products of chemical synthetic procedures; and products produced byrecombinant techniques from a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host, including,for example, bacterial, yeast, higher plant, insect, and mammaliancells. Depending upon the host employed in a recombinant productionprocedure, the polypeptides of the present invention may be glycosylatedor may be non-glycosylated. In addition, albumin fusion proteins of theinvention may also include an initial modified methionine residue, insome cases as a result of host-mediated processes. Thus, it is wellknown in the art that the N-terminal methionine encoded by thetranslation initiation codon generally is removed with high efficiencyfrom any protein after translation in all eukaryotic cells. While theN-terminal methionine on most proteins also is efficiently removed inmost prokaryotes, for some proteins, this prokaryotic removal process isinefficient, depending on the nature of the amino acid to which theN-terminal methionine is covalently linked.

In one embodiment, the yeast Pichia pastoris is used to express albuminfusion proteins of the invention in a eukaryotic system. Pichia pastorisis a methylotrophic yeast which can metabolize methanol as its solecarbon source. A main step in the methanol metabolization pathway is theoxidation of methanol to formaldehyde using O₂. This reaction iscatalyzed by the enzyme alcohol oxidase. In order to metabolize methanolas its sole carbon source. Pichia pastoris must generate high levels ofalcohol oxidase due, in part, to the relatively low affinity of alcoholoxidase for O₂. Consequently, in a growth medium depending on methanolas a main carbon source, the promoter region of one of the two alcoholoxidase genes (AOX1) is highly active. In the presence of methanol,alcohol oxidase produced from the AOX1 gene comprises up toapproximately 30% of the total soluble protein in Pichia pastoris. SeeEllis. S. B, et al. Mol. Cell. Biol. 5:1111-21 (1985); Koutz. P. J, etal., Yeast 5:167-77 (1989); Tschopp. J. F, et al., Nucl. Acids Res.15:3859-76 (1987). Thus, a heterologous coding sequence, such as, forexample, a polynucleotide of the present invention, under thetranscriptional regulation of all or part of the AOX1 regulatorysequence is expressed at exceptionally high levels in Pichia yeast grownin the presence of methanol.

In one example, the plasmid vector pPIC9K is used to express DNAencoding an albumin fusion protein of the invention, as set forthherein, in a Pichia yeast system essentially as described in “PichiaProtocols: Methods in Molecular Biology.” D. R. Higgins and J. Cregg,eds. The Humana Press, Totowa, N.J., 1998. This expression vector allowsexpression and secretion of a polypeptide of the invention by virtue ofthe strong AOX1 promoter linked to the Pichia pastoris alkalinephosphatase (PHO) secretory signal peptide (i.e., leader) locatedupstream of a multiple cloning site.

Many other yeast vectors could be used in place of pPIC9K, such as,pYES2, pYD1, pTEF1/Zeo, pYES2/GS, pPICZ, pGAPZ, pGAPZalpha, pPIC9,pPIC3.5, pHIL-D2, pHIL-S1, pPIC3.5K, and PAO815, as one skilled in theart would readily appreciate, as long as the proposed expressionconstruct provides appropriately located signals for transcription,translation, secretion (if desired), and the like, including an in-frameAUG as required.

In another embodiment, high-level expression of a heterologous codingsequence, such as, for example, a polynucleotide encoding an albuminfusion protein of the present invention, may be achieved by cloning theheterologous polynucleotide of the invention into an expression vectorsuch as, for example, pGAPZ or pGAPZalpha, and growing the yeast culturein the absence of methanol.

In addition, albumin fusion proteins of the invention can be chemicallysynthesized using techniques known in the art (e.g., see Creighton,1983. Proteins: Structures and Molecular Principles. W.H. Freeman & Co.N.Y., and Hunkapiller et al. Nature, 310:105-111 (1984)). For example, apolypeptide corresponding to a fragment of a polypeptide can besynthesized by use of a peptide synthesizer. Furthermore, if desired,nonclassical amino acids or chemical amino acid analogs can beintroduced as a substitution or addition into the polypeptide sequence.Non-classical amino acids include, but are not limited to, to theD-isomers of the common amino acids, 2,4-diaminobutyric acid, a-aminoisobutyric acid, 4-aminobutyric acid, Abu, 2-amino butyric acid, g-Abu,e-Ahx, 6-amino hexanoic acid, Aib, 2-amino isobutyric acid, 3-aminopropionic acid, ornithine, norleucine, norvaline, hydroxyproline,sarcosine, citrulline, homocitrulline, cysteic acid, t-butylglycine,t-butylalanine, phenylglycine, cyclohexylalanine, b-alanine,fluoro-amino acids, designer amino acids such as b-methyl amino acids.Ca-methyl amino acids. Na-methyl amino acids, and amino acid analogs ingeneral. Furthermore, the amino acid can be D (dextrorotary) or L(levorotary).

The invention encompasses albumin fusion proteins of the presentinvention which are differentially modified during or after translation,e.g., by glycosylation, acetylation, phosphorylation, amidation,derivatization by known protecting/blocking groups, proteolyticcleavage, linkage to an antibody molecule or other cellular ligand, etc.Any of numerous chemical modifications may be carried out by knowntechniques, including but not limited, to specific chemical cleavage bycyanogen bromide, trypsin, chymotrypsin, papain, V8 protease, NaBH₄;acetylation, formylation, oxidation, reduction; metabolic synthesis inthe presence of tunicamycin; etc.

Additional post-translational modifications encompassed by the inventioninclude, for example, e.g., N-linked or O-linked carbohydrate chains,processing of N-terminal or C-terminal ends), attachment of chemicalmoieties to the amino acid backbone, chemical modifications of N-linkedor O-linked carbohydrate chains, and addition or deletion of anN-terminal methionine residue as a result of procaryotic host cellexpression. The albumin fusion proteins may also be modified with adetectable label, such as an enzymatic, fluorescent, isotopic oraffinity label to allow for detection and isolation of the protein.

Examples of suitable enzymes include horseradish peroxidase, alkalinephosphatase, beta-galactosidase, or acetylcholinesterase; examples ofsuitable prosthetic group complexes include streptavidin/biotin andavidin/biotin; examples of suitable fluorescent materials includeumbelliferone, fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine,dichlorotriazinylamine fluorescein, dansyl chloride or phycoerythrin; anexample of a luminescent material includes luminol; examples ofbioluminescent materials include luciferase, luciferin, and aequorin;and examples of suitable radioactive material include iodine (¹²¹I,¹²³I, ¹²⁵I, ¹³¹I), carbon (¹⁴C), sulfur (³⁵S), tritium (³H), indium(¹¹¹In, ¹¹²In, ^(113m)In, ^(115m)In), technetium (⁹⁹Tc, ^(99m)Tc),thallium (²⁰¹Ti), gallium (⁶⁸Ga, ⁶⁷Ga), palladium (¹⁰³Pd), molybdenum(⁹⁹Mo), xenon (¹³³Xe), fluorine (¹⁸F), ¹⁵³Sm, ¹⁷⁷Lu, ¹⁵⁹Gd, ¹⁴⁹Pm,¹⁴⁰La, ¹⁷⁵Yb, ¹⁶⁶Ho, ⁹⁰Y, ⁴⁷Sc. ¹⁸⁶Re, ¹⁸⁸Re, ¹⁴²P, ¹⁰⁵Rh, and ⁹⁷Ru.

In specific embodiments, albumin fusion proteins of the presentinvention or fragments or variants thereof are attached to macrocyclicchelators that associate with radiometal ions, including but not limitedto, ¹⁷⁷Lu, ⁹⁰Y, ¹⁶⁶Ho, and ¹⁵³Sm, to polypeptides. In a preferredembodiment, the radiometal ion associated with the macrocyclic chelatorsis ¹¹¹In. In another preferred embodiment, the radiometal ion associatedwith the macrocyclic chelator is ⁹⁰Y. In specific embodiments, themacrocyclic chelator is1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecane-N,N′,N″,N′″-tetraacetic acid (DOTA). Inother specific embodiments. DOTA is attached to an antibody of theinvention or fragment thereof via linker molecule. Examples of linkermolecules useful for conjugating DOTA to a polypeptide are commonlyknown in the art—see, for example, DeNardo et al. Clin Cancer Res.4(10):2483-90 (1998); Peterson et al., Bioconjug. Chem. 10(4):553-7(1999); and Zimmerman et al. Nucl. Med. Biol. 26(8):943-50 (1999), whichare hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.

As mentioned, the albumin fusion proteins of the invention may bemodified by either natural processes, such as post-translationalprocessing, or by chemical modification techniques which are well knownin the art. It will be appreciated that the same type of modificationmay be present in the same or varying degrees at several sites in agiven polypeptide. Polypeptides of the invention may be branched, forexample, as a result of ubiquitination, and they may be cyclic, with orwithout branching. Cyclic, branched, and branched cyclic polypeptidesmay result from posttranslation natural processes or may be made bysynthetic methods. Modifications include acetylation, acylation.ADP-ribosylation, amidation, covalent attachment of flavin, covalentattachment of a heme moiety, covalent attachment of a nucleotide ornucleotide derivative, covalent attachment of a lipid or lipidderivative, covalent attachment of phosphotidylinositol, cross-linking,cyclization, disulfide bond formation, demethylation, formation ofcovalent cross-links, formation of cysteine, formation of pyroglutamate,formylation, gamma-carboxylation, glycosylation, GPI anchor formation,hydroxylation, iodination, methylation, myristylation, oxidation,pegylation, proteolytic processing, phosphorylation, prenylation,racemization, selenoylation, sulfation, transfer-RNA mediated additionof amino acids to proteins such as arginylation, and ubiquitination.(See, for instance, PROTEINS—STRUCTURE AND MOLECULAR PROPERTIES, 2ndEd., T. E. Creighton, W. H. Freeman and Company, New York (1993);POST-TRANSLATIONAL COVALENT MODIFICATION OF PROTEINS, B. C. Johnson,Ed., Academic Press, New York, pgs. 1-12 (1983); Seifter et al. Meth.Enzymol. 182:626-646 (1990); Rattan et al., Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci.663:48-62 (1992)).

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and antibodies that bind aTherapeutic protein or fragments or variants thereof can be fused tomarker sequences, such as a peptide to facilitate purification. Inpreferred embodiments, the marker amino acid sequence is ahexa-histidine peptide, such as the tag provided in a pQE vector(QIAGEN. Inc., 9259 Eton Avenue, Chatsworth, Calif., 91311), amongothers, many of which are commercially available. As described in Gentzet al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:821-824 (1989), for instance,hexa-histidine provides for convenient purification of the fusionprotein. Other peptide tags useful for purification include, but are notlimited to, the “HA” tag, which corresponds to an epitope derived fromthe influenza hemagglutinin protein (Wilson et al. Cell 37:767 (1984))and the “flag” tag.

Further, an albumin fusion protein of the invention may be conjugated toa therapeutic moiety such as a cytotoxin, e.g., a cytostatic orcytocidal agent, a therapeutic agent or a radioactive metal ion, e.g.,alpha-emitters such as, for example, 213Bi. A cytotoxin or cytotoxicagent includes any agent that is detrimental to cells. Examples includepaclitaxol, cytochalasin B, gramicidin D, ethidium bromide, emetine,mitomycin, etoposide, tenoposide, vincristine, vinblastine, colchicin,doxorubicin, daunorubicin, dihydroxy anthracin dione, mitoxantrone,mithramycin, actinomycin D, l-dehydrotestosterone, glucocorticoids,procaine, tetracaine, lidocaine, propranolol, and puromycin and analogsor homologs thereof. Therapeutic agents include, but are not limited toantimetabolites (e.g. methotrexate, 6-mercaptopurine, 6-thioguanine,cytarabine, 5-fluorouracil decarbazine), alkylating agents (e.g.,mechlorethamine, thioepa chlorambucil, melphalan, carmustine (BSNU) andlomustine (CCNU), cyclothosphamide, busulfan, dibromomannitol,streptozotocin, mitomycin C, and cis-dichlorodiamine platinum (II) (DDP)cisplatin), anthracyclines (e.g., daunorubicin (formerly daunomycin) anddoxorubicin), antibiotics (e.g., dactinomycin (formerly actinomycin),bleomycin, mithramycin, and anthramycin (AMC)), and anti-mitotic agents(e.g., vincristine and vinblastine).

The conjugates of the invention can be used for modifying a givenbiological response, the therapeutic agent or drug moiety is not to beconstrued as limited to classical chemical therapeutic agents. Forexample, the drug moiety may be a protein or polypeptide possessing adesired biological activity. Such proteins may include, for example, atoxin such as abrin, ricin A, pseudomonas exotoxin, or diphtheria toxin;a protein such as tumor necrosis factor, alpha-interferon, β-interferon,nerve growth factor, platelet derived growth factor, tissue plasminogenactivator, an apoptotic agent, e.g., TNF-alpha, TNF-beta, AIM I (See,International Publication No. WO 97/33899). AIM II (See, InternationalPublication No. WO 97/34911), Fas Ligand (Takahashi et al. Int. Immunol.6:1567-1574 (1994)), VEGI (See, International Publication No. WO99/23105), a thrombotic agent or an anti-angiogenic agent, e.g.,angiostatin or endostatin; or, biological response modifiers such as,for example, lymphokines, interleukin-1 (“IL-1”), interleukin-2(“IL-2”), interleukin-6 (“IL-6”), granulocyte macrophage colonystimulating factor (“GM-CSF”), granulocyte colony stimulating factor(“G-CSF”), or other growth factors. Techniques for conjugating suchtherapeutic moiety to proteins (e.g., albumin fusion proteins) are wellknown in the art.

Albumin fusion proteins may also be attached to solid supports, whichare particularly useful for immunoassays or purification of polypeptidesthat are bound by, that bind to, or associate with albumin fusionproteins of the invention. Such solid supports include, but are notlimited to, glass, cellulose, polyacrylamide, nylon, polystyrene,polyvinyl chloride or polypropylene.

Albumin fusion proteins, with or without a therapeutic moiety conjugatedto it, administered alone or in combination with cytotoxic factor(s)and/or cytokine(s) can be used as a therapeutic.

Also provided by the invention are chemically modified derivatives ofthe albumin fusion proteins of the invention which may provideadditional advantages such as increased solubility, stability andcirculating time of the polypeptide, or decreased immunogenicity (seeU.S. Pat. No. 4,179,337). The chemical moieties for derivitization maybe selected from water soluble polymers such as polyethylene glycol,ethylene glycol propylene glycol copolymers, carboxymethylcellulose,dextran, polyvinyl alcohol and the like. The albumin fusion proteins maybe modified at random positions within the molecule, or at predeterminedpositions within the molecule and may include one, two, three or moreattached chemical moieties.

The polymer may be of any molecular weight, and may be branched orunbranched. For polyethylene glycol, the preferred molecular weight isbetween about 1 kDa and about 100 kDa (the term “about” indicating thatin preparations of polyethylene glycol, some molecules will weigh more,some less, than the stated molecular weight) for ease in handling andmanufacturing. Other sizes may be used, depending on the desiredtherapeutic profile (e.g., the duration of sustained release desired,the effects, if any on biological activity, the ease in handling, thedegree or lack of antigenicity and other known effects of thepolyethylene glycol to a Therapeutic protein or analog). For example,the polyethylene glycol may have an average molecular weight of about200, 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 4500, 5000, 5500,6000, 6500, 7000, 7500, 8000, 8500, 9000, 9500, 10,000, 10,500, 11,000,11,500, 12,000, 12,500, 13,000, 13,500, 14,000, 14,500, 15,000, 15,500,16,000, 16,500, 17,000, 17,500, 18,000, 18,500, 19,000, 19,500, 20,000,25,000, 30,000, 35,000, 40,000, 45,000, 50.000, 55,000, 60.000, 65,000,70,000, 75,000, 80,000, 85,000, 90,000, 95,000, or 100,000 kDa.

As noted above, the polyethylene glycol may have a branched structure.Branched polyethylene glycols are described, for example, in U.S. Pat.No. 5,643,575; Morpurgo et al. Appl. Biochem. Biotechnol. 56:59-72(1996); Vorobjev et al. Nuclecosides Nucleotides 18:2745-2750 (1999);and Caliceti et al. Bioconjug. Chem. 10:638-646 (1999), the disclosuresof each of which are incorporated herein by reference.

The polyethylene glycol molecules (or other chemical moieties should beattached to the protein with consideration of effects on functional orantigenic domains of the protein. There are a number of attachmentmethods available to those skilled in the art, such as, for example, themethod disclosed in EP 0 401 384 (coupling PEG to G-CSF), hereinincorporated by reference: see also Malik et al., Exp. Hematol.20:1028-1035 (1992), reporting pegylation of GM-CSF using tresylchloride. For example, polyethylene glycol may be covalently boundthrough amino acid residues via reactive group, such as a free amino orcarboxyl group. Reactive groups are those to which an activatedpolyethylene glycol molecule may be bound. The amino acid residueshaving a free amino group may include lysine residues and the N-terminalamino acid residues; those having a free carboxyl group may includeaspartic acid residues glutamic acid residues and the C-terminal aminoacid residue. Sulfhydryl groups may also be used as a reactive group forattaching the polyethylene glycol molecules. Preferred for therapeuticpurposes is attachment at an amino group, such as attachment at theN-terminus or lysine group.

As suggested above, polyethylene glycol may be attached to proteins vialinkage to any of a number of amino acid residues. For example,polyethylene glycol can be linked to proteins via covalent bonds tolysine, histidine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, or cysteine residues.One or more reaction chemistries may be employed to attach polyethyleneglycol to specific amino acid residues (e.g., lysine, histidine,aspartic acid, glutamic acid, or cysteine) of the protein or to morethan one type of amino acid residue (e.g., lysine, histidine, asparticacid, glutamic acid, cysteine and combinations thereof) of the protein.

One may specifically desire proteins chemically modified at theN-terminus. Using polyethylene glycol as an illustration of the presentcomposition, one may select from a variety of polyethylene glycolmolecules (by molecular weight, branching, etc.), the proportion ofpolyethylene glycol molecules to protein (polypeptide) molecules in thereaction mix, the type of pegylation reaction to be performed, and themethod of obtaining the selected N-terminally pegylated protein. Themethod of obtaining the N-terminally pegylated preparation (i.e.,separating this moiety from other monopegylated moieties if necessary)may be by purification of the N-terminally pegylated material from apopulation of pegylated protein molecules. Selective proteins chemicallymodified at the N-terminus modification may be accomplished by reductivealkylation which exploits differential reactivity of different types ofprimary amino groups (lysine versus the N-terminal) available forderivatization in a particular protein. Under the appropriate reactionconditions, substantially selective derivatization of the protein at theN-terminus with a carbonyl group containing polymer is achieved.

As indicated above, pegylation of the albumin fusion proteins of theinvention may be accomplished by any number of means. For example,polyethylene glycol may be attached to the albumin fusion protein eitherdirectly or by an intervening linker. Linkerless systems for attachingpolyethylene glycol to proteins are described in Delgado et al. Crit.Rev. Thera. Drug Carrier Sys. 9:249-304 (1992); Francis et al. Intern.J, of Hematol. 68:1-18 (1998); U.S. Pat. No. 4,002,531; U.S. Pat. No.5,349,052; WO 95,06058 and WO 98/32466, the disclosures of each of whichare incorporated herein by reference.

One system for attaching polyethylene glycol directly to amino acidresidues of proteins without an intervening linker employs tresylatedMPEG, which is produced by the modification of monmethoxy polyethyleneglycol (MPEG) using tresylchloride (ClSO₂CH₂CF₃). Upon reaction ofprotein with tresylated MPEG, polyethylene glycol is directly attachedto amine groups of the protein. Thus, the invention includesprotein-polyethylene glycol conjugates produced by reacting proteins ofthe invention with a polyethylene glycol molecule having a2,2,2-trifluoroethane sulphonyl group.

Polyethylene glycol can also be attached to proteins using a number ofdifferent intervening linkers. For example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,612,460, theentire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference,discloses urethane linkers for connecting polyethylene glycol toproteins. Protein-polyethylene glycol conjugates wherein thepolyethylene glycol is attached to the protein by a linker can also beproduced by reaction of proteins with compounds such asMPEG-succinimidylsuccinate, MPEG activated with1,1′-carbonyldiimidazole, MPEG-2,4,5-trichloropenylcarbonate,MPEG-p-nitrophenolcarbonate, and various MPEG-succinate derivatives. Anumber of additional polyethylene glycol derivatives and reactionchemistries for attaching polyethylene glycol to proteins are describedin International Publication No. WO 98/32466, the entire disclosure ofwhich is incorporated herein by reference. Pegylated protein productsproduced using the reaction chemistries set out herein are includedwithin the scope of the invention.

The number of polyethylene glycol moieties attached to each albuminfusion protein of the invention (i.e., the degree of substitution) mayalso vary. For example, the pegylated proteins of the invention may belinked, on average, to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 15, 17, 20, ormore polyethylene glycol molecules. Similarly, the average degree ofsubstitution within ranges such as 1-3, 2-4, 3-5, 4-6, 5-7, 6-8, 7-9,8-10, 9-11, 10-12, 11-13, 12-14, 13-15, 14-16, 15-17, 16-18, 17-19, or18-20 polyethylene glycol moieties per protein molecule. Methods fordetermining the degree of substitution are discussed, for example, inDelgado et al. Crit. Rev. Thera. Drug Carrier Sys. 9:249-304 (1992).

The polypeptides of the invention can be recovered and purified fromchemical synthesis and recombinant cell cultures by standard methodswhich include, but are not limited to, ammonium sulfate or ethanolprecipitation, acid extraction, anion or cation exchange chromatography,phosphocellulose chromatography, hydrophobic interaction chromatography,affinity chromatography, hydroxylapatite chromatography and lectinchromatography. Most preferably, high performance liquid chromatography(“HPLC”) is employed for purification. Well known techniques forrefolding protein may be employed to regenerate active conformation whenthe polypeptide is denatured during isolation and/or purification.

The presence and quantity of albumin fusion proteins of the inventionmay be determined using ELISA, a well known immunoassay known in theart. In one ELISA protocol that would be useful fordetecting/quantifying albumin fusion proteins of the invention,comprises the steps of coating an ELISA plate with an anti-human serumalbumin antibody, blocking the plate to prevent non-specific binding,washing the ELISA plate, adding a solution containing the albumin fusionprotein of the invention (at one or more different concentrations),adding a secondary anti-Therapeutic protein specific antibody coupled toa detectable label (as described herein or otherwise known in the art),and detecting the presence of the secondary antibody. In an alternateversion of this protocol, the ELISA plate might be coated with theanti-Therapeutic protein specific antibody and the labeled secondaryreagent might be the anti-human albumin specific antibody.

Uses of the Polynucleotides

Each of the polynucleotides identified herein can be used in numerousways as reagents. The following description should be consideredexemplary and utilizes known techniques.

The polynucleotides of the present invention are useful to produce thealbumin fusion proteins of the invention. As described in more detailbelow, polynucleotides of the invention (encoding albumin fusionproteins) may be used in recombinant DNA methods useful in geneticengineering to make cells, cell lines, or tissues that express thealbumin fusion protein encoded by the polynucleotides encoding albuminfusion proteins of the invention.

Polynucleotides of the present invention are also useful in genetherapy. One goal of gene therapy is to insert a normal gene into anorganism having a defective gene, in an effort to correct the geneticdefect. The polynucleotides disclosed in the present invention offer ameans of targeting such genetic defects in a highly accurate manner.Another goal is to insert a new gene that was not present in the hostgenome, thereby producing a new trait in the host cell. Additionalnon-limiting examples of gene therapy methods encompassed by the presentinvention are more thoroughly described elsewhere herein (see, e.g., thesections labeled “Gene Therapy”, and Examples 17 and 18).

Uses of the Polypeptides

Each of the polypeptides identified herein can be used in numerous ways.The following description should be considered exemplary and utilizesknown techniques.

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention are useful to provideimmunological probes for differential identification of the tissue(s)(e.g., immunohistochemistry assays such as, for example, ABCimmunoperoxidase (Hsu et al., J. Histochem. Cytochem. 29:577-580 (1981))or cell type(s) (e.g., immunocytochemistry assays).

Albumin fusion proteins can be used to assay levels of polypeptides in abiological sample using classical immunohistological methods known tothose of skill in the art (e.g. see Jalkanen, et al., J. Cell. Biol.101:976-985 (1985); Jalkanen, et al. J. Cell. Biol. 105:3087-3096(1987)). Other methods useful for detecting protein gene expressioninclude immunoassays, such as the enzyme linked immunosorbent assay(ELISA) and the radioimmunoassay (RIA). Suitable assay labels are knownin the art and include enzyme labels, such as, glucose oxidase;radioisotopes, such as iodine (¹³¹I, ¹²⁵I, ¹²³I, ¹²¹I), carbon (¹⁴C),sulfur (³⁵S), tritium (³H), indium (^(115m)In, ^(113m)In, ¹¹²In, ¹¹¹In),and technetium (⁹⁹Tc, ^(99m)Tc), thallium (²⁰¹Ti), gallium (⁶⁸Ga, ⁶⁷Ga),palladium (¹⁰³Pd), molybdenum (⁹⁹Mo), xenon (¹³³Xe), fluorine (¹⁸F),¹⁵³Sm, ¹⁷⁷Lu, ¹⁵⁹Gd, ¹⁴⁹Pm, ¹⁴⁰La, ¹⁷⁵Yb, ¹⁶⁶Ho, ⁹⁰Y, ⁴⁷Sc, ¹⁸⁶Re,¹⁸⁸Re, ¹⁴²Pr, ¹⁰⁵Rh, ⁹⁷Ru; luminescent labels, such as luminol; andfluorescent labels, such as fluorescein and rhodamine, and biotin.

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention can also be detected in vivo byimaging. Labels or markers for in vivo imaging of protein include thosedetectable by X-radiography, nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) orelectron spin relaxtion (ESR). For X-radiography, suitable labelsinclude radioisotopes such as barium or cesium, which emit detectableradiation but are not overtly harmful to the subject Suitable markersfor NMR and ESR include those with a detectable characteristic spin,such as deuterium, which may be incorporated into the albumin fusionprotein by labeling of nutrients given to a cell line expressing thealbumin fusion protein of the invention.

An albumin fusion protein which has been labeled with an appropriatedetectable imaging moiety, such as a radioisotope (for example, ¹³¹I,¹¹²In, ^(99m)Tc, (¹³¹I, ¹²⁵I, ¹²³I, ¹²¹I), carbon (¹⁴C), sulfur (³⁵S),tritium (³H), indium (^(115m)In, ^(113m)In, ¹¹²In, ¹¹¹In), andtechnetium (⁹⁹Tc, ^(99m)Tc), thallium (²⁰¹Ti), gallium (⁶⁸Ga, ⁶⁷Ga),palladium (¹⁰³Pd), molybdenum (⁹⁹Mo), xenon (¹³³Xe), fluorine (¹⁸F,¹⁵³Sm, ¹⁷⁷Lu, ¹⁵⁹Gd, ¹⁴⁹Pm, ¹⁴⁰La, ¹⁷⁵Yb, ¹⁶⁶Ho, ⁹⁰Y, ⁴⁷Sc, ¹⁸⁶Re,¹⁸⁸Re, ¹⁴²Pr, ¹⁰⁵Rh, ⁹⁷Ru), a radio-opaque substance, or a materialdetectable by nuclear magnetic resonance, is introduced (for example,parenterally, subcutaneously or intraperitoneally) into the mammal to beexamined for immune system disorder. It will be understood in the artthat the size of the subject and the imaging system used will determinethe quantity of imaging moiety needed to produce diagnostic images. Inthe case of a radioisotope moiety, for a human subject, the quantity ofradioactivity injected will normally range from about 5 to 20millicuries of ^(99m)Tc. The labeled albumin fusion protein will thenpreferentially accumulate at locations in the body (e.g., organs, cells,extracellular spaces or matrices) where one or more receptors, ligandsor substrates (corresponding to that of the Therapeutic protein used tomake the albumin fusion protein of the invention) are located.Alternatively, in the case where the albumin fusion protein comprises atleast a fragment or variant of a Therapeutic antibody, the labeledalbumin fusion protein will then preferentially accumulate at thelocations in the body (e.g., organs, cells, extracellular spaces ormatrices) where the polypeptides/epitopes corresponding to those boundby the Therapeutic antibody (used to make the albumin fusion protein ofthe invention) are located. In vivo tumor imaging is described in S. W.Burchiel et al. “Immunopharmacokinetics of Radiolabeled Antibodies andTheir Fragments” (Chapter 13 in Tumor Imaging: The RadiochemicalDetection of Cancer, S. W. Burchiel and B. A. Rhodes, eds., MassonPublishing Inc. (1982)). The protocols described therein could easily bemodified by one of skill in the art for use with the albumin fusionproteins of the invention.

In one embodiment, the invention provides a method for the specificdelivery of albumin fusion proteins of the invention to cells byadministering albumin fusion proteins of the invention (e.g.,polypeptides encoded by polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteinsof the invention and/or antibodies) that are associated withheterologous polypeptides or nucleic acids. In one example, theinvention provides a method for delivering a Therapeutic protein intothe targeted cell. In another example, the invention provides a methodfor delivering a single stranded nucleic acid (e.g., antisense orribozymes) or double stranded nucleic acid (e.g., DNA that can integrateinto the cell's genome or replicate episomally and that can betranscribed) into the targeted cell.

In another embodiment, the invention provides a method for the specificdestruction of cells (e.g., the destruction of tumor cells) byadministering albumin fusion proteins of the invention in associationwith toxins or cytotoxic prodrugs.

By “toxin” is meant one or more compounds that bind and activateendogenous cytotoxic effector systems, radioisotopes, holotoxins,modified toxins, catalytic subunits of toxins, or any molecules orenzymes not normally present in or on the surface of a cell that underdefined conditions cause the cell's death. Toxins that may be usedaccording to the methods of the invention include, but are not limitedto radioisotopes known in the art, compounds such as, for example,antibodies (or complement fixing containing portions thereof) that bindan inherent or induced endogenous cytotoxic effector system, thymidinekinase, endonuclease, RNAse, alpha toxin, ricin, abrin, Pseudomonasexotoxin A, diphtheria toxin, saporin, momordin, gelonin, pokeweedantiviral protein, alpha-sarcin and cholera toxin. “Toxin” also includesa cytostatic or cytocidal agent, a therapeutic agent or a radioactivemetal ion, e.g., alpha-emitters such as, for example, ²¹³Bi, or otherradioisotopes such as, for example, ¹⁰³Pd, ¹³³Xe. ¹³¹I, ⁶⁸Ge, ⁵⁷Co,⁶⁵Zn, ⁸⁵Sr, ³²P, ⁵⁵S, ⁹⁰Y, ¹⁵³Sm, ¹⁵³Gd, ¹⁶⁹Yb, ⁵¹Cr, ⁵⁴Mn, ⁷⁵Se, ¹¹³Sn,⁹⁰Yttrium, ¹¹⁷Tin, ¹⁸⁶Rhenium, ¹⁶⁶Holmium, and ¹⁸⁸Rhenium; luminescentlabels, such as luminol; and fluorescent labels, such as fluorescein andrhodamine, and biotin. In a specific embodiment, the invention providesa method for the specific destruction of cells (e.g., the destruction oftumor cells) by administering polypeptides of the invention orantibodies of the invention in association with the radioisotope ⁹⁰Y. Inanother specific embodiment, the invention provides a method for thespecific destruction of cells (e.g., the destruction of tumor cells) byadministering polypeptides of the invention or antibodies of theinvention in association with the radioisotope ¹¹¹In. In a furtherspecific embodiment, the invention provides a method for the specificdestruction of cells (e.g., the destruction of tumor cells) byadministering polypeptides of the invention or antibodies of theinvention in association with the radioisotope ¹³¹I.

Techniques known in the art may be applied to label polypeptides of theinvention. Such techniques include, but are not limited to, the use ofbifunctional conjugating agents (see e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,756,065;5,714,631; 5,696,239; 5,652,361; 5,505,931; 5,489,425; 5,435,990;5,428,139; 5,342,604; 5,274,119; 4,994.560; and 5,808,003; the contentsof each of which are hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety).

The albumin fusion proteins of the present invention are useful fordiagnosis, treatment, prevention and/or prognosis of various disordersin mammals, preferably humans. Such disorders include, but are notlimited to, those described herein under the section heading “BiologicalActivities,” below.

Thus, the invention provides a diagnostic method of a disorder, whichinvolves (a) assaying the expression level of a certain polypeptide incells or body fluid of an individual using an albumin fusion protein ofthe invention; and (b) comparing the assayed polypeptide expressionlevel with a standard polypeptide expression level, whereby an increaseor decrease in the assayed polypeptide expression level compared to thestandard expression level is indicative of a disorder. With respect tocancer, the presence of a relatively high amount of transcript inbiopsied tissue from an individual may indicate a predisposition for thedevelopment of the disease, or may provide a means for detecting thedisease prior to the appearance of actual clinical symptoms. A moredefinitive diagnosis of this type may allow health professionals toemploy preventative measures or aggressive treatment earlier therebypreventing the development or further progression of the cancer.

Moreover, albumin fusion proteins of the present invention can be usedto treat or prevent diseases or conditions such as, for example, neuraldisorders, immune system disorders, muscular disorders, reproductivedisorders, gastrointestinal disorders, pulmonary disorders,cardiovascular disorders, renal disorders, proliferative disorders,and/or cancerous diseases and conditions. For example, patients can beadministered a polypeptide of the present invention in an effort toreplace absent or decreased levels of the polypeptide (e.g. insulin), tosupplement absent or decreased levels of a different polypeptide (e.g.hemoglobin S for hemoglobin B. SOD, catalase. DNA repair proteins), toinhibit the activity of a polypeptide (e.g., an oncogene or tumorsupressor), to activate the activity of a polypeptide (e.g., by bindingto a receptor), to reduce the activity of a membrane bound receptor bycompeting with it for free ligand (e.g., soluble TNF receptors used inreducing inflammation), or to bring about a desired response (e.g.,blood vessel growth inhibition, enhancement of the immune response toproliferative cells or tissues).

In particular, albumin fusion proteins comprising of at least a fragmentor variant of a Therapeutic antibody can also be used to treat disease(as described supra, and elsewhere herein). For example, administrationof an albumin fusion protein comprising of at least a fragment orvariant of a Therapeutic antibody can bind, and/or neutralize thepolypeptide to which the Therapeutic antibody used to make the albuminfusion protein immunospecifically binds, and/or reduce overproduction ofthe polypeptide to which the Therapeutic antibody used to make thealbumin fusion protein immunospecifically binds. Similarly,administration of an albumin fusion protein comprising of at least afragment or variant of a Therapeutic antibody can activate thepolypeptide to which the Therapeutic antibody used to make the albuminfusion protein immunospecifically binds, by binding to the polypeptidebound to a membrane (receptor).

At the very least, the albumin fusion proteins of the invention of thepresent invention can be used as molecular weight markers on SDS-PAGEgels or on molecular sieve gel filtration columns using methods wellknown to those of skill in the art. Albumin fusion proteins of theinvention can also be used to raise antibodies, which in turn may beused to measure protein expression of the Therapeutic protein, albuminprotein, and/or the albumin fusion protein of the invention from arecombinant cell, as a way of assessing transformation of the host cell,or in a biological sample. Moreover, the albumin fusion proteins of thepresent invention can be used to test the biological activitiesdescribed herein.

Diagnostic Assays

The compounds of the present invention are useful for diagnosis,treatment, prevention and/or prognosis of various disorders in mammals,preferably humans. Such disorders include, but are not limited to thosedescribed for each Therapeutic protein in the corresponding row of Table1 and herein under the section headings “Immune Activity.” “BloodRelated Disorders,” “Hyperproliferative Disorders.” “Renal Disorders.”“Cardiovascular Disorders.” “Respiratory Disorders.” “Anti-AngiogenesisActivity.” “Diseases at the Cellular Level,” “Wound Healing andEpithelial Cell Proliferation.” “Neural Activity and NeurologicalDiseases.” “Endocrine Disorders.” “Reproductive System Disorders.”“Infectious Disease.” “Regeneration.” and/or “GastrointestinalDisorders.” infra.

For a number of disorders, substantially altered (increased ordecreased) levels of gene expression can be detected in tissues, cellsor bodily fluids (e.g., sera, plasma, urine, semen, synovial fluid orspinal fluid) taken from an individual having such a disorder, relativeto a “standard” gene expression level, that is, the expression level intissues or bodily fluids from an individual not having the disorder.Thus, the invention provides a diagnostic method useful during diagnosisof a disorder, which involves measuring the expression level of the geneencoding a polypeptide in tissues, cells or body fluid from anindividual and comparing the measured gene expression level with astandard gene expression level, whereby an increase or decrease in thegene expression level(s) compared to the standard is indicative of adisorder. These diagnostic assays may be performed in vivo or in vitro,such as, for example, on blood samples, biopsy tissue or autopsy tissue.

The present invention is also useful as a prognostic indicator, wherebypatients exhibiting enhanced or depressed gene expression willexperience a worse clinical outcome

By “assaying the expression level of the gene encoding a polypeptide” isintended qualitatively or quantitatively measuring or estimating thelevel of a particular polypeptide (e.g. a polypeptide corresponding to aTherapeutic protein disclosed in Table 1) or the level of the mRNAencoding the polypeptide of the invention in a first biological sampleeither directly (e.g., by determining or estimating absolute proteinlevel or mRNA level) or relatively (e.g., by comparing to thepolypeptide level or mRNA level in a second biological sample).Preferably, the polypeptide expression level or mRNA level in the firstbiological sample is measured or estimated and compared to a standardpolypeptide level or mRNA level, the standard being taken from a secondbiological sample obtained from an individual not having the disorder orbeing determined by averaging levels from a population of individualsnot having the disorder. As will be appreciated in the art, once astandard polypeptide level or mRNA level is known, it can be usedrepeatedly as a standard for comparison.

By “biological sample” is intended any biological sample obtained froman individual, cell line, tissue culture, or other source containingpolypeptides of the invention (including portions thereof) or mRNA. Asindicated, biological samples include body fluids (such as sera, plasma,urine, synovial fluid and spinal fluid) and tissue sources found toexpress the full length or fragments thereof of a polypeptide or mRNA.Methods for obtaining tissue biopsies and body fluids from mammals arewell known in the art. Where the biological sample is to include mRNA, atissue biopsy is the preferred source.

Total cellular RNA can be isolated from a biological sample using anysuitable technique such as the single-stepguanidinium-thiocyanate-phenol-chloroform method described inChomczynski and Sacchi, Anal. Biochem. 162:156-159 (1987). Levels ofmRNA encoding the polypeptides of the invention are then assayed usingany appropriate method. These include Northern blot analysis, S1nuclease mapping, the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), reversetranscription in combination with the polymerase chain reaction(RT-PCR), and reverse transcription in combination with the ligase chainreaction (RT-LCR).

The present invention also relates to diagnostic assays such asquantitative and diagnostic assays for detecting levels of polypeptidesthat bind to are bound by, or associate with albumin fusion proteins ofthe invention, in a biological sample (e.g., cells and tissues),including determination of normal and abnormal levels of polypeptides.Thus, for instance, a diagnostic assay in accordance with the inventionfor detecting abnormal expression of polypeptides that bind to, arebound by, or associate with albumin fusion proteins compared to normalcontrol tissue samples may be used to detect the presence of tumors.Assay techniques that can be used to determine levels of a polypeptidethat bind to are bound by, or associate with albumin fusion proteins ofthe present invention in a sample derived from a host are well-known tothose of skill in the art. Such assay methods include radioimmunoassays,competitive-binding assays. Western Blot analysis and ELISA assays.Assaying polypeptide levels in a biological sample can occur using anyart-known method.

Assaying polypeptide levels in a biological sample can occur using avariety of techniques. For example, polypeptide expression in tissuescan be studied with classical immunohistological methods (Jalkanen etal., J. Cell. Biol. 101:976-985 (1985); Jalkanen. M., et al., J. Cell.Biol. 105:3087-3096 (1987)). Other methods useful for detectingpolypeptide gene expression include immunoassays, such as the enzymelinked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) and the radioimmunoassay (RIA).Suitable antibody assay labels are known in the art and include enzymelabels, such as, glucose oxidase, and radioisotopes, such as iodine(¹²⁵I, ¹²¹I), carbon (¹⁴C), sulfur (³⁵S), tritium (³H), indium (¹¹²In),and technetium (^(99m)Tc), and fluorescent labels, such as fluoresceinand rhodamine, and biotin.

The tissue or cell type to be analyzed will generally include thosewhich are known, or suspected, to express the gene of interest (such as,for example, cancer). The protein isolation methods employed herein may,for example, be such as those described in Harlow and Lane (Harlow, E,and Lane, D., 1988, “Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual”, Cold SpringHarbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.), which isincorporated herein by reference in its entirety. The isolated cells canbe derived from cell culture or from a patient. The analysis of cellstaken from culture may be a necessary step in the assessment of cellsthat could be used as part of a cell-based gene therapy technique or,alternatively, to test the effect of compounds on the expression of thegene.

For example, albumin fusion proteins may be used to quantitatively orqualitatively detect the presence of polypeptides that bind to are boundby, or associate with albumin fusion proteins of the present invention.This can be accomplished, for example, by immunofluorescence techniquesemploying a fluorescently labeled albumin fusion protein coupled withlight microscopic, flow cytometric, or fluorimetric detection.

In a preferred embodiment, albumin fusion proteins comprising at least afragment or variant of an antibody that immunospecifically binds atleast a Therapeutic protein disclosed herein (e.g., the Therapeuticproteins disclosed in Table 1) or otherwise known in the art may be usedto quantitatively or qualitatively detect the presence of gene productsor conserved variants or peptide fragments thereof. This can beaccomplished, for example, by immunofluorescence techniques employing afluorescently labeled antibody coupled with light microscopic, flowcytometric, or fluorimetric detection.

The albumin fusion proteins of the present invention may, additionally,be employed histologically, as in immunofluorescence, immunoelectronmicroscopy or non-immunological assays, for in situ detection ofpolypeptides that bind to are bound by, or associate with an albuminfusion protein of the present invention. In situ detection may beaccomplished by removing a histological specimen from a patient, andapplying thereto a labeled antibody or polypeptide of the presentinvention. The albumin fusion proteins are preferably applied byoverlaying the labeled albumin fusion proteins onto a biological sample.Through the use of such a procedure, it is possible to determine notonly the presence of the polypeptides that bind to, are bound by, orassociate with albumin fusion proteins, but also its distribution in theexamined tissue. Using the present invention, those of ordinary skillwill readily perceive that any of a wide variety of histological methods(such as staining procedures) can be modified in order to achieve suchin situ detection.

Immunoassays and non-immunoassays that detect polypeptides that bind to,are bound by, or associate with albumin fusion proteins will typicallycomprise incubating a sample, such as a biological fluid, a tissueextract, freshly harvested cells, or lysates of cells which have beenincubated in cell culture, in the presence of a detectably labeledantibody capable of binding gene products or conserved variants orpeptide fragments thereof, and detecting the bound antibody by any of anumber of techniques well-known in the art.

The biological sample may be brought in contact with and immobilizedonto a solid phase support or carrier such as nitrocellulose, or othersolid support which is capable of immobilizing cells, cell particles orsoluble proteins. The support may then be washed with suitable buffersfollowed by treatment with the detectably labeled albumin fusion proteinof the invention. The solid phase support may then be washed with thebuffer a second time to remove unbound antibody or polypeptide.Optionally the antibody is subsequently labeled. The amount of boundlabel on solid support may then be detected by conventional means.

By “solid phase support or carrier” is intended any support capable ofbinding a polypeptide (e.g., an albumin fusion protein, or polypeptidethat binds, is bound by, or associates with an albumin fusion protein ofthe invention.) Well-known supports or carriers include glass,polystyrene, polypropylene, polyethylene, dextran, nylon, amylases,natural and modified celluloses, polyacrylamides, gabbros, andmagnetite. The nature of the carrier can be either soluble to someextent or insoluble for the purposes of the present invention. Thesupport material may have virtually any possible structuralconfiguration so long as the coupled molecule is capable of binding to apolypeptide. Thus, the support configuration may be spherical, as in abead, or cylindrical, as in the inside surface of a test tube, or theexternal surface of a rod. Alternatively, the surface may be flat suchas a sheet, test strip, etc. Preferred supports include polystyrenebeads. Those skilled in the art will know many other suitable carriersfor binding antibody or antigen, or will be able to ascertain the sameby use of routine experimentation.

The binding activity of a given lot of albumin fusion protein may bedetermined according to well known methods. Those skilled in the artwill be able to determine operative and optimal assay conditions foreach determination by employing routine experimentation.

In addition to assaying polypeptide levels in a biological sampleobtained from an individual, polypeptide can also be detected in vivo byimaging. For example, in one embodiment of the invention, albumin fusionproteins of the invention are used to image diseased or neoplasticcells.

Labels or markers for in vivo imaging of albumin fusion proteins of theinvention include those detectable by X-radiography, NMR, MRI, CAT-scansor ESR. For X-radiography, suitable labels include radioisotopes such asbarium or cesium, which emit detectable radiation but are not overtlyharmful to the subject. Suitable markers for NMR and ESR include thosewith a detectable characteristic spin, such as deuterium, which may beincorporated into the albumin fusion protein by labeling of nutrients ofa cell line (or bacterial or yeast strain) engineered.

Additionally, albumin fusion proteins of the invention whose presencecan be detected, can be administered. For example, albumin fusionproteins of the invention labeled with a radio-opaque or otherappropriate compound can be administered and visualized in vivo, asdiscussed, above for labeled antibodies. Further, such polypeptides canbe utilized for in vitro diagnostic procedures.

A polypeptide-specific antibody or antibody fragment which has beenlabeled with an appropriate detectable imaging moiety, such as aradioisotope (for example, ¹³¹I, ¹¹²In, ^(99m)Tc), a radio-opaquesubstance, or a material detectable by nuclear magnetic resonance, isintroduced (for example, parenterally, subcutaneously orintraperitoneally) into the mammal to be examined for a disorder. Itwill be understood in the art that the size of the subject and theimaging system used will determine the quantity of imaging moiety neededto produce diagnostic images. In the case of a radioisotope moiety, fora human subject, the quantity of radioactivity injected will normallyrange from about 5 to 20 millicuries of ^(99m)Tc. The labeled albuminfusion protein will then preferentially accumulate at the locations inthe body which contain a polypeptide or other substance that binds to isbound by or associates with an albumin fusion protein of the presentinvention. In vivo tumor imaging is described in S. W. Burchiel et al.,“Immunopharmacokinetics of Radiolabeled Antibodies and Their Fragments”(Chapter 13 in Tumor Imaging: The Radiochemical Detection of Cancer, S.W. Burchiel and B. A. Rhodes, eds., Masson Publishing Inc. (1982)).

One of the ways in which an albumin fusion protein of the presentinvention can be detectably labeled is by linking the same to a reporterenzyme and using the linked product in an enzyme immunoassay (EIA)(Voller, A., “The Enzyme Linked Immunosorbent Assay (ELISA)”, 1978,Diagnostic Horizons 2:1-7. Microbiological Associates QuarterlyPublication, Walkersville, Md.); Voller et al., J. Clin. Pathol.31:507-520 (1978); Butler. J. E., Meth. Enzymol. 73:482-523 (1981);Maggio. E. (ed.), 1980. Enzyme Immunoassay. CRC Press. Boca Raton, Fla.;Ishikawa, E, et al., (eds.), 1981, Enzyme Immunoassay. Kgaku Shoin,Tokyo). The reporter enzyme which is bound to the antibody will reactwith an appropriate substrate, preferably a chromogenic substrate, insuch a manner as to produce a chemical moiety which can be detected, forexample, by spectrophotometric, fluorimetric or by visual means.Reporter enzymes which can be used to detectably label the antibodyinclude, but are not limited to, malate dehydrogenase, staphylococcalnuclease, delta-5-steroid isomerase, yeast alcohol dehydrogenase,alpha-glycerophosphate, dehydrogenase, triose phosphate isomerase,horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, asparaginase, glucoseoxidase, beta-galactosidase, ribonuclease, urease, catalase,glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase, glucoamylase andacetylcholinesterase. Additionally, the detection can be accomplished bycolorimetric methods which employ a chromogenic substrate for thereporter enzyme. Detection may also be accomplished by visual comparisonof the extent of enzymatic reaction of a substrate in comparison withsimilarly prepared standards.

Albumin fusion proteins may also be radiolabelled and used in any of avariety of other immunoassays. For example, by radioactively labelingthe albumin fusion proteins, it is possible to the use the albuminfusion proteins in a radioimmunoassay (RIA) (see, for example,Weintraub, B., Principles of Radioimmunoassays. Seventh Training Courseon Radioligand Assay Techniques, The Endocrine Society, March, 1986,which is incorporated by reference herein). The radioactive isotope canbe detected by means including, but not limited to, a gamma counter, ascintillation counter, or autoradiography.

It is also possible to label the albumin fusion proteins with afluorescent compound. When the fluorescently labeled antibody is exposedto light of the proper wave length, its presence can then be detecteddue to fluorescence. Among the most commonly used fluorescent labelingcompounds are fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, phycoerythrin,phycocyanin, allophycocyanin, ophthaldehyde and fluorescamine.

The albumin fusion protein can also be detectably labeled usingfluorescence emitting metals such as ¹³²Eu, or others of the lanthanideseries. These metals can be attached to the antibody using such metalchelating groups as diethylenetriaminepentacetic acid (DTPA) orethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA).

The albumin fusion proteins can also can be detectably labeled bycoupling it to a chemiluminescent compound. The presence of thechemiluminescent-tagged albumin fusion protein is then determined bydetecting the presence of luminescence that arises during the course ofa chemical reaction. Examples of particularly useful chemiluminescentlabeling compounds are luminol, isoluminol, theromatic acridinium ester,imidazole, acridinium salt and oxalate ester.

Likewise, a bioluminescent compound may be used to label albumin fusionproteins of the present invention. Bioluminescence is a type ofchemiluminescence found in biological systems in, which a catalyticprotein increases the efficiency of the chemiluminescent reaction. Thepresence of a bioluminescent protein is determined by detecting thepresence of luminescence. Important bioluminescent compounds forpurposes of labeling are luciferin, luciferase and aequorin.

Transgenic Organisms

Transgenic organisms that express the albumin fusion proteins of theinvention are also included in the invention. Transgenic organisms aregenetically modified organisms into which recombinant, exogenous orcloned genetic material has been transferred. Such genetic material isoften referred to as a transgene. The nucleic acid sequence of thetransgene may include one or more transcriptional regulatory sequencesand other nucleic acid sequences such as introns, that may be necessaryfor optimal expression and secretion of the encoded protein. Thetransgene may be designed to direct the expression of the encodedprotein in a manner that facilitates its recovery from the organism orfrom a product produced by the organism, e.g. from the milk, blood,urine, eggs, hair or seeds of the organism. The transgene may consist ofnucleic acid sequences derived from the genome of the same species or ofa different species than the species of the target animal. The transgenemay be integrated either at a locus of a genome where that particularnucleic acid sequence is not otherwise normally found or at the normallocus for the transgene.

The term “germ cell line transgenic organism” refers to a transgenicorganism in which the genetic alteration or genetic information wasintroduced into a germ line cell, thereby conferring the ability of thetransgenic organism to transfer the genetic information to offspring. Ifsuch offspring in fact possess some or all of that alteration or geneticinformation, then they too are transgenic organisms. The alteration orgenetic information may be foreign to the species of organism to whichthe recipient belongs, foreign only to the particular individualrecipient, or may be genetic information already possessed by therecipient. In the last case, the altered or introduced gene may beexpressed differently than the native gene.

A transgenic organism may be a transgenic animal or a transgenic plant.Transgenic animals can be produced by a variety of different methodsincluding transfection, electroporation, microinjection, gene targetingin embryonic stem cells and recombinant viral and retroviral infection(see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,736,866; U.S. Pat. No. 5,602,307; Mullins etal. (1993) Hypertension 22(4):630-633; Brenin et al. (1997) Surg. Oncol.6(2)99-110; Tuan (ed.), Recombinant Gene Expression Protocols, Methodsin Molecular Biology No. 62, Humana Press (1997)). The method ofintroduction of nucleic acid fragments into recombination competentmammalian cells can be by any method which favors co-transformation ofmultiple nucleic acid molecules. Detailed procedures for producingtransgenic animals are readily available to one skilled in the art,including the disclosures in U.S. Pat. No. 5,489,743 and U.S. Pat. No.5,602,307.

A number of recombinant or transgenic mice have been produced, includingthose which express an activated oncogene sequence (U.S. Pat. No.4,736,866); express simian SV40 T-antigen (U.S. Pat. No. 5,728,915);lack the expression of interferon regulatory factor 1 (IRF-1) (U.S. Pat.No. 5,731,490); exhibit dopaminergic dysfunction (U.S. Pat. No.5,723,719); express at least one human gene which participates in bloodpressure control (U.S. Pat. No. 5,731,489); display greater similarityto the conditions existing in naturally occurring Alzheimer's disease(U.S. Pat. No. 5,720,936); have a reduced capacity to mediate cellularadhesion (U.S. Pat. No. 5,602,307); possess a bovine growth hormone gene(Clutter et al. (1996) Genetics 143(4):1753-1760); or, are capable ofgenerating a fully human antibody response (McCarthy (1997) The Lancet349(9049):405).

While mice and rats remain the animals of choice for most transgenicexperimentation, in some instances it is preferable or even necessary touse alternative animal species. Transgenic procedures have beensuccessfully utilized in a variety of non-murine animals, includingsheep, goats, pigs, dogs, cats, monkeys, chimpanzees, hamsters, rabbits,cows and guinea pigs (see, e.g., Kim et al. (1997) Mol. Reprod. Dev.46(4):515-526; Houdebine (1995) Reprod. Nutr. Dev. 35(6):609-617;Petters (1994) Reprod. Fertil. Dev. 6(5):643-645; Schnieke et al, (1997)Science 278(5346):2130-2133, and Amoah (1997) J. Animal Science75(2):578-585).

To direct the secretion of the transgene-encoded protein of theinvention into the milk of transgenic mammals, it may be put under thecontrol of a promoter that is preferentially activated in mammaryepithelial cells. Promoters that control the genes encoding milkproteins are preferred, for example the promoter for casein, betalactoglobulin, whey acid protein, or lactalbumin (see, e.g., DiTullio(1992) BioTechnology 10:74-77; Clark et al. (1989) BioTechnology7:487-492; Gorton et al. (1987) BioTechnology 5:1183-1187; and Soulieret al. (1992) FEBS Letts. 297:13). The transgenic mammals of choicewould produce large volumes of milk and have long lactating periods, forexample goats, cows, camels or sheep.

An albumin fusion protein of the invention can also be expressed in atransgenic plant. e.g. a plant in which the DNA transgene is insertedinto the nuclear or plastidic genome. Plant transformation proceduresused to introduce foreign nucleic acids into plant cells or protoplastsare known in the art (e.g., see Example 19). See, in general. Methods inEnzymology Vol. 153 (“Recombinant DNA Part D”) 1987. Wu and GrossmanEds. Academic Press and European Patent Application EP 693554. Methodsfor generation of genetically engineered plants are further described inU.S. Pat. No. 5,283,184, U.S. Pat. No. 5,482,852, and European PatentApplication EP 693 554, all of which are hereby incorporated byreference.

Pharmaceutical or Therapeutic Compositions

The albumin fusion proteins of the invention or formulations thereof maybe administered by any conventional method including parenteral (e.g.subcutaneous or intramuscular) injection or intravenous infusion. Thetreatment may consist of a single dose or a plurality of doses over aperiod of time.

While it is possible for an albumin fusion protein of the invention tobe administered alone, it is preferable to present it as apharmaceutical formulation, together with one or more acceptablecarriers. The carrier(s) must be “acceptable” in the sense of beingcompatible with the albumin fusion protein and not deleterious to therecipients thereof. Typically, the carriers will be water or salinewhich will be sterile and pyrogen free. Albumin fusion proteins of theinvention are particularly well suited to formulation in aqueouscarriers such as sterile pyrogen free water, saline or other isotonicsolutions because of their extended shelf-life in solution. Forinstance, pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be formulatedwell in advance in aqueous form, for instance, weeks or months or longertime periods before being dispensed.

For example, wherein the Therapeutic protein is hGH, EPO, alpha-IFN orbeta-IFN, formulations containing the albumin fusion protein may beprepared taking into account the extended shelf-life of the albuminfusion protein in aqueous formulations. As exhibited in Table 2, mostTherapeutic proteins are unstable with short shelf-lives afterformulation with an aqueous carrier. As discussed above, the shelf-lifeof many of these Therapeutic proteins are markedly increased orprolonged after fusion to HA.

TABLE 2 Tradename, Storage Conditions Protein Manufacturer RouteFormulation of Non-Fusion Protein Interferon, alpha-2a Roferon-A, sc imsol_n (vial or pre-filled syringe) 4-8° C. Hoffmann-LaRoche Interferon,alpha-2b Intron-A, iv sc im sol_n; powder + dil. 4-8° C. Schering Plough(all preps, before and after dilution) COMBO Interferon Rebetron(Intron-A + po + sc Rebetol capsule + Intron-A injection alpha-2b +Ribavirin Rebetol) Schering Plough Interferon, Alphacon-1 Infergen Amgensc sol_n 4-8° C. Interferon, alpha-nl, Wellferon, Wellcome sc im sol_n(with albumin _as stablizer_) 4-8° C. Lympho-blastoid Interferon,beta-1a Avonex, Biogen im powder + dil. (with albumin) 4-8° C. (beforeand after dilution) (Use within 3-6 h of reconstitution) Rebif,Ares-Serono sc sol_n, in pre-filled syringe (Europe only) Interferon,beta-1b Betaseron, Chiron sc powder + dil. (with albumin) 4-8° C.(before and after dilution) (Europe: Betaferon) (Use within 3 h ofreconstitution) Single use vials. Interferon, Gamma-1b Actimmune,InterMune sc 4-8° C. (before and after dilution) Pharmaceuticals (Usewithin 3 h of reconstitution). Growth Hormone Genotropin, powder/dilcartridges 4-8° C. (before and after dilution); (somatropin) PharmaciaUpjohn (single or multi-use); single use MiniQuick Delivery Devicesingle use MiniQuick injector should be refrigerated until use.Humatrope, sc im powder + dil. 4-8° C. (before and after dilution) EliLilly (Vial or pen cartridge) (Use vials within 25 h, cartridges within28 d, of reconstitution). Norditropin, Novo Nordisk PharmaceuticalsNutropin, Genentech sc powder + dil. 4-8° C. (stable for 14 d afterdil_n) (all preps, before and after dilution) Nutropin AQ, sc sol_n 4-8°C. (Stable for 28 d after 1st use) Genentech Nutropin Depot, scmicrosphere suspension as 4-8° C. Single use pkges. Dose Genentechpowder + dil. 1-2×/month (ProLease micro- encapsulation technol.)Saizen, (Serono) sc im powder + dil. Powder _should be stored at RmTemp_. After reconstitution store 4-8° C. for up to 14 d. Serostim,Serono Powder _should be stored at Rm Temp_. After reconstitution storein 4-8° C. for up to 14 d. hGH, with N-term. Met Protropin, sc impowder + dil. 4-8° C. (all preps, before and after (somatrem) Genentechdilution) Erythropoietin Epogen, Amgen iv sc sol_n 4-8° C. (use within21 d of first use) (Epoetin alfa) (Single & multi-dose vials) Procrit,Amgen iv sc sol_n 4-8° C. (use within 21 d of first use) (Single &multi-dose vials)

In instances where aerosol administration is appropriate, the albuminfusion proteins of the invention can be formulated as aerosols usingstandard procedures. The term “aerosol” includes any gas-borne suspendedphase of an albumin fusion protein of the instant invention which iscapable of being inhaled into the bronchioles or nasal passages.Specifically, aerosol includes a gas-borne suspension of droplets of analbumin fusion protein of the instant invention, as may be produced in ametered dose inhaler or nebulizer, or in a mist sprayer. Aerosol alsoincludes a dry powder composition of a compound of the instant inventionsuspended in air or other carrier gas, which may be delivered byinsufflation from an inhaler device, for example, See Ganderton & Jones,Drug Delivery to the Respiratory Tract, Ellis Horwood (19 87); Gonda(1990) Critical Reviews in Therapeutic Drug Carrier Systems 6:273-313;and Raeburn et al. (1992) Pharmacol. Toxicol. Methods 27:143-159.

The formulations of the invention are also typically non-immunogenic, inpart, because of the use of the components of the albumin fusion proteinbeing derived from the proper species. For instance, for human use, boththe Therapeutic protein and albumin portions of the albumin fusionprotein will typically be human. In some cases, wherein either componentis non human-derived, that component may be humanized by substitution ofkey amino acids so that specific epitopes appear to the human immunesystem to be human in nature rather than foreign.

The formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form andmay be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy.Such methods include the step of bringing into association the albuminfusion protein with the carrier that constitutes one or more accessoryingredients. In general the formulations are prepared by uniformly andintimately bringing into association the active ingredient with liquidcarriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then, ifnecessary, shaping the product.

Formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous andnon-aqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain anti-oxidants,buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulationappropriate for the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueoussterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickeningagents. The formulations may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dosecontainers, for example sealed ampules, vials or syringes, and may bestored in a freeze-dried (lyophilised) condition requiring only theaddition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water forinjections, immediately prior to use. Extemporaneous injection solutionsand suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders. Dosageformulations may contain the Therapeutic protein portion at a lowermolar concentration or lower dosage compared to the non-fused standardformulation for the Therapeutic protein given the extended serumhalf-life exhibited by many of the albumin fusion proteins of theinvention.

As an example, when an albumin fusion protein of the invention comprisesgrowth hormone as one or more of the Therapeutic protein regions, thedosage form can be calculated on the basis of the potency of the albuminfusion protein relative to the potency of hGH, while taking into accountthe prolonged serum half-life anti shelf-life of the albumin fusionproteins compared to that of native hGH. Growth hormone is typicallyadministered at 0.3 to 30.0 IU/kg/week, for example 0.9 to 12.0 IU kg,week, given in three or seven divided doses for a year or more. In analbumin fusion protein consisting of full length HA fused to full lengthGH, an equivalent dose in terms of units would represent a greaterweight of agent but the dosage frequency can be reduced, for example totwice a week, once a week or less.

Formulations or compositions of the invention may be packaged togetherwith, or included in a kit with, instructions or a package insertreferring to the extended shelf-life of the albumin fusion proteincomponent. For instance, such instructions or package inserts mayaddress recommended storage conditions, such as time, temperature andlight, taking into account the extended or prolonged shelf-life of thealbumin fusion proteins of the invention. Such instructions or packageinserts may also address the particular advantages of the albumin fusionproteins of the inventions, such as the ease of storage for formulationsthat may require use in the field, outside of controlled hospital,clinic or office conditions. As described above, formulations of theinvention may be in aqueous form and may be stored under less than idealcircumstances without significant loss of therapeutic activity.

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention can also be included innutraceuticals. For instance, certain albumin fusion proteins of theinvention may be administered in natural products, including milk ormilk product obtained from a transgenic mammal which expresses albuminfusion protein. Such compositions can also include plant or plantproducts obtained from a transgenic plant which expresses the albuminfusion protein. The albumin fusion protein can also be provided inpowder or tablet form, with or without other known additives, carriers,fillers and diluents. Nutraceuticals are described in Scott Hegenhart,Food Product Design, December 1993.

The invention also provides methods of treatment and/or prevention ofdiseases or disorders (such as, for example, any one or more of thediseases or disorders disclosed herein) by administration to a subjectof an effective amount of an albumin fusion protein of the invention ora polynucleotide encoding an albumin fusion protein of the invention(“albumin fusion polynucleotide”) in a pharmaceutically acceptablecarrier.

The albumin fusion protein and/or polynucleotide will be formulated anddosed in a fashion consistent with good medical practice, taking intoaccount the clinical condition of the individual patient (especially theside effects of treatment with the albumin fusion protein and/orpolynucleotide alone), the site of delivery, the method ofadministration, the scheduling of administration, and other factorsknown to practitioners. The “effective amount” for purposes herein isthus determined by such considerations.

As a general proposition, the total pharmaceutically effective amount ofthe albumin fusion protein administered parenterally per dose will be inthe range of about 1 ug/kg/day to 10 mg/kg/day of patient body weight,although, as noted above, this will be subject to therapeuticdiscretion. More preferably, this dose is at least 0.01 mg kg day, andmost preferably for humans between about 0.01 and 1 mg/kg/day for thehormone. If given continuously, the albumin fusion protein is typicallyadministered at a dose rate of about 1 ug/kg/hour to about 50ug/kg/hour, either by 1-4 injections per day or by continuoussubcutaneous infusions, for example, using a mini-pump. An intravenousbag solution may also be employed. The length of treatment needed toobserve changes and the interval following treatment for responses tooccur appears to vary depending on the desired effect.

Albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides can be are administeredorally, rectally, parenterally, intracisternally, intravaginally,intraperitoneally, topically (as by powders, ointments, gels, drops ortransdermal patch) bucally or as an oral or nasal spray.“Pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” refers to a non-toxic solid,semisolid or liquid filler diluent, encapsulating material orformulation auxiliary of any. The term “parenteral” as used hereinrefers to modes of administration which include intravenous,intramuscular intraperitoneal, intrasternal, subcutaneous andintraarticular injection and infusion.

Albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides of the invention are alsosuitably administered by sustained-release systems. Examples ofsustained-release albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides areadministered orally, rectally parenterally, intracisternallyintravaginally, intraperitoneally, topically (as by powders ointments,gels drops or transdermal patch), bucally, or as an oral or nasal spray.“Pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” refers to a non-toxic solid,semisolid or liquid filler diluent, encapsulating material orformulation auxiliary of any type. The term “parenteral” as used hereinrefers to modes of administration which include intravenous,intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intrasternal subcutaneous andintraarticular injection and infusion. Additional examples ofsustained-release albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides includesuitable polymeric materials (such as, for example, semi-permeablepolymer matrices in the form of shaped articles, e.g., films, ormirocapsules), suitable hydrophobic materials (for example as anemulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, and sparinglysoluble derivatives (such as, for example, a sparingly soluble salt).

Sustained-release matrices include polylactides (U.S. Pat. No.3,773,919, EP 58,481), copolymers of L-glutamic acid andgamma-ethyl-L-glutamate (Sidman et al., Biopolymers 22:547-556 (1983)),poly(2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate) (Langer et al., J. Biomed. Mater. Res.15:167-277 (1981), and Langer, Chem. Tech. 12:98-105 (1982)), ethylenevinyl acetate (Langer et al., Id.) or poly-D-(−)-3-hydroxybutyric acid(EP 133.988).

Sustained-release albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides alsoinclude liposomally entrapped albumin fusion proteins and/orpolynucleotides of the invention (see generally, Langer, Science249:1527-1533 (1990); Treat et al., in Liposomes in the Therapy ofInfectious Disease and Cancer, Lopez-Berestein and Fidler (eds.), Liss,New York, pp. 317-327 and 353-365 (1989)). Liposomes containing thealbumin fusion protein and/or polynucleotide are prepared by methodsknown per se: DE 3,218,121; Epstein et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (USA)82:3688-3692 (1985); Hwang et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (USA)77:4030-4034 (1980); EP 52,322; EP 36,676; EP 88,046; EP 143,949; EP142,641; Japanese Pat. Appl. 83-118008; U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,485,045 and4,544,545; and EP 102,324. Ordinarily, the liposomes are of the small(about 200-800 Angstroms) unilamellar type in which the lipid content isgreater than about 30 mol, percent cholesterol, the selected proportionbeing adjusted for the optimal Therapeutic.

In yet an additional embodiment, the albumin fusion proteins and/orpolynucleotides of the invention are delivered by way of a pump (seeLanger, supra: Sefton, CRC Crit. Ref. Biomed. Eng. 14:201 (1987);Buchwald et al. Surgery 88:507 (1980); Saudek et al. N. Engl. J. Med.321:574 (1989)).

Other controlled release systems are discussed in the review by Langer(Science 249:1527-1533 (1990)).

For parenteral administration, in one embodiment, the albumin fusionprotein and/or polynucleotide is formulated generally by mixing it atthe desired degree of purity, in a unit dosage injectable form(solution, suspension, or emulsion), with a pharmaceutically acceptablecarrier, i.e., one that is non-toxic to recipients at the dosages andconcentrations employed and is compatible with other ingredients of theformulation. For example, the formulation preferably does not includeoxidizing agents and other compounds that are known to be deleterious tothe Therapeutic.

Generally, the formulations are prepared by contacting the albuminfusion protein and/or polynucleotide uniformly and intimately withliquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both. Then, ifnecessary, the product is shaped into the desired formulation.Preferably the carrier is a parenteral carrier, more preferably asolution that is isotonic with the blood of the recipient. Examples ofsuch carrier vehicles include water, saline, Ringer's solution, anddextrose solution. Non-aqueous vehicles such as fixed oils and ethyloleate are also useful herein, as well as liposomes.

The carrier suitably contains minor amounts of additives such assubstances that enhance isotonicity and chemical stability. Suchmaterials are non-toxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrationsemployed, and include buffers such as phosphate, citrate, succinate,acetic acid, and other organic acids or their salts: antioxidants suchas ascorbic acid; low molecular weight (less than about ten residues)polypeptides, e.g., polyarginine or tripeptides; proteins, such as serumalbumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such aspolyvinylpyrrolidone; amino acids, such as glycine glutamic acidaspartic acid, or arginine; monosaccharides, disaccharides and othercarbohydrates including cellulose or its derivatives glucose manose ordextrins; chelating agents such as EDTA; sugar alcohols such as mannitolor sorbitol; counterions such as sodium; and/or nonionic surfactantssuch as polysorbates poloxamers, or PEG.

The albumin fusion protein is typically formulated in such vehicles at aconcentration of about 0.1 mg/ml to 100 mg/ml, preferably 1-10 mg/ml, ata pH of about 3 to 8. It will be understood that the use of certain ofthe foregoing excipients, carriers, or stabilizers will result in theformation of polypeptide salts.

Any pharmaceutical used for therapeutic administration can be sterile.Sterility is readily accomplished by filtration through sterilefiltration membranes (e.g., 0.2 micron membranes). Albumin fusionproteins and/or polynucleotides generally are placed into a containerhaving a sterile access port, for example, an intravenous solution bagor vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle.

Albumin fusion proteins and, or polynucleotides ordinarily will bestored in unit or multi-dose containers, for example, sealed ampoules orvials, as an aqueous solution or as a lyophilized formulation forreconstitution. As an example of a lyophilized formulation, 10-ml vialsare filled with 5 ml of sterile-filtered 1% (w/v) aqueous albumin fusionprotein and, or polynucleotide solution, and the resulting mixture islyophilized. The infusion solution is prepared by reconstituting thelyophilized albumin fusion protein and/or polynucleotide usingbacteriostatic Water-for-Injection.

In a specific and preferred embodiment, the Albumin fusion proteinformulations comprises 0.01 M sodium phosphate, 0.15 mM sodium chloride,0.16 micromole sodium octanoate/milligram of fusion protein, 15micrograms/milliliter polysorbate 80, pH 7.2. In another specific andpreferred embodiment, the Albumin fusion protein formulations consists0.01 M sodium phosphate, 0.15 mM sodium chloride, 0.16 micromole sodiumoctanoate/milligram of fusion protein, 15 micrograms/milliliterpolysorbate 80, pH 7.2. The pH and buffer are chosen to matchphysiological conditions and the salt is added as a tonicifier. Sodiumoctanoate has been chosen due to its reported ability to increase thethermal stability of the protein in solution. Finally, polysorbate hasbeen added as a generic surfactant, which lowers the surface tension ofthe solution and lowers non-specific adsorption of the albumin fusionprotein to the container closure system.

The invention also provides a pharmaceutical pack or kit comprising oneor more containers filled with one or more of the ingredients of thealbumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides of the invention.Associated with such container(s) can be a notice in the form prescribedby a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use or sale ofpharmaceuticals or biological products, which notice reflects approvalby the agency of manufacture, use or sale for human administration. Inaddition, the albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides may beemployed in conjunction with other therapeutic compounds.

The albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides of the invention maybe administered alone or in combination with adjuvants. Adjuvants thatmay be administered with the albumin fusion proteins and/orpolynucleotides of the invention include, but are not limited to, alum,alum plus deoxycholate (ImmunoAg), MTP-PE (Biocine Corp.), QS21(Genentech. Inc.), BCG (e.g., THERACYS®), MPL and nonviable preparationsof Corynebacterium parvum. In a specific embodiment, albumin fusionproteins and/or polynucleotides of the invention are administered incombination with alum. In another specific embodiment, albumin fusionproteins and/or polynucleotides of the invention are administered incombination with QS-21. Further adjuvants that may be administered withthe albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides of the inventioninclude, but are not limited to, Monophosphoryl lipid immunomodulator.AdjuVax 100a, QS-21, QS-18, CRL1005. Aluminum salts, MF-59, andVirosomal adjuvant technology. Vaccines that may be administered withthe albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides of the inventioninclude, but are not limited to, vaccines directed toward protectionagainst MMR (measles, mumps, rubella), polio, varicella,tetanus/diptheria, hepatitis A, hepatitis B, Haenmophilus influenzae B,whooping cough, pneumonia, influenza, Lyme's Disease, rotavirus cholerayellow fever, Japanese encephalitis poliomyelitis rabies, typhoid fever,and pertussis. Combinations may be administered either concomitantly,e.g., as an admixture separately but simultaneously or concurrently; orsequentially. This includes presentations in which the combined agentsare administered together as a therapeutic mixture and also proceduresin which the combined agents are administered separately butsimultaneously, e.g., as through separate intravenous lines into thesame individual. Administration “in combination” further includes theseparate administration of one of the compounds or agents given first,followed by the second.

The albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides of the invention maybe administered alone or in combination with other therapeutic agents.Albumin fusion protein and/or polynucleotide agents that may beadministered in combination with the albumin fusion proteins and/orpolynucleotides of the invention, include but not limited to,chemotherapeutic agents, antibiotics, steroidal and non-steroidalanti-inflammatories, conventional immunotherapeutic agents, and/ortherapeutic treatments described below. Combinations may be administeredeither concomitantly, e.g., as an admixture, separately butsimultaneously or concurrently; or sequentially. This includespresentations in which the combined agents are administered together asa therapeutic mixture, and also procedures in which the combined agentsare administered separately but simultaneously, e.g., as throughseparate intravenous lines into the same individual. Administration “incombination” further includes the separate administration of one of thecompounds or agents given first, followed by the second.

In one embodiment, the albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides ofthe invention are administered in combination with an anticoagulant.Anticoagulants that may be administered with the compositions of theinvention include, but are not limited to heparin low molecular weightheparin warfarin sodium (e.g., COUMADIN®) dicumarol, 4-hydroxycoumarinanisindione (e.g., MIRADON™) acenocoumarol (e.g., nicoumalone,SINTHROME™) indan-1,3-dione phenprocoumon (e.g., MARCUMAR™) ethylbiscoumacetate (e.g., TROMEXAN™), and aspirin. In a specific embodimentcompositions of the invention are administered in combination withheparin and/or warfarin. In another specific embodiment, compositions ofthe invention are administered in combination with warfarin. In anotherspecific embodiment, compositions of the invention are administered incombination with warfarin and aspirin. In another specific embodiment,compositions of the invention are administered in combination withheparin. In another specific embodiment, compositions of the inventionare administered in combination with heparin and aspirin.

In another embodiment, the albumin fusion proteins and orpolynucleotides of the invention are administered in combination withthrombolytic drugs. Thrombolytic drugs that may be administered with thecompositions of the invention include, but are not limited to,plasminogen, lys-plasminogen, alpha2-antiplasmin, streptokinase (e.g.,KABIKINASE™), antiresplace (e.g., EMINASE™), tissue plasminogenactivator (t-PA, altevase, ACTIVASE™), urokinase (e.g., ABBOKINASE™),sauruplase (Prourokinase, single chain urokinase), and aminocaproic acid(e.g., AMICAR™). In a specific embodiment, compositions of the inventionare administered in combination with tissue plasminogen activator andaspirin.

In another embodiment, the albumin fusion proteins and/orpolynucleotides of the invention are administered in combination withantiplatelet drugs. Antiplatelet drugs that may be administered with thecompositions of the invention include, but are not limited to, aspirin,dipyridamole (e.g., PERSANTINE™), and ticlopidine (e.g., TICLID™).

In specific embodiments, the use of anti-coagulants, thrombolytic and/orantiplatelet drugs in combination with albumin fusion proteins and/orpolynucleotides of the invention is contemplated for the prevention,diagnosis, and/or treatment of thrombosis, arterial thrombosis, venousthrombosis, thromboembolism, pulmonary embolism, atherosclerosis,myocardial infarction, transient ischemic attack, unstable angina. Inspecific embodiments, the use of anticoagulants, thrombolytic drugsand/or antiplatelet drugs in combination with albumin fusion proteinsand/or polynucleotides of the invention is contemplated for theprevention of occlusion of saphenous grafts, for reducing the risk ofperiprocedural thrombosis as might accompany angioplasty procedures, forreducing the risk of stroke in patients with atrial fibrillationincluding nonrheumatic atrial fibrillation, for reducing the risk ofembolism associated with mechanical heart valves and or mitral valvesdisease. Other uses for the therapeutics of the invention, alone or incombination with antiplatelet, anticoagulant, and/or thrombolytic drugs,include, but are not limited to, the prevention of occlusions inextracorporeal devices (e.g., intravascular cannulas, vascular accessshunts in hemodialysis patients, hemodialysis machines, andcardiopulmonary bypass machines).

In certain embodiments, albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotidesof the invention are administered in combination with antiretroviralagents, nucleoside/nucleotide reverse transcriptase inhibitors (NRTIs),non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors (NNRTIs), and/orprotease inhibitors (PIs). NRTIs that may be administered in combinationwith the albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides of theinvention, include, but are not limited to, RETROVIR® (zidovudine/AZT),VIDEX® (didanosine/ddI), HIVID® (zalcitabine/ddC), ZERIT®(stavudine/d4T). EPIVIR® (lamivudine/3TC), and COMBIVIR®(zidovudine/lamivudine). NNRTIs that may be administered in combinationwith the albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides of theinvention, include, but are not limited to, VIRAMUNE® (nevirapine),RESCRIPTOR® (delavirdine), and SUSTIVA® (efavirenz). Protease inhibitorsthat may be administered in combination with the albumin fusion proteinsand/or polynucleotides of the invention, include, but are not limitedto, CRIXIVAN® (indinavir), NORVIR® (ritonavir), INVIRASE® (saquinavir),and VIRACEPT® (nelfinavir). In a specific embodiment, antiretroviralagents, nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors, non-nucleosidereverse transcriptase inhibitors, and/or protease inhibitors may be usedin any combination with albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotidesof the invention to treat AIDS and/or to prevent or treat HIV infection.

Additional NRTIs include LODENOSINE® (F-ddA; an acid-stable adenosineNRTI; Triangle/Abbott; COVIRACIL® (emtricitabine/FTC; structurallyrelated to lamivudine (3TC) but with 3- to 10-fold greater activity invitro; Triangle/Abbott); dOTC (BCH-10652, also structurally related tolamivudine but retains activity against a substantial proportion oflamivudine-resistant isolates; Biochem Pharma); Adefovir (refusedapproval for anti-HIV therapy by FDA; Gilead Sciences); PREVEON®(Adefovir Dipivoxil, the active prodrug of adefovir; its active form isPMEA-pp); VIREAD® (tenofovir) (bis-POC PMPA, a PMPA prodrug; Gilead);DAPD/DXG (active metabolite of DAPD; Triangle/Abbott); REVERSET®(D-D4FC) (related to 3TC, with activity against AZT/3TC-resistantvirus); GW420867X (Glaxo Wellcome); ZIAGEN® (abacavir/159U89; GlaxoWellcome Inc.); CS-87 (3′azido-2′,3′-dideoxyuridine; WO 99/66936); andS-acyl-2-thioethyl (SATE)-bearing prodrug forms of β-L-FD4C and β-L-FddC(see, International Publication No. WO 98/17281).

Additional NNRTIs include COACTINON™ (Emivirine MKC-442, potent NNRTI ofthe HEPT class; Triangle/Abbott); CAPRAVIRINE™ (AG-1549/S-1153, a nextgeneration NNRTI with activity against viruses containing the K103Nmutation; Agouron); PNU-142721 (has 20- to 50-fold greater activity thanits predecessor delavirdine and is active against K103N mutants;Pharmacia & Upjohn); DPC-961 and DPC-963 (second generation derivativesof efavirenz, designed to be active against viruses with the K103Nmutation; DuPont); GW-420867X (has 25-fold greater activity than HBY097and is active against K103N mutants; Glaxo Wellcome); CALANOLIDE A(naturally occurring agent from the latex tree; active against virusescontaining either or both the Y181C and K103N mutations); and Propolis(see. International Publication No. WO 99/49830).

Additional protease inhibitors include LOPINAVIR™ (ABT378/r; AbbottLaboratories); BMS-232632 (an azapeptide; Bristol-Myres Squibb);TIPRANAVIR™ (PNU-140690, a non-peptic dihydropyrone; Pharmacia &Upjohn); PD-178390 (a nonpeptidic dihydropyrone; Parke-Davis); BMS232632 (an azapeptide; Bristol-Myers Squibb); L-756,423 (an indinaviranalog; Merck); DMP-450 (a cyclic urea compound; Avid & DuPont); AG-1776(a peptidomimetic with in vitro activity against proteaseinhibitor-resistant viruses; Agouron); VX-175/GW-433908 (phosphateprodrug of amprenavir; Vertex & Glaxo Welcome); CGP61755 (Ciba); andAGENERASE™ (amprenavir; Glaxo Wellcome Inc.).

Additional antiretroviral agents include fusion inhibitors/gp41 binders.Fusion inhibitors/gp41 binders include T-20 (a peptide from residues643-678 of the HIV gp41 transmembrane protein ectodomain which binds togp41 in its resting state and prevents transformation to the fusogenicstate; Trimeris) and T-1249 (a second-generation fusion inhibitor;Trimeris).

Additional antiretroviral agents include fusion inhibitors/chemokinereceptor antagonists. Fusion inhibitors/chemokine receptor antagonistsinclude CXCR4 antagonists such as AMD 3100 (a bicyclam), SDF-1 and itsanalogs, and ALX40-4C (a cationic peptide), T22 (an 18 amino acidpeptide; Trimeris) and the T22 analogs T134 and T140; CCR5 antagonistssuch as RANTES (9-68), AOP-RANTES, NNY-RANTES, and TAK-779; andCCR5/CXCR4 antagonists such as NSC 651016 (a distamycin analog). Alsoincluded are CCR2B, CCR3, and CCR6 antagonists. Chemokine receptoragonists such as RANTES, SDF-1, MIP-1α, MIP-1β, etc., may also inhibitfusion.

Additional antiretroviral agents include integrase inhibitors. Integraseinhibitors include dicaffeoylquinic (DFQA) acids; L-chicoric acid (adicaffeoyltartaric (DCTA) acid); quinalizarin (QLC) and relatedanthraquinones; ZINTEVIR™ (AR 177, an oligonucleotide that probably actsat cell surface rather than being a true integrase inhibitor; Arondex);and naphthols such as those disclosed in WO 98/50347.

Additional antiretroviral agents include hydroxyurea-like compounds suchas BCX-34 (a purine nucleoside phosphorylase inhibitor: Biocryst);ribonucleotide reductase inhibitors such as DIDOX™ (Molecules forHealth); inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase (IMPDH) inhibitors such asVX-497 (Vertex); and mycopholic acids such as CellCept (mycophenolatemofetil; Roche).

Additional antiretroviral agents include inhibitors of viral integrase,inhibitors of viral genome nuclear translocation such as arylenebis(methylketone) compounds; inhibitors of HIV entry such as AOP-RANTES,NNY-RANTES, RANTES-IgG fusion protein, soluble complexes of RANTES andglycosaminoglycans (GAG), and AMD-3100; nucleocapsid zinc fingerinhibitors such as dithiane compounds; targets of HIV Tat and Rev; andpharmacoenhancers such as ABT-378.

Other antiretroviral therapies and adjunct therapies include cytokinesand lymphokines such as MIP-1α, MIP-1β, SDF-1α, IL-2, PROLEUKIN™(aldesleukin/L2-7001; Chiron), IL-4, IL-10, IL-12, and IL-13;interferons such as IFN-α2a; antagonists of TNFs, NFκB, GM-CSF, M-CSF,and IL-10; agents that modulate immune activation such as cyclosporinand prednisone; vaccines such as REMUNE™ (HIV Immunogen), APL 400-003(Apollon), recombinant gp120 and fragments, bivalent (B/E) recombinantenvelope glycoprotein, rgp120CM235, MN rgp120, SF-2 rgp120,gp120/soluble CD4 complex. Delta JR-FL protein, branched syntheticpeptide derived from discontinuous gp120 C3/C4 domain, fusion-competentimmunogens, and Gag, Pol, Nef, and Tat vaccines; gene-based therapiessuch as genetic suppressor elements (GSEs; WO 98/54366), and intrakines(genetically modified CC chemokines targeted to the ER to block surfaceexpression of newly synthesized CCR5 (Yang et al., PNAS 94:11567-72(1997); Chen et al., Nat. Med. 3:1110-16 (1997)); antibodies such as theanti-CXCR4 antibody 12G5, the anti-CCR5 antibodies 2D7, 5C7, PA8, PA9,PA10, PA11, PA12, and PA14, the anti-CD4 antibodies Q4120 and RPA-T4,the anti-CCR3 antibody 7B11, the anti-gp120 antibodies 17b, 48d,447-52D, 257-D, 268-D and 50.1, anti-Tat antibodies, anti-TNF-αantibodies, and monoclonal antibody 33A; aryl hydrocarbon (AH) receptoragonists and antagonists such as TCDD, 3,3′,4,4′,5-pentachlorobiphenyl,3,3′,4,4′-tetrachlorobiphenyl, and α-naphthoflavone (WO 98/30213); andantioxidants such as γ-L-glutamyl-L-cysteine ethyl ester (γ-GCE: WO99/56764).

In a further embodiment, the albumin fusion proteins and orpolynucleotides of the invention are administered in combination with anantiviral agent. Antiviral agents that may be administered with thealbumin fusion proteins and or polynucleotides of the invention include,but are not limited to, acyclovir, ribavirin, amantadine, andremantidine.

In other embodiments, albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides ofthe invention may be administered in combination with anti-opportunisticinfection agents. Anti-opportunistic agents that may be administered incombination with the albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides ofthe invention, include, but are not limited to,TRIMETHOPRIM-SULFAMETHOXAZOLE™ (also known as BACTRIM®, COTRIM®, andSEPTRA®), DAPSONE™ (4,4′-diaminodiphenylsulfone (DDS)), PENTAMIDINE™,ATOVAQUONE™(trans-2-[4-(4-chlorophenyl)cyclohexyl]-3-hydroxy-1,4-naphthalenedione),ISONIAZID™ (isonicotinic acid hydrazide [INH]), RIFAMPIN™(3-[[(4-Methyl-1-piperazinyl)imino]methyl]rifamycin or5,6,9,17,19,21-hexahydroxy-23-methoxy-2,4,12,16,20,22-heptamethyl-8-[N-(4-methyl-1-piperazinyl)formimidoyl]-2,7-(epoxypentadeca[1,11,13]trienimino)naphtho[2,1-b]furan-1,11(2H)-dione21-acetate), PYRAZINAMIDE™ (C₅H₅N₃O), ETHAMBUTOL™((+)2,2′(Ethylenediimino)-di-1-butanol dihydrochloride, also known asMYAMBUTOL®), RIFABUTIN™(1′,4-didehydro-1-deoxy-1,4-dihydro-5′-(2-methylpropyl)-1-oxorifamycinXIV, also known as MYCOBUTIN®), CLARITHROMYCIN™ (6-0-methylerythromycin,also known as BIAXIN®), AZITHROMYCIN™(2R,3S,4R5R,8R,10R,11R,12S,13S,14R)-13-[(2,6-dideoxy-3-C-methyl-3-O-methyl-a-L-ribo-hexopyranosyl)oxy]-2-ethyl-3,4,10-trihydroxy-3,5,6,8,10,12,14-heptamethyl-11-[[3,4,6-trideoxy-3-(dimethylamino)-b-D-xylo-hexopyranosyl]oxy]-1-oxa-6-azacyclopentadecan-15-one,also known as ZITHROMAX®), GANCICLOVIR™(9-[[2-hydroxy-1-(hydroxymethyl)ethoxy]methyl]guanine, also known asCYTOVENE-IV® or CYTOVENE®). FOSCARNET™ (also known as FOSCAVIR®(foscarnet sodium)), CIDOFOVIR™(1-[(S)-3-hydroxy-2-(phosphonomethoxy)propyl]cytosine dihydrate (HPMPC),also known as VISTIDE®), FLUCONAZOLE™(2,4-difluoro-a,a1-bis(1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-ylmethyl)benzyl alcohol, alsoknown as DIFLUCAN®), ITRACONAZOLE™((±)-1-[(R*)-sec-butyl]-4-[p-[4-[p-[[(2R*,4S*)-2-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-2-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-ylmethyl)-1,3-dioxolan-4-yl]methoxy]phenyl]-1-piperazinyl]phenyl]-delta2-1,2,4-triazolin-5-onemixture with(±)-1-[(R*)-sec-butyl]-4-[p-[4-[p-[[(2S*4R*)-2-(2,4,-dichlorophenyl)-2-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-ylmethyl)-1,3-dioxolan-4-yl]methoxy]phenyl]-1-piperazinyl]phenyl]-delta2-1,2,4-triazolin-5-oneor(±)-1-[(RS)-sec-butyl]-4-[p-[4-[p-[[(2R,4S)-2-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-2-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-ylmethyl)-1,3,-dioxolan-4-yl]methoxy]phenyl]-1-piperazinyl]phenyl]-delta2-1,2,4-triazolin-5-onealso known as SPORANOX®), KETOCONAZOLE™(cis-1-acetyl-4-[4-[[2-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-2-(1H-imidazol-1-ylmethyl)-1,3-dioxolan-4-yl]methoxyl]phenyl]piperazine),ACYCLOVIR™(2-amino-1,9-dihydro-9-[(2-hydroxyethoxy)methyl]-6H-purin-6-one, alsoknown as ZOVIRAX®), FAMCICOLVIR™(2-[2-(2-amino-9H-purin-9-yl)ethyl]-1,3-propanediol diacetate, alsoknown as FAMVIR®), PYRIMETHAMINE™(5-(4-chlorophenyl)-6-ethyl-2,4-pyrimidinediamine, also known asDARAPRIM®), LEUCOVORIN™ (L-Glutamic acid,N-[4-[[(2-amino-5-formyl-1,4,5,6,7,8-hexahydro-4-oxo-6-pteridinyl)methyl]amino]benzoyl]-calciumsalt (1:1)), NEUPOGEN™ (filgrastim/G-CSF), and LEUKINE™(sargramostim/GM-CSF). In a specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteinsand/or polynucleotides of the invention are used in any combination withTRIMETHOPRIM-SULFAMETHOXAZOLE™, DAPSONE™, PENTAMIDINE™, and/orATOVAQUONE™ to prophylactically treat or prevent an opportunisticPneumocystis carinii pneumonia infection. In another specificembodiment, albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides of theinvention are used in any combination with ISONIAZID™, RIFAMPIN™.PYRAZINAMIDE™, and/or ETHAMBUTOL™ to prophylactically treat or preventan opportunistic Mycobacterium avium complex infection. In anotherspecific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides ofthe invention are used in any combination with RIFABUTIN™,CLARITHROMYCIN™, and/or AZITHROMYCIN™ to prophylactically treat orprevent an opportunistic Mycobacterium tuberculosis infection. Inanother specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins and/orpolynucleotides of the invention are used in any combination withGANCICLOVIR™, FOSCARNET™, and/or CIDOFOVIR™ to prophylactically treat orprevent an opportunistic cytomegalovirus infection. In another specificembodiment, albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides of theinvention are used in any combination with FLUCONAZOLE™, ITRACONAZOLE™,and/or KETOCONAZOLE™ to prophylactically treat or prevent anopportunistic fungal infection. In another specific embodiment, albuminfusion proteins and/or polynucleotides of the invention are used in anycombination with ACYCLOVIR™ and/or FAMCICOLVIR™ to prophylacticallytreat or prevent an opportunistic herpes simplex virus type I and/ortype II infection. In another specific embodiment, albumin fusionproteins and/or polynucleotides of the invention are used in anycombination with PYRIMETHAMINE™ and/or LEUCOVORIN™ to prophylacticallytreat or prevent an opportunistic Toxoplasma gondii infection. Inanother specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins and/orpolynucleotides of the invention are used in any combination withLEUCOVORIN™ and/or NEUPOGEN™ to prophylactically treat or prevent anopportunistic bacterial infection.

In a further embodiment, the albumin fusion proteins and/orpolynucleotides of the invention are administered in combination with anantibiotic agent. Antibiotic agents that may be administered with thealbumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides of the invention include,but are not limited to amoxicillin beta-lactamases aminoglycosidesbeta-lactam (glycopeptide) beta-lactamases, Clindamycin chloramphenicolcephalosporins ciprofloxacin erythromycin, fluoroquinolones macrolidesmetronidazole penicillins quinolones, rapamycin, rifampin streptomycinsulfonamide tetracyclines trimethoprim trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole,and vancomycin.

In other embodiments, the albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotidesof the invention are administered in combination with immunestimulants.Immunostimulants that may be administered in combination with thealbumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides of the invention include,but are not limited to levamisole (e.g., ERGAMISOL™), isoprinosine (e.g.INOSIPLEX™), interferons (e.g. interferon alpha), and interleukins(e.g., IL-2).

In other embodiments, albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides ofthe invention are administered in combination with immunosuppressiveagents. Immunosuppressive agents that may be administered in combinationwith the albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides of the inventioninclude, but are not limited to, steroids, cyclosporine, cyclosporineanalogs, cyclophosphamide methylprednisone prednisone, azathioprine,FK-506, 15-deoxyspergualin, and other immunosuppressive agents that actby suppressing the function of responding T cells. Otherimmunosuppressive agents that may be administered in combination withthe albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides of the inventioninclude, but are not limited to prednisolone methotrexate thalidomide,methoxsalen rapamycin, leflunomide mizoribine (BREDININ™) brequinar,deoxyspergualin, and azaspirane (SKF 105685). ORTHOCLONE OKT® 3(muromonab-CD3), SANDIMMUNE™, NEORAL™, SANGDYA™ (cyclosporine). PROGRAF®(FK506, tacrolimus). CELLCEPT® (mycophenolate motefil of which theactive metabolite is mycophenolic acid), IMURAN™ (azathioprine)glucocorticosteroids adrenocortical steroids such as DELTASONE™(prednisone) and HYDELTRASOL™ (prednisolone), FOLEX™ and MEXATE™(methotrxate), OXSORALEN-ULTRA™ (methosalen) and RAPAMUNE™ (sirolimus).In a specific embodiment immunosuppressants may be used to preventrejection of organ or bone marrow transplantation.

In an additional embodiment albumin fusion proteins and/orpolynucleotides of the invention are administered alone or incombination with one or more intravenous immune globulin preparations.Intravenous immune globulin preparations that may be administered withthe albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides of the inventioninclude, but not limited to, GAMMAR™, IVEEGAM™, SANDOGLOBULIN™,GAMMAGARD S™, ATGAM™ (antithymocyte glubulin), and GAMIMUNE™. In aspecific embodiment albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides ofthe invention are administered in combination with intravenous immuneglobulin preparations in transplantation therapy (e.g. bone marrowtransplant).

In certain embodiments, the albumin fusion proteins and/orpolynucleotides of the invention are administered alone or incombination with an anti-inflammatory agent. Antiinflammatory agentsthat may be administered with the albumin fusion proteins and/orpolynucleotides of the invention include, but are not limited tocorticosteroids (e.g. betamethasone, budesonide, cortisone,dexamethasone, hydrocortisone, methylprednisolone prednisolone,prednisone, and triamcinolone), nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs(e.g. diclofenac, diflunisal etodolac, fenoprofen, floctafenine,flurbiprofen ibuprofen, indomethacin, ketoprofen, meclofenamate,mefenamic acid, meloxicam, nabumetone, naproxen, oxaprozin,phenylbutazone, piroxicam, sulindac, tenoxicam, tiaprofenic acid, andtolmetin.), as well as antihistamines, aminoarylcarboxylic acidderivatives, arylacetic acid derivatives, arylbutyric acid derivatives,arylcarboxylic acids, arylpropionic acid derivatives, pyrazoles,pyrazolones, salicylic acid derivatives, thiazinecarboxamides,e-acetamidocaproic acid, S-adenosylmethionine, 3-amino-4-hydroxybutyricacid, amixetrine, bendazac, benzydamine, bucolome, difenpiramide,ditazol, emorfazone, guaiazulene, nabumetone, nimesulide, orgotein,oxaceprol, paranyline, perisoxal, pifoxime, proquazone, proxazole, andtenidap.

In an additional embodiment, the compositions of the invention areadministered alone or in combination with an anti-angiogenic agent.Anti-angiogenic agents that may be administered with the compositions ofthe invention include, but are not limited to, Angiostatin (Entremed,Rockville, Md.). Troponin-1 (Boston Life Sciences. Boston, Mass.),anti-Invasive Factor, retinoic acid and derivatives thereof, paclitaxel(Taxol). Suramin. Tissue Inhibitor of Metalloproteinase-1, TissueInhibitor of Metalloproteinase-2, VEGI, Plasminogen ActivatorInhibitor-1, Plasminogen Activator Inhibitor-2, and various forms of thelighter “d group” transition metals.

Lighter “d group” transition metals include, for example, vanadium,molybdenum, tungsten, titanium, niobium, and tantalum species. Suchtransition metal species may form transition metal complexes. Suitablecomplexes of the above-mentioned transition metal species include oxotransition metal complexes.

Representative examples of vanadium complexes include oxo vanadiumcomplexes such as vanadate and vanadyl complexes. Suitable vanadatecomplexes include metavanadate and orthovanadate complexes such as, forexample, ammonium metavanadate, sodium metavanadate, and sodiumorthovanadate. Suitable vanadyl complexes include, for example, vanadylacetylacetonate and vanadyl sulfate including vanadyl sulfate hydratessuch as vanadyl sulfate mono- and trihydrates.

Representative examples of tungsten and molybdenum complexes alsoinclude oxo complexes. Suitable oxo tungsten complexes include tungstateand tungsten oxide complexes. Suitable tungstate complexes includeammonium tungstate, calcium tungstate, sodium tungstate dihydrate, andtungstic acid. Suitable tungsten oxides include tungsten (IV) oxide andtungsten (VI) oxide. Suitable oxo molybdenum complexes includemolybdate, molybdenum oxide, and molybdenyl complexes. Suitablemolybdate complexes include ammonium molybdate and its hydrates, sodiummolybdate and its hydrates, and potassium molybdate and its hydrates.Suitable molybdenum oxides include molybdenum (VI) oxide, molybdenum(VI) oxide, and molybdic acid. Suitable molybdenyl complexes include,for example, molybdenyl acetylacetonate. Other suitable tungsten andmolybdenum complexes include hydroxo derivatives derived from, forexample, glycerol, tartaric acid, and sugars.

A wide variety of other anti-angiogenic factors may also be utilizedwithin the context of the present invention. Representative examplesinclude, but are not limited to, platelet factor 4; protamine sulphate;sulphated chitin derivatives (prepared from queen crab shells), (Murataet al., Cancer Res. 51:22-26, (1991)); Sulphated PolysaccharidePeptidoglycan Complex (SP-PG) (the function of this compound may beenhanced by the presence of steroids such as estrogen, and tamoxifencitrate); Staurosporine; modulators of matrix metabolism, including forexample, proline analogs, cishydroxyproline, d,L-3,4-dehydroproline,Thiaproline, alpha,alpha-dipyridyl, aminopropionitrile fumarate;4-propyl-5-(4-pyridinyl)-2(3H)-oxazolone; Methotrexate; Mitoxantrone;Heparin; Interferons; 2 Macroglobulin-serum; ChIMP-3 (Pavloff et al. J.Bio. Chem. 267:17321-17326, (1992)); Chymostatin (Tomkinson et al.,Biochem J. 286:475-480, (1992)); Cyclodextrin Tetradecasulfate;Eponemycin; Camptothecin; Fumagillin (Ingber et al. Nature 348:555-557,(1990)); Gold Sodium Thiomalate (“GST”; Matsubara and Ziff. J. Clin.Invest. 79:1440-1446, (1987)); anticollagenase-serum; alpha2-antiplasmin(Holmes et al. J. Biol. Chem. 262(4); 1659-1664, (1987)); Bisantrene(National Cancer Institute); Lobenzarit disodium(N-(2)-carboxyphenyl-4-chloroanthronilic acid disodium or “CCA”;(Takeuchi et al. Agents Actions 36:312-316, (1992)); andmetalloproteinase inhibitors such as BB94.

Additional anti-angiogenic factors that may also be utilized within thecontext of the present invention include Thalidomide, (Celgene, Warren,N.J.); Angiostatic steroid; AGM-1470 (H. Brem and J. Folkman J Pediatr.Surg. 28:445-51 (1993)); an integrin alpha v beta 3 antagonist (C.Storgard et al. J Clin. Invest. 103:47-54 (1999));carboxynaminolmidazole; Carboxyamidotriazole (CAI) (National CancerInstitute. Bethesda. MD); Conbretastatin A4 (CA4P) (OXiGENE, Boston,Mass.); Squalamine (Magainin Pharmaceuticals, Plymouth Meeting, Pa.);TNP-470, (Tap Pharmaceuticals, Deerfield, Ill.); ZD-0101 AstraZeneca(London, UK); APRA (CT2584); Benefin, Byrostatin-1 (SC339555); CGP-41251(PKC 412); CM101; Dexrazoxane (ICRF187); DMXAA; Endostatin;Flavopridiol; Genestein; GTE; ImmTher; Iressa (ZD1839); Octreotide(Somatostatin); Panretin; Penacillamine; Photopoint; PI-88; Prinomastat(AG-3340) Purlytin; Suradista (FCE26644); Tamoxifen (Nolvadex);Tazarotene; Tetrathiomolybdate; Xeloda (Capecitabine); and5-Fluorouracil.

Anti-angiogenic agents that may be administered in combination with thecompounds of the invention may work through a variety of mechanismsincluding, but not limited to, inhibiting proteolysis of theextracellular matrix, blocking the function of endothelialcell-extracellular matrix adhesion molecules, by antagonizing thefunction of angiogenesis inducers such as growth factors, and inhibitingintegrin receptors expressed on proliferating endothelial cells.Examples of anti-angiogenic inhibitors that interfere with extracellularmatrix proteolysis and which may be administered in combination with thecompositions of the invention include, but are not limited to, AG-3340(Agouron. La Jolla, Calif.). BAY-12-9566 (Bayer, West Haven, Conn.),BMS-275291 (Bristol Myers Squibb, Princeton, N.J.), CGS-27032A(Novartis, East Hanover, N.J.), Marimastat (British Biotech, Oxford,UK), and Metastat (Aeterna, St-Foy, Quebec). Examples of anti-angiogenicinhibitors that act by blocking the function of endothelialcell-extracellular matrix adhesion molecules and which may beadministered in combination with the compositions of the inventioninclude, but are not limited to, EMD-121974 (Merck KcgaA Darmstadt,Germany) and Vitaxin (Ixsys, La Jolla, CA/Medimmune, Gaithersburg, Md.).Examples of anti-angiogenic agents that act by directly antagonizing orinhibiting angiogenesis inducers and which may be administered incombination with the compositions of the invention include, but are notlimited to, Angiozyme (Ribozyme, Boulder, Colo.). Anti-VEGF antibody(Genentech, S. San Francisco, Calif.). PTK-787/ZK-225846 (Novartis,Basel, Switzerland). SU-101 (Sugen, S. San Francisco, CA), SU-5416(Sugen/Pharmacia Upjohn, Bridgewater, N.J.), and SU-6668 (Sugen). Otheranti-angiogenic agents act to indirectly inhibit angiogenesis. Examplesof indirect inhibitors of angiogenesis which may be administered incombination with the compositions of the invention include, but are notlimited to, IM-862 (Cytran, Kirkland, Wash.). Interferon-alpha. IL-12(Roche, Nutley, N.J.), and Pentosan polysulfate (Georgetown University,Washington, D.C.).

In particular embodiments, the use of compositions of the invention incombination with anti-angiogenic agents is contemplated for thetreatment, prevention, and/or amelioration of an autoimmune disease,such as for example, an autoimmune disease described herein.

In a particular embodiment, the use of compositions of the invention incombination with anti-angiogenic agents is contemplated for thetreatment, prevention, and/or amelioration of arthritis. In a moreparticular embodiment, the use of compositions of the invention incombination with anti-angiogenic agents is contemplated for thetreatment, prevention, and or amelioration of rheumatoid arthritis.

In another embodiment, the polynucleotides encoding a polypeptide of thepresent invention are administered in combination with an angiogenicprotein, or polynucleotides encoding an angiogenic protein. Examples ofangiogenic proteins that ma) be administered with the compositions ofthe invention include, but are not limited to acidic and basicfibroblast growth factors. VEGF-1, VEGF-2, VEGF-3, epidermal growthfactor alpha and beta, platelet-derived endothelial cell growth factor,platelet-derived growth factor, tumor necrosis factor alpha, hepatocytegrowth factor, insulin-like growth factor, colony stimulating factor,macrophage colony stimulating factor, granulocyte/macrophage colonystimulating factor, and nitric oxide synthase.

In additional embodiments, compositions of the invention areadministered in combination with a chemotherapeutic agent.Chemotherapeutic agents that may be administered with the albumin fusionproteins and/or polynucleotides of the invention include, but are notlimited to alkylating agents such as nitrogen mustards (for example,Mechlorethamine, cyclophosphamide, Cyclophosphamide Ifosfamide,Melphalan (L-sarcolysin), and Chlorambucil), ethylenimines andmethylmelamines (for example, Hexamethylmelamine and Thiotepa), alkylsulfonates (for example, Busulfan), nitrosoureas (for example,Carmustine (BCNU), Lomustine (CCNU), Semustine (methyl-CCNU), andStreptozocin (streptozotocin)), triazenes (for example, Dacarbazine(DTIC; dimethyltriazenoimidazolecarboxamide)), folic acid analogs (forexample, Methotrexate (amethopterin)), pyrimidine analogs (for example,Fluorouacil (5-fluorouracil; 5-FU). Floxuridine (fluorodeoxyuridine;FudR), and Cytarabine (cytosine arabinoside)), purine analogs andrelated inhibitors (for example, Mercaptopurine (6-mercaptopurine;6-NIP). Thioguanine (6-thioguanine; TG), and Pentostatin(2′-deoxycoformycin)), vinca alkaloids (for example, Vinblastine (VLB,vinblastine sulfate)) and Vincristine (vincristine sulfate)),epipodophyllotoxins (for example. Etoposide and Teniposide), antibiotics(for example. Dactinomycin (actinomycin D). Daunorubicin (daunomycin;rubidomycin). Doxorubicin. Bleomycin. Plicamycin (mithramycin), andMitomycin (mitomycin C), enzymes (for example, L-Asparaginase),biological response modifiers (for example. Interferon-alpha andinterferon-alpha-2b), platinum coordination compounds (for example,Cisplatin (cis-DDP) and Carboplatin), anthracenedione (Mitoxantrone),substituted ureas (for example, Hydroxyurea), methylhydrazinederivatives (for example, Procarbazine (N-methylhydrazine; MIH),adrenocorticosteroids (for example, Prednisone), progestins (forexample. Hydroxyprogesterone caproate. Medroxyprogesterone.Medroxyprogesterone acetate, and Megestrol acetate), estrogens (forexample, Diethylstilbestrol (DES). Diethylstilbestrol diphosphate,Estradiol and Ethinyl estradiol), antiestrogens (for example,Tamoxifen), androgens (Testosterone proprionate, and Fluoxymesterone),antiandrogens (for example, Flutamide), gonadotropin-releasing hormoneanalogs (for example, Leuprolide), other hormones and hormone analogs(for example, methyltestosterone, estramustine, estramustine phosphatesodium, chlorotrianisene, and testolactone), and others (for example,dicarbazine, glutamic acid, and mitotane).

In one embodiment, the compositions of the invention are administered incombination with one or more of the following drugs: infliximab (alsoknown as REMICADE™ Centocor, Inc.), TROCADE™ (Roche, RO-32-3555),Leflunomide (also known as ARAVA™ from Hoechst Marion Roussel), KINERET™(an IL-1 Receptor antagonist also known as Anakinra from Amgen, Inc.)

In a specific embodiment, compositions of the invention are administeredin combination with CHOP (cyclophosphamide, doxorubicin, vincristine,and prednisone) or combination of one or more of the components of CHOP.In one embodiment, the compositions of the invention are administered incombination with anti-CD20 antibodies, human monoclonal anti-CD20antibodies. In another embodiment, the compositions of the invention areadministered in combination with anti-CD20 antibodies and CHOP, oranti-CD20 antibodies and any combination of one or more of thecomponents of CHOP, particularly cyclophosphamide and/or prednisone. Ina specific embodiment, compositions of the invention are administered incombination with Rituximab. In a further embodiment, compositions of theinvention are administered with Rituximab and CHOP, or Rituximab and anycombination of one or more of the components of CHOP, particularlycyclophosphamide and/or prednisone. In a specific embodiment,compositions of the invention are administered in combination withtositumomab. In a further embodiment, compositions of the invention areadministered with tositumomab and CHOP, or tositumomab and anycombination of one or more of the components of CHOP, particularlycyclophosphamide and/or prednisone. The anti-CD20 antibodies mayoptionally be associated with radioisotopes, toxins or cytotoxicprodrugs.

In another specific embodiment, the compositions of the invention areadministered in combination ZEVALIN™ (Ibritumomab Tiuxetan). In afurther embodiment, compositions of the invention are administered withZEVALIN™ and CHOP, or ZEVALIN™ and any combination of one or more of thecomponents of CHOP, particularly cyclophosphamide and/or prednisone.ZEVALIN™ may be associated with one or more radioisotopes. Particularlypreferred isotopes are ⁹⁰Y and ¹¹¹In.

In an additional embodiment, the albumin fusion proteins and/orpolynucleotides of the invention are administered in combination withcytokines. Cytokines that may be administered with the albumin fusionproteins and or polynucleotides of the invention include, but are notlimited to, IL2, IL3, IL4, IL5, IL6, IL7, IL10, IL12, IL13, IL15,anti-CD40, CD40L. IFN-gamma and TNF-alpha. In another embodiment,albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides of the invention may beadministered with any interleukin, including, but not limited to,IL-1alpha, IL-1beta, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-9,IL-10, IL-1, IL-12, IL-13, IL-14, IL-15, IL-16, IL-17, IL-18, IL-19,IL-20, and IL-21.

In one embodiment, the albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides ofthe invention are administered in combination with members of the TNFfamily, TNF. TNF-related or TNF-like molecules that may be administeredwith the albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides of the inventioninclude, but are not limited to soluble forms of TNF-alpha,lymphotoxin-alpha (LT-alpha, also known as TNF-beta). LT-beta (found incomplex heterotrimer LT-alpha2-beta), OPGL, FasL, CD27L, CD30L, CD40L,4-1BBL, DcR3, OX40L, TNF-gamma (International Publication No. WO96/14328). AIM-1 (International Publication No. WO 97/33899),endokine-alpha (International Publication No. WO 98/07880), OPG, andneutrokine-alpha (International Publication No. WO 98/18921, OX40, andnerve growth factor (NGF), and soluble forms of Fas, CD30, CD27, CD40and 4-IBB, TR2 (International Publication No. WO 96/34095), DR3(International Publication No. WO 97/33904), DR4 (InternationalPublication No. WO 98/32856), TR5 (International Publication No. WO98/30693), TRANK, TR9 (International Publication No. WO 98/56892), TR10(International Publication No. WO 98/54202), 312C2 (InternationalPublication No. WO 98/06842), and TR12, and soluble forms CD154, CD70,and CD153.

In an additional embodiment, the albumin fusion proteins and/orpolynucleotides of the invention are administered in combination withangiogenic proteins. Angiogenic proteins that may be administered withthe albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides of the inventioninclude, but are not limited to, Glioma Derived Growth Factor (GDGF), asdisclosed in European Patent Number EP-399816; Platelet Derived GrowthFactor-A (PDGF-A), as disclosed in European Patent Number EP-682110;Platelet Derived Growth Factor-B (PDGF-B), as disclosed in EuropeanPatent Number EP-282317; Placental Growth Factor (PlGF), as disclosed inInternational Publication Number WO 92/06194; Placental Growth Factor-2(PlGF-2), as disclosed in Hauser et al. Growth Factors, 4:259-268(1993); Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor (VEGF), as disclosed inInternational Publication Number WO 90/13649; Vascular EndothelialGrowth Factor-A (VEGF-A), as disclosed in European Patent NumberEP-506477; Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor-2 (VEGF-2), as disclosedin International Publication Number WO 96/39515; Vascular EndothelialGrowth Factor B (VEGF-3); Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor B-186(VEGF-B186), as disclosed in International Publication Number WO96/26736. Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor-D (VEGF-D), as disclosed inInternational Publication Number WO 98/02543; Vascular EndothelialGrowth Factor-D (VEGF-D), as disclosed in International PublicationNumber WO 98/07832; and Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor-E (VEGF-E),as disclosed in German Patent Number DE19639601. The above mentionedreferences are herein incorporated by reference in their entireties.

In an additional embodiment, the albumin fusion proteins and/orpolynucleotides of the invention are administered in combination withFibroblast Growth Factors. Fibroblast Growth Factors that may beadministered with the albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides ofthe invention include, but are not limited to, FGF-1, FGF-2, FGF-3,FGF-4, FGF-5, FGF-6, FGF-7, FGF-8, FGF-9, FGF-10, FGF-11, FGF-12,FGF-13, FGF-14, and FGF-15.

In an additional embodiment, the albumin fusion proteins and/orpolynucleotides of the invention are administered in combination withhematopoietic growth factors. Hematopoietic growth factors that may beadministered with the albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides ofthe invention include, but are not limited to, granulocyte macrophagecolony stimulating factor (GM-CSF) (sargramostim. LEUKINE™, PROKINE™),granulocyte colony stimulating factor (G-CSF) (filgrastim, NEUPOGEN™),macrophage colony stimulating factor (M-CSF, CSF-1) erythropoietin(epoetin alfa, EPOGEN™, PROCRIT™), stem cell factor (SCF, c-kit ligand,steel factor), megakaryocyte colony stimulating factor, PIXY321 (aGMCSF/IL-3 fusion protein), interleukins, especially any one or more ofIL-1 through IL-12, interferon-gamma, or thrombopoietin.

In certain embodiments, albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotidesof the present invention are administered in combination with adrenergicblockers, such as, for example, acebutolol, atenolol, betaxolol,bisoprolol, carteolol, labetalol, metoprolol, nadolol, oxprenolol,penbutolol, pindolol, propranolol, sotalol, and timolol.

In another embodiment, the albumin fusion proteins and/orpolynucleotides of the invention are administered in combination with anantiarrhythmic drug (e.g., adenosine, amidoarone, bretylium, digitalis,digoxin, digitoxin, diliazem, disopyramide, esmolol, flecamide,lidocaine, mexiletine, moricizine, phenyloin, procainamide. N-acetylprocainamide, propafenone, propranolol, quinidine, sotalol, tocamide,and verapamil).

In another embodiment, the albumin fusion proteins and/orpolynucleotides of the invention are administered in combination withdiuretic agents, such as carbonic anhydrase-inhibiting agents (e.g.,acetazolamide, dichlorphenamide, and methazolamide), osmotic diuretics(e.g., glycerin, isosorbide, mannitol, and urea), diuretics that inhibitNa⁺—K⁺-2Cl⁻ symport (e.g., furosemide, bumetanide, azosemide,piretanide, tripamide, ethacrynic acid, muzolimine, and torsemide),thiazide and thiazide-like diuretics (e.g., bendroflumethiazide,benzthiazide, chlorothiazide, hydrochlorothiazide, hydroflumethiazide,methyclothiazide, polythiazide, trichormethiazide, chlorthalidone,indapamide, metolazone, and quinethazone), potassium sparing diuretics(e.g., amiloride and triamterene), and mineralcorticoid receptorantagonists (e.g., spironolactone, canrenone, and potassium canrenoate).

In one embodiment, the albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides ofthe invention are administered in combination with treatments forendocrine and/or hormone imbalance disorders. Treatments for endocrineand/or hormone imbalance disorders include, but are not limited to,¹²⁷I, radioactive isotopes of iodine such as ¹³¹I and ¹²³I; recombinantgrowth hormone, such as HUMATROPE™ (recombinant somatropin); growthhormone analogs such as PROTROPIN™ (somatrem); dopamine agonists such asPARLODEL™ (bromocriptine); somatostatin analogs such as SANDOSTATIN™(octreotide); gonadotropin preparations such as PREGNYL™, A.P.L.™ andPROFASI™ (chorionic gonadotropin (CG)), PERGONAL™ (menotropins), andMETRODIN™ (urofollitropin (uFSH)); synthetic human gonadotropinreleasing hormone preparations such as FACTREL™ and LUTREPULSE™(gonadorelin hydrochloride); synthetic gonadotropin agonists such asLUPRON™ (leuprolide acetate), SUPPRELIN™ (histrelin acetate). SYNAREL™(nafarelin acetate), and ZOLADEX™ (goserelin acetate); syntheticpreparations of thyrotropin-releasing-hormone such as RELEFACT TRH™ andTHYPINONE™ (protirelin); recombinant human TSH such as THYROGEN™;synthetic preparations of the sodium salts of the natural isomers ofthyroid hormones such as L-T₄™, SYNTHROID™ and LEVOTHROID™(levothyroxine sodium), L-T₃™, CYTOMEL™ and TRIOSTAT™ (liothyroinesodium), and THYROLAR™ (liotrix); antithyroid compounds such as6-n-propylthiouracil (propylthiouracil), 1-methyl-2-mercaptoimidazoleand TAPAZOLE™ (methimazole). NEO-MERCAZOLE™ (carbimazole);beta-adrenergic receptor antagonists such as propranolol and esmolol;Ca²⁺ channel blockers; dexamethasone and iodinated radiological contrastagents such as TELEPAQUE™ (iopanoic acid) and ORAGRAFIN™ (sodiumipodate).

Additional treatments for endocrine and/or hormone imbalance disordersinclude, but are not limited to estrogens or congugated estrogens suchas ESTRACE™ (estradiol). ESTINYL™ (ethinyl estradiol), PREMARIN™,ESTRATAB™, ORTHO-EST™, OGEN™ and estropipate (estrone), ESTROVIS™(quinestrol), ESTRADERM™ (estradiol), DELESTROGEN™ and VALERGEN™(estradiol valerate), DEPO-ESTRADIOL CYPIONATE™ and ESTROJECT LA™(estradiol cypionate); antiestrogens such as NOLVADEX™ (tamoxifen),SEROPHENE™ and CLOMID™ (clomiphene); progestins such as DURALUTIN™(hydroxyprogesterone caproate). MPA™ and DEPO-PROVERA™(medroxyprogesterone acetate). PROVERA™ and CYCRIN™ (MPA), MEGACE™(megestrol acetate), NORLUTIN™ (norethindrone), and NORLUTATE™ andAYGESTIN™ (norethindrone acetate); progesterone implants such asNORPLANT SYSTEM™ (subdermal implants of norgestrel); antiprogestins suchas RU 486™ (mifepristone); hormonal contraceptives such as ENOVID™(norethynodrel plus mestranol). PROGESTASERT™ (intrauterine device thatreleases progesterone), LOESTRIN™, BREVICON™, MODICON™, GENORA™,NELONA™, NORINYL™, OVACON-35™ and OVACON-50™ (ethinylestradiol/norethindrone), LEVLEN™, NORDETTE™, TRI-LEVLEN™ andTRIPHASIL-21™ (ethinyl estradiol/levonorgestrel) LO/OVRAL™ and OVRAL™(ethinyl estradiol/norgestrel), DEMULEN™ (ethinyl estradiol/ethynodioldiacetate), NORINYL™, ORTHO-NOVUM™, NORETHIN™, GENORA™, and NELOVA™(norethindrone/mestranol), DESOGEN™ and ORTHO-CEPT™ (ethinylestradiol/desogestrel), ORTHO-CYCLEN™ and ORTHO-TRICYCLEN™ (ethinylestradiol/norgestimate). MICRONOR™ and NOR-QD™ (norethindrone), andOVRETTE™ (norgestrel).

Additional treatments for endocrine and/or hormone imbalance disordersinclude, but are not limited to testosterone esters such as methenoloneacetate and testosterone undecanoate; parenteral and oral androgens suchas TESTOJECT-50™ (testosterone). TESTEX™ (testosterone propionate),DELATESTRYL™ (testosterone enanthate), DEPO-TESTOSTERONE™ (testosteronecypionate), DANOCRINE™ (danazol), HALOTESTIN™ (fluoxymesterone), ORETONMETHYL™, TESTRED™ and VIRILON™ (methyltestosterone), and OXANDRIN™(oxandrolone); testosterone transdermal systems such as TESTODERM™androgen receptor antagonist and 5-alpha-reductase inhibitors such asANDROCUR™ (cyproterone acetate), EULEXIN™ (flutamide), and PROSCAR™(finasteride), adrenocorticotropic hormone preparations such asCORTROSYN™ (cosyntropin); adrenocortical steroids and their syntheticanalogs such as ACLOVATE™ (alclometasone dipropionate), CYCLOCORT™(amcinonide), BECLOVENT™ and VANCERIL™ (beclomethasone dipropionate),CELESTONE™ (betamethasone), BENISONE™ and UTICORT™ (betamethasonebenzoate), DIPROSONE™ (betamethasone dipropionate), CELESTONE PHOSPHATE™(betamethasone sodium phosphate), CELESTONE SOLUSPAN™ (betamethasonesodium phosphate and acetate). BETA-VAL™ and VALISONE™ (betamethasonevalerate), TEMOVATE™ (clobetasol propionate), CLODERM™ (clocortolonepivalate), CORTEF™ and HYDROCORTONE™ (cortisol (hydrocortisone)),HYDROCORTONE ACETATE™ (cortisol (hydrocortisone) acetate), LOCOID™(cortisol (hydrocortisone) butyrate), HYDROCORTONE PHOSPHATE™ (cortisol(hydrocortisone) sodium phosphate), A-HYDROCORT™ and SOLU CORTEF™(cortisol (hydrocortisone) sodium succinate), WESTCORT™ (cortisol(hydrocortisone) valerate), CORTISONE ACETATE™ (cortisone acetate),DESOWEN™ and TRIDESILON™ (desonide), TOPICORT™ (desoximetasone),DECADRON™ (dexamethasone), DECADRON LA™ (dexamethasone acetate),DECADRON PHOSPHATE™ and HEXADROL PHOSPHATE™ (dexamethasone sodiumphosphate), FLORONE™ and MAXIFLOR™ (diflorasone diacetate), FLORINEFACETATE™ (fludrocortisone acetate), AEROBID™ and NASALIDE™(flunisolide), FLUONID™ and SYNALAR™ (fluocinolone acetonide), LIDEX™(fluocinonide), FLUOR-OP™ and FML™ (fluorometholone), CORDRAN™(flurandrenolide), HALOG™ (halcinonide), HMS LIZUIFILM™ (medrysone),MEDROL™ (methylprednisolone), DEPO-MEDROL™ and MEDROL ACETATE™(methylprednisone acetate). A-METHAPRED™ and SOLUMEDROL™(methylprednisolone sodium succinate), ELOCON™ (mometasone furoate),HALDRONE™ (paramethasone acetate), DELTA-CORTEF™ (prednisolone),ECONOPRED™ (prednisolone acetate), HYDELTRASOL™ (prednisolone sodiumphosphate), HYDELTRA-T.B.A™ (prednisolone tebutate), DELTASONE™(prednisone), ARISTOCORT™ and KENACORT™ (triamcinolone). KENALOG™(triamcinolone acetonide), ARISTOCORT™ and KENACORT DIACETATE™(triamcinolone diacetate), and ARISTOSPAN™ (triamcinolone hexacetonide);inhibitors of biosynthesis and action of adrenocortical steroids such asCYTADREN™ (aminoglutethimide). NIZORAL™ (ketoconazole), MODRASTANE™(trilostane), and METOPIRONE™ (metyrapone); bovine, porcine or humaninsulin or mixtures thereof: insulin analogs; recombinant human insulinsuch as HUMULIN™ and NOVOLIN™; oral hypoglycemic agents such asORANMIDE™ and ORINASE™ (tolbutamide), DIABINESE™ (chlorpropamide),TOLAMIDE™ and TOLINASE™ (tolazamide), DYMELOR™ (acetohexamide),glibenclamide, MICRONASE™, DIBETA™ and GLYNASE™ (glyburide), GLUCOTROL™(glipizide), and DIAMICRON™ (gliclazide), GLUCOPHAGE™ (metformin),ciglitazone, pioglitazone, and alpha-glucosidase inhibitors; bovine orporcine glucagon; somatostatins such as SANDOSTATIN™ (octreotide); anddiazoxides such as PROGLYCEM™ (diazoxide).

In one embodiment, the albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides ofthe invention are administered in combination with treatments foruterine motility disorders. Treatments for uterine motility disordersinclude, but are not limited to, estrogen drugs such as conjugatedestrogens (e.g., PREMARIN® and ESTRATAB®), estradiols (e.g. CLIMARA® andALORA®), estropipate, and chlorotrianisene; progestin drugs (e.g., AMEN®(medroxyprogesterone), MICRONOR® (norethidrone acetate), PROMIETRIUM®progesterone, and megestrol acetate); and estrogen progesteronecombination therapies such as, for example, conjugated estrogens/medroxyprogesterone (e.g., PREMPRO™ and PREMPHASE®) and norethindrone acetate,ethinyl estsradiol (e.g., FEMHRT™).

In an additional embodiment, the albumin fusion proteins and/orpolynucleotides of the invention are administered in combination withdrugs effective in treating iron deficiency and hypochromic anemias,including but not limited to ferrous sulfate (iron sulfate, FEOSOL™),ferrous fumarate (e.g., FEOSTAT™), ferrous gluconate (e.g., FERGON™),polysaccharide-iron complex (e.g., NIFEREX™), iron dextran injection(e.g., INFED™), cupric sulfate, pyroxidine, riboflavin. Vitamin B₁₂,cyancobalamin injection (e.g., REDISOL™, RUBRAMIN PC™),hydroxocobalamin, folic acid (e.g., FOLVITE™), leucovorin (folinic acid,5-CHOH4PteGlu, citrovorum factor) or WELLCOVORIN (Calcium salt ofleucovorin), transferrin or ferritin.

In certain embodiments, the albumin fusion proteins and, orpolynucleotides of the invention are administered in combination withagents used to treat psychiatric disorders. Psychiatric drugs that maybe administered with the albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotidesof the invention include, but are not limited to antipsychotic agents(e.g. chlorpromazine, chlorprothixene, clozapine, fluphenazine,haloperidol, loxapine, mesoridazine, molindone, olanzapine,perphenazine, pimozide, quetiapine, risperidone, thioridazine,thiothixene, trifluoperazine, and triflupromazine), antimanic agents(e.g. carbamazepine, divalproex sodium, lithium carbonate, and lithiumcitrate), antidepressants (e.g., amitriptyline, amoxapine, bupropion,citalopram, clomipramine, desipramine, doxepin, fluvoxamine, fluoxetine,imipramine, isocarboxazid, maprotiline, mirtazapine, nefazodone,nortriptyline, paroxetine, phenelzine, protriptyline, sertraline,tranylcypromine, trazodone, trimipramine, and venlafaxine), antianxietyagents (e.g., alprazolam, buspirone, chlordiazepoxide, clorazepate,diazepam, halazepam, lorazepam, oxazepam, and prazepam), and stimulants(e.g., d-amphetamine, methylphenidate, and pemoline).

In other embodiments, the albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotidesof the invention are administered in combination with agents used totreat neurological disorders. Neurological agents that may beadministered with the albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides ofthe invention include, but are not limited to antiepileptic agents(e.g., carbamazepine, clonazepam, ethosuximide, phenobarbital,phenyloin, primidone, valproic acid, divalproex sodium, felbamate,gabapentin, lamotrigine, levetiracetam, oxcarbazepine, tiagabine,topiramate, zonisamide, diazepam, lorazepam, and clonazepam),antiparkinsonian agents (e.g., levodopa/carbidopa, selegiline,amantidine, bromocriptine, pergolide, ropinirole, pramipexole,benztropine; biperiden; ethopropazine; procyclidine; trihexyphenidyl,tolcapone), and ALS therapeutics (e.g. riluzole).

In another embodiment, albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides ofthe invention are administered in combination with vasodilating agentsand/or calcium channel blocking agents. Vasodilating agents that may beadministered with the albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides ofthe invention include, but are not limited to, Angiotensin ConvertingEnzyme (ACE) inhibitors (e.g., papaverine, isoxsuprine, benazepril,captopril, cilazapril, enalapril, enalaprilat, fosinopril, lisinopril,moexipril, perindopril, quinapril, ramipril, spirapril, trandolapril,and nylidrin), and nitrates (e.g., isosorbide dinitrate, isosorbidemononitrate, and nitroglycerin). Examples of calcium channel blockingagents that may be administered in combination with the albumin fusionproteins and/or polynucleotides of the invention include, but are notlimited to amlodipine, bepridil, diltiazem, felodipine, flunarizine,isradipine, nicardipine, nifedipine, nimodipine, and verapamil.

In certain embodiments, the albumin fusion proteins and, orpolynucleotides of the invention are administered in combination withtreatments for gastrointestinal disorders. Treatments forgastrointestinal disorders that may be administered with the albuminfusion protein and/or polynucleotide of the invention include, but arenot limited to, H₂ histamine receptor antagonists (e.g., TAGAMET™(cimetidine), ZANTAC™ (ranitidine). PEPCID™ (famotidine), and AXID™(nizatidine)); inhibitors of H⁺, K⁺ ATPase (e.g., PREVACID™(lansoprazole) and PRILOSEC™ (omeprazole)); Bismuth compounds (e.g.,PEPTO-BISMOL™ (bismuth subsalicylate) and DE-NOL™ (bismuth subcitrate));various antacids; sucralfate, prostaglandin analogs (e.g. CYTOTEC™(misoprostol)); muscarinic cholinergic antagonists; laxatives (e.g.,surfactant laxatives, stimulant laxatives, saline and osmoticlaxatives); antidiarrheal agents (e.g., LOMOTIL™ (diphenoxylate),MOTOFEN™ (diphenoxin), and IMODIUM™ (loperamide hydrochloride)),synthetic analogs of somatostatin such as SANDOSTATIN™ (octreotide),antiemetic agents (e.g., ZOFRAN™ (ondansetron), KYTRIL™ (granisetronhydrochloride), tropisetron, dolasetron, metoclopramide, chlorpromazine,perphenazine, prochlorperazine, promethazine, thiethylperazine,triflupromazine, domperidone, haloperidol, droperidol,trimethobenzamide, dexamethasone, methylprednisolone, dronabinol, andnabilone); D2 antagonists (e.g., metoclopramide, trimethobenzamide andchlorpromazine); bile salts; chenodeoxycholic acid; ursodeoxycholicacid; and pancreatic enzyme preparations such as pancreatin andpancrelipase.

In additional embodiments, the albumin fusion proteins and/orpolynucleotides of the invention are administered in combination withother therapeutic or prophylactic regimens, such as, for example,radiation therapy.

The invention also provides a pharmaceutical pack or kit comprising oneor more containers filled with one or more of the ingredients of thepharmaceutical compositions comprising albumin fusion proteins of theinvention. Optionally associated with such container(s) can be a noticein the form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating themanufacture, use or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products,which notice reflects approval by the agency of manufacture, use or salefor human administration.

Gene Therapy

Constructs encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention can be usedas a part of a gene therapy protocol to deliver therapeuticallyeffective doses of the albumin fusion protein. A preferred approach forin vivo introduction of nucleic acid into a cell is by use of a viralvector containing nucleic acid, encoding an albumin fusion protein ofthe invention. Infection of cells with a viral vector has the advantagethat a large proportion of the targeted cells can receive the nucleicacid. Additionally, molecules encoded within the viral vector. e.g., bya cDNA contained in the viral vector, are expressed efficiently in cellswhich have taken up viral vector nucleic acid.

Retrovirus vectors and adeno-associated virus vectors can be used as arecombinant gene delivery system for the transfer of exogenous nucleicacid molecules encoding albumin fusion proteins in vivo. These vectorsprovide efficient delivery of nucleic acids into cells, and thetransferred nucleic acids are stably integrated into the chromosomal DNAof the host. The development of specialized cell lines (termed“packaging cells”) which produce only replication-defective retroviruseshas increased the utility of retroviruses for gene therapy, anddefective retroviruses are characterized for use in gene transfer forgene therapy purposes (for a review see Miller, A. D. (1990) Blood 76:271). A replication defective retrovirus can be packaged into virionswhich can be used to infect a target cell through the use of a helpervirus by standard techniques. Protocols for producing recombinantretroviruses and for infecting cells in vitro or in vivo with suchviruses can be found in Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Ausubel,F. M, et al., (eds.) Greene Publishing Associates, (1989), Sections9.10-9.14 and other standard laboratory manuals.

Another viral gene delivery system useful in the present invention usesadenovirus-derived vectors. The genome of an adenovirus can bemanipulated such that it encodes and expresses a gene product ofinterest but is inactivated in terms of its ability to replicate in anormal lytic viral life cycle. See, for example, Berkner et al.,BioTechniques 6:616 (1988); Rosenfeld et al. Science 252:431-434 (1991);and Rosenfeld et al. Cell 68:143-155 (1992). Suitable adenoviral vectorsderived from the adenovirus strain Ad type 5 d1324 or other strains ofadenovirus (e.g., Ad2, Ad3, Ad7 etc.) are known to those skilled in theart. Recombinant adenoviruses can be advantageous in certaincircumstances in that they are not capable of infecting nondividingcells and can be used to infect a wide variety of cell types, includingepithelial cells (Rosenfeld et al., (1992) cited supra). Furthermore,the virus particle is relatively stable and amenable to purification andconcentration, and as above, can be modified so as to affect thespectrum of infectivity. Additionally, introduced adenoviral DNA (andforeign DNA contained therein) is not integrated into the genome of ahost cell but remains episomal, thereby avoiding potential problems thatcan occur as a result of insertional mutagenesis in situations whereintroduced DNA becomes integrated into the host genome (e.g., retroviralDNA). Moreover, the carrying capacity of the adenoviral genome forforeign DNA is large (up to 8 kilobases) relative to other gene deliveryvectors (Berkner et al, cited supra; Haj-Ahmand et al., J. Virol. 57:267(1986)).

In another embodiment, non-viral gene delivery systems of the presentinvention rely on endocytic pathways for the uptake of the subjectnucleotide molecule by the targeted cell. Exemplary gene deliverysystems of this type include liposomal derived systems, poly-lysineconjugates, and artificial viral envelopes. In a representativeembodiment, a nucleic acid molecule encoding an albumin fusion proteinof the invention can be entrapped in liposomes bearing positive chargeson their surface (e.g., lipofectins) and (optionally) which are taggedwith antibodies against cell surface antigens of the target tissue(Mizuno et al. (1992) No Shinkei Geka 20:547-5 5 1; PCT publicationWO91/06309; Japanese patent application 1047381; and European patentpublication EP-A-43075).

Gene delivery systems for a gene encoding an albumin fusion protein ofthe invention can be introduced into a patient by any of a number ofmethods. For instance, a pharmaceutical preparation of the gene deliverysystem can be introduced systemically, e.g. by intravenous injection,and specific transduction of the protein in the target cells occurspredominantly from specificity of transfection provided by the genedelivery vehicle, cell-type or tissue-type expression due to thetranscriptional regulatory sequences controlling expression of thereceptor gene, or a combination thereof. In other embodiments, initialdelivery of the recombinant gene is more limited with introduction intothe animal being quite localized. For example, the gene delivery vehiclecan be introduced by catheter (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,328,470) or byStereotactic injection (e.g. Chen et al. (1994) PNAS 91: 3 054-3 05 7).The pharmaceutical preparation of the gene therapy construct can consistessentially of the gene delivery system in an acceptable diluent, or cancomprise a slow release matrix in which the gene delivery vehicle isimbedded. Where the albumin fusion protein can be produced intact fromrecombinant cells, e.g. retroviral vectors, the pharmaceuticalpreparation can comprise one or more cells which produce the albuminfusion protein.

Additional Gene Therapy Methods

Also encompassed by the invention are gene therapy methods for treatingor preventing disorders, diseases and conditions. The gene therapymethods relate to the introduction of nucleic acid (DNA. RNA andantisense DNA or RNA) sequences into an animal to achieve expression ofan albumin fusion protein of the invention. This method requires apolynucleotide which codes for an albumin fusion protein of the presentinvention operatively linked to a promoter and any other geneticelements necessary for the expression of the fusion protein by thetarget tissue. Such gene therapy and delivery techniques are known inthe art, see, for example, WO90/11092, which is herein incorporated byreference.

Thus, for example, cells from a patient may be engineered with apolynucleotide (DNA or RNA) comprising a promoter operably linked to apolynucleotide encoding an albumin fusion protein of the presentinvention ex vivo, with the engineered cells then being provided to apatient to be treated with the fusion protein of the present invention.Such methods are well-known in the art. For example, see Belldegrun, A,et al., J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 85: 207-216 (1993); Ferrantini. M, et al.Cancer Research 53: 1107-1112 (199); Ferrantini. M, et al., J.Immunology 153: 4604-4615 (1994); Kaido, T, et al. Int. J. Cancer 60:221-229 (1995); Ogura. H, et al., Cancer Research 50: 5102-5106 (1990);Santodonato, L, et al. Human Gene Therapy 7:1-10 (1996); Santodonato. L,et al. Gene Therapy 4:1246-1255 (1997); and Zhang, J.-F, et al. CancerGene Therapy 3: 31-38 (1996)), which are herein incorporated byreference. In one embodiment, the cells which are engineered arearterial cells. The arterial cells may be reintroduced into the patientthrough direct injection to the artery, the tissues surrounding theartery, or through catheter injection.

As discussed in more detail below, the polynucleotide constructs can bedelivered by any method that delivers injectable materials to the cellsof an animal, such as, injection into the interstitial space of tissues(heart, muscle, skin, lung, liver, and the like). The polynucleotideconstructs may be delivered in a pharmaceutically acceptable liquid oraqueous carrier.

In one embodiment, polynucleotides encoding the albumin fusion proteinsof the present invention is delivered as a naked polynucleotide. Theterm “naked” polynucleotide, DNA or RNA refers to sequences that arefree from any delivery vehicle that acts to assist, promote orfacilitate entry into the cell, including viral sequences, viralparticles, liposome formulations, lipofectin or precipitating agents andthe like. However, polynucleotides encoding the albumin fusion proteinsof the present invention can also be delivered in liposome formulationsand lipofectin formulations and the like can be prepared by methods wellknown to those skilled in the art. Such methods are described, forexample, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,593,972, 5,589,466, and 5,580.859, whichare herein incorporated by reference.

The polynucleotide vector constructs used in the gene therapy method arepreferably constructs that will not integrate into the host genome norwill they contain sequences that allow for replication. Appropriatevectors include pWLNEO, pSV2CAT, pOG44, pXT1 and pSG available fromStratagene; pSVK3, pBPV, pMSG and pSVL available from Pharmacia; andpEF1/V5, pcDNA3, and pRc/CMV2 available from Invitrogen. Other suitablevectors will be readily apparent to the skilled artisan.

Any strong promoter known to those skilled in the art can be used fordriving the expression of the polynucleotide sequence. Suitablepromoters include adenoviral promoters, such as the adenoviral majorlate promoter; or heterologous promoters, such as the cytomegalovirus(CMV) promoter; the respiratory syncytial virus (RSV) promoter;inducible promoters, such as the MMT promoter, the metallothioneinpromoter; heat shock promoters; the albumin promoter; the ApoAIpromoter; human globin promoters; viral thymidine kinase promoters, suchas the Herpes Simplex thymidine kinase promoter; retroviral LTRs; theb-actin promoter; and human growth hormone promoters. The promoter alsomay be the native promoter for the gene corresponding to the Therapeuticprotein portion of the albumin fusion proteins of the invention.

Unlike other gene therapy techniques, one major advantage of introducingnaked nucleic acid sequences into target cells is the transitory natureof the polynucleotide synthesis in the cells. Studies have shown thatnon-replicating DNA sequences can be introduced into cells to provideproduction of the desired polypeptide for periods of up to six months.

The polynucleotide construct can be delivered to the interstitial spaceof tissues within the an animal, including of muscle, skin, brain, lung,liver, spleen, bone marrow, thymus, heart, lymph, blood, bone,cartilage, pancreas, kidney, gall bladder, stomach, intestine, testis,ovary, uterus, rectum, nervous system, eye, gland, and connectivetissue. Interstitial space of the tissues comprises the intercellular,fluid, mucopolysaccharide matrix among the reticular fibers of organtissues, elastic fibers in the walls of vessels or chambers, collagenfibers of fibrous tissues, or that same matrix within connective tissueensheathing muscle cells or in the lacunae of bone. It is similarly thespace occupied by the plasma of the circulation and the lymph fluid ofthe lymphatic channels. Delivery to the interstitial space of muscletissue is preferred for the reasons discussed below. They may beconveniently delivered by injection into the tissues comprising thesecells. They are preferably delivered to and expressed in persistent,non-dividing cells which are differentiated, although delivery andexpression may be achieved in non-differentiated or less completelydifferentiated cells, such as, for example, stem cells of blood or skinfibroblasts. In vivo muscle cells are particularly competent in theirability to take up and express polynucleotides.

For the naked nucleic acid sequence injection, an effective dosageamount of DNA or RNA will be in the range of from about 0.05 mg/kg bodyweight to about 50 mg/kg body weight. Preferably the dosage will be fromabout 0.005 mg/kg to about 20 mg kg and more preferably from about 0.05mg/kg to about 5 mg/kg. Of course, as the artisan of ordinary skill willappreciate, this dosage will vary according to the tissue site ofinjection. The appropriate and effective dosage of nucleic acid sequencecan readily be determined by those of ordinary skill in the art and maydepend on the condition being treated and the route of administration.

The preferred route of administration is by the parenteral route ofinjection into the interstitial space of tissues. However, otherparenteral routes may also be used, such as, inhalation of an aerosolformulation particularly for delivery to lungs or bronchial tissues,throat or mucous membranes of the nose. In addition, naked DNAconstructs can be delivered to arteries during angioplasty by thecatheter used in the procedure.

The naked polynucleotides are delivered by any method know n in the art,including, but not limited to, direct needle injection at the deliverysite, intravenous injection, topical administration, catheter infusion,and so-called “gene guns”. These delivery methods are known in the art.

The constructs may also be delivered with delivery vehicles such asviral sequences, viral particles, liposome formulations, lipofectin,precipitating agents, etc. Such methods of delivery are known in theart.

In certain embodiments, the polynucleotide constructs are complexed in aliposome preparation. Liposomal preparations for use in the instantinvention include cationic (positively charged), anionic (negativelycharged) and neutral preparations. However, cationic liposomes areparticularly preferred because a tight charge complex can be formedbetween the cationic liposome and the polyanionic nucleic acid. Cationicliposomes have been shown to mediate intracellular delivery of plasmidDNA (Feigner et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (1987) 84:7413-7416,which is herein incorporated by reference); mRNA (Malone et al., Proc.Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (1989) 86:6077-6081, which is herein incorporatedby reference); and purified transcription factors (Debs et al., J. Biol.Chem. (1990) 265:10189-10192, which is herein incorporated byreference), in functional form.

Cationic liposomes are readily available. For example,N[1-2,3-dioleyloxy)propyl]-N,N,N-triethylammonium (DOTMA) liposomes areparticularly useful and are available under the trademark LIPOFECTIN®,from GIBCO BRL, Grand Island, N.Y. (See, also, Felgner et al., Proc.Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (1987) 84:7413-7416, which is herein incorporatedby reference). Other commercially available liposomes includetransfectace (DDAB/DOPE) and DOTAP/DOPE (Boehringer).

Other cationic liposomes can be prepared from readily availablematerials using techniques well known in the art. See, e.g. PCTPublication No. WO 90/11092 (which is herein incorporated by reference)for a description of the synthesis of DOTAP(1,2-bis(oleoyloxy)-3-(trimethylammonio)propane) liposomes. Preparationof DOTMA liposomes is explained in the literature, see, e.g., P. Feigneret al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84:7413-7417, which is hereinincorporated by reference. Similar methods can be used to prepareliposomes from other cationic lipid materials.

Similarly, anionic and neutral liposomes are readily available, such asfrom Avanti Polar Lipids (Birmingham, Ala.), or can be easily preparedusing readily available materials. Such materials include phosphatidyl,choline, cholesterol, phosphatidyl ethanolamine, dioleoylphosphatidylcholine (DOPC), dioleoylphosphatidyl glycerol (DOPG),dioleoylphoshatidyl ethanolamine (DOPE), among others. These materialscan also be mixed with the DOTMA and DOTAP starting materials inappropriate ratios. Methods for making liposomes using these materialsare well known in the art.

For example, commercially dioleoylphosphatidyl choline (DOPC),dioleoylphosphatidyl glycerol (DOPG), and dioleoylphosphatidylethanolamine (DOPE) can be used in various combinations to makeconventional liposomes, with or without the addition of cholesterol.Thus, for example, DOPG/DOPC vesicles can be prepared by drying 50 mgeach of DOPG and DOPC under a stream of nitrogen gas into a sonicationvial. The sample is placed under a vacuum pump overnight and is hydratedthe following day with deionized water. The sample is then sonicated for2 hours in a capped vial, using a Heat Systems model 350 sonicatorequipped with an inverted cup (bath type) probe at the maximum settingwhile the bath is circulated at 15EC. Alternatively, negatively chargedvesicles can be prepared without sonication to produce multilamellarvesicles or by extrusion through nucleopore membranes to produceunilamellar vesicles of discrete size. Other methods are known andavailable to those of skill in the art.

The liposomes can comprise multilamellar vesicles (MLVs), smallunilamellar vesicles (SUVs), or large unilamellar vesicles (LUVs), withSUVs being preferred. The various liposome-nucleic acid complexes areprepared using methods well known in the art. See, e.g., Straubinger etal., Methods of Immunology (1983), 101:512-527, which is hereinincorporated by reference. For example, MLVs containing nucleic acid canbe prepared by depositing a thin film of phospholipid on the walls of aglass tube and subsequently hydrating with a solution of the material tobe encapsulated. SUVs are prepared by extended sonication of MLVs toproduce a homogeneous population of unilamellar liposomes. The materialto be entrapped is added to a suspension of preformed MLVs and thensonicated. When using liposomes containing cationic lipids, the driedlipid film is resuspended in an appropriate solution such as sterilewater or an isotonic buffer solution such as 10 mM Tris/NaCl, sonicated,and then the preformed liposomes are mixed directly with the DNA. Theliposome and DNA form a very stable complex due to binding of thepositively charged liposomes to the cationic DNA. SUVs find use withsmall nucleic acid fragments. LUVs are prepared by a number of methods,well known in the art. Commonly used methods include Ca²⁺-EDTA chelation(Papahadjopoulos et al., Biochim. Biophys. Acta (1975) 394:483; Wilsonet al. Cell 17:77 (1979)); ether injection (Deamer, D, and Bangham, A.Biochim. Biophys. Acta 443:629 (1976); Ostro et al. Biochem. Biophys.Res. Commun. 76:836 (1977); Fraley et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA76:3348 (1979)); detergent dialysis (Enoch. H, and Strittmatter. P.,Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 76:145 (1979); and reverse-phase evaporation(REV) (Fraley et al. J. Biol. Chem. 255:10431 (1980); Szoka, F, andPapahadjopoulos, D., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 75:145 (1978);Schaefer-Ridder et al. Science 215:166 (1982)), which are hereinincorporated by reference.

Generally, the ratio of DNA to liposomes will be from about 10:1 toabout 1:10. Preferably, the ration will be from about 5:1 to about 1:5.More preferably, the ration will be about 3:1 to about 1:3. Still morepreferably, the ratio will be about 1:1.

U.S. Pat. No. 5,676,954 (which is herein incorporated by reference)reports on the injection of genetic material, complexed with cationicliposomes carriers, into mice. U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,897,355, 4,946,787,5,049,386, 5,459,127, 5,589,466, 5,693,622, 5,580,859, 5,703,055, andinternational publication no. WO 949469 (which are herein incorporatedby reference) provide cationic lipids for use in transfecting DNA intocells and mammals. U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,589,466, 5,693,622, 5,580,859,5,703,055, and international publication no. WO 94/9469 provide methodsfor delivering DNA-cationic lipid complexes to mammals.

In certain embodiments, cells are engineered, ex vivo or in vivo, usinga retroviral particle containing RNA which comprises a sequence encodingan albumin fusion protein of the present invention. Retroviruses fromwhich the retroviral plasmid vectors may be derived include, but are notlimited to, Moloney Murine Leukemia Virus, spleen necrosis virus, Roussarcoma Virus, Harvey Sarcoma Virus, avian leukosis virus, gibbon apeleukemia virus, human immunodeficiency virus. Myeloproliferative SarcomaVirus, and mammary tumor virus.

The retroviral plasmid vector is employed to transduce packaging celllines to form producer cell lines. Examples of packaging cells which maybe transfected include, but are not limited to, the PE501, PA317, R-2,R-AM, PA12, T19-14X, VT-19-17-H2, RCRE, RCRIP, GP+E-86, GP+envAm12, andDAN cell lines as described in Miller, Human Gene Therapy 1:5-14 (1990),which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. The vectormay transduce the packaging cells through any means known in the art.Such means include, but are not limited to, electroporation, the use ofliposomes, and CaPO₄ precipitation. In one alternative, the retroviralplasmid vector may be encapsulated into a liposome, or coupled to alipid, and then administered to a host.

The producer cell line generates infectious retroviral vector particleswhich include polynucleotide encoding an albumin fusion protein of thepresent invention. Such retroviral vector particles then may beemployed, to transduce eukaryotic cells, either in vitro or in vivo. Thetransduced eukaryotic cells will express a fusion protein of the presentinvention.

In certain other embodiments, cells are engineered, ex vivo or in vivo,with polynucleotide contained in an adenovirus vector. Adenovirus can bemanipulated such that it encodes and expresses fusion protein of thepresent invention, and at the same time is inactivated in terms of itsability to replicate in a normal lytic viral life cycle. Adenovirusexpression is achieved without integration of the viral DNA into thehost cell chromosome, thereby alleviating concerns about insertionalmutagenesis. Furthermore, adenoviruses have been used as live entericvaccines for many years with an excellent safety profile (Schwartz etal. Am. Rev. Respir. Dis. 109:233-238 (1974)). Finally, adenovirusmediated gene transfer has been demonstrated in a number of instancesincluding transfer of alpha-1-antitrypsin and CFTR to the lungs ofcotton rats (Rosenfeld. M. A, et al. (1991) Science 252:431-434;Rosenfeld et al. (1992) Cell 68:143-155). Furthermore, extensive studiesto attempt to establish adenovirus as a causative agent in human cancerwere uniformly negative (Green, M, et al. (1979) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.USA 76:6606).

Suitable adenoviral vectors useful in the present invention aredescribed, for example, in Kozarsky and Wilson. Curr. Opin. Genet.Devel. 3:499-503 (1993); Rosenfeld et al. Cell 68:143-155 (1992);Engelhardt et al. Human Genet. Ther. 4:759-769 (1993); Yang et al.Nature Genet. 7:362-369 (1994); Wilson et al. Nature 365:691-692 (1993);and U.S. Pat. No. 5,652,224, which are herein incorporated by reference.For example, the adenovirus vector Ad2 is useful and can be grown inhuman 293 cells. These cells contain the E1 region of adenovirus andconstitutively express E1a and E1b, which complement the defectiveadenoviruses by providing the products of the genes deleted from thevector. In addition to Ad2, other varieties of adenovirus (e.g., Ad3,Ad5, and Ad7) are also useful in the present invention.

Preferably, the adenoviruses used in the present invention arereplication deficient. Replication deficient adenoviruses require theaid of a helper virus and/or packaging cell line to form infectiousparticles. The resulting virus is capable of infecting cells and canexpress a polynucleotide of interest which is operably linked to apromoter, but cannot replicate in most cells. Replication deficientadenoviruses may be deleted in one or more of all or a portion of thefollowing genes: E1a, E1b, E3, E4, E2a, or L1 through L5.

In certain other embodiments, the cells are engineered, ex vivo or invivo, using an adeno-associated virus (AAV). AAVs are naturallyoccurring defective viruses that require helper viruses to produceinfectious particles (Muzyczka, N., Curr. Topics in Microbiol. Immunol.158:97 (1992)). It is also one of the few viruses that may integrate itsDNA into non-dividing cells. Vectors containing as little as 300 basepairs of AAV can be packaged and can integrate, but space for exogenousDNA is limited to about 4.5 kb. Methods for producing and using suchAAVs are known in the art. See, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,139,941,5,173,414, 5,354,678, 5,436,146, 5,474,935, 5,478,745, and 5,589,377.

For example, an appropriate AAV vector for use in the present inventionwill include all the sequences necessary for DNA replication,encapsidation, and host-cell integration. The polynucleotide constructis inserted into the AAV vector using standard cloning methods, such asthose found in Sambrook et al. Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual,Cold Spring Harbor Press (1989). The recombinant AAV vector is thentransfected into packaging cells which are infected with a helper virus,using any standard technique, including lipofection, electroporation,calcium phosphate precipitation, etc. Appropriate helper viruses includeadenoviruses, cytomegaloviruses, vaccinia viruses, or herpes viruses.Once the packaging cells are transfected and infected, they will produceinfectious AAV viral particles which contain the polynucleotideconstruct. These viral particles are then used to transduce eukaryoticcells, either ex vivo or in vivo. The transduced cells will contain thepolynucleotide construct integrated into its genome, and will express afusion protein of the invention.

Another method of gene therapy involves operably associatingheterologous control regions and endogenous polynucleotide sequences(e.g. encoding a polypeptide of the present invention) via homologousrecombination (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,641,670, issued Jun. 24, 1997;International Publication No. WO 96/29411, published Sep. 26, 1996;International Publication No. WO 94/12650, published Aug. 4, 1994;Koller et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:8932-8935 (1989); andZijlstra et al. Nature 342:435-438 (1989), which are herein incorporatedby reference. This method involves the activation of a gene which ispresent in the target cells, but which is not normally expressed in thecells, or is expressed at a lower level than desired.

Polynucleotide constructs are made, using standard techniques known inthe art, which contain the promoter with targeting sequences flankingthe promoter. Suitable promoters are described herein. The targetingsequence is sufficiently complementary to an endogenous sequence topermit homologous recombination of the promoter-targeting sequence withthe endogenous sequence. The targeting sequence will be sufficientlynear the 5′ end of the desired endogenous polynucleotide sequence so thepromoter will be operably linked to the endogenous sequence uponhomologous recombination.

The promoter and the targeting sequences can be amplified using PCR.Preferably, the amplified promoter contains distinct restriction enzymesites on the 5′ and 3′ ends. Preferably, the 3′ end of the firsttargeting sequence contains the same restriction enzyme site as the 5′end of the amplified promoter and the 5′ end of the second targetingsequence contains the same restriction site as the 3′ end of theamplified promoter. The amplified promoter and targeting sequences aredigested and ligated together.

The promoter-targeting sequence construct is delivered to the cells,either as naked polynucleotide, or in conjunction withtransfection-facilitating agents, such as liposomes, viral sequences,viral particles, whole viruses, lipofection, precipitating agents, etc.,described in more detail above. The P promoter-targeting sequence can bedelivered by any method, included direct needle injection, intravenousinjection, topical administration, catheter infusion, particleaccelerators, etc. The methods are described in more detail below.

The promoter-targeting sequence construct is taken up by cells.Homologous recombination between the construct and the endogenoussequence takes place, such that an endogenous sequence is placed underthe control of the promoter. The promoter then drives the expression ofthe endogenous sequence.

The polynucleotide encoding an albumin fusion protein of the presentinvention may contain a secretory signal sequence that facilitatessecretion of the protein. Typically, the signal sequence is positionedin the coding region of the polynucleotide to be expressed towards or atthe 5′ end of the coding region. The signal sequence may be homologousor heterologous to the polynucleotide of interest and may be homologousor heterologous to the cells to be transfected. Additionally, the signalsequence may be chemically synthesized using methods known in the art.

Any mode of administration of any of the above-described polynucleotidesconstructs can be used so long as the mode results in the expression ofone or more molecules in an amount sufficient to provide a therapeuticeffect. This includes direct needle injection, systemic injection,catheter infusion, biolistic injectors, particle accelerators (i.e.“gene guns”), gelfoam sponge depots, other commercially available depotmaterials, osmotic pumps (e.g., Alza minipumps), oral or suppositorialsolid (tablet or pill) pharmaceutical formulations, and decanting ortopical applications during surgery. For example, direct injection ofnaked calcium phosphate-precipitated plasmid into rat liver and ratspleen or a protein-coated plasmid into the portal vein has resulted ingene expression of the foreign gene in the rat livers (Kaneda et al.,Science 243:375 (1989)).

A preferred method of local administration is by direct injection.Preferably, an albumin fusion protein of the present invention complexedwith a delivery vehicle is administered by direct injection into orlocally within the area of arteries. Administration of a compositionlocally within the area of arteries refers to injecting the compositioncentimeters and preferably, millimeters within arteries.

Another method of local administration is to contact a polynucleotideconstruct of the present invention in or around a surgical wound. Forexample, a patient can undergo surgery and the polynucleotide constructcan be coated on the surface of tissue inside the wound or the constructcan be injected into areas of tissue inside the wound.

Therapeutic compositions useful in systemic administration, includefusion proteins of the present invention complexed to a targeteddelivery vehicle of the present invention. Suitable delivery vehiclesfor use with systemic administration comprise liposomes comprisingligands for targeting the vehicle to a particular site. In specificembodiments, suitable delivery vehicles for use with systemicadministration comprise liposomes comprising albumin fusion proteins ofthe invention for targeting the vehicle to a particular site.

Preferred methods of systemic administration, include intravenousinjection, aerosol, oral and percutaneous (topical) delivery.Intravenous injections can be performed using methods standard in theart. Aerosol delivery can also be performed using methods standard inthe art (see, for example, Stribling et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA189:11277-11281, 1992, which is incorporated herein by reference). Oraldelivery can be performed by complexing a polynucleotide construct ofthe present invention to a carrier capable of withstanding degradationby digestive enzymes in the gut of an animal. Examples of such carriers,include plastic capsules or tablets, such as those known in the art.Topical delivery can be performed by mixing a polynucleotide constructof the present invention with a lipophilic reagent (e.g., DMSO) that iscapable of passing into the skin.

Determining an effective amount of substance to be delivered can dependupon a number of factors including, for example, the chemical structureand biological activity of the substance, the age and weight of theanimal, the precise condition requiring treatment and its severity, andthe route of administration. The frequency of treatments depends upon anumber of factors, such as the amount of polynucleotide constructsadministered per dose, as well as the health and history of the subject.The precise amount, number of doses, and timing of doses will bedetermined by the attending physician or veterinarian.

Albumin fusion proteins of the present invention can be administered toany animal, preferably to mammals and birds. Preferred mammals includehumans, dogs, cats, mice, rats, rabbits sheep, cattle, horses and pigs,with humans being particularly preferred.

Biological Activities

Albumin fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusionproteins of the present invention, can be used in assays to test for oneor more biological activities. If an albumin fusion protein and/orpolynucleotide exhibits an activity in a particular assay, it is likelythat the Therapeutic protein corresponding to the fusion protein may beinvolved in the diseases associated with the biological activity. Thus,the fusion protein could be used to treat the associated disease.

Members of the secreted family of proteins are believed to be involvedin biological activities associated with, for example, cellularsignaling. Accordingly, albumin fusion proteins of the invention andpolynucleotides encoding these proteins, may be used in diagnosis,prognosis, prevention and/or treatment of diseases and/or disordersassociated with aberrant activity of secreted polypeptides.

In a preferred embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventioncomprising a Therapeutic protein portion corresponding to EPO,immunoglobulins, hirudin, applaggin, serum cholinesterase, alpha-1antitrypsin, aprotinin, and coagulation factors in both pre and activeforms (e.g., including, but not limited to von Willebrand factor,fibrinogen, factor II, factor VII, factor VIIA activated factor, factorVIII, factor IX, factor X, factor XIII, cl inactivator, antithrombinIII, thrombin and prothrombin, apo-lipoprotein, c-reactive protein, andprotein C) and/or fragments and/or variants thereof may be used tomodulate hemostatic (the stopping of bleeding) or thrombolytic (clotdissolving) activity and/or treat, prevent, diagnose, prognose, and/ordetect blood-related disorders or cardiovascular disorders and/ordiseases, disorders or conditions as described under “Blood RelatedDisorders”. “Anti-Angiogenesis Activity”, and/or “CardiovascularDisorders” infra.

In a preferred embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventioncomprising a Therapeutic protein portion corresponding to Interferonalpha. G-CSF. GM-CSF, scatter factor, MCP/MCAF, M-CSF and/or fragmentsand/or variants thereof may be used to treat, prevent, diagnose,prognose, and/or detect diseases or disorders of the immune system, ordiseases, disorders or conditions as described under “Immune Activity”.“Infectious Disease”, and/or “Hyperproliferative Disorders” infra.

In a preferred embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventioncomprising a Therapeutic protein portion corresponding to human Growthhormone and/or fragments and/or variants thereof may be used to treat,prevent, diagnose, prognose, and/or detect disease, disorders and/orconditions related to growth hormone deficiency, including but notlimited to, Acromegaly, Growth failure, Growth failure and endogenousgrowth hormone replacement, Growth hormone deficiency, Growth failureand growth retardation, Prader-Willi syndrome in children 2 years orolder, Growth deficiencies. Postmenopausal osteoporosis, burns,cachexia, cancer cachexia, dwarfism, metabolic disorders, obesity, renalfailure, Turner's Syndrome, fibromyalgia, fracture treatment, frailty,or as described under “Endocrine Disorders”, “Wound Healing andEpithelial Cell Proliferation”, and/or “Hyperproliferative Disorders”infra.

In preferred embodiments, fusion proteins of the present invention maybe used in the diagnosis, prognosis, prevention and/or treatment ofdiseases and/or disorders relating to diseases and disorders of theendocrine system (see, for example, “Endocrine Disorders” sectionbelow), the nervous system (see, for example, “Neurological Disorders”section below), the immune system (see, for example, “Immune Activity”section below), respiratory system (see, for example, “RespiratoryDisorders” section below), cardiovascular system (see, for example,“Cardiovascular Disorders” section below), reproductive system (see, forexample, “Reproductive System Disorders” section below) digestive system(see, for example, “Gastrointestinal Disorders” section below), diseasesand/or disorders relating to cell proliferation (see, for example,“Hyperproliferative Disorders” section below), and/or diseases ordisorders relating to the blood (see, for example, “Blood-RelatedDisorders” section below).

In preferred embodiments, the present invention encompasses a method oftreating a disease or disorder listed in the “Preferred Indication Y”column of Table 1 comprising administering to a patient in which suchtreatment, prevention or amelioration is desired an albumin fusionprotein of the invention that comprises a Therapeutic protein portioncorresponding to a Therapeutic protein disclosed in the “TherapeuticProtein X” column of Table 1 (in the same row as the disease or disorderto be treated is listed in the “Preferred Indication Y” column ofTable 1) in an amount effective to treat, prevent or ameliorate thedisease or disorder.

In certain embodiments, an albumin fusion protein of the presentinvention may be used to diagnose and/or prognose diseases and, ordisorders associated with the tissue(s) in which the gene correspondingto the Therapeutic protein portion of the fusion protein of theinvention is expressed.

Thus, fusion proteins of the invention and polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention are useful in the diagnosis,detection and/or treatment of diseases and/or disorders associated withactivities that include, but are not limited to prohormone activation,neurotransmitter activity, cellular signaling, cellular proliferation,cellular differentiation, and cell migration.

More generally, fusion proteins of the invention and polynucleotidesencoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention may be useful for thediagnosis, prognosis, prevention and/or treatment of diseases and/ordisorders associated with the following systems.

Immune Activity

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention may be useful in treating,preventing, diagnosing and/or prognosing diseases, disorders, and/orconditions of the immune system, by, for example, activating orinhibiting the proliferation, differentiation, or mobilization(chemotaxis) of immune cells. Immune cells develop through a processcalled hematopoiesis, producing myeloid (platelets, red blood cells,neutrophils, and macrophages) and lymphoid (B and T lymphocytes) cellsfrom pluripotent stem cells. The etiology of these immune diseases,disorders, and/or conditions may be genetic, somatic, such as cancer andsome autoimmune diseases, acquired (e.g., by chemotherapy or toxins), orinfectious. Moreover, fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention can beused as a marker or detector of a particular immune system disease ordisorder.

In another embodiment, a fusion protein of the invention and/orpolynucleotide encoding an albumin fusion protein of the invention, maybe used to treat diseases and disorders of the immune system and/or toinhibit or enhance an immune response generated by cells associated withthe tissue(s) in which the polypeptide of the invention is expressed.

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention may be useful in treating,preventing, diagnosing, and/or prognosing immunodeficiencies, includingboth congenital and acquired immunodeficiencies. Examples of B cellimmunodeficiencies in which immunoglobulin levels B cell function and;or B cell numbers are decreased include: X-linked agammaglobulinemia(Bruton's disease). X-linked infantile agammaglobulinemia. X-linkedimmunodeficiency with hyper IgM, non X-linked immunodeficiency withhyper IgM. X-linked lymphoproliferative syndrome (XLP),agammaglobulinemia including congenital and acquired agammaglobulinemia,adult onset agammaglobulinemia, late-onset agammaglobulinemia,dysgammaglobulinemia, hypogammaglobulinemia, unspecifiedhypogammaglobulinemia, recessive agammaglobulinemia (Swiss type),Selective IgM deficiency, selective IgA deficiency, selective IgGsubclass deficiencies. IgG subclass deficiency (with or without IgAdeficiency), Ig deficiency with increased IgM, IgG and IgA deficiencywith increased IgM, antibody deficiency with normal or elevated Igs. Igheavy chain deletions, kappa chain deficiency, B celllymphoproliferative disorder (BLPD), common variable immunodeficiency(CVID), common variable immunodeficiency (CVI) (acquired), and transienthypogammaglobulinemia of infancy.

In specific embodiments, ataxia-telangiectasia or conditions associatedwith ataxia-telangiectasia are treated, prevented, diagnosed, and/orprognosing using the, fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention.

Examples of congenital immunodeficiencies in which T cell and/or B cellfunction and/or number is decreased include, but are not limited to:DiGeorge anomaly, severe combined immunodeficiencies (SCID) (including,but not limited to, X-linked SCID, autosomal recessive SCID, adenosinedeaminase deficiency, purine nucleoside phosphorylase (PNP) deficiency,Class II MHC deficiency (Bare lymphocyte syndrome), Wiskott-Aldrichsyndrome, and ataxia telangiectasia), thymic hypoplasia, third andfourth pharyngeal pouch syndrome, 22q11.2 deletion, chronicmucocutaneous candidiasis, natural killer cell deficiency (NK),idiopathic CD4+ T-lymphocytopenia, immunodeficiency with predominant Tcell defect (unspecified), and unspecified immunodeficiency of cellmediated immunity.

In specific embodiments, DiGeorge anomaly or conditions associated withDiGeorge anomaly are treated, prevented, diagnosed, and/or prognosedusing fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention.

Other immunodeficiencies that may be treated, prevented, diagnosed,and/or prognosed using fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention,include, but are not limited to chronic granulomatous disease,Chédiak-Higashi syndrome, myeloperoxidase deficiency, leukocyteglucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency. X-linkedlymphoproliferative syndrome (XLP), leukocyte adhesion deficiency,complement component deficiencies (including C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C6, C7,C8 and/or C9 deficiencies), reticular dysgenesis, thymicalymphoplasia-aplasia, immunodeficiency with thymoma, severe congenitalleukopenia, dysplasia with immunodeficiency, neonatal neutropenia, shortlimbed dwarfism, and Nezelof syndrome-combined immunodeficiency withIgs.

In a preferred embodiment, the immunodeficiencies and/or conditionsassociated with the immunodeficiencies recited above are treated,prevented, diagnosed and/or prognosed using fusion proteins of theinvention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention.

In a preferred embodiment fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention couldbe used as an agent to boost immunoresponsiveness among immunodeficientindividuals. In specific embodiments, fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventioncould be used as an agent to boost immunoresponsiveness among B celland/or T cell immunodeficient individuals.

The albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotidesencoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention may be useful intreating, preventing, diagnosing and/or prognosing autoimmune disorders.Many autoimmune disorders result from inappropriate recognition of selfas foreign material by immune cells. This inappropriate recognitionresults in an immune response leading to the destruction of the hosttissue. Therefore, the administration of fusion proteins of theinvention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention that can inhibit an immune response, particularly theproliferation, differentiation, or chemotaxis of T-cells, may be aneffective therapy in preventing autoimmune disorders.

Autoimmune diseases or disorders that may be treated, prevented,diagnosed and/or prognosed by fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventioninclude, but are not limited to one or more of the following: systemiclupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis,multiple sclerosis, autoimmune thyroiditis. Hashimoto's thyroiditis,autoimmune hemolytic anemia, hemolytic anemia, thrombocytopenia,autoimmune thrombocytopenia purpura, autoimmune neonatalthrombocytopenia, idiopathic thrombocytopenia purpura, purpura (e.g.,Henloch-Scoenlein purpura), autoimmunocytopenia. Goodpasture's syndrome.Pemphigus vulgaris, myasthenia gravis. Grave's disease(hyperthyroidism), and insulin-resistant diabetes mellitus.

Additional disorders that are likely to have an autoimmune componentthat may be treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed with the albumin fusionproteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusionproteins of the invention include, but are not limited to type IIcollagen-induced arthritis, antiphospholipid syndrome, dermatitis,allergic encephalomyelitis, myocarditis, relapsing polychondritis,rheumatic heart disease, neuritis, uveitis ophthalmia,polyendocrinopathies, Reiter's Disease, Stiff-Man Syndrome, autoimmunepulmonary inflammation, autism, Guillain-Barre Syndrome, insulindependent diabetes mellitus, and autoimmune inflammatory eye disorders.

Additional disorders that are likely to have an autoimmune componentthat may be treated, prevented, diagnosed and/or prognosed with thealbumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention include, but are not limited toscleroderma with anti-collagen antibodies (often characterized, e.g., bynucleolar and other nuclear antibodies), mixed connective tissue disease(often characterized. e.g., by antibodies to extractable nuclearantigens (e.g., ribonucleoprotein)), polymyositis (often characterized,e.g., by nonhistone ANA), pernicious anemia (often characterized, e.g.by antiparietal cell, microsomes, and intrinsic factor antibodies),idiopathic Addison's disease (often characterized, e.g., by humoral andcell-mediated adrenal cytotoxicity, infertility (often characterized,e.g., by antispermatozoal antibodies), glomerulonephritis (oftencharacterized. e.g., by glomerular basement membrane antibodies orimmune complexes), bullous pemphigoid (often characterized, e.g., by IgGand complement in basement membrane). Sjogren's syndrome (oftencharacterized, e.g., by multiple tissue antibodies, and/or a specificnonhistone ANA (SS-B)), diabetes mellitus (often characterized, e.g., bycell-mediated and humoral islet cell antibodies), and adrenergic drugresistance (including adrenergic drug resistance with asthma or cysticfibrosis) (often characterized, e.g., by beta-adrenergic receptorantibodies).

Additional disorders that may have an autoimmune component that may betreated, prevented, diagnosed and/or prognosed with the albumin fusionproteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusionproteins of the invention include, but are not limited to, chronicactive hepatitis (often characterized, e.g., by smooth muscleantibodies), primary biliary cirrhosis (often characterized, e.g., bymitochondria antibodies), other endocrine gland failure (oftencharacterized, e.g., by specific tissue antibodies in some cases),vitiligo (often characterized, e.g., by melanocyte antibodies),vasculitis (often characterized, e.g., by Ig and complement in vesselwalls and/or low serum complement), post-MI (often characterized, e.g.,by myocardial antibodies), cardiotomy syndrome (often characterized,e.g., by myocardial antibodies), urticaria (often characterized, e.g.,by IgG and IgM antibodies to IgE), atopic dermatitis (oftencharacterized, e.g., by IgG and IgM antibodies to IgE), asthma (oftencharacterized, e.g., by IgG and IgM antibodies to IgE), and many otherinflammatory, granulomatous, degenerative, and atrophic disorders.

In a preferred embodiment, the autoimmune diseases and disorders and/orconditions associated with the diseases and disorders recited above aretreated, prevented, diagnosed and/or prognosed using for example, fusionproteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusionproteins of the invention. In a specific preferred embodiment,rheumatoid arthritis is treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed usingfusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albuminfusion proteins of the invention.

In another specific preferred embodiment, systemic lupus erythematosusis treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed using fusion proteins of theinvention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention. In another specific preferred embodiment, idiopathicthrombocytopenia purpura is treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed usingfusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albuminfusion proteins of the invention.

In another specific preferred embodiment IgA nephropathy is treated,prevented, and/or diagnosed using fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention.

In a preferred embodiment, the autoimmune diseases and disorders and/orconditions associated with the diseases and disorders recited above aretreated, prevented, diagnosed and/or prognosed using fusion proteins ofthe invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins ofthe invention.

In preferred embodiments, fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention areused as a immunosuppressive agent(s).

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention may be useful in treating,preventing, prognosing, and/or diagnosing diseases, disorders, and/orconditions of hematopoietic cells. Albumin fusion proteins of theinvention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention could be used to increase differentiation and proliferation ofhematopoietic cells, including the pluripotent stem cells, in an effortto treat or prevent those diseases, disorders, and/or conditionsassociated with a decrease in certain (or many) types hematopoieticcells, including but not limited to, leukopenia, neutropenia, anemia,and thrombocytopenia. Alternatively, fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventioncould be used to increase differentiation and proliferation ofhematopoietic cells, including the pluripotent stem cells, in an effortto treat or prevent those diseases, disorders, and/or conditionsassociated with an increase in certain (or many) types of hematopoieticcells, including but not limited to histiocytosis.

Allergic reactions and conditions, such as asthma (particularly allergicasthma) or other respiratory problems, may also be treated, prevented,diagnosed and/or prognosed using fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention.Moreover, these molecules can be used to treat, prevent, prognose,and/or diagnose anaphylaxis, hypersensitivity to an antigenic molecule,or blood group incompatibility.

Additionally, fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotidesencoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention, may be used to treat,prevent, diagnose and/or prognose IgE-mediated allergic reactions. Suchallergic reactions include, but are not limited to asthma, rhinitis, andeczema. In specific embodiments, fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention may beused to modulate IgE concentrations in vitro or in vivo.

Moreover, fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotidesencoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention have uses in thediagnosis, prognosis, prevention, and/or treatment of inflammatoryconditions. For example, since fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention mayinhibit the activation, proliferation and/or differentiation of cellsinvolved in an inflammatory response, these molecules can be used toprevent and/or treat chronic and acute inflammator) conditions. Suchinflammatory conditions include, but are not limited to for example,inflammation associated with infection (e.g., septic shock, sepsis, orsystemic inflammatory response syndrome), ischemia-reperfusion injury,endotoxin lethality, complement-mediated hyperacute rejection,nephritis, cytokine or chemokine induced lung injury, inflammatory boweldisease. Crohn's disease, over production of cytokines (e.g., TNF orIL-1.), respiratory disorders (e.g., asthma and allergy);gastrointestinal disorders (e.g., inflammatory bowel disease); cancers(e.g., gastric, ovarian, lung, bladder, liver, and breast); CNSdisorders (e.g., multiple sclerosis; ischemic brain injury and/orstroke, traumatic brain injury, neurodegenerative disorders (e.g.,Parkinson's disease and Alzheimer's disease); AIDS-related dementia; andprion disease); cardiovascular disorders (e.g., atherosclerosis,myocarditis, cardiovascular disease, and cardiopulmonary bypasscomplications); as well as many additional diseases, conditions, anddisorders that are characterized by inflammation (e.g., hepatitis,rheumatoid arthritis, gout, trauma, pancreatitis, sarcoidosis,dermatitis, renal ischemia-reperfusion injury, Grave's disease, systemiclupus erythematosus, diabetes mellitus, and allogenic transplantrejection).

Because inflammation is a fundamental defense mechanism, inflammatorydisorders can effect virtually any tissue of the body. Accordingly,fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albuminfusion proteins of the invention, have uses in the treatment oftissue-specific inflammatory disorders, including, but not limited toadrenalitis, alveolitis, angiocholecystitis, appendicitis, balanitis,blepharitis, bronchitis, bursitis, carditis, cellulitis, cervicitis,cholecystitis, chorditis, cochlitis, colitis, conjunctivitis, cystitis,dermatitis, diverticulitis, encephalitis, endocarditis, esophagitis,eustachitis, fibrositis, folliculitis, gastritis, gastroenteritis,gingivitis, glossitis, hepatosplenitis, keratitis, labyrinthitis,laryngitis, lymphangitis, mastitis, media otitis, meningitis, metritis,mucitis, myocarditis, myosititis, myringitis, nephritis, neuritis,orchitis, osteochondritis, otitis, pericarditis, peritendonitis,peritonitis, pharyngitis, phlebitis, poliomyelitis, prostatitis,pulpitis, retinitis, rhinitis, salpingitis, scleritis,sclerochoroiditis, scrotitis, sinusitis, spondylitis, steatitis,stomatitis, synovitis, syringitis, tendonitis, tonsillitis, urethritis,and vaginitis.

In specific embodiments, fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention, areuseful to diagnose, prognose, prevent, and/or treat organ transplantrejections and graft-versus-host disease. Organ rejection occurs by hostimmune cell destruction of the transplanted tissue through an immuneresponse. Similarly, an immune response is also involved in GVHD (graftversus host disease), but, in this case, the foreign transplanted immunecells destroy the host tissues. Polypeptides, antibodies, orpolynucleotides of the invention, and/or agonists or antagoniststhereof, that inhibit an immune response, particularly the activation,proliferation, differentiation, or chemotaxis of T-cells, may be aneffective therapy in preventing organ rejection or GVHD. In specificembodiments, fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotidesencoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention, that inhibit animmune response, particularly the activation, proliferation,differentiation, or chemotaxis of T-cells, may be an effective therapyin preventing experimental allergic and hyperacute xenograft rejection.

In other embodiments, fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention, areuseful to diagnose, prognose, prevent, and/or treat immune complexdiseases, including, but not limited to, serum sickness, poststreptococcal glomerulonephritis, polyarteritis nodosa, and immunecomplex-induced vasculitis.

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention can be used to treat, detect,and/or prevent infectious agents. For example, by increasing the immuneresponse, particularly increasing the proliferation activation and/ordifferentiation of B and/or T cells, infectious diseases may be treated,detected, and/or prevented. The immune response may be increased byeither enhancing an existing immune response, or by initiating a newimmune response. Alternatively, fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention mayalso directly inhibit the infectious agent (refer to section ofapplication listing infectious agents, etc), without necessarilyeliciting an immune response.

In another embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention areused as a vaccine adjuvant that enhances immune responsiveness to anantigen. In a specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of theinvention and or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention are used as an adjuvant to enhance tumor-specific immuneresponses.

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionare used as an adjuvant to enhance anti-viral immune responses.Anti-viral immune responses that may be enhanced using the compositionsof the invention as an adjuvant include virus and virus associateddiseases or symptoms described herein or otherwise known in the art. Inspecific embodiments, the compositions of the invention are used as anadjuvant to enhance an immune response to a virus, disease, or symptomselected from the group consisting of: AIDS, meningitis, Dengue, EBV,and hepatitis (e.g., hepatitis B). In another specific embodiment, thecompositions of the invention are used as an adjuvant to enhance animmune response to a virus, disease, or symptom selected from the groupconsisting of: HIV AIDS, respiratory syncytial virus. Dengue, rotavirus.Japanese B encephalitis, influenza A and B, parainfluenza, measles,cytomegalovirus, rabies, Junin, Chikungunya, Rift Valley Fever, herpessimplex, and yellow fever.

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionare used as an adjuvant to enhance anti-bacterial or anti-fungal immuneresponses. Anti-bacterial or anti-fungal immune responses that may beenhanced using the compositions of the invention as an adjuvant, includebacteria or fungus and bacteria or fungus associated diseases orsymptoms described herein or otherwise known in the art. In specificembodiments, the compositions of the invention are used as an adjuvantto enhance an immune response to a bacteria or fungus, disease, orsymptom selected from the group consisting of: tetanus, Diphtheria,botulism, and meningitis type B.

In another specific embodiment, the compositions of the invention areused as an adjuvant to enhance an immune response to a bacteria orfungus, disease, or symptom selected from the group consisting of:Vibrio cholerae, Mycobacterium leprae, Salmonella typhi, Salmonellaparatyphi, Meisseria meningiridis, Srreptococcus pneumoniae, Group Bstreptococcus, Shigella spp., Enterotoxigenic Escherichia coli,Enterohemorrhagic E, coli, and Borrelia burgdorferi.

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionare used as an adjuvant to enhance anti-parasitic immune responses.Anti-parasitic immune responses that may be enhanced using thecompositions of the invention as an adjuvant, include parasite andparasite associated diseases or symptoms described herein or otherwiseknown in the art. In specific embodiments, the compositions of theinvention are used as an adjuvant to enhance an immune response to aparasite. In another specific embodiment, the compositions of theinvention are used as an adjuvant to enhance an immune response toPlasmodium (malaria) or Leishmania.

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionmay also be employed to treat infectious diseases including silicosis,sarcoidosis, and idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis; for example, bypreventing the recruitment and activation of mononuclear phagocytes.

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionare used as an antigen for the generation of antibodies to inhibit orenhance immune mediated responses against polypeptides of the invention.

In one embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention areadministered to an animal (e.g., mouse, rat, rabbit, hamster, guineapig, pigs, micro-pig, chicken, camel, goat, horse, cow, sheep, dog, cat,non-human primate, and human, most preferably human) to boost the immunesystem to produce increased quantities of one or more antibodies (e.g.,IgG, IgA, IgM, and IgE), to induce higher affinity antibody productionand immunoglobulin class switching (e.g., IgG, IgA, IgM, and IgE),and/or to increase an immune response.

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionare used as a stimulator of B cell responsiveness to pathogens.

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionare used as an activator of T cells.

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionare used as an agent that elevates the immune status of an individualprior to their receipt of immunosuppressive therapies.

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionare used as an agent to induce higher affinity antibodies.

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionare used as an agent to increase serum immunoglobulin concentrations.

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionare used as an agent to accelerate recovery of immunocompromisedindividuals.

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionare used as an agent to boost immunoresponsiveness among agedpopulations and/or neonates.

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionare used as an immune system enhancer prior to during, or after bonemarrow transplant and, or other transplants (e.g., allogeneic orxenogeneic organ transplantation). With respect to transplantation,compositions of the invention may be administered prior to concomitantwith, and/or after transplantation. In a specific embodiment,compositions of the invention are administered after transplantation,prior to the beginning of recovery of T-cell populations. In anotherspecific embodiment, compositions of the invention are firstadministered after transplantation after the beginning of recovery of Tcell populations, but prior to full recovery of B cell populations.

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionare used as an agent to boost immunoresponsiveness among individualshaving an acquired loss of B cell function. Conditions resulting in anacquired loss of B cell function that may be ameliorated or treated byadministering the albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention,include, but are not limited to, HIV Infection. AIDS, bone marrowtransplant, and B cell chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL).

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionare used as an agent to boost immunoresponsiveness among individualshaving a temporary immune deficiency. Conditions resulting in atemporary immune deficiency that may be ameliorated or treated byadministering the albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention,include, but are not limited to, recovery from viral infections (e.g.,influenza), conditions associated with malnutrition, recovery frominfectious mononucleosis, or conditions associated with stress, recoveryfrom measles, recovery from blood transfusion, and recovery fromsurgery.

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionare used as a regulator of antigen presentation by monocytes, dendriticcells, and/or B-cells. In one embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of theinvention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention enhance antigen presentation or antagonizes antigenpresentation in vitro or in vivo. Moreover, in related embodiments, thisenhancement or antagonism of antigen presentation may be useful as ananti-tumor treatment or to modulate the immune system.

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionare used as an agent to direct an individual's immune system towardsdevelopment of a humoral response (i.e. TH2) as opposed to a TH cellularresponse.

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionare used as a means to induce tumor proliferation and thus make it moresusceptible to anti-neoplastic agents. For example, multiple myeloma isa slowly dividing disease and is thus refractory to virtually allanti-neoplastic regimens. If these cells were forced to proliferate morerapidly their susceptibility profile would likely change.

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionare used as a stimulator of B cell production in pathologies such asAIDS, chronic lymphocyte disorder and/or Common VariableImmunodeficiency.

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionare used as a therapy for generation and/or regeneration of lymphoidtissues following surgery, trauma or genetic defect. In another specificembodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention areused in the pretreatment of bone marrow samples prior to transplant.

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionare used as a gene-based therapy for genetically inherited disordersresulting in immuno-incompetence/immunodeficiency such as observed amongSCID patients.

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionare used as a means of activating monocytes/macrophages to defendagainst parasitic diseases that effect monocytes such as Leishmania.

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionare used as a means of regulating secreted cytokines that are elicitedby polypeptides of the invention.

In another embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention areused in one or more of the applications described herein, as they mayapply to veterinary medicine.

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionare used as a means of blocking various aspects of immune responses toforeign agents or self. Examples of diseases or conditions in whichblocking of certain aspects of immune responses may be desired includeautoimmune disorders such as lupus, and arthritis, as well asimmunoresponsiveness to skin allergies, inflammation, bowel disease,injury and diseases/disorders associated with pathogens.

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionare used as a therapy for preventing the B cell proliferation and Igsecretion associated with autoimmune diseases such as idiopathicthrombocytopenic purpura, systemic lupus erythematosus and multiplesclerosis.

In another specific embodiment, polypeptides, antibodies,polynucleotides and/or agonists or antagonists of the present fusionproteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusionproteins of the invention are used as a inhibitor of B and/or T cellmigration in endothelial cells. This activity disrupts tissuearchitecture or cognate responses and is useful, for example indisrupting immune responses, and blocking sepsis.

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionare used as a therapy for chronic hypergammaglobulinemia evident in suchdiseases as monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance (MGUS).Waldenstrom's disease, related idiopathic monoclonal gammopathies, andplasmacytomas.

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionmay be employed for instance to inhibit polypeptide chemotaxis andactivation of macrophages and their precursors, and of neutrophils,basophils, B lymphocytes and some T-cell subsets, e.g., activated andCD8 cytotoxic T cells and natural killer cells, in certain autoimmuneand chronic inflammatory and infective diseases. Examples of autoimmunediseases are described herein and include multiple sclerosis, andinsulin-dependent diabetes.

The albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotidesencoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention may also be employedto treat idiopathic hyper-eosinophilic syndrome by, for example,preventing eosinophil production and migration.

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionare used to enhance or inhibit complement mediated cell lysis.

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionare used to enhance or inhibit antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity.

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionmay also be employed for treating atherosclerosis, for example, bypreventing monocyte infiltration in the artery wall.

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionmay be employed to treat adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS).

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionmay be useful for stimulating wound and tissue repair, stimulatingangiogenesis, and/or stimulating the repair of vascular or lymphaticdiseases or disorders. Additionally, fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionmay be used to stimulate the regeneration of mucosal surfaces.

In a specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionare used to diagnose, prognose, treat, and/or prevent a disordercharacterized by primary or acquired immunodeficiency, deficient serumimmunoglobulin production, recurrent infections, and/or immune systemdysfunction. Moreover, fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention may beused to treat or prevent infections of the joints, bones, skin, and/orparotid glands, blood-borne infections (e.g., sepsis, meningitis, septicarthritis, and/or osteomyelitis), autoimmune diseases (e.g. thosedisclosed herein), inflammatory disorders, and malignancies, and/or anydisease or disorder or condition associated with these infections,diseases, disorders and/or malignancies) including, but not limited to,CVID, other primary immune deficiencies, HIV disease. CLL, recurrentbronchitis, sinusitis, otitis media, conjunctivitis, pneumonia,hepatitis, meningitis, herpes zoster (e.g., severe herpes zoster),and/or pneumocystis carnii. Other diseases and disorders that may beprevented, diagnosed, prognosed, and/or treated with fusion proteins ofthe invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins ofthe invention include, but are not limited to, HIV infection, HTLV-BLVinfection, lymphopenia, phagocyte bactericidal dysfunction anemia,thrombocytopenia, and hemoglobinuria.

In another embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention areused to treat, and/or diagnose an individual having common variableimmunodeficiency disease (“CVID”; also known as “acquiredagammaglobulinemia” and “acquired hypogammaglobulinemia”) or a subset ofthis disease.

In a specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionmay be used to diagnose, prognose, prevent, and/or treat cancers orneoplasms including immune cell or immune tissue-related cancers orneoplasms. Examples of cancers or neoplasms that may be prevented,diagnosed, or treated by fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventioninclude, but are not limited to, acute myelogenous leukemia, chronicmyelogenous leukemia. Hodgkin's disease, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, acutelymphocytic anemia (ALL) Chronic lymphocyte leukemia, plasmacytomas,multiple myeloma, Burkitt's lymphoma. EBV-transformed diseases, and/ordiseases and disorders described in the section entitled“Hyperproliferative Disorders” elsewhere herein.

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand % or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention are used as a therapy for decreasing cellular proliferation ofLarge B-cell Lymphomas.

In another specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionare used as a means of decreasing the involvement of B cells and Igassociated with Chronic Myelogenous Leukemia.

In specific embodiments, the compositions of the invention are used asan agent to boost immunoresponsiveness among B cell immunodeficientindividuals, such as, for example, an individual who has undergone apartial or complete splenectomy.

Blood-Related Disorders

In a preferred embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the inventioncomprising a Therapeutic protein portion corresponding toimmunoglobulins, serum cholinesterase, alpha-1 antitrypsin, aprotinin,and coagulation factors in both pre and active forms (e.g., including,but not limited to, von Willebrand factor, fibrinogen, factor II, factorVII, factor VIIA activated factor, factor VIII, factor IX, factor X,factor XIII, cl inactivator, antithrombin III, thrombin and prothrombin,apo-lipoprotein, c-reactive protein, and protein C) and fragments and/orvariants thereof may be used to modulate hemostatic (the stopping ofbleeding) or thrombolytic (clot dissolving) activity and/or treat,prevent, diagnose, prognose, and/or detect blood-related disorders.

The albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotidesencoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention may be used tomodulate hemostatic (the stopping of bleeding) or thrombolytic (clotdissolving) activity. For example, by increasing hemostatic orthrombolytic activity, fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention couldbe used to treat or prevent blood coagulation diseases, disorders,and/or conditions (e.g., afibrinogenemia, factor deficiencies,hemophilia), blood platelet diseases, disorders, and/or conditions(e.g., thrombocytopenia), or wounds resulting from trauma, surgery, orother causes. Alternatively, fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention thatcan decrease hemostatic or thrombolytic activity could be used toinhibit or dissolve clotting. These molecules could be important in thetreatment or prevention of heart attacks (infarction), strokes, orscarring.

In specific embodiments, the albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionmay be used to prevent, diagnose, prognose, and/or treat thrombosis,arterial thrombosis, venous thrombosis, thromboembolism, pulmonaryembolism, atherosclerosis, myocardial infarction, transient ischemicattack, unstable angina. In specific embodiments, the albumin fusionproteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusionproteins of the invention may be used for the prevention of occulsion ofsaphenous grafts, for reducing the risk of periprocedural thrombosis asmight accompany angioplasty procedures, for reducing the risk of strokein patients with atrial fibrillation including nonrheumatic atrialfibrillation, for reducing the risk of embolism associated withmechanical heart valves and/or mitral valves disease. Other uses for thealbumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention, include, but are not limitedto the prevention of occlusions in extracorporeal devices (e.g.,intravascular canulas, vascular access shunts in hemodialysis patients,hemodialysis machines, and cardiopulmonary bypass machines).

In another embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention, maybe used to prevent, diagnose, prognose, and/or treat diseases anddisorders of the blood and/or blood forming organs associated with thetissue(s) in which the polypeptide of the invention is expressed.

The fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention may be used to modulatehematopoietic activity (the formation of blood cells). For example, thealbumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention may be used to increase thequantity of all or subsets of blood cells, such as, for example,erythrocytes, lymphocytes (B or T cells), myeloid cells (e.g.,basophils, eosinophils, neutrophils, mast cells, macrophages) andplatelets. The ability to decrease the quantity of blood cells orsubsets of blood cells may be useful in the prevention, detection,diagnosis and/or treatment of anemias and leukopenias described below.Alternatively, the albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention may beused to decrease the quantity of all or subsets of blood cells, such as,for example, erythrocytes, lymphocytes (B or T cells), myeloid cells(e.g., basophils, eosinophils, neutrophils, mast cells, macrophages) andplatelets. The ability to decrease the quantity of blood cells orsubsets of blood cells may be useful in the prevention, detection,diagnosis and/or treatment of leukocytoses, such as, for exampleeosinophilia.

The fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention may be used to prevent, treat,or diagnose blood dyscrasia.

Anemias are conditions in which the number of red blood cells or amountof hemoglobin (the protein that carries oxygen) in them is below normal.Anemia may be caused by excessive bleeding, decreased red blood cellproduction, or increased red blood cell destruction (hemolysis). Thealbumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention may be useful in treating,preventing, and/or diagnosing anemias. Anemias that may be treatedprevented or diagnosed by the albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventioninclude iron deficiency anemia, hypochromic anemia, microcytic anemia,chlorosis, hereditary siderobloastic anemia, idiopathic acquiredsideroblastic anemia, red cell aplasia, megaloblastic anemia (e.g.,pernicious anemia, (vitamin B12 deficiency) and folic acid deficiencyanemia), aplastic anemia, hemolytic anemias (e.g., autoimmune helolyticanemia, microangiopathic hemolytic anemia, and paroxysmal nocturnalhemoglobinuria). The albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention may beuseful in treating, preventing, and/or diagnosing anemias associatedwith diseases including but not limited to anemias associated withsystemic lupus erythematosus, cancers, lymphomas, chronic renal disease,and enlarged spleens. The albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionmay be useful in treating, preventing, and/or diagnosing anemias arisingfrom drug treatments such as anemias associated with methyldopa,dapsone, and/or sulfadrugs. Additionally, fusion proteins of theinvention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention may be useful in treating, preventing, and/or diagnosinganemias associated with abnormal red blood cell architecture includingbut not limited to, hereditary spherocytosis, hereditary elliptocytosis,glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency, and sickle cell anemia.

The albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotidesencoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention may be useful intreating, preventing, and/or diagnosing hemoglobin abnormalities, (e.g.,those associated with sickle cell anemia, hemoglobin C disease,hemoglobin S—C disease, and hemoglobin E disease). Additionally, thealbumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention may be useful in diagnosing,prognosing, preventing, and/or treating thalassemias, including, but notlimited to, major and minor forms of alpha-thalassemia andbeta-thalassemia.

In another embodiment, the albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionmay be useful in diagnosing, prognosing, preventing, and/or treatingbleeding disorders including, but not limited to, thrombocytopenia(e.g., idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, and thromboticthrombocytopenic purpura). Von Willebrand's disease, hereditary plateletdisorders (e.g., storage pool disease such as Chediak-Higashi andHermansky-Pudlak syndromes, thromboxane A2 dysfunction, thromboasthenia,and Bernard-Soulier syndrome), hemolytic-uremic syndrome, hemopheliassuch as hemophelia A or Factor VII deficiency and Christmas disease orFactor IX deficiency. Hereditary Hemorhhagic Telangiectsia, also knownas Rendu-Osler-Weber syndrome, allergic purpura (Henoch Schonleinpurpura) and disseminated intravascular coagulation.

The effect of the albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention on theclotting time of blood may be monitored using any of the clotting testsknown in the art including, but not limited to whole blood partialthromboplastin time (PTT), the activated partial thromboplastin time(aPTT), the activated clotting time (ACT), the recalcified activatedclotting time, or the Lee-White Clotting time.

Several diseases and a variety of drugs can cause platelet dysfunction.Thus, in a specific embodiment, the albumin fusion proteins of theinvention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention may be useful in diagnosing, prognosing, preventing, and/ortreating acquired platelet dysfunction such as platelet dysfunctionaccompanying kidney failure, leukemia, multiple myeloma, cirrhosis ofthe liver, and systemic lupus erythematosus as well as plateletdysfunction associated with drug treatments, including treatment withaspirin, ticlopidine, nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (used forarthritis, pain, and sprains), and penicillin in high doses.

In another embodiment, the albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionmay be useful in diagnosing, prognosing, preventing, and/or treatingdiseases and disorders characterized by or associated with increased ordecreased numbers of white blood cells. Leukopenia occurs when thenumber of white blood cells decreases below normal. Leukopenias include,but are not limited to, neutropenia and lymphocytopenia. An increase inthe number of white blood cells compared to normal is known asleukocytosis. The body generates increased numbers of white blood cellsduring infection. Thus, leukocytosis may simply be a normalphysiological parameter that reflects infection. Alternatively,leukocytosis may be an indicator of injury or other disease such ascancer. Leokocytoses, include but are not limited to, eosinophilia, andaccumulations of macrophages. In specific embodiments, the albuminfusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albuminfusion proteins of the invention may be useful in diagnosing,prognosing, preventing, and/or treating leukopenia. In other specificembodiments, the albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention may beuseful in diagnosing, prognosing, preventing, and/or treatingleukocytosis.

Leukopenia may be a generalized decreased in all types of white bloodcells, or may be a specific depletion of particular types of white bloodcells. Thus, in specific embodiments, the albumin fusion proteins of theinvention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention may be useful in diagnosing, prognosing, preventing, and/ortreating decreases in neutrophil numbers, known as neutropenia.Neutropenias that may be diagnosed, prognosed, prevented, and/or treatedby the albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotidesencoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention include, but are notlimited to infantile genetic agranulocytosis, familial neutropenia,cyclic neutropenia, neutropenias resulting from or associated withdietary deficiencies (e.g., vitamin B 12 deficiency or folic aciddeficiency), neutropenias resulting from or associated with drugtreatments (e.g., antibiotic regimens such as penicillin treatment,sulfonamide treatment, anticoagulant treatment, anticonvulsant drugs,anti-thyroid drugs, and cancer chemotherapy), and neutropenias resultingfrom increased neutrophil destruction that may occur in association withsome bacterial or viral infections, allergic disorders, autoimmunediseases, conditions in which an individual has an enlarged spleen(e.g., Felty syndrome, malaria and sarcoidosis), and some drug treatmentregimens.

The albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotidesencoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention may be useful indiagnosing, prognosing, preventing, and/or treating lymphocytopenias(decreased numbers of B and/or T lymphocytes), including, but notlimited to lymphocytopenias resulting from or associated with stress,drug treatments (e.g., drug treatment with corticosteroids, cancerchemotherapies, and/or radiation therapies). AIDS infection and/or otherdiseases such as, for example, cancer, rheumatoid arthritis, systemiclupus erythematosus, chronic infections, some viral infections and/orhereditary disorders (e.g., DiGeorge syndrome, Wiskott-Aldrich Syndrome,severe combined immunodeficiency, ataxia telangiectsia).

The albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotidesencoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention may be useful indiagnosing, prognosing, preventing, and/or treating diseases anddisorders associated with macrophage numbers and/or macrophage functionincluding, but not limited to, Gaucher's disease, Niemann-Pick disease,Letterer-Siwe disease and Hand-Schuller-Christian disease.

In another embodiment, the albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionmay be useful in diagnosing, prognosing, preventing, and/or treatingdiseases and disorders associated with eosinophil numbers and, oreosinophil function including, but not limited to idiopathichypereosinophilic syndrome, eosinophilia-myalgia syndrome, andHand-Schuller-Christian disease.

In yet another embodiment, the albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionmay be useful in diagnosing, prognosing, preventing, and/or treatingleukemias and lymphomas including, but not limited to, acute lymphocytic(lymphpblastic) leukemia (ALL), acute myeloid (myelocytic, myelogenous,myeloblastic, or myelomonocytic) leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia(e.g., B cell leukemias, T cell leukemias. Sezary syndrome, and Hairycell leukemia), chronic myelocytic (myeloid, myelogenous, orgranulocytic) leukemia. Hodgkin's lymphoma, non-hodgkin's lymphoma.Burkitt's lymphoma, and mycosis fungoides.

In other embodiments, the albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionmay be useful in diagnosing, prognosing, preventing, and or treatingdiseases and disorders of plasma cells including, but not limited to,plasma cell dyscrasias, monoclonal gammaopathies, monoclonalgammopathies of undetermined significance, multiple myeloma,macroglobulinemia. Waldenstrom's macroglobulinemia, cryoglobulinemia,and Raynaud's phenomenon.

In other embodiments, the albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionmay be useful in treating, preventing, and/or diagnosingmyeloproliferative disorders, including but not limited to, polycythemiavera, relative polycythemia, secondary polycythemia, myelofibrosis,acute myelofibrosis, agnogenic myeloid metaplasia, thrombocythemia(including both primary and secondary thrombocythemia) and chronicmyelocytic leukemia.

In other embodiments, the albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionmay be useful as a treatment prior to surgery, to increase blood cellproduction.

In other embodiments, the albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionmay be useful as an agent to enhance the migration, phagocytosis,superoxide production, antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity ofneutrophils, eosionophils and macrophages.

In other embodiments, the albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionmay be useful as an agent to increase the number of stem cells incirculation prior to stem cells pheresis. In another specificembodiment, the albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention may beuseful as an agent to increase the number of stem cells in circulationprior to platelet pheresis.

In other embodiments, the albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionmay be useful as an agent to increase cytokine production.

In other embodiments, the albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionmay be useful in preventing, diagnosing, and/or treating primaryhematopoietic disorders.

Hyperproliferative Disorders

In certain embodiments, fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention can beused to treat or detect hyperproliferative disorders, includingneoplasms. Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention mayinhibit the proliferation of the disorder through direct or indirectinteractions. Alternatively, fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention mayproliferate other cells which can inhibit the hyperproliferativedisorder.

For example, by increasing an immune response, particularly increasingantigenic qualities of the hyperproliferative disorder or byproliferating, differentiating, or mobilizing T-cells,hyperproliferative disorders can be treated. This immune response may beincreased by either enhancing an existing immune response, or byinitiating a new immune response. Alternatively, decreasing an immuneresponse may also be a method of treating hyperproliferative disorders,such as a chemotherapeutic agent.

Examples of hyperproliferative disorders that can be treated or detectedby fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention include, but are not limited toneoplasms located in the: colon, abdomen, bone, breast, digestivesystem, liver, pancreas, peritoneum, endocrine glands (adrenal,parathyroid, pituitary, testicles, ovary, thymus, thyroid), eye, headand neck, nervous (central and peripheral), lymphatic system, pelvis,skin, soft tissue, spleen, thorax, and urogenital tract.

Similarly, other hyperproliferative disorders can also be treated ordetected by fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotidesencoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention. Examples of suchhyperproliferative disorders include, but are not limited to: AcuteChildhood Lymphoblastic Leukemia, Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia, AcuteLymphocytic Leukemia, Acute Myeloid Leukemia, Adrenocortical Carcinoma,Adult (Primary) Hepatocellular Cancer, Adult (Primary) Liver Cancer.Adult Acute Lymphocytic Leukemia, Adult Acute Myeloid Leukemia. AdultHodgkin's Disease. Adult Hodgkin's Lymphoma, Adult Lymphocytic Leukemia.Adult Non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma. Adult Primary Liver Cancer, Adult SoftTissue Sarcoma, AIDS-Related Lymphoma, AIDS-Related Malignancies, AnalCancer, Astrocytoma, Bile Duct Cancer, Bladder Cancer, Bone Cancer,Brain Stem Glioma, Brain Tumors, Breast Cancer, Cancer of the RenalPelvis and Ureter, Central Nervous System (Primary) Lymphoma, CentralNervous System Lymphoma, Cerebellar Astrocytoma, Cerebral Astrocytonma,Cervical Cancer. Childhood (Primary) Hepatocellular Cancer, Childhood(Primary) Liver Cancer, Childhood Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia,Childhood Acute Myeloid Leukemia, Childhood Brain Stem Glioma, ChildhoodCerebellar Astrocytoma, Childhood Cerebral Astrocytoma, ChildhoodExtracranial Germ Cell Tumors, Childhood Hodgkin's Disease, ChildhoodHodgkin's Lymphoma, Childhood Hypothalamic and Visual Pathway Glioma,Childhood Lymphoblastic Leukemia, Childhood Medulloblastoma, ChildhoodNon-Hodgkin's Lymphoma, Childhood Pineal and Supratentorial PrimitiveNeuroectodermal Tumors, Childhood Primary Liver Cancer, ChildhoodRhabdomyosarcoma, Childhood Soft Tissue Sarcoma, Childhood VisualPathway and Hypothalamic Glioma, Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia, ChronicMyelogenous Leukemia, Colon Cancer, Cutaneous T-Cell Lymphoma, EndocrinePancreas Islet Cell Carcinoma, Endometrial Cancer, Ependymoma,Epithelial Cancer, Esophageal Cancer, Ewing's Sarcoma and RelatedTumors, Exocrine Pancreatic Cancer, Extracranial Germ Cell Tumor,Extragonadal Germ Cell Tumor, Extrahepatic Bile Duct Cancer, Eye Cancer,Female Breast Cancer, Gaucher's Disease, Gallbladder Cancer, GastricCancer, Gastrointestinal Carcinoid Tumor, Gastrointestinal Tumors, GermCell Tumors, Gestational Trophoblastic Tumor, Hairy Cell Leukemia, Headand Neck Cancer, Hepatocellular Cancer, Hodgkin's Disease, Hodgkin'sLymphoma, Hypergammaglobulinemia, Hypopharyngeal Cancer, IntestinalCancers, Intraocular Melanoma, Islet Cell Carcinoma, Islet CellPancreatic Cancer, Kaposi's Sarcoma, Kidney Cancer, Laryngeal Cancer,Lip and Oral Cavity Cancer, Liver Cancer, Lung Cancer,Lymphoproliferative Disorders, Macroglobulinemia, Male Breast Cancer,Malignant Mesothelioma, Malignant Thymoma, Medulloblastoma, Melanoma,Mesothelioma, Metastatic Occult Primary Squamous Neck Cancer, MetastaticPrimary Squamous Neck Cancer, Metastatic Squamous Neck Cancer, MultipleMyeloma, Multiple Myeloma/Plasma Cell Neoplasm, MyelodysplasticSyndrome, Myelogenous Leukemia, Myeloid Leukemia, MyeloproliferativeDisorders, Nasal Cavity and Paranasal Sinus Cancer, NasopharyngealCancer, Neuroblastoma, Non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma During Pregnancy,Nonmelanoma Skin Cancer, Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer, Occult PrimaryMetastatic Squamous Neck Cancer, Oropharyngeal Cancer, Osteo-/MalignantFibrous Sarcoma, Osteosarcoma/Malignant Fibrous Histiocytoma,Osteosarcoma/Malignant Fibrous Histiocytoma of Bone, Ovarian EpithelialCancer, Ovarian Germ Cell Tumor, Ovarian Low Malignant Potential Tumor,Pancreatic Cancer, Paraproteinemias, Purpura, Parathyroid Cancer, PenileCancer, Pheochromocytoma, Pituitary Tumor, Plasma Cell Neoplasm/MultipleMyeloma, Primary Central Nervous System Lymphoma, Primary Liver Cancer,Prostate Cancer, Rectal Cancer, Renal Cell Cancer, Renal Pelvis andUreter Cancer, Retinoblastoma, Rhabdomyosarcoma, Salivary Gland Cancer,Sarcoidosis Sarcomas, Sezary Syndrome, Skin Cancer, Small Cell LungCancer, Small Intestine Cancer, Soft Tissue Sarcoma, Squamous NeckCancer, Stomach Cancer, Supratentorial Primitive Neuroectodermal andPineal Tumors, T-Cell Lymphoma, Testicular Cancer, Thymoma, ThyroidCancer, Transitional Cell Cancer of the Renal Pelvis and Ureter,Transitional Renal Pelvis and Ureter Cancer, Trophoblastic Tumors,Ureter and Renal Pelvis Cell Cancer, Urethral Cancer, Uterine Cancer,Uterine Sarcoma, Vaginal Cancer, Visual Pathway and Hypothalamic Glioma,Vulvar Cancer, Waldenstrom's Macroglobulinemia. Wilms' Tumor, and anyother hyperproliferative disease, besides neoplasia, located in an organsystem listed above.

In another preferred embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of theinvention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention are used to diagnose, prognose, prevent, and/or treatpremalignant conditions and to prevent progression to a neoplastic ormalignant state, including but not limited to those disorders describedabove. Such uses are indicated in conditions known or suspected ofpreceding progression to neoplasia or cancer, in particular, wherenon-neoplastic cell growth consisting of hyperplasia, metaplasia, ormost particularly, dysplasia has occurred (for review of such abnormalgrowth conditions, see Robbins and Angell. 1976. Basic Pathology, 2d Ed.W. B. Saunders Co. Philadelphia, pp. 68-79.)

Hyperplasia is a form of controlled cell proliferation, involving anincrease in cell number in a tissue or organ, without significantalteration in structure or function. Hyperplastic disorders which can bediagnosed, prognosed, prevented, and, or treated with fusion proteins ofthe invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins ofthe invention include, but are not limited to angiofollicularmediastinal lymph node hyperplasia, angiolymphoid hyperplasia witheosinophilia, atypical melanocytic hyperplasia, basal cell hyperplasia,benign giant lymph node hyperplasia, cementum hyperplasia, congenitaladrenal hyperplasia, congenital sebaceous hyperplasia, cystichyperplasia, cystic hyperplasia of the breast, denture hyperplasia,ductal hyperplasia, endometrial hyperplasia, fibromuscular hyperplasia,focal epithelial hyperplasia, gingival hyperplasia, inflammatory fibroushyperplasia, inflammatory papillary hyperplasia, intravascular papillaryendothelial hyperplasia, nodular hyperplasia of prostate, nodularregenerative hyperplasia, pseudoepitheliomatous hyperplasia, senilesebaceous hyperplasia, and verrucous hyperplasia.

Metaplasia is a form of controlled cell growth in which one type ofadult or fully differentiated cell substitutes for another type of adultcell. Metaplastic disorders which can be diagnosed, prognosed,prevented, and/or treated with fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventioninclude, but are not limited to, agnogenic myeloid metaplasia, apocrinemetaplasia, atypical metaplasia, autoparenchymatous metaplasia,connective tissue metaplasia, epithelial metaplasia, intestinalmetaplasia, metaplastic anemia, metaplastic ossification, metaplasticpolyps, myeloid metaplasia, primary myeloid metaplasia, secondarymyeloid metaplasia, squamous metaplasia, squamous metaplasia of amnion,and symptomatic myeloid metaplasia.

Dysplasia is frequently a forerunner of cancer, and is found mainly inthe epithelia; it is the most disorderly form of non-neoplastic cellgrowth, involving a loss in individual cell uniformity and in thearchitectural orientation of cells. Dysplastic cells often haveabnormally large, deeply stained nuclei, and exhibit pleomorphism.Dysplasia characteristically occurs where there exists chronicirritation or inflammation. Dysplastic disorders which can be diagnosed,prognosed, prevented, and/or treated with fusion proteins of theinvention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention include, but are not limited to, anhidrotic ectodermaldysplasia, anterofacial dysplasia, asphyxiating thoracic dysplasia,atriodigital dysplasia, bronchopulmonary dysplasia, cerebral dysplasia,cervical dysplasia, chondroectodermal dysplasia, cleidocranialdysplasia, congenital ectodermal dysplasia, craniodiaphysial dysplasia,craniocarpotarsal dysplasia, craniometaphysial dysplasia, dentindysplasia, diaphysial dysplasia, ectodermal dysplasia, enamel dysplasia,encephalo-ophthalmic dysplasia, dysplasia epiphysialis hemimelia,dysplasia epiphysialis multiplex, dysplasia epiphysialis punctata,epithelial dysplasia, faciodigitogenital dysplasia, familial fibrousdysplasia of jaws, familial white folded dysplasia, fibromusculardysplasia, fibrous dysplasia of bone, florid osseous dysplasia,hereditary renal-retinal dysplasia, hidrotic ectodermal dysplasia,hypohidrotic ectodermal dysplasia, lymphopenic thymic dysplasia, mammarydysplasia, mandibulofacial dysplasia, metaphysial dysplasia, Mondinidysplasia, monostotic fibrous dysplasia, mucoepithelial dysplasia,multiple epiphysial dysplasia, oculoauriculovertebral dysplasia,oculodentodigital dysplasia, oculovertebral dysplasia, odontogenicdysplasia, ophthalmnomandibulomelic dysplasia, periapical, cementaldysplasia, polyostotic fibrous dysplasia, pseudoachondroplasticspondyloepiphysial dysplasia, retinal dysplasia, septo-optic dysplasia,spondyloepiphysial dysplasia, and ventriculoradial dysplasia.

Additional pre-neoplastic disorders which can be diagnosed, prognosed,prevented, and/or treated with fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventioninclude, but are not limited to, benign dysproliferative disorders(e.g., benign tumors, fibrocystic conditions, tissue hypertrophy,intestinal polyps, colon polyps, and esophageal dysplasia), leukoplakia,keratoses, Bowen's disease, Farmer's Skin, solar cheilitis, and solarkeratosis.

In another embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention, maybe used to diagnose and/or prognose disorders associated with thetissue(s) in which the polypeptide of the invention is expressed.

In another embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionconjugated to a toxin or a radioactive isotope, as described herein, maybe used to treat cancers and neoplasms, including, but not limited tothose described herein. In a further preferred embodiment, albuminfusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albuminfusion proteins of the invention conjugated to a toxin or a radioactiveisotope, as described herein, may be used to treat acute myelogenousleukemia.

Additionally, fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotidesencoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention may affect apoptosis,and therefore, would be useful in treating a, number of diseasesassociated with increased cell survival or the inhibition of apoptosis.For example, diseases associated with increased cell survival or theinhibition of apoptosis that could be diagnosed, prognosed, prevented,and/or treated by polynucleotides, polypeptides, and/or agonists orantagonists of the invention, include cancers (such as follicularlymphomas, carcinomas with p53 mutations, and hormone-dependent tumors,including, but not limited to colon cancer, cardiac tumors, pancreaticcancer, melanoma, retinoblastoma, glioblastoma, lung cancer, intestinalcancer, testicular cancer, stomach cancer, neuroblastoma, myxoma, myoma,lymphoma, endothelioma, osteoblastoma, osteoclastoma, osteosarcoma,chondrosarcoma, adenoma, breast cancer, prostate cancer. Kaposi'ssarcoma and ovarian cancer); autoimmune disorders such as, multiplesclerosis. Sjogren's syndrome. Hashimoto's thyroiditis, biliarycirrhosis, Behcet's disease. Crohn's disease, polymyositis, systemiclupus erythematosus and immune-related glomerulonephritis and rheumatoidarthritis) and viral infections (such as herpes viruses, pox viruses andadenoviruses), inflammation, graft v, host disease, acute graftrejection, and chronic graft rejection.

In preferred embodiments, fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention areused to inhibit growth, progression, and/or metastasis of cancers, inparticular those listed above.

Additional diseases or conditions associated with increased cellsurvival that could be diagnosed, prognosed, prevented, and/or treatedby fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention, include, but are not limitedto, progression, and/or metastases of malignancies and related disorderssuch as leukemia (including acute leukemias (e.g., acute lymphocyticleukemia, acute myelocytic leukemia (including myeloblastic,promyelocytic, myelomonocytic, monocytic, and erythroleukemia)) andchronic leukemias (e.g., chronic myelocytic (granulocytic) leukemia andchronic lymphocytic leukemia)), polycythemia vera, lymphomas (e.g.,Hodgkin's disease and non-Hodgkin's disease), multiple myeloma.Waldenstrom's macroglobulinemia, heavy chain disease, and solid tumorsincluding, but not limited to sarcomas and carcinomas such asfibrosarcoma, myxosarcoma, liposarcoma, chondrosarcoma, osteogenicsarcoma, chordoma, angiosarcoma, endotheliosarcoma, lymplihangiosarcoma,lymphangioendotheliosarcoma, synovioma, mesothelioma. Ewing's tumor,leiomyosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, colon carcinoma, pancreatic cancer,breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, squamous cell carcinoma,basal cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, sweat gland carcinoma, sebaceousgland carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, papillary adenocarcinomas,cystadenocarcinoma, medullary carcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, renalcell carcinoma, hepatoma, bile duct carcinoma, choriocarcinoma,seminoma, embryonal carcinoma. Wilm's tumor, cervical cancer, testiculartumor, lung carcinoma, small cell lung carcinoma, bladder carcinoma,epithelial carcinoma, glioma, astrocytoma, medulloblastoma,craniopharyngioma, ependymoma, pinealoma, emangioblastoma, acousticneuroma, oligodendroglioma, menangioma, melanoma, neuroblastoma, andretinoblastoma.

Diseases associated with increased apoptosis that could be diagnosed,prognosed, prevented, and/or treated by fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention, include AIDS; neurodegenerative disorders (such asAlzheimer's disease. Parkinson's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis,retinitis pigmentosa, cerebellar degeneration and brain tumor or priorassociated disease); autoimmune disorders (such as, multiple sclerosis,Sjogren's syndrome. Hashimoto's thyroiditis, biliary cirrhosis. Behcet'sdisease. Crohn's disease, polymyositis, systemic lupus erythematosus andimmune-related glomerulonephritis and rheumatoid arthritis)myelodysplastic syndromes (such as aplastic anemia), graft v, hostdisease, ischemic injury (such as that caused by myocardial infarction,stroke and reperfusion injury), liver injury (e.g., hepatitis relatedliver injury, ischemia/reperfusion injury, cholestosis (bile ductinjury) and liver cancer); toxin-induced liver disease (such as thatcaused by alcohol), septic shock, cachexia and anorexia.

Hyperproliferative diseases and/or disorders that could be diagnosed,prognosed, prevented, and/or treated by fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention, include, but are not limited to, neoplasms located in theliver, abdomen, bone, breast, digestive system, pancreas, peritoneum,endocrine glands (adrenal, parathyroid, pituitary, testicles, ovary,thymus, thyroid), eye, head and neck, nervous system (central andperipheral), lymphatic system, pelvis, skin, soft tissue, spleen,thorax, and urogenital tract.

Similarly, other hyperproliferative disorders can also be diagnosed,prognosed, prevented, and/or treated by fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention. Examples of such hyperproliferative disorders include, butare not limited to: hypergammaglobulinemia, lymphoproliferativedisorders, paraproteinemias, purpura, sarcoidosis, Sezary Syndrome,Waldenstron's macroglobulinemia, Gaucher's Disease, histiocytosis, andany other hyperproliferative disease, besides neoplasia, located in anorgan system listed above.

Another preferred embodiment utilizes polynucleotides encoding albuminfusion proteins of the invention to inhibit aberrant cellular division,by gene therapy using the present invention, and/or protein fusions orfragments thereof.

Thus, the present invention provides a method for treating cellproliferative disorders by inserting into an abnormally proliferatingcell a polynucleotide encoding an albumin fusion protein of the presentinvention, wherein said polynucleotide represses said expression.

Another embodiment of the present invention provides a method oftreating cell-proliferative disorders in individuals comprisingadministration of one or more active gene copies of the presentinvention to an abnormally proliferating cell or cells. In a preferredembodiment, polynucleotides of the present invention is a DNA constructcomprising a recombinant expression vector effective in expressing a DNAsequence encoding said polynucleotides. In another preferred embodimentof the present invention, the DNA construct encoding the fusion proteinof the present invention is inserted into cells to be treated utilizinga retrovirus, or more preferably an adenoviral vector (See G J. Nabel,et, al., PNAS 1999 96: 324-326, which is hereby incorporated byreference). In a most preferred embodiment, the viral vector isdefective and will not transform non-proliferating cells, onlyproliferating cells. Moreover, in a preferred embodiment, thepolynucleotides of the present invention inserted into proliferatingcells either alone, or in combination with or fused to otherpolynucleotides, can then be modulated via an external stimulus (i.e.magnetic, specific small molecule, chemical, or drug administration,etc.), which acts upon the promoter upstream of said polynucleotides toinduce expression of the encoded protein product. As such the beneficialtherapeutic affect of the present invention may be expressly modulated(i.e. to increase, decrease, or inhibit expression of the presentinvention) based upon said external stimulus.

Polynucleotides of the present invention may be useful in repressingexpression of oncogenic genes or antigens. By “repressing expression ofthe oncogenic genes” is intended the suppression of the transcription ofthe gene, the degradation of the gene transcript (pre-message RNA), theinhibition of splicing, the destruction of the messenger RNA, theprevention of the post-translational modifications of the protein, thedestruction of the protein, or the inhibition of the normal function ofthe protein.

For local administration to abnormally proliferating cells,polynucleotides of the present invention may be administered by anymethod known to those of skill in the art including, but not limited totransfection, electroporation, microinjection of cells, or in vehiclessuch as liposomes, lipofectin, or as naked polynucleotides, or any othermethod described throughout the specification. The polynucleotide of thepresent invention may be delivered by known gene delivery systems suchas, but not limited to retroviral vectors (Gilboa, J. Virology 44:845(1982); Hocke. Nature 320:275 (1986). Wilson, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad.Sci. U.S.A. 85:3014), vaccinia virus system (Chakrabarty et al. Mol.Cell. Biol. 5:3403 (1985) or other efficient DNA delivery systems (Yateset al. Nature 313:812 (1985)) known to those skilled in the art. Thesereferences are exemplar % only and are hereby incorporated by reference.In order to specifically deliver or transfect cells which are abnormallyproliferating and spare non-dividing cells, it is preferable to utilizea retrovirus, or adenoviral (as described in the art and elsewhereherein) delivery system known to those of skill in the art. Since hostDNA replication is required for retroviral DNA to integrate and theretrovirus will be unable to self replicate due to the lack of theretrovirus genes needed for its life cycle. Utilizing such a retroviraldelivery system for polynucleotides of the present invention will targetsaid gene and constructs to abnormally proliferating cells and willspare the non-dividing normal cells.

The polynucleotides of the present invention may be delivered directlyto cell proliferative disorder/disease sites in internal organs, bodycavities and the like by use of imaging devices used to guide aninjecting needle directly to the disease site. The polynucleotides ofthe present invention may also be administered to disease sites at thetime of surgical intervention.

By “cell proliferative disease” is meant any human or animal disease ordisorder, affecting any one or any combination of organs, cavities, orbody parts, which is characterized by single or multiple local abnormalproliferations of cells, groups of cells, or tissues, whether benign ormalignant.

Any amount of the polynucleotides of the present invention may beadministered as long as it has a biologically inhibiting effect on theproliferation of the treated cells. Moreover, it is possible toadminister more than one of the polynucleotide of the present inventionsimultaneously to the same site. By “biologically inhibiting” is meantpartial or total growth inhibition as well as decreases in the rate ofproliferation or growth of the cells. The biologically inhibitory dosemay be determined by assessing the effects of the polynucleotides of thepresent invention on target malignant or abnormally proliferating cellgrowth in tissue culture, tumor growth in animals and cell cultures, orany other method known to one of ordinary skill in the art.

Moreover, fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotidesencoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention of the presentinvention are useful in inhibiting the angiogenesis of proliferativecells or tissues, either alone, as a protein fusion, or in combinationwith other polypeptides directly or indirectly, as described elsewhereherein. In a most preferred embodiment, said anti-angiogenesis effectmay be achieved indirectly, for example, through the inhibition ofhematopoietic, tumor-specific cells, such as tumor-associatedmacrophages (See Joseph I B, et al. J Natl Cancer Inst. 90(21):1648-53(1998), which is hereby incorporated by reference).

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention may be useful in inhibitingproliferative cells or tissues through the induction of apoptosis. Thesefusion proteins and/or polynucleotides may act either directly, orindirectly to induce apoptosis of proliferative cells and tissues, forexample in the activation of a death-domain receptor, such as tumornecrosis factor (TNF) receptor-1. CD95 (Fas/APO-1). TNF-receptor-relatedapoptosis-mediated protein (TRAMP) and TNF-related apoptosis-inducingligand (TRAIL) receptor-1 and -2 (See Schulze-Osthoff K, et, al., Eur JBiochem 254(3):439-59 (1998), which is hereby incorporated byreference). Moreover, in another preferred embodiment of the presentinvention, these fusion proteins and/or polynucleotides may induceapoptosis through other mechanisms, such as in the activation of otherproteins which will activate apoptosis, or through stimulating theexpression of these proteins, either alone or in combination with smallmolecule drugs or adjuvants, such as apoptonin, galectins, thioredoxins,anti-inflammatory proteins (See for example, Mutat Res 400(1-2):447-55(1998). Med Hypotheses. 50(5):423-33 (1998). Chem Biol Interact. April24:111-112:23-34 (1998). J Mol Med. 76(6):402-12 (1998). Int J TissueReact; 20(1):3-15 (1998), which are all hereby incorporated byreference).

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and, or polynucleotidesencoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention are useful ininhibiting the metastasis of proliferative cells or tissues. Inhibitionmay occur as a direct result of administering these albumin fusionproteins and/or polynucleotides, or indirectly, such as activating theexpression of proteins known to inhibit metastasis, for example alpha 4integrins, (See, e.g., Curr Top Microbiol Immunol 1998; 231:125-41,which is hereby incorporated by reference). Such therapeutic affects ofthe present invention may be achieved either alone, or in combinationwith small molecule drugs or adjuvants.

In another embodiment, the invention provides a method of deliveringcompositions containing the albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionto targeted cells expressing the a polypeptide bound by, that binds to,or associates with an albumin fusion protein of the invention. Albuminfusion proteins of the invention may be associated with heterologouspolypeptides, heterologous nucleic acids, toxins, or prodrugs viahydrophobic, hydrophilic, ionic and/or covalent interactions.

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention are useful in enhancing theimmunogenicity and/or antigenicity of proliferating cells or tissues,either directly, such as would occur if the albumin fusion proteins ofthe invention ‘vaccinated’ the immune response to respond toproliferative antigens and immunogens, or indirectly, such as inactivating the expression of proteins known to enhance the immuneresponse (e.g. chemokines), to said antigens and immunogens.

Renal Disorders

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention, may be used to treat, prevent,diagnose, and/or prognose disorders of the renal system. Renal disorderswhich can be diagnosed, prognosed, prevented, and/or treated withcompositions of the invention include, but are not limited to, kidneyfailure, nephritis, blood vessel disorders of kidney, metabolic andcongenital kidney disorders, urinary disorders of the kidney, autoimmunedisorders, sclerosis and necrosis, electrolyte imbalance, and kidneycancers.

Kidney diseases which can be diagnosed, prognosed, prevented, and/ortreated with compositions of the invention include, but are not limitedto acute kidney failure, chronic kidney failure, atheroembolic renalfailure, end-stage renal disease, inflammatory diseases of the kidney(e.g., acute glomerulonephritis, postinfectious glomerulonephritis,rapidly progressive glomerulonephritis, nephrotic syndrome, membranousglomerulonephritis, familial nephrotic syndrome, membranoproliferativeglomerulonephritis I and II, mesangial proliferative glomerulonephritis,chronic glomerulonephritis, acute tubulointerstitial nephritis, chronictubulointerstitial nephritis, acute post-streptococcalglomerulonephritis (PSGN), pyelonephritis, lupus nephritis, chronicnephritis, interstitial nephritis, and post-streptococcalglomerulonephritis), blood vessel disorders of the kidneys (e.g., kidneyinfarction, atheroembolic kidney disease, cortical necrosis, malignantnephrosclerosis, renal vein thrombosis, renal underperfusion, renalretinopathy, renal ischemia-reperfusion, renal artery embolism, andrenal artery stenosis), and kidney disorders resulting form urinarytract disease (e.g., pyelonephritis, hydronephrosis, urolithiasis (renallithiasis, nephrolithiasis), reflux nephropathy, urinary tractinfections, urinary retention, and acute or chronic unilateralobstructive uropathy.)

In addition, compositions of the invention can be used to diagnose,prognose, prevent, and/or treat metabolic and congenital disorders ofthe kidney (e.g., uremia, renal amyloidosis, renal osteodystrophy, renaltubular acidosis, renal glycosuria, nephrogenic diabetes insipidus,cystinuria, Fanconi's syndrome, renal fibrocystic osteosis (renalrickets), Hartnup disease, Bartter's syndrome, Liddle's syndrome,polycystic kidney disease, medullary cystic disease, medullary spongekidney, Alport's syndrome, nail-patella syndrome, congenital nephroticsyndrome. CRUSH syndrome, horseshoe kidney, diabetic nephropathy,nephrogenic diabetes insipidus, analgesic nephropathy, kidney stones,and membranous nephropathy), and autoimmune disorders of the kidney(e.g., systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), Goodpasture syndrome. IgAnephropathy, and IgM mesangial proliferative glomerulonephritis).

Compositions of the invention can also be used to diagnose, prognose,prevent, and/or treat sclerotic or necrotic disorders of the kidney(e.g., glomerulosclerosis, diabetic nephropathy, focal segmentalglomerulosclerosis (FSGS), necrotizing glomerulonephritis, and renalpapillary necrosis), cancers of the kidney (e.g., nephroma,hypernephroma, nephroblastoma, renal cell cancer, transitional cellcancer, renal adenocarcinoma, squamous cell cancer, and Wilm's tumor),and electrolyte imbalances (e.g., nephrocalcinosis, pyuria, edema,hydronephritis, proteinuria, hyponatremia, hypernatremia, hypokalemia,hyperkalemia, hypocalcemia, hypercalcemia, hypophosphatemia, andhyperphosphatemia).

Compositions of the invention may be administered using any method knownin the art, including, but not limited to direct needle, injection atthe delivery site, intravenous injection, topical administration,catheter infusion, biolistic injectors, particle accelerators, gelfoamsponge depots, other commercially available depot materials, osmoticpumps, oral or suppositorial solid pharmaceutical formulations,decanting or topical applications during surgery, aerosol delivery. Suchmethods are known in the art. Compositions of the invention may beadministered as part of a Therapeutic, described in more detail below.Methods of delivering polynucleotides of the invention are described inmore detail herein.

Cardiovascular Disorders

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention, may be used to treat, prevent,diagnose, and/or prognose cardiovascular disorders, including, but notlimited to peripheral artery disease, such as limb ischemia.

Cardiovascular disorders include, but are not limited to cardiovascularabnormalities, such as arterio-arterial fistula, arteriovenous fistula,cerebral arteriovenous malformations, congenital heart defects,pulmonary atresia, and Scimitar Syndrome. Congenital heart defectsinclude, but are not limited to, aortic coarctation, cortriatriatum,coronary vessel anomalies, crisscross heart, dextrocardia, patent ductusarteriosus, Ebstein's anomaly, Eisenmenger complex, hypoplastic leftheart syndrome, levocardia, tetralogy of fallot, transposition of greatvessels, double outlet right ventricle, tricuspid atresia, persistenttruncus arteriosus, and heart septal defects, such as aortopulmonaryseptal defect, endocardial cushion defects, Lutembacher's Syndrome,trilogy of Fallot, ventricular heart septal defects.

Cardiovascular disorders also include, but are not limited to heartdisease, such as arrhythmias, carcinoid heart disease, high cardiacoutput, low cardiac output, cardiac tamponade, endocarditis (includingbacterial), heart aneurysm, cardiac arrest, congestive heart failure,congestive cardiomyopathy, paroxysmal dyspnea, cardiac edema, hearthypertrophy, congestive cardiomyopathy, left ventricular hypertrophy,right ventricular hypertrophy, post-infarction heart rupture,ventricular septal rupture, heart valve diseases, myocardial diseases,myocardial ischemia, pericardial effusion, pericarditis (includingconstrictive and tuberculous), pneumopericardium, postpericardiotomysyndrome, pulmonary heart disease, rheumatic heart disease, ventriculardysfunction, hyperemia, cardiovascular pregnancy complications, ScimitarSyndrome, cardiovascular syphilis, and cardiovascular tuberculosis.

Arrhythmias include, but are not limited to sinus arrhythmia, atrialfibrillation, atrial flutter, bradycardia, extrasystole, Adams-StokesSyndrome, bundle-branch block, sinoatrial block, long QT syndrome,parasystole, Lown-Ganong-Levine Syndrome, Mahaim-type pre-excitationsyndrome. Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome, sick sinus syndrome,tachycardias, and ventricular fibrillation. Tachycardias includeparoxysmal tachycardia, supraventricular tachycardia, acceleratedidioventricular rhythm, atrioventricular nodal reentry tachycardia,ectopic atrial tachycardia, ectopic junctional tachycardia, sinoatrialnodal reentry tachycardia, sinus tachycardia, Torsades de Pointes, andventricular tachycardia.

Heart valve diseases include, but are not limited to aortic valveinsufficiency, aortic valve stenosis, hear murmurs, aortic valveprolapse, mitral valve prolapse, tricuspid valve prolapse, mitral valveinsufficiency, mitral valve stenosis, pulmonary atresia, pulmonary valveinsufficiency, pulmonary valve stenosis, tricuspid atresia, tricuspidvalve insufficiency, and tricuspid valve stenosis.

Myocardial diseases include, but are not limited to alcoholiccardiomyopathy, congestive cardiomyopathy, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy,aortic subvalvular stenosis, pulmonary subvalvular stenosis, restrictivecardiomyopathy, Chagas cardiomyopathy, endocardial fibroelastosis,endomyocardial fibrosis, Kearns Syndrome, myocardial reperfusion injury,and myocarditis.

Myocardial ischemias include, but are not limited to coronary disease,such as angina pectoris, coronary aneurysm, coronary arteriosclerosis,coronary thrombosis, coronary vasospasm, myocardial infarction andmyocardial stunning.

Cardiovascular diseases also include vascular diseases such asaneurysms, angiodysplasia, angiomatosis, bacillary angiomatosis,Hippel-Lindau Disease, Klippel-Trenaunay-Weber Syndrome, Sturge-WeberSyndrome, angioneurotic edema, aortic diseases, Takayasu's Arteritis,aortitis, Leriche's Syndrome, arterial occlusive diseases, arteritis,enarteritis, polyarteritis nodosa, cerebrovascular disorders, diabeticangiopathies, diabetic retinopathy, embolisms, thrombosis,erythromelalgia, hemorrhoids, hepatic veno-occlusive disease,hypertension, hypotension, ischemia, peripheral vascular diseases,phlebitis, pulmonary veno-occlusive disease, Raynaud's disease, CRESTsyndrome, retinal vein occlusion, Scimitar syndrome, superior vena cavasyndrome, telangiectasia, atacia telangiectasia, hereditary hemorrhagictelangiectasia, varicocele, varicose veins, varicose ulcer, vasculitis,and venous insufficiency.

Aneurysms include, but are not limited to dissecting aneurysms, falseaneurysms, infected aneurysms, ruptured aneurysms, aortic aneurysms,cerebral aneurysms, coronary aneurysms, heart aneurysms, and iliacaneurysms.

Arterial occlusive diseases include, but are not limited toarteriosclerosis, intermittent claudication, carotid stenosis,fibromuscular dysplasias, mesenteric vascular occlusion. Moyamoyadisease, renal artery obstruction, retinal artery occlusion, andthromboangiitis obliterans.

Cerebrovascular disorders include, but are not limited to carotid arterydiseases, cerebral amyloid angiopathy, cerebral aneurysm, cerebralanoxia, cerebral arteriosclerosis, cerebral arteriovenous malformation,cerebral artery diseases, cerebral embolism and thrombosis, carotidartery thrombosis, sinus thrombosis. Wallenberg's syndrome, cerebralhemorrhage, epidural hematoma, subdural hematoma, subaraxhnoidhemorrhage, cerebral infarction, cerebral ischemia (includingtransient), subclavian steal syndrome, periventricular leukomalacia,vascular headache, cluster headache, migraine, and vertebrobasilarinsufficiency.

Embolisms include, but are not limited to air embolisms, amniotic fluidembolisms, cholesterol embolisms, blue toe syndrome, fat embolisms,pulmonary embolisms, and thromoboembolisms. Thrombosis include, but arenot limited to coronary thrombosis, hepatic vein thrombosis, retinalvein occlusion, carotid artery thrombosis, sinus thrombosis.Wallenberg's syndrome, and thrombophlebitis.

Ischemic disorders include, but are not limited to, cerebral ischemia,ischemic colitis, compartment syndromes, anterior compartment syndrome,myocardial ischemia, reperfusion injuries, and peripheral limb ischemia.Vasculitis includes, but is not limited to, aortitis, arteritis,Behcet's Syndrome, Churg-Strauss Syndrome, mucocutaneous lymph nodesyndrome, thromboangiitis obliterans, hypersensitivity vasculitis,Schoenlein-Henoch purpura, allergic cutaneous vasculitis, and Wegener'sgranulomatosis.

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention may be administered using anymethod known in the art, including, but not limited to, direct needleinjection at the delivery site, intravenous injection, topicaladministration, catheter infusion, biolistic injectors, particleaccelerators, gelfoam sponge depots, other commercially available depotmaterials, osmotic pumps, oral or suppositorial solid pharmaceuticalformulations, decanting or topical applications during surgery, aerosoldelivery. Such methods are known in the art. Methods of deliveringpolynucleotides are described in more detail herein.

Respiratory Disorders

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention may be used to treat, prevent,diagnose, and/or prognose diseases and/or disorders of the respiratorysystem.

Diseases and disorders of the respiratory system include, but are notlimited to, nasal vestibulitis, nonallergic rhinitis (e.g., acuterhinitis, chronic rhinitis, atrophic rhinitis, vasomotor rhinitis),nasal polyps, and sinusitis, juvenile angiofibromas, cancer of the noseand juvenile papillomas, vocal cord polyps, nodules (singer's nodules),contact ulcers, vocal cord paralysis, laryngoceles, pharyngitis (e.g.,viral and bacterial), tonsillitis, tonsillar cellulitis, parapharyngealabscess, laryngitis, laryngoceles, and throat cancers (e.g., cancer ofthe nasopharynx, tonsil cancer, larynx cancer), lung cancer (e.g.,squamous cell carcinoma, small cell (oat cell) carcinoma, large cellcarcinoma, and adenocarcinoma), allergic disorders (eosinophilicpneumonia, hypersensitivity pneumonitis (e.g., extrinsic allergicalveolitis, allergic interstitial pneumonitis, organic dustpneumoconiosis, allergic bronchopulmonary aspergillosis, asthma.Wegener's granulomatosis (granulomatous vasculitis). Goodpasture'ssyndrome)), pneumonia (e.g., bacterial pneumonia (e.g., Streptococcuspneumoniae (pneumoncoccal pneumonia), Staphylococcus aureus(staphylococcal pneumonia). Gram-negative bacterial pneumonia (causedby, e.g., Klebsiella and Pseudomas spp.). Mycoplasma pneumoniaepneumonia. Hemophilus influenzae pneumonia. Legionella pnemophila(Legionnaires' disease), and Chlamydia psittaci (Psittacosis)), andviral pneumonia (e.g. influenza, chickenpox (varicella).

Additional diseases and disorders of the respiratory system include, butare not limited to bronchiolitis, polio (poliomyelitis), croup,respiratory syncytial viral infection, mumps, erythema infectiosum(fifth disease), roseola infantum, progressive rubella panencephalitis,german measles, and subacute sclerosing panencephalitis), fungalpneumonia (e.g., Histoplasmosis, Coccidioidomycosis, Blastomycosis,fungal infections in people with severely suppressed immune systems(e.g., cryptococcosis, caused by Cryptococcus neoformans; aspergillosis,caused by Aspergillus spp.; candidiasis, caused by Candida; andmucormycosis)), Pneumocystis carinii (pneumocystis pneumonia), atypicalpneumonias (e.g., Mycoplasma and Chlamydia spp.), opportunisticinfection pneumonia, nosocomial pneumonia, chemical pneumonitis, andaspiration pneumonia, pleural disorders (e.g., pleurisy, pleuraleffusion, and pneumothorax (e.g., simple spontaneous pneumothorax,complicated spontaneous pneumothorax, tension pneumothorax)),obstructive airway diseases (e.g., asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonarydisease (COPD), emphysema, chronic or acute bronchitis), occupationallung diseases (e.g., silicosis, black lung (coal workers'pneumoconiosis), asbestosis, berylliosis, occupational asthsma,byssinosis, and benign pneumoconioses). Infiltrative Lung Disease (e.g.,pulmonary fibrosis (e.g., fibrosing alveolitis, usual interstitialpneumonia), idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, desquamative interstitialpneumonia, lymphoid interstitial pneumonia, histiocytosis X (e.g.,Letterer-Siwe disease. Hand-Schiiller-Christian disease, eosinophilicgranulonma), idiopathic pulmonary hemosiderosis, sarcoidosis andpulmonary alveolar proteinosis). Acute respiratory distress syndrome(also called, e.g., adult respiratory distress syndrome), edema,pulmonary embolism, bronchitis (e.g., viral, bacterial), bronchiectasis,atelectasis, lung abscess (caused by, e.g. Staphylococcus aureus orLegionella pneumophila), and cystic fibrosis.

Anti-Anioegenesis Activity

The naturally occurring balance between endogenous stimulators andinhibitors of angiogenesis is one in which inhibitory influencespredominate. Rastinejad et al., Cell 56:345-355 (1989). In those rareinstances in which neovascularization occurs under normal physiologicalconditions, such as wound healing, organ regeneration, embryonicdevelopment, and female reproductive processes, angiogenesis isstringently regulated and spatially and temporally delimited. Underconditions of pathological angiogenesis such as that characterizingsolid tumor growth, these regulatory controls fail. Unregulatedangiogenesis becomes pathologic and sustains progression of manyneoplastic and non-neoplastic diseases. A number of serious diseases aredominated by abnormal neovascularization including solid tumor growthand metastases, arthritis, some types of eye disorders, and psoriasis.See, e.g. reviews by Moses et al. Biotech. 9:630-634 (1991); Folkman etal. N. Engl. J. Med. 333:1757-1763 (1995); Auerbach et al. J. Microvasc.Res. 29:401-411 (1985); Folkman. Advances in Cancer Research, eds. Kleinand Weinhouse, Academic Press, New York, pp. 175-203 (1985); Patz, Am.J. Opthalmol. 94:715-743 (1982); and Folkman et al. Science 221:719-725(1983). In a number of pathological conditions, the process ofangiogenesis contributes to the disease state. For example, significantdata have accumulated which suggest that the growth of solid tumors isdependent on angiogenesis. Folkman and Klagsbrun, Science 235:442-447(1987).

The present invention provides for treatment of diseases or disordersassociated with neovascularization by administration of fusion proteinsof the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteinsof the invention. Malignant and metastatic conditions which can betreated with the polynucleotides and polypeptides, or agonists orantagonists of the invention include, but are not limited to,malignancies, solid tumors, and cancers described herein and otherwiseknown in the art (for a review of such disorders, see Fishman et al.,Medicine, 2d Ed., J. B. Lippincott Co. Philadelphia (1985)). Thus, thepresent invention provides a method of treating an angiogenesis-relateddisease and/or disorder, comprising administering to an individual inneed thereof a therapeutically effective amount of an albumin fusionprotein of the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding an albuminfusion protein of the invention. For example, fusion proteins of theinvention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention may be utilized in a variety of additional methods in order totherapeutically treat a cancer or tumor. Cancers which may be treatedwith fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention include, but are not limited tosolid tumors, including prostate, lung, breast, ovarian, stomach,pancreas, larynx, esophagus, testes, liver, parotid, biliary tract,colon, rectum, cervix, uterus, endometrium, kidney, bladder, thyroidcancer; primary tumors and metastases; melanomas; glioblastoma; Kaposi'ssarcoma; leiomyosarcoma; non-small cell lung cancer; colorectal cancer;advanced malignancies; and blood born tumors such as leukemias. Forexample, fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotidesencoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention may be deliveredtopically, in order to treat cancers such as skin cancer, head and necktumors, breast tumors, and Kaposi's sarcoma.

Within yet other aspects, fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention may beutilized to treat superficial forms of bladder cancer by, for example,intravesical administration. Albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionmay be delivered directly into the tumor, or near the tumor site, viainjection or a catheter. Of course, as the artisan of ordinary skillwill appreciate, the appropriate mode of administration will varyaccording to the cancer to be treated. Other modes of delivery arediscussed herein.

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention may be useful in treating otherdisorders, besides cancers, which involve angiogenesis. These disordersinclude, but are not limited to: benign tumors, for example hemangiomas,acoustic neuromas, neurofibromas, trachomas, and pyogenic granulomas;artheroscleric plaques; ocular angiogenic diseases, for example,diabetic retinopathy, retinopathy of prematurity, macular degeneration,corneal graft rejection, neovascular glaucoma, retrolental fibroplasia,rubeosis, retinoblastoma, uvietis and Pterygia (abnormal blood vesselgrowth) of the eye; rheumatoid arthritis; psoriasis; delayed woundhealing; endometriosis; vasculogenesis; granulations; hypertrophic scars(keloids); nonunion fractures; scleroderma; trachoma; vascularadhesions; myocardial angiogenesis; coronary collaterals; cerebralcollaterals; arteriovenous malformations; ischemic limb angiogenesis;Osler-Webber Syndrome; plaque neovascularization; telangiectasia;hemophiliac joints; angiofibroma; fibromuscular dysplasia; woundgranulation; Crohn's disease; and atherosclerosis.

For example, within one aspect of the present invention methods areprovided for treating hypertrophic scars and keloids, comprising thestep of administering albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention to ahypertrophic scar or keloid.

Within one embodiment of the present invention fusion proteins of theinvention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention are directly injected into a hypertrophic scar or keloid, inorder to prevent the progression of these lesions. This therapy is ofparticular value in the prophylactic treatment of conditions which areknown to result in the development of hypertrophic scars and keloids(e.g., burns), and is preferably initiated after the proliferative phasehas had time to progress (approximately 14 days after the initialinjury), but before hypertrophic scar or keloid development. As notedabove, the present invention also provides methods for treatingneovascular diseases of the eye, including for example, cornealneovascularization, neovascular glaucoma, proliferative diabeticretinopathy, retrolental fibroplasia and macular degeneration.

Moreover. Ocular disorders associated with neovascularization which canbe treated with the albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventioninclude, but are not limited to: neovascular glaucoma, diabeticretinopathy, retinoblastoma, retrolental fibroplasia, uveitis,retinopathy of prematurity macular degeneration, corneal graftneovascularization, as well as other eye inflammatory diseases, oculartumors and diseases associated with choroidal or irisneovascularization. See, e.g. reviews by Waltman et al. Am. J. Ophthal.85:704-710 (1978) and Gartner et al., Surv. Ophthal. 22:291-312 (1978).

Thus, within one aspect of the present invention methods are providedfor treating neovascular diseases of the eye such as cornealneovascularization (including corneal graft neovascularization),comprising the step of administering to a patient a therapeuticallyeffective amount of a compound (e.g., fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention) to the cornea, such that the formation of blood vessels isinhibited. Briefly, the cornea is a tissue which normally lacks bloodvessels. In certain pathological conditions however, capillaries mayextend into the cornea from the pericorneal vascular plexus of thelimbus. When the cornea becomes vascularized, it also becomes clouded,resulting in a decline in the patient's visual acuity. Visual loss maybecome complete if the cornea completely opacitates. A wide variety ofdisorders can result in corneal neovascularization, including forexample, corneal infections (e.g., trachoma, herpes simplex keratitis,leishmaniasis and onchocerciasis), immunological processes (e.g., graftrejection and Stevens-Johnson's syndrome), alkali burns, trauma,inflammation (of any cause), toxic and nutritional deficiency states,and as a complication of wearing contact lenses.

Within particularly preferred embodiments of the invention, may beprepared for topical administration in saline (combined with any of thepreservatives and antimicrobial agents commonly used in ocularpreparations), and administered in eyedrop form. The solution orsuspension may be prepared in its pure form and administered severaltimes daily. Alternatively, anti-angiogenic compositions, prepared asdescribed above, may also be administered directly to the cornea. Withinpreferred embodiments, the anti-angiogenic composition is prepared witha muco-adhesive polymer which binds to cornea. Within furtherembodiments, the anti-angiogenic factors or anti-angiogenic compositionsmay be utilized as an adjunct to conventional steroid therapy. Topicaltherapy may also be useful prophylactically in corneal lesions which areknown to have a high probability of inducing an angiogenic response(such as chemical burns). In these instances the treatment, likely incombination with steroids, may be instituted immediately to help preventsubsequent complications.

Within other embodiments, the compounds described above may be injecteddirectly into the corneal stroma by an ophthalmologist under microscopicguidance. The preferred site of injection may vary with the morphologyof the individual lesion, but the goal of the administration would be toplace the composition at the advancing front of the vasculature (i.e.,interspersed between the blood vessels and the normal cornea). In mostcases this would involve perilimbic corneal injection to “protect” thecornea from the advancing blood vessels. This method may also beutilized shortly after a corneal insult in order to prophylacticallyprevent corneal neovascularization. In this situation the material couldbe injected in the perilimbic cornea interspersed between the corneallesion and its undesired potential limbic blood supply. Such methods mayalso be utilized in a similar fashion to prevent capillary invasion oftransplanted corneas. In a sustained-release form injections might onlybe required 2-3 times per year. A steroid could also be added to theinjection solution to reduce inflammation resulting from the injectionitself.

Within another aspect of the present invention, methods are provided fortreating neovascular glaucoma, comprising the step of administering to apatient a therapeutically effective amount of an albumin fusion proteinof the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding an albumin fusionprotein of the invention to the eye, such that the formation of bloodvessels is inhibited. In one embodiment, the compound may beadministered topically to the eye in order to treat early forms ofneovascular glaucoma. Within other embodiments, the compound may beimplanted by injection into the region of the anterior chamber angle.Within other embodiments, the compound may also be placed in anylocation such that the compound is continuously released into theaqueous humor. Within another aspect of the present invention, methodsare provided for treating proliferative diabetic retinopathy, comprisingthe step of administering to a patient a therapeutically effectiveamount of an albumin fusion protein of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding an albumin fusion protein of the invention tothe eyes, such that the formation of blood vessels is inhibited.

Within particularly preferred embodiments of the invention,proliferative diabetic retinopathy may be treated by injection into theaqueous humor or the vitreous, in order to increase the localconcentration of the polynucleotide, polypeptide, antagonist and/oragonist in the retina. Preferably, this treatment should be initiatedprior to the acquisition of severe disease requiring photocoagulation.

Within another aspect of the present invention, methods are provided fortreating retrolental fibroplasia, comprising the step of administeringto a patient a therapeutically effective amount of an albumin fusionprotein of the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding an albuminfusion protein of the invention to the eye, such that the formation ofblood vessels is inhibited. The compound may be administered topically,via intravitreous injection and/or via intraocular implants.

Additionally, disorders which can be treated with fusion proteins of theinvention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention include, but are not limited to hemangioma, arthritis,psoriasis, angiofibroma, atherosclerotic plaques, delayed wound healing,granulations, hemophilic joints, hypertrophic scars, nonunion fractures.Osler-Weber syndrome, pyogenic granuloma, scleroderma, trachoma, andvascular adhesions.

Moreover, disorders and/or states, which can be treated, prevented,diagnosed, and, or prognosed with the albumin fusion proteins of theinvention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention of the invention include, but are not limited to solid tumors,blood born tumors such as leukemias, tumor metastasis. Kaposi's sarcoma,benign tumors, for example hemangiomas, acoustic neuromas,neurofibromas, trachomas, and pyogenic granulomas, rheumatoid arthritis,psoriasis, ocular angiogenic diseases, for example, diabeticretinopathy, retinopathy of prematurity, macular degeneration, cornealgraft rejection, neovascular glaucoma, retrolental fibroplasia,rubeosis, retinoblastoma, and uvietis, delayed wound healing,endometriosis, vascluogenesis, granulations, hypertrophic scars(keloids), nonunion fractures, scleroderma, trachoma, vascularadhesions, myocardial angiogenesis, coronary collaterals, cerebralcollaterals, arteriovenous malformations, ischemic limb angiogenesis,Osler-Webber Syndrome, plaque neovascularization, telangiectasia,hemophiliac joints, angiofibroma fibromuscular dysplasia, woundgranulation, Crohn's disease, atherosclerosis, birth control agent bypreventing vascularization required for embryo implantation controllingmenstruation, diseases that have angiogenesis as a pathologicconsequence such as cat scratch disease (Rochele minalia quintosa),ulcers (Helicobacter pylori), Bartonellosis and bacillary angiomatosis.

In one aspect of the birth control method, an amount of the compoundsufficient to block embryo implantation is administered before or afterintercourse and fertilization have occurred, thus providing an effectivemethod of birth control, possibly a “morning after” method. Albuminfusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albuminfusion proteins of the invention may also be used in controllingmenstruation or administered as either a peritoneal lavage fluid or forperitoneal implantation in the treatment of endometriosis.

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention may be incorporated intosurgical sutures in order to prevent stitch granulomas.

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention may be utilized in a widevariety of surgical procedures. For example, within one aspect of thepresent invention a compositions (in the form of, for example, a sprayor film) may be utilized to coat or spray an area prior to removal of atumor, in order to isolate normal surrounding tissues from malignanttissue, and/or to prevent the spread of disease to surrounding tissues.Within other aspects of the present invention, compositions (e.g., inthe form of a spray) may be delivered via endoscopic procedures in orderto coat tumors, or inhibit angiogenesis in a desired locale. Within yetother aspects of the present invention, surgical meshes which have beencoated with anti-angiogenic compositions of the present invention may beutilized in any procedure wherein a surgical mesh might be utilized. Forexample, within one embodiment of the invention a surgical mesh ladenwith an anti-angiogenic composition may be utilized during abdominalcancer resection surgery (e.g., subsequent to colon resection) in orderto provide support to the structure, and to release an amount of theanti-angiogenic factor.

Within further aspects of the present invention, methods are providedfor treating tumor excision sites, comprising administering albuminfusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albuminfusion proteins of the invention to the resection margins of a tumorsubsequent to excision, such that the local recurrence of cancer and theformation of new blood vessels at the site is inhibited. Within oneembodiment of the invention, the anti-angiogenic compound isadministered directly to the tumor excision site (e.g., applied byswabbing, brushing or otherwise coating the resection margins of thetumor with the anti-angiogenic compound). Alternatively, theanti-angiogenic compounds may be incorporated into known surgical pastesprior to administration. Within particularly preferred embodiments ofthe invention, the anti-angiogenic compounds are applied after hepaticresections for malignancy, and after neurosurgical operations.

Within one aspect of the present invention, fusion proteins of theinvention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention may be administered to the resection margin of a wide varietyof tumors, including for example, breast, colon, brain and hepatictumors. For example, within one embodiment of the invention,anti-angiogenic compounds may be administered to the site of aneurological tumor subsequent to excision, such that the formation ofnew blood vessels at the site are inhibited.

The albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotidesencoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention may also beadministered along with other anti-angiogenic factors. Representativeexamples of other anti-angiogenic factors include: Anti-invasive Factor,retinoic acid and derivatives thereof, paclitaxel. Suramin. TissueInhibitor of Metalloproteinase-1. Tissue Inhibitor ofMetalloproteinase-2. Plasminogen Activator Inhibitor-1, PlasminogenActivator Inhibitor-2, and various forms of the lighter “d group”transition metals.

Lighter “d group” transition metals include, for example, vanadium,molybdenum, tungsten, titanium, niobium, and tantalum species. Suchtransition metal species may form transition metal complexes. Suitablecomplexes of the above-mentioned transition metal species include oxotransition metal complexes.

Representative examples of vanadium complexes include oxo vanadiumcomplexes such as vanadate and vanadyl complexes. Suitable vanadatecomplexes include metavanadate and orthovanadate complexes such as, forexample, ammonium metavanadate, sodium metavanadate, and sodiumorthovanadate. Suitable vanadyl complexes include, for example, vanadylacetylacetonate and vanadyl sulfate including vanadyl sulfate hydratessuch as vanadyl sulfate mono- and trihydrates.

Representative examples of tungsten and molybdenum complexes alsoinclude oxo complexes. Suitable oxo tungsten complexes include tungstateand tungsten oxide complexes. Suitable tungstate complexes includeammonium tungstate, calcium tungstate, sodium tungstate dihydrate, andtungstic acid. Suitable tungsten oxides include tungsten (IV) oxide andtungsten (VI) oxide. Suitable oxo molybdenum complexes includemolybdate, molybdenum oxide, and molybdenyl complexes. Suitablemolybdate complexes include ammonium molybdate and its hydrates, sodiummolybdate and its hydrates, and potassium molybdate and its hydrates.Suitable molybdenum oxides include molybdenum (VI) oxide, molybdenum(VI) oxide, and molybdic acid. Suitable molybdenyl complexes include,for example, molybdenyl acetylacetonate. Other suitable tungsten andmolybdenum complexes include hydroxo derivatives derived from, forexample, glycerol, tartaric acid, and sugars.

A wide variety of other anti-angiogenic factors may also be utilizedwithin the context of the present invention. Representative examplesinclude platelet factor 4; protamine sulphate; sulphated chitinderivatives (prepared from queen crab shells), (Murata at al., CancerRes. 51:22-26, 1991); Sulphated Polysaccharide Peptidoglycan Complex(SP-PG) (the function of this compound may be enhanced by the presenceof steroids such as estrogen, and tamoxifen citrate); Staurosporine;modulators of matrix metabolism, including for example, proline analogs,cishydroxyproline, d,L-3,4-dehydroproline. Thiaproline,alpha,alpha-dipyridyl, aminopropionitrile fumarate;4-propyl-5-(4-pyridinyl)-2(3H)-oxazolone; Methotrexate; Mitoxantrone;Heparin; Interferons; 2 Macroglobulin-serum; ChIMP-3 (Pavloff et al., J.Bio. Chem. 267:17321-17326, (1992)); Chymostatin (Tomkinson et al.Biochem J. 286:475-480, (1992)). Cyclodextrin Tetradecasulfate;Eponemycin; Camptothecin; Fumagillin (Ingber et al. Nature 348:555-557,1990); Gold Sodium Thiomalate (“GST”: Matsubara and Ziff. J. Clin.Invest. 79:1440-1446, (1987)); anticollagenase-serum; alpha2-antiplasmin(Holmes et al. J. Biol. Chem. 262(4); 1659-1664, (1987)); Bisantrene(National Cancer Institute); Lobenzarit disodium(N-(2)-carboxyphenyl-4-chloroanthronilic acid disodium or “CCA”;Takeuchi et al. Agents Actions 36:312-316, (1992)); Thalidomide;Angostatic steroid; AGM-1470; carboxynaminolmidazole; andmetalloproteinase inhibitors such as BB94.

Diseases at the Cellular Level

Diseases associated with increased cell survival or the inhibition ofapoptosis that could be treated, prevented, diagnosed, and/or prognosedusing fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention, include cancers (such asfollicular lymphomas, carcinomas with p53 mutations, andhormone-dependent tumors, including, but not limited to colon cancer,cardiac tumors, pancreatic cancer, melanoma, retinoblastoma,glioblastoma, lung cancer, intestinal cancer, testicular cancer, stomachcancer, neuroblastoma, myxoma, myoma, lymphoma, endothelioma,osteoblastoma, osteoclastoma, osteosarcoma, chondrosarcoma, adenoma,breast cancer, prostate cancer, Kaposi's sarcoma and ovarian cancer),autoimmune disorders (such as, multiple sclerosis, Sjogren's syndrome.Hashimoto's thyroiditis, biliary cirrhosis. Behcet's disease, Crohn'sdisease, polymyositis, systemic lupus erythematosus and immune-relatedglomerulonephritis and rheumatoid arthritis) and viral infections (suchas herpes viruses, pox viruses and adenoviruses), inflammation, graft v,host disease, acute graft rejection, and chronic graft rejection.

In preferred embodiments, fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention areused to inhibit growth, progression, and/or metasis of cancers, inparticular those listed above.

Additional diseases or conditions associated with increased cellsurvival that could be treated or detected by fusion proteins of theinvention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention include, but are not limited to, progression, and/ormetastases of malignancies and related disorders such as leukemia(including acute leukemias (e.g., acute lymphocytic leukemia, acutemyelocytic leukemia (including myeloblastic, promyelocytic,myelomonocytic, monocytic, and erythroleukemia)) and chronic leukemias(e.g., chronic myelocytic (granulocytic) leukemia and chroniclymphocytic leukemia)), polycythemia vera, lymphomas (e.g., Hodgkin'sdisease and non-Hodgkin's disease), multiple myeloma. Waldenstrom'smacroglobulinemia, heavy chain disease, and solid tumors including, butnot limited to sarcomas and carcinomas such as fibrosarcoma,myxosarcoma, liposarcoma, chondrosarcoma, osteogenic sarcoma, chordoma,angiosarcoma, endotheliosarcoma, lymphangiosarcoma,lymphangioendotheliosarcoma, synovioma, mesothelioma. Ewing's tumor,leiomyosarcoma, rhabdxomyosarcoma, colon carcinoma, pancreatic cancer,breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, squamous cell carcinoma,basal cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, sweat gland carcinoma, sebaceousgland carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, papillary adenocarcinomas,cystadenocarcinoma, medullary carcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, renalcell carcinoma, hepatoma, bile duct carcinoma, choriocarcinoma,seminoma, embryonal carcinoma. Wilm's tumor, cervical cancer, testiculartumor, lung carcinoma, small cell lung carcinoma, bladder carcinoma,epithelial carcinoma, glioma, astrocytoma, medulloblastoma,craniopharyngioma, ependymoma, pinealoma, hemangioblastoma, acousticneuroma, oligodendroglioma, menangioma, melanoma, neuroblastoma, andretinoblastoma.

Diseases associated with increased apoptosis that could be treated,prevented, diagnosed, and/or prognesed using fusion proteins of theinvention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention, include, but are not limited to, AIDS; neurodegenerativedisorders (such as Alzheimer's disease. Parkinson's disease. Amyotrophiclateral sclerosis. Retinitis pigmentosa. Cerebellar degeneration andbrain tumor or prior associated disease); autoimmune disorders (such as,multiple sclerosis. Sjogren's syndrome. Hashimoto's thyroiditis, biliarycirrhosis. Behcet's disease. Crohn's disease, polymyositis, systemiclupus erythematosus and immune-related glomerulonephritis and rheumatoidarthritis) myelodysplastic syndromes (such as aplastic anemia), graft v,host disease, ischemic injury (such as that caused by myocardialinfarction, stroke and reperfusion injury), liver injury (e.g.,hepatitis related liver injury, ischemia/reperfusion injury, cholestosis(bile duct injury) and liver cancer); toxin-induced liver disease (suchas that caused by alcohol), septic shock, cachexia and anorexia.

Wound Healing and Epithelial Cell Proliferation

In accordance with yet a further aspect of the present invention, thereis provided a process for utilizing fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention, for therapeutic purposes, for example, to stimulateepithelial cell proliferation and basal keratinocytes for the purpose ofwound healing, and to stimulate hair follicle production and healing ofdermal wounds. Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention, maybe clinically useful in stimulating wound healing including surgicalwounds, excisional wounds, deep wounds involving damage of the dermisand epidermis, eye tissue wounds, dental tissue wounds, oral cavitywounds, diabetic ulcers, dermal ulcers, cubitus ulcers, arterial ulcers,venous stasis ulcers, burns resulting from heat exposure or chemicals,and other abnormal wound healing conditions such as uremia,malnutrition, vitamin deficiencies and complications associated withsystemic treatment with steroids, radiation therapy and antineoplasticdrugs and antimetabolites. Albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention, could be used to promote dermal reestablishment subsequent todermal loss

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention, could be used to increase theadherence of skin grafts to a wound bed and to stimulatere-epithelialization from the wound bed. The following are types ofgrafts that fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotidesencoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention, could be used toincrease adherence to a wound bed; autografts, artificial skin,allografts, autodermic graft, autoepdermic grafts, avacular grafts.Blair-Brown grafts, bone graft, brephoplastic grafts, cutis graft,delayed graft, dermic graft, epidermic graft, fascia graft, fullthickness graft, heterologous graft, xenograft, homologous graft,hyperplastic graft, lamellar graft, mesh graft, mucosal graft,Ollier-Thiersch graft, omenpal graft, patch graft, pedicle graft,penetrating graft, split skin graft, thick split graft. Albumin fusionproteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusionproteins of the invention, can be used to promote skin strength and toimprove the appearance of aged skin.

It is believed that fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention, willalso produce changes in hepatocyte proliferation, and epithelial cellproliferation in the lung, breast, pancreas, stomach, small intestine,and large intestine. Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention, couldpromote proliferation of epithelial cells such as sebocytes, hairfollicles, hepatocytes, type II pneumocytes, mucin-producing gobletcells, and other epithelial cells and their progenitors contained withinthe skin, lung, liver, and gastrointestinal tract. Albumin fusionproteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusionproteins of the invention, may promote proliferation of endothelialcells, keratinocytes, and basal keratinocytes.

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention, could also be used to reducethe side effects of gut toxicity that result from radiation,chemotherapy treatments or viral infections. Albumin fusion proteins ofthe invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins ofthe invention, may have a cytoprotective effect on the small intestinemucosa. Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotidesencoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention, may also stimulatehealing of mucositis (mouth ulcers) that result from chemotherapy andviral infections.

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention, could further be used in fullregeneration of skin in full and partial thickness skin defects,including burns, (i.e., repopulation of hair follicles, sweat glands,and sebaceous glands), treatment of other skin defects such aspsoriasis. Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention, couldbe used to treat epidermolysis bullosa, a defect in adherence of theepidermis to the underlying dermis which results in frequent, open andpainful blisters by accelerating reepithelialization of these lesions.Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention, could also be used to treatgastric and doudenal ulcers and help heal by scar formation of themucosal lining and regeneration of glandular mucosa and duodenal mucosallining more rapidly. Inflammatory bowel diseases, such as Crohn'sdisease and ulcerative colitis, are diseases which result in destructionof the mucosal surface of the small or large intestine, respectively.Thus, fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention, could be used to promote theresurfacing of the mucosal surface to aid more rapid healing and toprevent progression of inflammatory bowel disease. Treatment with fusionproteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusionproteins of the invention, is expected to have a significant effect onthe production of mucus throughout the gastrointestinal tract and couldbe used to protect the intestinal mucosa from injurious substances thatare ingested or following surgery. Albumin fusion proteins of theinvention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention, could be used to treat diseases associate with the underexpression.

Moreover, fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotidesencoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention, could be used toprevent and heal damage to the lungs due to various pathological states.Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention, which could stimulateproliferation and differentiation and promote the repair of alveoli andbrochiolar epithelium to prevent or treat acute or chronic lung damage.For example, emphysema, which results in the progressive loss of aveoli,and inhalation injuries, i.e., resulting from smoke inhalation andburns, that cause necrosis of the bronchiolar epithelium and alveolicould be effectively treated using polynucleotides or polypeptides,agonists or antagonists of the present invention. Also fusion proteinsof the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteinsof the invention, could be used to stimulate the proliferation of anddifferentiation of type II pneumocytes, which may help treat or preventdisease such as hyaline membrane diseases, such as infant respiratorydistress syndrome and bronchopulmonary displasia, in premature infants.

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and, or polynucleotidesencoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention, could stimulate theproliferation and differentiation of hepatocytes and, thus, could beused to alleviate or treat liver diseases and pathologies such asfulminant liver failure caused by cirrhosis, liver damage caused byviral hepatitis and toxic substances (i.e., acetaminophen, carbontetraholoride and other hepatotoxins known in the art).

In addition, fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotidesencoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention, could be used treator prevent the onset of diabetes mellitus. In patients with newlydiagnosed Types I and II diabetes, where some islet cell functionremains, fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotidesencoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention, could be used tomaintain the islet function so as to alleviate, delay or preventpermanent manifestation of the disease. Also, fusion proteins of theinvention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention, could be used as an auxiliary in islet cell transplantationto improve or promote islet cell function.

Neural Activity and Neurological Diseases

The albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotidesencoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention may be used for thediagnosis and/or treatment of diseases, disorders, damage or injury ofthe brain and/or nervous system. Nervous system disorders that can betreated with the compositions of the invention (e.g., fusion proteins ofthe invention and, or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteinsof the invention), include, but are not limited to, nervous systeminjuries, and diseases or disorders which result in either adisconnection of axons, a diminution or degeneration of neurons, ordemyelination. Nervous system lesions which may be treated in a patient(including human and non-human mammalian patients) according to themethods of the invention, include but are not limited to, the followinglesions of either the central (including spinal cord, brain) orperipheral nervous systems: (1) ischemic lesions, in which a lack ofoxygen in a portion of the nervous system results in neuronal injury ordeath, including cerebral infarction or ischemia, or spinal cordinfarction or ischemia; (2) traumatic lesions, including lesions causedby physical injury or associated with surgery, for example, lesionswhich sever a portion of the nervous system, or compression injuries;(3) malignant lesions, in which a portion of the nervous system isdestroyed or injured by malignant tissue which is either a nervoussystem associated malignancy or a malignancy derived from non-nervoussystem tissue; (4) infectious lesions, in which a portion of the nervoussystem is destroyed or injured as a result of infection, for example, byan abscess or associated with infection by human immunodeficiency virus,herpes zoster, or herpes simplex virus or with Lyme disease,tuberculosis, or syphilis; (5) degenerative lesions, in which a portionof the nervous system is destroyed or injured as a result of adegenerative process including but not limited to degenerationassociated with Parkinson's disease. Alzheimer's disease, Huntington'schorea, or amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS); (6) lesions associatedwith nutritional diseases or disorders, in which a portion of thenervous system is destroyed or injured by a nutritional disorder ordisorder of metabolism including, but not limited to vitamin B12deficiency, folic acid deficiency. Wemicke disease, tobacco-alcoholamblyopia, Marchiafava-Bignami disease (primary degeneration of thecorpus callosum), and alcoholic cerebellar degeneration; (7)neurological lesions associated with systemic diseases including, butnot limited to diabetes (diabetic neuropathy, Bell's palsy), systemiclupus erythematosus, carcinoma, or surcoidosis; (8) lesions caused bytoxic substances including alcohol, lead, or particular neurotoxins; and(9) demyelinated lesions in which a portion of the nervous system isdestroyed or injured by a demyelinating disease including, but notlimited to multiple sclerosis, human immunodeficiency virus-associatedmyelopathy, transverse myelopathy or various etiologies, progressivemultifocal leukoencephalopathy, and central pontine myelinolysis.

In one embodiment, the albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention areused to protect neural cells from the damaging effects of hypoxia. In afurther preferred embodiment, the albumin fusion proteins of theinvention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention are used to protect neural cells from the damaging effects ofcerebral hypoxia. According to this embodiment, the compositions of theinvention are used to treat or prevent neural cell injury associatedwith cerebral hypoxia. In one non-exclusive aspect of this embodiment,the albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotidesencoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention, are used to treat orprevent neural cell injury associated with cerebral ischemia. In anothernon-exclusive aspect of this embodiment, the albumin fusion proteins ofthe invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins ofthe invention are used to treat or prevent neural cell injury associatedwith cerebral infarction.

In another preferred embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of theinvention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention are used to treat or prevent neural cell injury associatedwith a stroke. In a specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of theinvention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention are used to treat or prevent cerebral neural cell injuryassociated with a stroke.

In another preferred embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of theinvention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention are used to treat or prevent neural cell injury associatedwith a heart attack. In a specific embodiment, albumin fusion proteinsof the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteinsof the invention are used to treat or prevent cerebral neural cellinjury associated with a heart attack.

The compositions of the invention which are useful for treating orpreventing a nervous system disorder may be selected by testing forbiological activity in promoting the survival or differentiation ofneurons. For example, and not by way of limitation, compositions of theinvention which elicit any of the following effects may be usefulaccording to the invention: (1) increased survival time of neurons inculture either in the presence or absence of hypoxia or hypoxicconditions; (2) increased sprouting of neurons in culture or in vivo;(3) increased production of a neuron-associated molecule in culture orin vivo, e.g., choline acetyltransferase or acetylcholinesterase withrespect to motor neurons; or (4) decreased symptoms of neurondysfunction in vivo. Such effects may be measured by any method known inthe art. In preferred, non-limiting embodiments, increased survival ofneurons may routinely be measured using a method set forth herein orotherwise known in the art, such as, for example, in Zhang et al. ProcNatl Acad Sci USA 97:3637-42 (2000) or in Arakawa et al. J. Neurosci.,10:3507-15 (1990); increased sprouting of neurons may be detected bymethods known in the art, such as, for example, the methods set forth inPestronk et al., Exp. Neurol. 70:65-82 (1980), or Brown et al. Ann. Rev.Neurosci. 4:17-42 (1981); increased production of neuron-associatedmolecules may be measured by bioassay, enzymatic assay, antibodybinding. Northern blot assay, etc, using techniques known in the art anddepending on the molecule to be measured; and motor neuron dysfunctionmay be measured by assessing the physical manifestation of motor neurondisorder, e.g., weakness, motor neuron conduction velocity, orfunctional disability.

In specific embodiments, motor neuron disorders that may be treatedaccording to the invention include, but are not limited to, disorderssuch as infarction, infection, exposure to toxin, trauma, surgicaldamage, degenerative disease or malignancy that may affect motor neuronsas well as other components of the nervous system, as well as disordersthat selectively affect neurons such as amyotrophic lateral sclerosis,and including, but not limited to, progressive spinal muscular atrophy,progressive bulbar palsy, primary lateral sclerosis, infantile andjuvenile muscular atrophy, progressive bulbar paralysis of childhood(Fazio-Londe syndrome), poliomyelitis and the post polio syndrome, andHereditary Motorsensory Neuropathy (Charcot-Marie-Tooth Disease).

Further, fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotidesencoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention may play a role inneuronal survival; synapse formation; conductance; neuraldifferentiation, etc. Thus, compositions of the invention (includingfusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albuminfusion proteins of the invention) may be used to diagnose and/or treator prevent diseases or disorders associated with these roles, including,but not limited to, learning and/or cognition disorders. Thecompositions of the invention may also be useful in the treatment orprevention of neurodegenerative disease states and/or behaviouraldisorders. Such neurodegenerative disease states and/or behavioraldisorders include, but are not limited to, Alzheimer's Disease.Parkinson's Disease. Huntington's Disease. Tourette Syndrome,schizophrenia, mania, dementia, paranoia, obsessive compulsive disorder,panic disorder, learning disabilities. ALS, psychoses, autism, andaltered behaviors, including disorders in feeding, sleep patterns,balance, and perception. In addition, compositions of the invention mayalso play a role in the treatment, prevention and/or detection ofdevelopmental disorders associated with the developing embryo, orsexually-linked disorders.

Additionally, fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotidesencoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention, may be useful inprotecting neural cells from diseases, damage, disorders, or injury,associated with cerebrovascular disorders including, but not limited tocarotid artery diseases (e.g., carotid artery thrombosis, carotidstenosis, or Moyamoya Disease), cerebral amyloid angiopathy, cerebralaneurysm, cerebral anoxia, cerebral arteriosclerosis, cerebralarteriovenous malformations, cerebral artery diseases, cerebral embolismand thrombosis (e.g., carotid artery thrombosis, sinus thrombosis, orWallenberg's Syndrome), cerebral hemorrhage (e.g., epidural or subduralhematoma, or subarachnoid hemorrhage), cerebral infarction, cerebralischemia (e.g., transient cerebral ischemia, Subclavian Steal Syndrome,or vertebrobasilar insufficiency), vascular dementia (e.g.,multi-infarct), leukomalacia, periventricular, and vascular headache(e.g., cluster headache or migraines).

In accordance with yet a further aspect of the present invention, thereis provided a process for utilizing fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention, for therapeutic purposes, for example, to stimulateneurological cell proliferation and/or differentiation. Therefore,fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albuminfusion proteins of the invention may be used to treat and/or detectneurologic diseases. Moreover, fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention, canbe used as a marker or detector of a particular nervous system diseaseor disorder.

Examples of neurologic diseases which can be treated or detected withfusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albuminfusion proteins of the invention include, brain diseases, such asmetabolic brain diseases which includes phenylketonuria such as maternalphenylketonuria, pyruvate carboxylase deficiency, pyruvate dehydrogenasecomplex deficiency, Wernicke's Encephalopathy, brain edema, brainneoplasms such as cerebellar neoplasms which include infratentorialneoplasms, cerebral ventricle neoplasms such as choroid plexusneoplasms, hypothalamic neoplasms, supratentorial neoplasms, canavandisease, cerebellar diseases such as cerebellar ataxia which includespinocerebellar degeneration such as ataxia telangiectasia, cerebellardyssynergia. Friederich's Ataxia. Machado-Joseph Disease,olivopontocerebellar atrophy, cerebellar neoplasms such asinfratentorial neoplasms, diffuse cerebral sclerosis such asencephalitis periaxialis, globoid cell leukodystrophy, metachromaticleukodystrophy and subacute sclerosing panencephalitis.

Additional neurologic diseases which can be treated or detected withfusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albuminfusion proteins of the invention include cerebrovascular disorders (suchas carotid artery diseases which include carotid artery thrombosis,carotid stenosis and Moyamoya Disease), cerebral amyloid angiopathy,cerebral aneurysm, cerebral anoxia, cerebral arteriosclerosis, cerebralarteriovenous malformations, cerebral artery diseases, cerebral embolismand thrombosis such as carotid artery thrombosis, sinus thrombosis andWallenberg's Syndrome, cerebral hemorrhage such as epidural hematoma,subdural hematoma and subarachnoid hemorrhage, cerebral infarction,cerebral ischemia such as transient cerebral ischemia. Subclavian StealSyndrome and vertebrobasilar insufficiency, vascular dementia such asmulti-infarct dementia, periventricular leukomalacia, vascular headachesuch as cluster headache and migraine.

Additional neurologic diseases which can be treated or detected withfusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albuminfusion proteins of the invention include dementia such as AIDS DementiaComplex, presenile dementia such as Alzheimer's Disease andCreutzfeldt-Jakob Syndrome, senile dementia such as Alzheimer's Diseaseand progressive supranuclear palsy, vascular dementia such asmulti-infarct dementia, encephalitis which include encephalitisperiaxialis, viral encephalitis such as epidemic encephalitis. JapaneseEncephalitis, St. Louis Encephalitis, tick-borne encephalitis and WestNile Fever, acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, meningoencephalitissuch as uveomeningoencephalitic syndrome, Postencephalitic ParkinsonDisease and subacute sclerosing panencephalitis, encephalomalacia suchas periventricular leukomalacia, epilepsy such as generalized epilepsywhich includes infantile spasms, absence epilepsy, myoclonic epilepsywhich includes MERRF Syndrome, tonic-clonic epilepsy, partial epilepsysuch as complex partial epilepsy, frontal lobe epilepsy and temporallobe epilepsy, post-traumatic epilepsy, status epilepticus such asEpilepsia Partialis Continua, and Hallervorden-Spatz Syndrome.

Additional neurologic diseases which can be treated or detected withfusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albuminfusion proteins of the invention include hydrocephalus such asDandy-Walker Syndrome and normal pressure hydrocephalus, hypothalamicdiseases such as hypothalamic neoplasms, cerebral malaria, narcolepsywhich includes cataplexy, bulbar poliomyelitis, cerebri pseudotumor,Rett Syndrome, Reye's Syndrome, thalamic diseases, cerebraltoxoplasmosis, intracranial tuberculoma and Zellweger Syndrome, centralnervous system infections such as AIDS Dementia Complex, Brain Abscess,subdural empyema, encephalomyelitis such as Equine Encephalomyelitis,Venezuelan Equine Encephalomyelitis. Necrotizing HemorrhagicEncephalomyelitis. Visna, and cerebral malaria.

Additional neurologic diseases which can be treated or detected withfusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albuminfusion proteins of the invention include meningitis such asarachnoiditis, aseptic meningtitis such as viral meningtitis whichincludes lymphocytic choriomeningitis. Bacterial meningtitis whichincludes Haemophilus Meningtitis. Listeria Meningtitis, MeningococcalMeningtitis such as Waterhouse-Friderichsen Syndrome. PneumococcalMeningtitis and meningeal tuberculosis, fungal meningitis such asCryptococcal Meningtitis, subdural effusion, meningoencephalitis such asuvemeningoencephalitic syndrome, myelitis such as transverse myelitis,neurosyphilis such as tabes dorsalis, poliomyelitis which includesbulbar poliomyelitis and postpoliomyelitis syndrome, prion diseases(such as Creutzfeldt-Jakob Syndrome. Bovine Spongiform Encephalopathy.Gerstmann-Straussler Syndrome, Kuru, Scrapie), and cerebraltoxoplasmosis.

Additional neurologic diseases which can be treated or detected withfusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albuminfusion proteins of the invention include central nervous systemneoplasms such as brain neoplasms that include cerebellar neoplasms suchas infratentorial neoplasms, cerebral ventricle neoplasms such aschoroid plexus neoplasms, hypothalamic neoplasms and supratentorialneoplasms, meningeal neoplasms, spinal cord neoplasms which includeepidural neoplasms, demyelinating diseases such as Canavan Diseases,diffuse cerebral sceloris which includes adrenoleukodystrophy,encephalitis periaxialis, globoid cell leukodystrophy, diffuse cerebralsclerosis such as metachromatic leukodystrophy, allergicencephalomyelitis, necrotizing hemorrhagic encephalomyelitis,progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy, multiple sclerosis, centralpontine myelinolysis, transverse myelitis, neuromyelitis optica.Scrapie. Swayback. Chronic Fatigue Syndrome, Visna, High PressureNervous Syndrome. Meningism, spinal cord diseases such as amyotoniacongenita, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, spinal muscular atrophy suchas Werdnig-Hoffmann Disease, spinal cord compression, spinal cordneoplasms such as epidural neoplasms, syringomyelia, Tabes Dorsalis,Stiff-Man Syndrome, mental retardation such as Angelman Syndrome,Cri-du-Chat Syndrome, De Lange's Syndrome, Down Syndrome, Gangliosidosessuch as gangliosidoses G(M1), Sandhoff Disease, Tay-Sachs Disease,Hartnup Disease, homocystinuria, Laurence-Moon-Biedl Syndrome,Lesch-Nyhan Syndrome, Maple Syrup Urine Disease, mucolipidosis such asfucosidosis, neuronal ceroid-lipofuscinosis, oculocerebrorenal syndrome,phenylketonuria such as maternal phenylketonuria, Prader-Willi Syndrome,Rett Syndrome, Rubinstein-Taybi Syndrome, Tuberous Sclerosis, WAGRSyndrome, nervous system abnormalities such as holoprosencephaly, neuraltube defects such as anencephaly which includes hydrangencephaly,Arnold-Chairi Deformity, encephalocele, meningocele, meningomyelocele,spinal dysraphism such as spina bifida cystica and spina bifida occulta.

Additional neurologic diseases which can be treated or detected withfusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albuminfusion proteins of the invention include hereditary motor and sensoryneuropathies which include Charcot-Marie Disease. Hereditary opticatrophy, Refsum's Disease, hereditary spastic paraplegia.Werdnig-Hoffmann Disease. Hereditary Sensory and Autonomic Neuropathiessuch as Congenital Analgesia and Familial Dysautonomia. Neurologicmanifestations (such as agnosia that include Gerstmann's Syndrome.Amnesia such as retrograde amnesia, apraxia, neurogenic bladder,cataplexy, communicative disorders such as hearing disorders thatincludes deafness, partial hearing loss, loudness recruitment andtinnitus, language disorders such as aphasia which include agraphia,anomia, broca aphasia, and Wernicke Aphasia. Dyslexia such as AcquiredDyslexia, language development disorders, speech disorders such asaphasia which includes anomia, broca aphasia and Wernicke Aphasia,articulation disorders, communicative disorders such as speech disorderswhich include dysarthria, echolalia, mutism and stuttering, voicedisorders such as aphonia and hoarseness, decerebrate state, delirium,fasciculation, hallucinations, meningism, movement disorders such asangelman syndrome, ataxia, athetosis, chorea, dystonia, hypokinesia,muscle hypotonia, myoclonus, tic, torticollis and tremor, musclehypertonia such as muscle rigidity such as stiff-man syndrome, musclespasticity, paralysis such as facial paralysis which includes HerpesZoster Oticus. Gastroparesis. Hemiplegia, ophthalmoplegia such asdiplopia. Duane's Syndrome. Horner's Syndrome, Chronic progressiveexternal ophthalmoplegia such as Kearns Syndrome, Bulbar Paralysis,Tropical Spastic Paraparesis. Paraplegia such as Brown-Sequard Syndrome,quadriplegia, respiratory paralysis and vocal cord paralysis, paresis,phantom limb, taste disorders such as ageusia and dysgeusia, visiondisorders such as amblyopia, blindness, color vision defects, diplopia,hemianopsia, scotoma and subnormal vision, sleep disorders such ashypersomnia which includes Kleine-Levin Syndrome, insomnia, andsomnambulism, spasm such as trismus, unconsciousness such as coma,persistent vegetative state and syncope and vertigo, neuromusculardiseases such as amyotonia congenita, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis,Lambert-Eaton Myasthenic Syndrome, motor neuron disease, muscularatrophy such as spinal muscular atrophy, Charcot-Marie Disease andWerdnig-Hoffmann Disease, Postpoliomyelitis Syndrome, MuscularDystrophy, Myasthenia Gravis, Myotonia Atrophica, Myotonia Confenita,Nemaline Myopathy, Familial Periodic Paralysis, MultiplexParamyloclonus, Tropical Spastic Paraparesis and Stiff-Man Syndrome,peripheral nervous system diseases such as acrodynia, amyloidneuropathies, autonomic nervous system diseases such as Adie's Syndrome,Barre-Lieou Syndrome, Familial Dysautonomia, Horner's Syndrome, ReflexSympathetic Dystrophy and Shy-Drager Syndrome, Cranial Nerve Diseasessuch as Acoustic Nerve Diseases such as Acoustic Neuroma which includesNeurofibromatosis 2. Facial Nerve Diseases such as Facial Neuralgia,Melkersson-Rosenthal Syndrome, ocular motility disorders which includesamblyopia, nystagmus, oculomotor nerve paralysis, ophthalmoplegia suchas Duane's Syndrome. Horner's Syndrome, Chronic Progressive ExternalOphthalmoplegia which includes Kearns Syndrome. Strabismus such asEsotropia and Exotropia. Oculomotor Nerve Paralysis. Optic NerveDiseases such as Optic Atrophy which includes Hereditary Optic Atrophy.Optic Disk Drusen. Optic Neuritis such as Neuromyelitis Optica.Papilledema. Trigeminal Neuralgia. Vocal Cord Paralysis. DemyelinatingDiseases such as Neuromyelitis Optica and Swayback, and Diabeticneuropathies such as diabetic foot.

Additional neurologic diseases which can be treated or detected withfusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albuminfusion proteins of the invention include nerve compression syndromessuch as carpal tunnel syndrome, tarsal tunnel syndrome, thoracic outletsyndrome such as cervical rib syndrome, ulnar nerve compressionsyndrome, neuralgia such as causalgia, cervico-brachial neuralgia,facial neuralgia and trigeminal neuralgia, neuritis such as experimentalallergic neuritis, optic neuritis, polyneuritis, polyradiculoneuritisand radiculities such as polyradiculitis, hereditary motor and sensoryneuropathies such as Charcot-Marie Disease. Hereditary Optic Atrophy.Refsum's Disease, Hereditary Spastic Paraplegia and Werdnig-HoffmannDisease. Hereditary Sensory and Autonomic Neuropathies which includeCongenital Analgesia and Familial Dysautonomia, POEMS Syndrome.Sciatica. Gustatory Sweating and Tetany).

Endocrine Disorders

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention, may be used to treat, prevent,diagnose, and/or prognose disorders and/or diseases related to hormoneimbalance, and/or disorders or diseases of the endocrine system.

Hormones secreted by the glands of the endocrine system control physicalgrowth, sexual function, metabolism, and other functions. Disorders maybe classified in two ways: disturbances in the production of hormones,and the inability of tissues to respond to hormones. The etiology ofthese hormone imbalance or endocrine system diseases, disorders orconditions may be genetic, somatic, such as cancer and some autoimmunediseases, acquired (e.g., by chemotherapy, injury or toxins), orinfectious. Moreover, fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention can beused as a marker or detector of a particular disease or disorder relatedto the endocrine system and/or hormone imbalance.

Endocrine system and/or hormone imbalance and/or diseases encompassdisorders of uterine motility including, but not limited to:complications with pregnancy and labor (e.g., pre-term labor, post-termpregnancy, spontaneous abortion, and slow or stopped labor); anddisorders and/or diseases of the menstrual cycle (e.g., dysmenorrhea andendometriosis).

Endocrine system and/or hormone imbalance disorders and/or diseasesinclude disorders and/or diseases of the pancreas, such as, for example,diabetes mellitus, diabetes insipidus, congenital pancreatic agenesis,pheochromocytuma—islet cell tumor syndrome; disorders and/or diseases ofthe adrenal glands such as, for example, Addison's Disease,corticosteroid deficiency, virilizing disease, hirsutism, Cushing'sSyndrome, hyperaldosteronism, pheochromocytoma; disorders and/ordiseases of the pituitary gland, such as, for example, hyperpituitarism,hypopituitarism, pituitary dwarfism, pituitary adenoma,panhypopituitarism, acromegaly, gigantism; disorders and/or diseases ofthe thyroid, including but not limited to hyperthyroidism,hypothyroidism. Plummer's disease, Graves' disease (toxic diffusegoiter), toxic nodular goiter, thyroiditis (Hashimoto's thyroiditis,subacute granulomatous thyroiditis, and silent lymphocytic thyroiditis),Pendred's syndrome, myxedema, cretinism, thyrotoxicosis, thyroid hormonecoupling defect, thymic aplasia. Hurthle cell tumours of the thyroid,thyroid cancer, thyroid carcinoma. Medullary thyroid carcinoma;disorders and/or diseases of the parathyroid, such as, for example,hyperparathyroidism, hypoparathyroidism; disorders and, or diseases ofthe hypothalamus.

In addition, endocrine system and/or hormone imbalance disorders and/ordiseases may also include disorders and/or diseases of the testes orovaries, including cancer. Other disorders and/or diseases of the testesor ovaries further include, for example, ovarian cancer. polycysticovary syndrome, Klinefelter's syndrome, vanishing testes syndrome(bilateral anorchia), congenital absence of Leydig's cells,cryptorchidism, Noonan's syndrome, myotonic dystrophy, capillaryhaemangioma of the testis (benign), neoplasias of the testis andneo-testis.

Moreover, endocrine system and/or hormone imbalance disorders and/ordiseases may also include disorders and/or diseases such as, forexample, polyglandular deficiency syndromes, pheochromocytoma,neuroblastoma, multiple Endocrine neoplasia, and disorders and/orcancers of endocrine tissues.

In another embodiment, albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention, maybe used to diagnose, prognose, prevent, and/or treat endocrine diseasesand/or disorders associated with the tissue(s) in which the Therapeuticprotein corresponding to the Therapeutic protein portion of the albuminprotein of the invention is expressed,

Reproductive System Disorders

The albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotidesencoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention may be used for thediagnosis, treatment, or prevention of diseases and/or disorders of thereproductive system. Reproductive system disorders that can be treatedby the compositions of the invention, include, but are not limited toreproductive system injuries, infections, neoplastic disorders,congenital defects, and diseases or disorders which result ininfertility, complications with pregnancy, labor, or parturition, andpostpartum difficulties.

Reproductive system disorders and/or diseases include diseases and/ordisorders of the testes, including testicular atrophy, testicularfeminization, cryptorchism (unilateral and bilateral), anorchia, ectopictestis, epididymitis and orchitis (typically resulting from infectionssuch as, for example, gonorrhea, mumps, tuberculosis, and syphilis),testicular torsion, vasitis nodosa, germ cell tumors (e.g., seminomas,embryonal cell carcinomas, teratocarcinomas, choriocarcinomas, yolk sactumors, and teratomas), stromal tumors (e.g. Leydig cell tumors),hydrocele, hematocele, varicocele, spermatocele, inguinal hernia, anddisorders of sperm production (e.g., immotile cilia syndrome, aspermia,asthenozoospermia, azoospermia, oligospermia, and teratozoospermia).

Reproductive system disorders also include disorders of the prostategland, such as acute non-bacterial prostatitis, chronic non-bacterialprostatitis, acute bacterial prostatitis, chronic bacterial prostatitis,prostatodystonia, prostatosis, granulomatous prostatitis, malacoplakia,benign prostatic hypertrophy or hyperplasia, and prostate neoplasticdisorders, including adenocarcinomas, transitional cell carcinomas,ductal carcinomas, and squamous cell carcinomas.

Additionally, the compositions of the invention may be useful in thediagnosis, treatment, and/or prevention of disorders or diseases of thepenis and urethra, including inflammatory disorders, such asbalanoposthitis, balanitis xerotica obliterans, phimosis, paraphimosis,syphilis, herpes simplex virus, gonorrhea, non-gonococcal urethritis,chlamydia, mycoplasma, trichomonas, HIV, AIDS, Reiter's syndrome,condyloma acuminatum, condyloma latum, and pearly penile papules;urethral abnormalities, such as hypospadias, epispadias, and phimosis;premalignant lesions, including Erythroplasia of Queyrat, Bowen'sdisease. Bowenoid paplosis, giant condyloma of Buscke-Lowenstein, andvarrucous carcinoma; penile cancers, including squamous cell carcinomas,carcinoma in situ, verrucous carcinoma, and disseminated penilecarcinoma; urethral neoplastic disorders, including penile urethralcarcinoma, bulbomembranous urethral carcinoma, and prostatic urethralcarcinoma; and erectile disorders, such as priapism, Peyronie's disease,erectile dysfunction, and impotence.

Moreover, diseases and/or disorders of the vas deferens includevasculititis and CBAVD (congenital bilateral absence of the vasdeferens); additionally, the albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionmay be used in the diagnosis, treatment, and/or prevention of diseasesand/or disorders of the seminal vesicles, including hydatid disease,congenital chloride diarrhea, and polycystic kidney disease.

Other disorders and/or diseases of the male reproductive system include,for example. Klinefelter's syndrome. Young's syndrome, prematureejaculation, diabetes mellitus, cystic fibrosis. Kartagener's syndrome,high fever, multiple sclerosis, and gynecomastia.

Further, the polynucleotides, fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention may beused in the diagnosis, treatment, and/or prevention of diseases and/ordisorders of the vagina and vulva, including bacterial vaginosis,candida vaginitis, herpes simplex virus, chancroid, granuloma inguinale,lymphogranuloma venereum, scabies, human papillomavirus, vaginal trauma,vulvar trauma, adenosis, chlamydia vaginitis, gonorrhea, trichomonasvaginitis, condyloma acuminatum, syphilis, molluscum contagiosum,atrophic vaginitis. Paget's disease, lichen sclerosus, lichen planus,vulvodynia, toxic shock syndrome, vaginismus, vulvovaginitis, vulvarvestibulitis, and neoplastic disorders, such as squamous cellhyperplasia, clear cell carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, melanomas,cancer of Bartholin's gland, and vulvar intraepithelial neoplasia.

Disorders and/or diseases of the uterus include dysmenorrhea,retroverted uterus, endometriosis, fibroids, adenomyosis, anovulatorybleeding, amenorrhea. Cushing's syndrome, hydatidiform moles, Asherman'ssyndrome, premature menopause, precocious puberty, uterine polyps,dysfunctional uterine bleeding (e.g., due to aberrant hormonal signals),and neoplastic disorders, such as adenocarcinomas, keiomyosarcomas, andsarcomas. Additionally, the albumin fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionmay be useful as a marker or detector of, as well as in the diagnosis,treatment, and/or prevention of congenital uterine abnormalities, suchas bicornuate uterus, septate uterus, simple unicornuate uterus,unicornuate uterus with a noncavitary rudimentary horn, unicornuateuterus with a non-communicating cavitary rudimentary horn, unicomuateuterus with a communicating cavitary horn, arcuate uterus, uterinedidelfus, and T-shaped uterus.

Ovarian diseases and/or disorders include anovulation, polycystic ovarysyndrome (Stein-Leventhal syndrome), ovarian cysts, ovarianhypofunction, ovarian insensitivity to gonadotropins, ovarianoverproduction of androgens, right ovarian vein syndrome, amenorrhea,hirutism, and ovarian cancer (including, but not limited to, primary andsecondary cancerous growth, Sertoli-Leydig tumors, endometriod carcinomaof the ovary, ovarian papillary serous adenocarcinoma, ovarian mucinousadenocarcinoma, and Ovarian Krukenberg tumors).

Cervical diseases and/or disorders include cervicitis, chroniccervicitis, mucopurulent cervicitis, cervical dysplasia, cervicalpolyps, Nabothian cysts, cervical erosion, cervical incompetence, andcervical neoplasms (including, for example, cervical carcinoma, squamousmetaplasia, squamous cell carcinoma, adenosquamous cell neoplasia, andcolumnar cell neoplasia).

Additionally, diseases and/or disorders of the reproductive systeminclude disorders and/or diseases of pregnancy, including miscarriageand stillbirth, such as early abortion, late abortion, spontaneousabortion, induced abortion, therapeutic abortion, threatened abortion,missed abortion, incomplete abortion, complete abortion, habitualabortion, missed abortion, and septic abortion; ectopic pregnancy,anemia. Rh incompatibility, vaginal bleeding during pregnancy,gestational diabetes, intrauterine growth retardation, polyhydramnios.HELLP syndrome, abruptio placentae, placenta previa, hyperemesis,preeclampsia, eclampsia, herpes gestationis, and urticaria of pregnancy.Additionally, the albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention may beused in the diagnosis, treatment, and, or prevention of diseases thatcan complicate pregnancy, including heart disease, heart failure,rheumatic heart disease, congenital heart disease, mitral valveprolapse, high blood pressure, anemia, kidney disease, infectiousdisease (e.g., rubella, cytomegalovirus, toxoplasmosis, infectioushepatitis, chlamydia, HIV, AIDS, and genital herpes), diabetes mellitus.Graves' disease, thyroiditis, hypothyroidism. Hashimoto's thyroiditis,chronic active hepatitis, cirrhosis of the liver, primary biliarycirrhosis, asthma, systemic lupus eryematosis, rheumatoid arthritis,myasthenia gravis, idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, appendicitis,ovarian cysts, gallbladder disorders, and obstruction of the intestine.

Complications associated with labor and parturition include prematurerupture of the membranes, pre-term labor, post-term pregnancy,postmaturity, labor that progresses too slowly, fetal distress (e.g.,abnormal heart rate (fetal or maternal), breathing problems, andabnormal fetal position), shoulder dystocia, prolapsed umbilical cord,amniotic fluid embolism, and aberrant uterine bleeding.

Further, diseases and/or disorders of the postdelivery period, includingendometritis, myometritis, parametritis, peritonitis, pelvicthrombophlebitis, pulmonary embolism, endotoxemia, pyelonephritis,saphenous thrombophlebitis, mastitis, cystitis, postpartum hemorrhage,and inverted uterus.

Other disorders and/or diseases of the female reproductive system thatmay be diagnosed, treated, and/or prevented by the albumin fusionproteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusionproteins of the invention include, for example, Turner's syndrome,pseudohermaphroditism, premenstrual syndrome, pelvic inflammatorydisease, pelvic congestion (vascular engorgement), frigidity,anorgasmia, dyspareunia, ruptured fallopian tube, and Mittelschmerz.

Infectious Disease

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention can be used to treat or detectinfectious agents. For example, by increasing the immune response,particularly increasing the proliferation and differentiation of Band/or T cells, infectious diseases may be treated. The immune responsemay be increased by either enhancing an existing immune response, or byinitiating a new immune response. Alternatively, fusion proteins of theinvention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention may also directly inhibit the infectious agent, withoutnecessarily eliciting an immune response.

Viruses are one example of an infectious agent that can cause disease orsymptoms that can be treated or detected by albumin fusion proteins ofthe invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins ofthe invention. Examples of viruses, include, but are not limited toExamples of viruses, include, but are not limited to the following DNAand RNA viruses and viral families: Arbovirus, Adenoviridae,Arenaviridae, Arterivirus, Birnaviridae, Bunyaviridae, Caliciviridae,Circoviridae, Coronaviridae, Dengue, EBV, HIV, Flaviviridae,Hepadnaviridae (Hepatitis), Herpesviridae (such as, Cytomegalovirus,Herpes Simplex, Herpes Zoster), Mononegavirus (e.g., Paramyxoviridae,Morbillivirus, Rhabdoviridae), Orthomyxoviridae (e.g., Influenza A,Influenza B, and parainfluenza), Papiloma virus, Papovaviridae,Parvoviridae, Picornaviridae, Poxyiridae (such as Smallpox or Vaccinia),Reoviridae (e.g., Rotavirus), Retroviridae (HTLV-I, HTLV-II,Lentivirus), and Togaviridae (e.g., Rubivirus). Viruses falling withinthese families can cause a variety of diseases or symptoms, including,but not limited to: arthritis, bronchiollitis, respiratory syncytialvirus, encephalitis, eye infections (e.g., conjunctivitis, keratitis),chronic fatigue syndrome, hepatitis (A, B, C, E, Chronic Active. Delta).Japanese B encephalitis. Junin. Chikungunya, Rift Valley fever, yellowfever, meningitis, opportunistic infections (e.g., AIDS), pneumonia,Burkitt's Lymphoma, chickenpox, hemorrhagic fever, Measles. Mumps,Parainfluenza. Rabies, the common cold, Polio, leukemia. Rubella,sexually transmitted diseases, skin diseases (e.g., Kaposi's, warts),and viremia. Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention, canbe used to treat or detect any of these symptoms or diseases. Inspecific embodiments, fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention areused to treat: meningitis, Dengue, EBV, and/or hepatitis (e.g.,hepatitis B). In an additional specific embodiment fusion proteins ofthe invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins ofthe invention are used to treat patients nonresponsive to one or moreother commercially available hepatitis vaccines. In a further specificembodiment fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotidesencoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention are used to treatAIDS.

Similarly, bacterial and fungal agents that can cause disease orsymptoms and that can be treated or detected by albumin fusion proteinsof the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteinsof the invention include, but not limited to the following Gram-Negativeand Gram-positive bacteria, bacterial families, and fungi: Actinomyces(e.g. Norcardia). Acinetobacter, Cryptococcus neoformans, Aspergillus,Bacillaceae (e.g. Bacillus anthrasis), Bacteroides (e.g., Bacteroidesfragilis). Blastomycosis, Bordetella, Borrelia (e.g. Borreliaburgdorferi), Brucella, Candidia, Campylobacter, Chlamydia, Clostridium(e.g., Clostridium botulinum, Clostridium dificile, Clostridiumperfringens, Clostridium tetani). Coccidioides, Corynebacterium (e.g.,Corynebacteriun diptheriae), Cryptococcus, Dermatocycoses. E, coli(e.g., Enterotoxigenic E, coli and Enterohemorrhagic E, coli),Enterobacter (e.g., Enterobacter aerogenes), Enterobacteriaceae(Klebsiella, Salmonella (e.g., Salmonella typhi, Salmonella enteritidis,Salmonella typhi), Serratia, Yersinia, Shigella), Erysipelothrix,Haemophilus (e.g., Haemophilus influenza type B), Helicobacter,Legionella (e.g., Legionella pneumophila), Leptospira, Listeria (e.g.,Listeria monocytogenes). Mycoplasma, Mycobacterium (e.g., Mycobacteriumleprae and Mycobacterium tuberculosis), Vibrio (e.g., Vibrio cholerae),Neisseriaceae (e.g., Neisseria gonorrhea, Neisseria meningitidis),Pasteurellacea. Proteus, Pseudomonas (e.g., Pseudomonas aeruginosa).Rickettsiaceae, Spirochetes (e.g., Treponema spp, Leptospira spp,Borrelia spp.), Shigella spp., Staphylococcus (e.g., Staphylococcusaureus), Meningiococcus, Pneumococcus and Streptococcus (e.g.,Streptococcus pneumoniae and Groups A, B, and C Streptococci), andUreaplasmas. These bacterial, parasitic, and fungal families can causediseases or symptoms, including, but not limited to:antibiotic-resistant infections, bacteremia, endocarditis, septicemia,eye infections (e.g., conjunctivitis), uveitis, tuberculosis,gingivitis, bacterial diarrhea, opportunistic infections (e.g., AIDSrelated infections), paronychia, prosthesis-related infections, dentalcaries, Reiter's Disease, respiratory tract infections, such as WhoopingCough or Empyema, sepsis, Lyme Disease, Cat-Scratch Disease, dysentery,paratyphoid fever, food poisoning. Legionella disease, chronic and acuteinflammation, erythema, yeast infections, typhoid, pneumonia, gonorrhea,meningitis (e.g., mengitis types A and B), chlamydia, syphillis,diphtheria, leprosy, brucellosis, peptic ulcers, anthrax, spontaneousabortions, birth defects, pneumonia, lung infections, ear infections,deafness, blindness, lethargy, malaise, vomiting, chronic diarrhea,Crohn's disease, colitis, vaginosis, sterility, pelvic inflammatorydiseases, candidiasis, paratuberculosis, tuberculosis, lupus, botulism,gangrene, tetanus, impetigo, Rheumatic Fever, Scarlet Fever, sexuallytransmitted diseases, skin diseases (e.g., cellulitis, dermatocycoses),toxemia, urinary tract infections, wound infections, noscomialinfections. Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention, canbe used to treat or detect any of these symptoms or diseases. Inspecific embodiments, fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention areused to treat: tetanus, diptheria, botulism, and/or meningitis type B.

Moreover, parasitic agents causing disease or symptoms that can betreated, prevented, and/or diagnosed by fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventioninclude, but not limited to the following families or class: Amebiasis,Babesiosis, Coccidiosis, Cryptosporidiosis. Dientamoebiasis, Dourine,Ectoparasitic, Giardias, Helminthiasis, Leishmaniasis, SchistisomaTheileriasis, Toxoplasmosis, Trypanosomiasis, and Trichomonas andSporozoans (e.g., Plasmodium virax, Plasmodium falciparium, Plasmodiummalariae and Plasmodium ovale). These parasites can cause a variety ofdiseases or symptoms, including, but not limited to: Scabies,Trombiculiasis, eye infections, intestinal disease (e.g., dysentery,giardiasis), liver disease, lung disease, opportunistic infections(e.g., AIDS related), malaria, pregnancy complications, andtoxoplasmosis. Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention, canbe used to treat, prevent, and/or diagnose any of these symptoms ordiseases. In specific embodiments, fusion proteins of the inventionand/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the inventionare used to treat, prevent, and/or diagnose malaria.

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention could either be byadministering an effective amount of an albumin fusion protein of theinvention to the patient, or by removing cells from the patient,supplying the cells with a polynucleotide of the present invention, andreturning the engineered cells to the patient (ex vivo therapy).Moreover, the albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention can beused as an antigen in a vaccine to raise an immune response againstinfectious disease.

Regeneration

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention can be used to differentiate,proliferate, and attract cells, leading to the regeneration of tissues.(See, Science 276:59-87 (1997)). The regeneration of tissues could beused to repair, replace, or protect tissue damaged by congenitaldefects, trauma (wounds, burns, incisions, or ulcers), age, disease(e.g. osteoporosis, osteocarthritis, periodontal disease, liverfailure), surgery, including cosmetic plastic surgery, fibrosis,reperfusion injury, or systemic cytokine damage.

Tissues that could be regenerated using the present invention includeorgans (e.g., pancreas, liver, intestine, kidney, skin, endothelium),muscle (smooth, skeletal or cardiac), vasculature (including vascularand lymphatics), nervous, hematopoietic, and skeletal (bone, cartilage,tendon, and ligament) tissue. Preferably, regeneration occurs without ordecreased scarring. Regeneration also may include angiogenesis.

Moreover, fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotidesencoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention, may increaseregeneration of tissues difficult to heal. For example, increasedtendon/ligament regeneration would quicken recovery time after damage.Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention could also be usedprophylactically in an effort to avoid damage. Specific diseases thatcould be treated include of tendinitis, carpal tunnel syndrome, andother tendon or ligament defects. A further example of tissueregeneration of non-healing wounds includes pressure ulcers, ulcersassociated with vascular insufficiency, surgical, and traumatic wounds.

Similarly, nerve and brain tissue could also be regenerated by usingfusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encoding albuminfusion proteins of the invention, to proliferate and differentiate nervecells. Diseases that could be treated using this method include centraland peripheral nervous system diseases, neuropathies, or mechanical andtraumatic disorders (e.g., spinal cord disorders, head trauma,cerebrovascular disease, and stoke). Specifically, diseases associatedwith peripheral nerve injuries, peripheral neuropathy (e.g., resultingfrom chemotherapy or other medical therapies), localized neuropathies,and central nervous system diseases (e.g., Alzheimer's disease.Parkinson's disease. Huntington's disease, amyotrophic lateralsclerosis, and Shy-Drager syndrome), could all be treated using thealbumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention.

Gastrointestinal Disorders

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention, may be used to treat, prevent,diagnose, and/or prognose gastrointestinal disorders, includinginflammatory diseases and/or conditions, infections, cancers (e.g.,intestinal neoplasms (carcinoid tumor of the small intestine,non-Hodgkin's lymphoma of the small intestine, small bowl lymphoma)),and ulcers, such as peptic ulcers.

Gastrointestinal disorders include dysphagia, odynophagia, inflammationof the esophagus, peptic esophagitis, gastric reflux, submucosalfibrosis and structuring, Mallory-Weiss lesions, leiomyomas, lipomas,epidermal cancers, adeoncarcinomas, gastric retention disorders,gastroenteritis, gastric atrophy, gastric/stomach cancers, polyps of thestomach, autoimmune disorders such as pernicious anemia, pyloricstenosis, gastritis (bacterial, viral, eosinophilic, stress-induced,chronic erosive, atrophic, plasma cell, and Ménetrier's), and peritonealdiseases (e.g., chyloperioneum, hemoperitoneum, mesenteric cyst,mesenteric lymphadenitis, mesenteric vascular occlusion, panniculitis,neoplasms, peritonitis, pneumoperitoneum, bubphrenic abscess,).

Gastrointestinal disorders also include disorders associated with thesmall intestine, such as malabsorption syndromes, distension, irritablebowel syndrome, sugar intolerance, celiac disease, duodenal ulcers,duodenitis, tropical sprue. Whipple's disease, intestinallymphangiectasia. Crohn's disease, appendicitis, obstructions of theileum. Meckel's diverticulum, multiple diverticula, failure of completerotation of the small and large intestine, lymphoma, and bacterial andparasitic diseases (such as Traveler's diarrhea, typhoid andparatyphoid, cholera, infection by Roundworms (Ascariusis lumbricoides),Hookworms (Ancylostoma duodenale), Threadworms (Enterobiusvermicularis), Tapeworms (Taenia saginata, Echinococcus granulosus,Diphyllobothrium spp, and T, solium).

Liver diseases and/or disorders include intrahepatic cholestasis(alagille syndrome, biliary liver cirrhosis), fatty liver (alcoholicfatty liver, reye syndrome), hepatic vein thrombosis, hepatolentriculardegeneration, hepatomegaly, hepatopulmonary syndrome, hepatorenalsyndrome, portal hypertension (esophageal and gastric varices), liverabscess (amebic liver abscess), liver cirrhosis (alcoholic, biliary andexperimental), alcoholic liver diseases (fatty liver, hepatitis,cirrhosis), parasitic (hepatic echinococcosis, fascioliasis, amebicliver abscess), jaundice (hemolytic, hepatocellular, and cholestatic),cholestasis, portal hypertension, liver enlargement, ascites, hepatitis(alcoholic hepatitis, animal hepatitis, chronic hepatitis (autoimmune,hepatitis B, hepatitis C, hepatitis D, drug induced), toxic hepatitis,viral human hepatitis (hepatitis A, hepatitis B, hepatitis C, hepatitisD, hepatitis E). Wilson's disease, granulomatous hepatitis, secondarybiliary cirrhosis, hepatic encephalopathy, portal hypertension, varices,hepatic encephalopathy, primary biliary cirrhosis, primary sclerosingcholangitis, hepatocellular adenoma, hemangiomas, bile stones, liverfailure (hepatic encephalopathy, acute liver failure), and liverneoplasms (angiomyolipoma, calcified liver metastases, cystic livermetastases, epithelial tumors, fibrolamellar hepatocarcinoma, focalnodular hyperplasia, hepatic adenoma, hepatobiliary cystadenoma,hepatoblastoma, hepatocellular carcinoma, hepatoma, liver cancer, liverhemangioendothelioma, mesenchymal hamartoma, mesenchymal tumors ofliver, nodular regenerative hyperplasia, benign liver tumors (Hepaticcysts [Simple cysts, Polycystic liver disease, Hepatobiliarycystadenoma, Choledochal cyst], Mesenchymal tumors [Mesenchymalhamartoma, Infantile hemangioendothelioma, Hemangioma, Peliosis hepatis,Lipomas, Inflammatory pseudotumor, Miscellaneous], Epithelial tumors[Bile duct epithelium (Bile duct hamartoma, Bile duct adenoma),Hepatocyte (Adenoma, Focal nodular hyperplasia, Nodular regenerativehyperplasia)], malignant liver tumors [hepatocellular, hepatoblastoma,hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocellular, cholangiocarcinoma,cystadenocarcinoma, tumors of blood vessels, angiosarcoma. Karposi'ssarcoma, hemangioendothelioma, other tumors, embryonal sarcoma,fibrosarcoma, leiomyosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, carcinosarcoma,teratoma, carcinoid, squamous carcinoma, primary lymphoma]), peliosishepatis, erythrohepatic porphyria, hepatic porphyria (acute intermittentporphyria, porphyria cutanea tarda). Zellweger syndrome).

Pancreatic diseases and/or disorders include acute pancreatitis, chronicpancreatitis (acute necrotizing pancreatitis, alcoholic pancreatitis),neoplasms (adenocarcinoma of the pancreas, cystadenocarcinoma,insulinoma, gastrinoma, and glucagonoma, cystic neoplasms, islet-celltumors, pancreoblastoma), and other pancreatic diseases (e.g., cysticfibrosis, cyst (pancreatic pseudocyst, pancreatic fistula,insufficiency)).

Gallbladder diseases include gallstones (cholelithiasis andcholedocholithiasis), postcholecystectomy syndrome, diverticulosis ofthe gallbladder, acute cholecystitis, chronic cholecystitis, bile ducttumors, and mucocele.

Diseases and/or disorders of the large intestine includeantibiotic-associated colitis, diverticulitis, ulcerative colitis,acquired megacolon, abscesses, fungal and bacterial infections,anorectal disorders (e.g., fissures, hemorrhoids), colonic diseases(colitis, colonic neoplasms [colon cancer, adenomatous colon polyps(e.g., villous adenoma), colon carcinoma, colorectal cancer, colonicdiverticulitis, colonic diverticulosis, megacolon (Hirschsprung disease,toxic megacolon], sigmoid diseases [proctocolitis, sigmoin neoplasms]),constipation, Crohn's disease, diarrhea (infantile diarrhea, dysentery),duodenal diseases (duodenal neoplasms, duodenal obstruction, duodenalulcer, duodenitis), enteritis (enterocolitis). HIV enteropathy, ilealdiseases (ileal neoplasms, ileitis), immunoproliferative smallintestinal disease, inflammatory bowel disease (ulcerative colitis.Crohn's disease), intestinal atresia, parasitic diseases (anisakiasis,balantidiasis, blastocystis infections, cryptosporidiosis,dientamoebiasis, amebic dysentery, giardiasis), intestinal fistula(rectal fistula), intestinal neoplasms (cecal neoplasms, colonicneoplasms, duodenal neoplasms, ileal neoplasms, intestinal polyps,jejunal neoplasms, rectal neoplasms), intestinal obstruction (afferentloop syndrome, duodenal obstruction, impacted feces, intestinalpseudo-obstruction [cecal volvulus], intussusception), intestinalperforation, intestinal polyps (colonic polyps, gardner syndrome,peutz-jeghers syndrome), jejunal diseases (jejunal neoplasms),malabsorption syndromes (blind loop syndrome, celiac disease, lactoseintolerance, short bowl syndrome, tropical sprue, whipple's disease),mesenteric vascular occlusion, pneumatosis cystoides intestinalis,protein-losing enteropathies (intestinal lymphagiectasis), rectaldiseases (anus diseases, fecal incontinence, hemorrhoids, proctitis,rectal fistula, rectal prolapse, rectocele), peptic ulcer (duodenalulcer, peptic esophagitis, hemorrhage, perforation, stomach ulcer,Zollinger-Ellison syndrome), postgastrectomy syndromes (dumpingsyndrome), stomach diseases (e.g., achlorhydria, duodenogastric reflux(bile reflux), gastric antral vascular ectasia, gastric fistula, gastricoutlet obstruction, gastritis (atrophic or hypertrophic), gastroparesis,stomach dilatation, stomach diverticulum, stomach neoplasms (gastriccancer, gastric polyps, gastric adenocarcinoma, hyperplastic gastricpolyp), stomach rupture, stomach ulcer, stomach volvulus), tuberculosis,visceroptosis, vomiting (e.g., hematemesis, hyperemesis gravidarum,postoperative nausea and vomiting) and hemorrhagic colitis.

Further diseases and, or disorders of the gastrointestinal systeminclude biliary tract diseases, such as, gastroschisis, fistula (e.g.,biliary fistula, esophageal fistula, gastric fistula, intestinalfistula, pancreatic fistula), neoplasms (e.g., biliary tract neoplasms,esophageal neoplasms, such as adenocarcinoma of the esophagus,esophageal squamous cell carcinoma, gastrointestinal neoplasms,pancreatic neoplasms, such as adenocarcinoma of the pancreas, mucinouscystic neoplasm of the pancreas, pancreatic cystic neoplasms,pancreatoblastoma, and peritoneal neoplasms), esophageal disease (e.g.,bullous diseases, candidiasis, glycogenic acanthosis, ulceration,barrett esophagus varices, atresia, cyst, diverticulum (e.g., Zenker'sdiverticulum), fistula (e.g., tracheoesophageal fistula), motilitydisorders (e.g., CREST syndrome, deglutition disorders, achalasia,spasm, gastroesophageal reflux), neoplasms, perforation (e.g., Boerhaavesyndrome. Mallory-Weiss syndrome), stenosis, esophagitis, diaphragmatichernia (e.g., hiatal hernia), gastrointestinal diseases, such as,gastroenteritis (e.g., cholera morbus, norwalk virus infection),hemorrhage (e.g. hematemesis, melena, peptic ulcer hemorrhage), stomachneoplasms (gastric cancer, gastric polyps, gastric adenocarcinoma,stomach cancer)), hernia (e.g., congenital diaphragmatic hernia, femoralhernia, inguinal hernia, obturator hernia, umbilical hernia, ventralhernia), and intestinal diseases (e.g., cecal diseases (appendicitis,cecal neoplasms)).

Chemotaxis

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention may have chemotaxis activity. Achemotaxic molecule attracts or mobilizes cells (e.g., monocytes,fibroblasts, neutrophils. T-cells, mast cells, eosinophils, epithelialand/or endothelial cells) to a particular site in the body, such asinflammation, infection, or site of hyperproliferation. The mobilizedcells can then fight off and/or heal the particular trauma orabnormality.

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention and/or polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention may increase chemotaxicactivity of particular cells. These chemotactic molecules can then beused to treat inflammation, infection, hyperproliferative disorders, orany immune system disorder by increasing the number of cells targeted toa particular location in the body. For example, chemotaxic molecules canbe used to treat wounds and other trauma to tissues by attracting immunecells to the injured location. Chemotactic molecules of the presentinvention can also attract fibroblasts, which can be used to treatwounds.

It is also contemplated that fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention mayinhibit chemotactic activity. These molecules could also be used totreat disorders. Thus, fusion proteins of the invention and/orpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention couldbe used as an inhibitor of chemotaxis.

Binding Activity

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention may be used to screen formolecules that bind to the Therapeutic protein portion of the fusionprotein or for molecules to which the Therapeutic protein portion of thefusion protein binds. The binding of the fusion protein and the moleculemay activate (agonist), increase, inhibit (antagonist), or decreaseactivity of the fusion protein or the molecule bound. Examples of suchmolecules include antibodies, oligonucleotides, proteins (e.g.,receptors), or small molecules.

Preferably, the molecule is closely related to the natural ligand of theTherapeutic protein portion of the fusion protein of the invention,e.g., a fragment of the ligand, or a natural substrate, a ligand, astructural or functional mimetic. (See. Coligan et al. Current Protocolsin Immunology 1(2); Chapter 5 (1991)). Similarly, the molecule can beclosely related to the natural receptor to which the Therapeutic proteinportion of an albumin fusion protein of the invention binds, or atleast, a fragment of the receptor capable of being bound by theTherapeutic protein portion of an albumin fusion protein of theinvention (e.g., active site). In either case, the molecule can berationally designed using known techniques.

Preferably, the screening for these molecules involves producingappropriate cells which express the albumin fusion proteins of theinvention. Preferred cells include cells from mammals, yeast,Drosophila, or E, coli.

The assay may simply test binding of a candidate compound to an albuminfusion protein of the invention, wherein binding is detected by a label,or in an assay involving competition with a labeled competitor. Further,the assay may test whether the candidate compound results in a signalgenerated by binding to the fusion protein.

Alternatively, the assay can be carried out using cell-freepreparations, fusion protein/molecule affixed to a solid support,chemical libraries, or natural product mixtures. The assay may alsosimply comprise the steps of mixing a candidate compound with a solutioncontaining an albumin fusion protein, measuring fusion protein/moleculeactivity or binding, and comparing the fusion protein/molecule activityor binding to a standard.

Preferably, an ELISA assay can measure fusion protein level or activityin a sample (e.g., biological sample) using a monoclonal or polyclonalantibody. The antibody can measure fusion protein level or activity byeither binding, directly or indirectly, to the albumin fusion protein orby competing with the albumin fusion protein for a substrate.

Additionally, the receptor to which a Therapeutic protein portion of analbumin fusion protein of the invention binds can be identified bynumerous methods known to those of skill in the art, for example, ligandpanning and FACS sorting (Coligan, et al. Current Protocols in Immun.,1(2), Chapter 5, (1991)). For example, in cases wherein the Therapeuticprotein portion of the fusion protein corresponds to FGF, expressioncloning may be employed wherein polyadenylated RNA is prepared from acell responsive to the albumin fusion protein, for example, NIH3T3 cellswhich are known to contain multiple receptors for the FGF familyproteins, and SC-3 cells, and a cDNA library created from this RNA isdivided into pools and used to transfect COS cells or other cells thatare not responsive to the albumin fusion protein. Transfected cellswhich are grown on glass slides are exposed to the albumin fusionprotein of the present invention, after they have been labeled. Thealbumin fusion proteins can be labeled by a variety of means includingiodination or inclusion of a recognition site for a site-specificprotein kinase.

Following fixation and incubation, the slides are subjected toauto-radiographic analysis. Positive pools are identified and sub-poolsare prepared and re-transfected using an iterative sub-pooling andre-screening process, eventually yielding a single clones that encodesthe putative receptor.

As an alternative approach for receptor identification, a labeledalbumin fusion protein can be photoaffinity linked with cell membrane orextract preparations that express the receptor molecule for theTherapeutic protein component of an albumin fusion protein of theinvention, the linked material may be resolved by PAGE analysis andexposed to X-ray film. The labeled complex containing the receptors ofthe fusion protein can be excised, resolved into peptide fragments, andsubjected to protein microsequencing. The amino acid sequence obtainedfrom microsequencing would be used to design a set of degenerateoligonucleotide probes to screen a cDNA library to identify the genesencoding the putative receptors.

Moreover, the techniques of gene-shuffling, motif-shuffling,exon-shuffling, and/or codon-shuffling (collectively referred to as “DNAshuffling”) may be employed to modulate the activities of the fusionprotein, and/or Therapeutic protein portion or albumin component of analbumin fusion protein of the present invention, thereby effectivelygenerating agonists and antagonists of an albumin fusion protein of thepresent invention. See generally, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,605,793, 5,811,238,5,830,721, 5,834,252, and 5,837,458, and Patten. P. A., et al., Curr.Opinion Biotechnol. 8:724-33 (1997); Harayama, S. Trends Biotechnol.16(2):76-82 (1998); Hansson, L. O., et al., J. Mol. Biol. 287:265-76(1999); and Lorenzo, M. M, and Blasco, R. Biotechniques 24(2):308-13(1998); each of these patents and publications are hereby incorporatedby reference). In one embodiment, alteration of polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention and thus, the albumin fusionproteins encoded thereby, may be achieved by DNA shuffling. DNAshuffling involves the assembly of two or more DNA segments into adesired molecule by homologous, or site-specific, recombination. Inanother embodiment, polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins ofthe invention and thus, the albumin fusion proteins encoded thereby, maybe altered by being subjected to random mutagenesis by error-prone PCR,random nucleotide insertion or other methods prior to recombination. Inanother embodiment, one or more components, motifs, sections, parts,domains, fragments, etc., of an albumin fusion protein of the presentinvention may be recombined with one or more components, motifs,sections, parts, domains, fragments, etc, of one or more heterologousmolecules. In preferred embodiments, the heterologous molecules arefamily members. In further preferred embodiments, the heterologousmolecule is a growth factor such as, for example, platelet-derivedgrowth factor (PDGF), insulin-like growth factor (IGF-I), transforminggrowth factor (TGF)-alpha, epidermal growth factor (EGF), fibroblastgrowth factor (FGF). TGF-beta, bone morphogenetic protein (BMP)-2,BMP-4, BMP-5, BMP-6, BMP-7, activins A and B, decapentaplegic (dpp),60A. OP-2, dorsalin, growth differentiation factors (GDFs), nodal. MIS,inhibin-alpha. TGF-beta1, TGF-beta2, TGF-beta3, TGF-beta5, andglial-derived neurotrophic factor (GDNF).

Other preferred fragments are biologically active fragments of theTherapeutic protein portion and/or albumin component of the albuminfusion proteins of the present invention. Biologically active fragmentsare those exhibiting activity similar, but not necessarily identical, toan activity of a Therapeutic protein portion and/or albumin component ofthe albumin fusion proteins of the present invention. The biologicalactivity of the fragments may include an improved desired activity, or adecreased undesirable activity.

Additionally, this invention provides a method of screening compounds toidentify those which modulate the action of an albumin fusion protein ofthe present invention. An example of such an assay comprises combining amammalian fibroblast cell, an albumin fusion protein of the presentinvention, and the compound to be screened and ³[H] thymidine under cellculture conditions where the fibroblast cell would normally proliferate.A control assay may be performed in the absence of the compound to bescreened and compared to the amount of fibroblast proliferation in thepresence of the compound to determine if the compound stimulatesproliferation by determining the uptake of ³[H]thymidine in each case.The amount of fibroblast cell proliferation is measured by liquidscintillation chromatography which measures the incorporation of³[H]thymidine. Both agonist and antagonist compounds may be identifiedby this procedure.

In another method, a mammalian cell or membrane preparation expressing areceptor for the Therapeutic protein component of a fusion protein ofthe invention is incubated with a labeled fusion protein of the presentinvention in the presence of the compound. The ability of the compoundto enhance or block this interaction could then be measured.Alternatively, the response of a known second messenger system followinginteraction of a compound to be screened and the receptor is measuredand the ability of the compound to bind to the receptor and elicit asecond messenger response is measured to determine if the compound is apotential fusion protein. Such second messenger systems include but arenot limited to, cAMP guanylate cyclase, ion channels or phosphoinositidehydrolysis.

All of these above assays can be used as diagnostic or prognosticmarkers. The molecules discovered using these assays can be used totreat disease or to bring about a particular result in a patient (e.g.,blood vessel growth) by activating or inhibiting the fusionprotein/molecule. Moreover, the assays can discover agents which mayinhibit or enhance the production of the albumin fusion proteins of theinvention from suitably manipulated cells or tissues.

Therefore, the invention includes a method of identifying compoundswhich bind to an albumin fusion protein of the invention comprising thesteps of: (a) incubating a candidate binding compound with an albuminfusion protein of the present invention; and (b) determining if bindinghas occurred. Moreover, the invention includes a method of identifyingagonists/antagonists comprising the steps of: (a) incubating a candidatecompound with an albumin fusion protein of the present invention, (b)assaying a biological activity and (b) determining if a biologicalactivity of the fusion protein has been altered.

Targeted Delivery

In another embodiment, the invention provides a method of deliveringcompositions to targeted cells expressing a receptor for a component ofan albumin fusion protein of the invention.

As discussed herein, fusion proteins of the invention may be associatedwith heterologous polypeptides, heterologous nucleic acids, toxins, orprodrugs via hydrophobic, hydrophilic, ionic and/or covalentinteractions. In one embodiment, the invention provides a method for thespecific delivery of compositions of the invention to cells byadministering fusion proteins of the invention (including antibodies)that are associated with heterologous polypeptides or nucleic acids. Inone example, the invention provides a method for delivering aTherapeutic protein into the targeted cell. In another example, theinvention provides a method for delivering a single stranded nucleicacid (e.g., antisense or ribozymes) or double stranded nucleic acid(e.g., DNA that can integrate into the cell's genome or replicateepisomally and that can be transcribed) into the targeted cell.

In another embodiment, the invention provides a method for the specificdestruction of cells (e.g., the destruction of tumor cells) byadministering an albumin fusion protein of the invention (e.g.,polypeptides of the invention or antibodies of the invention) inassociation with toxins or cytotoxic prodrugs.

By “toxin” is meant compounds that bind and activate endogenouscytotoxic effector systems, radioisotopes, holotoxins, modified toxins,catalytic subunits of toxins, or any molecules or enzymes not normallypresent in or on the surface of a cell that under defined conditionscause the cell's death. Toxins that may be used according to the methodsof the invention include, but are not limited to radioisotopes known inthe art, compounds such as, for example, antibodies (or complementfixing containing portions thereof) that bind an inherent or inducedendogenous cytotoxic effector system, thymidine kinase, endonuclease,RNAse, alpha toxin, ricin, abrin. Pseudomonas exotoxin A, diphtheriatoxin, saporin, momordin, gelonin, pokeweed antiviral protein,alpha-sarcin and cholera toxin. By “cytotoxic prodrug” is meant anon-toxic compound that is converted by an enzyme, normally present inthe cell, into a cytotoxic compound. Cytotoxic prodrugs that may be usedaccording to the methods of the invention include, but are not limitedto glutamyl derivatives of benzoic acid mustard alkylating agent,phosphate derivatives of etoposide or mitomycin C, cytosine arabinoside,daunorubisin, and phenoxyacetamide derivatives of doxorubicin.

Drug Screening

Further contemplated is the use of the albumin fusion proteins of thepresent invention, or the polynucleotides encoding these fusionproteins, to screen for molecules which modify the activities of thealbumin fusion protein of the present invention or proteinscorresponding to the Therapeutic protein portion of the albumin fusionprotein. Such a method would include contacting the fusion protein witha selected compound(s) suspected of having antagonist or agonistactivity, and assaying the activity of the fusion protein followingbinding.

This invention is particularly useful for screening therapeuticcompounds by using the albumin fusion proteins of the present invention,or binding fragments thereof, in any of a variety of drug screeningtechniques. The albumin fusion protein employed in such a test may beaffixed to a solid support, expressed on a cell surface, free insolution, or located intracellularly. One method of drug screeningutilizes eukaryotic or prokaryotic host cells which are stablytransformed with recombinant nucleic acids expressing the albumin fusionprotein. Drugs are screened against such transformed cells orsupernatants obtained from culturing such cells, in competitive bindingassays. One may measure, for example, the formulation of complexesbetween the agent being tested and an albumin fusion protein of thepresent invention.

Thus, the present invention provides methods of screening for drugs orany other agents which affect activities mediated by the albumin fusionproteins of the present invention. These methods comprise contactingsuch an agent with an albumin fusion protein of the present invention ora fragment thereof and assaying for the presence of a complex betweenthe agent and the albumin fusion protein or a fragment thereof, bymethods well known in the art. In such a competitive binding assay, theagents to screen are typically labeled. Following incubation, free agentis separated from that present in bound form, and the amount of free oruncomplexed label is a measure of the ability of a particular agent tobind to the albumin fusion protein of the present invention.

Another technique for drug screening provides high throughput screeningfor compounds having suitable binding affinity to an albumin fusionprotein of the present invention, and is described in great detail inEuropean Patent Application 84/03564, published on Sep. 13, 1984, whichis incorporated herein by reference herein. Briefly stated, largenumbers of different small peptide test compounds are synthesized on asolid substrate, such as plastic pins or some other surface. The peptidetest compounds are reacted with an albumin fusion protein of the presentinvention and washed. Bound peptides are then detected by methods wellknown in the art. Purified albumin fusion protein may be coated directlyonto plates for use in the aforementioned drug screening techniques. Inaddition, non-neutralizing antibodies may be used to capture the peptideand immobilize it on the solid support.

This invention also contemplates the use of competitive drug screeningassays in which neutralizing antibodies capable of binding an albuminfusion protein of the present invention specifically compete with a testcompound for binding to the albumin fusion protein or fragments thereof.In this manner, the antibodies are used to detect the presence of anypeptide which shares one or more antigenic epitopes with an albuminfusion protein of the invention.

Binding Peptides and Other Molecules

The invention also encompasses screening methods for identifyingpolypeptides and nonpolypeptides that bind albumin fusion proteins ofthe invention, and the binding molecules identified thereby. Thesebinding molecules are useful, for example, as agonists and antagonistsof the albumin fusion proteins of the invention. Such agonists andantagonists can be used, in accordance with the invention, in thetherapeutic embodiments described in detail, below.

This method comprises the steps of:

contacting an albumin fusion protein of the invention with a pluralityof molecules; and

identifying a molecule that binds the albumin fusion protein.

The step of contacting the albumin fusion protein of the invention withthe plurality of molecules may be effected in a number of ways. Forexample, one may contemplate immobilizing the albumin fusion protein ona solid support and bringing a solution of the plurality of molecules incontact with the immobilized polypeptides. Such a procedure would beakin to an affinity chromatographic process, with the affinity matrixbeing comprised of the immobilized albumin fusion protein of theinvention. The molecules having a selective affinity for the albuminfusion protein can then be purified by affinity selection. The nature ofthe solid support, process for attachment of the albumin fusion proteinto the solid support, solvent, and conditions of the affinity isolationor selection are largely conventional and well known to those ofordinary skill in the art.

Alternatively, one may also separate a plurality of polypeptides intosubstantially separate fractions comprising a subset of or individualpolypeptides. For instance, one can separate the plurality ofpolypeptides by gel electrophoresis, column chromatography, or likemethod known to those of ordinary skill for the separation ofpolypeptides. The individual polypeptides can also be produced by atransformed host cell in such a way as to be expressed on or about itsouter surface (e.g., a recombinant phage). Individual isolates can thenbe “probed” by an albumin fusion protein of the invention, optionally inthe presence of an inducer should one be required for expression, todetermine if any selective affinity interaction takes place between thealbumin fusion protein and the individual clone. Prior to contacting thealbumin fusion protein with each fraction comprising individualpolypeptides, the polypeptides could first be transferred to a solidsupport for additional convenience. Such a solid support may simply be apiece of filter membrane, such as one made of nitrocellulose or nylon.In this manner, positive clones could be identified from a collection oftransformed host cells of an expression library, which harbor a DNAconstruct encoding a polypeptide having a selective affinity for analbumin fusion protein of the invention. Furthermore, the amino acidsequence of the polypeptide having a selective affinity for an albuminfusion protein of the invention can be determined directly byconventional means or the coding sequence of the DNA encoding thepolypeptide can frequently be determined more conveniently. The primarysequence can then be deduced from the corresponding DNA sequence. If theamino acid sequence is to be determined from the polypeptide itself, onemay use microsequencing techniques. The sequencing technique may includemass spectroscopy.

In certain situations, it may be desirable to wash away any unboundpolypeptides from a mixture of an albumin fusion protein of theinvention and the plurality of polypeptides prior to attempting todetermine or to detect the presence of a selective affinity interaction.Such a wash step may be particularly desirable when the albumin fusionprotein of the invention or the plurality of polypeptides are bound to asolid support.

The plurality of molecules provided according to this method may beprovided by way of diversity libraries, such as random or combinatorialpeptide or nonpeptide libraries which can be screened for molecules thatspecifically bind an albumin fusion protein of the invention. Manylibraries are known in the art that can be used, e.g., chemicallysynthesized libraries, recombinant (e.g., phage display libraries), andin vitro translation-based libraries. Examples of chemically synthesizedlibraries are described in Fodor et al. Science 251:767-773 (1991);Houghten et al., Nature 354:84-86 (1991); Lam et al. Nature 354:82-84(1991); Medynski. Bio/Technology 12:709-710 (1994); Gallop et al. J.Medicinal Chemistry 37(9):1233-1251 (1994); Ohlmeyer et al. Proc. Natl.Acad. Sci. USA 90:10922-10926 (1993); Erb et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.USA 91:11422-11426 (1994); Houghten et al., Biotechniques 13:412 (1992);Jayawickreme et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:1614-1618 (1994);Salmon et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:11708-11712 (1993); PCTPublication No. WO 93.20242; and Brenner and Lerner. Proc. Natl. Acad.Sci. USA 89:5381-5383 (1992).

Examples of phage display libraries are described in Scott et al.Science 249:386-390 (1990); Devlin et al. Science, 249:404-406 (1990);Christian et al. 1992. J. Mol. Biol. 227:711-718.1992); Lenstra. J.Immunol. Meth. 152:149-157 (1992); Kay et al. Gene 128:59-65 (1993); andPCT Publication No. WO 94/18318 dated Aug. 18, 1994.

In vitro translation-based libraries include but are not limited tothose described in PCT Publication No. WO 91/05058 dated Apr. 18, 1991;and Mattheakis et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:9022-9026 (1994).

By way of examples of nonpeptide libraries, a benzodiazepine library(see e.g., Bunin et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:4708-4712 (1994))can be adapted for use. Peptoid libraries (Simon et al. Proc. Natl.Acad. Sci. USA 89:9367-9371 (1992)) can also be used. Another example ofa library that can be used, in which the amide functionalities inpeptides have been permethylated to generate a chemically transformedcombinatorial library, is described by Ostresh et al. (Proc. Natl. Acad.Sci. USA 91:11138-11142 (1994)).

The variety of non-peptide libraries that are useful in the presentinvention is great. For example, Ecker and Crooke (Bio/Technology13:351-360 (1995) list benzodiazepines, hydantoins, piperazinediones,biphenyls, sugar analogs, beta-mercaptoketones, arylacetic acids,acylpiperidines, benzopyrans, cubanes, xanthines, aminimides, andoxazolones as among the chemical species that form the basis of variouslibraries.

Non-peptide libraries can be classified broadly into two types:decorated monomers and oligomers. Decorated monomer libraries employ arelatively simple scaffold structure upon which a variety functionalgroups is added. Often the scaffold will be a molecule with a knownuseful pharmacological activity. For example, the scaffold might be thebenzodiazepine structure.

Non-peptide oligomer libraries utilize a large number of monomers thatare assembled together in ways that create new shapes that depend on theorder of the monomers. Among the monomer units that have been used arecarbamates, pyrrolinones, and morpholinos. Peptoids, peptide-likeoligomers in which the side chain is attached to the alpha amino grouprather than the alpha carbon, form the basis of another version ofnon-peptide oligomer libraries. The first non-peptide oligomer librariesutilized a single type of monomer and thus contained a repeatingbackbone. Recent libraries have utilized more than one monomer, givingthe libraries added flexibility.

Screening the libraries can be accomplished by any of a variety ofcommonly known methods. See, e.g., the following references, whichdisclose screening of peptide libraries: Parmley et al. Adv. Exp. Med.Biol. 251:215-218 (1989); Scott et al. Science 249:386-390 (1990);Fowlkes et al., BioTechniques 13:422-427 (1992). Oldenburg et al. Proc.Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:5393-5397 (1992); Yu et al. Cell 76:933-945(1994); Staudt et al. Science 241:577-580 (1988); Bock et al., Nature355:564-566 (1992); Tuerk et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:6988-6992(1992); Ellington et al. Nature 355:850-852 (1992); U.S. Pat. No.5,096,815, U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409, and U.S. Pat. No. 5,198,346, all toLadner et al.; Rebar et al., Science 263:671-6.3 (1993); and PCTPublication No. WO 94/18318.

In a specific embodiment, screening to identify a molecule that binds analbumin fusion protein of the invention can be carried out by contactingthe library members with an albumin fusion protein of the inventionimmobilized on a solid phase and harvesting those library members thatbind to the albumin fusion protein. Examples of such screening methods,termed “panning” techniques are described by way of example in Parmleyet al. Gene 73:305-318 (1988); Fowlkes et al., BioTechniques 13:422-427(1992); PCT Publication No. WO 94/18318, and in references cited herein.

In another embodiment, the two-hybrid system for selecting interactingproteins in yeast (Fields et al., Nature 340:245-246 (1989); Chien etal. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:9578-9582 (1991) can be used toidentify molecules that specifically bind to polypeptides of theinvention.

Where the binding molecule is a polypeptide, the polypeptide can beconveniently selected from any peptide library, including random peptidelibraries, combinatorial peptide libraries, or biased peptide libraries.The term “biased” is used herein to mean that the method of generatingthe library is manipulated so as to restrict one or more parameters thatgovern the diversity of the resulting collection of molecules, in thiscase peptides.

Thus, a truly random peptide library would generate a collection ofpeptides in which the probability of finding a particular amino acid ata given position of the peptide is the same for all 20 amino acids. Abias can be introduced into the library, however, by specifying, forexample, that a lysine occur every fifth amino acid or that positions 4,8, and 9 of a decapeptide library be fixed to include only arginine.Clearly, many types of biases can be contemplated, and the presentinvention is not restricted to any particular bias. Furthermore, thepresent invention contemplates specific types of peptide libraries, suchas phage displayed peptide libraries and those that utilize a DNAconstruct comprising a lambda phage vector with a DNA insert.

As mentioned above, in the case of a binding molecule that is apolypeptide, the polypeptide may have about 6 to less than about 60amino acid residues, preferably about 6 to about 10 amino acid residues,and most preferably, about 6 to about 22 amino acids. In anotherembodiment, a binding polypeptide has in the range of 15-100 aminoacids, or 20-50 amino acids.

The selected binding polypeptide can be obtained by chemical synthesisor recombinant expression.

Other Activities

An albumin fusion protein of the invention and/or polynucleotideencoding an albumin fusion protein of the invention, may be employed intreatment for stimulating re-vascularization of ischemic tissues due tovarious disease conditions such as thrombosis, arteriosclerosis, andother cardiovascular conditions. The albumin fusion proteins of theinvention and/or polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention may also be employed to stimulate angiogenesis and limbregeneration, as discussed above.

An albumin fusion protein of the invention and/or polynucleotideencoding an albumin fusion protein of the invention may also be employedfor treating wounds due to injuries, burns, post-operative tissuerepair, and ulcers since they are mitogenic to various cells ofdifferent origins, such as fibroblast cells and skeletal muscle cells,and therefore, facilitate the repair or replacement of damaged ordiseased tissue.

An albumin fusion protein of the invention and/or polynucleotideencoding an albumin fusion protein of the invention may also be employedstimulate neuronal growth and to treat and prevent neuronal damage whichoccurs in certain neuronal disorders or neurodegenerative conditionssuch as Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, and AIDS-relatedcomplex. An albumin fusion protein of the invention and/orpolynucleotide encoding an albumin fusion protein of the invention mayhave the ability to stimulate chondrocyte growth, therefore, they may beemployed to enhance bone and periodontal regeneration and aid in tissuetransplants or bone grafts.

An albumin fusion protein of the invention and/or polynucleotideencoding an albumin fusion protein of the invention may be also beemployed to prevent skin aging due to sunburn by stimulatingkeratinocyte growth.

An albumin fusion protein of the invention and/or polynucleotideencoding an albumin fusion protein of the invention may also be employedfor preventing hair loss, since FGF family members activate hair-formingcells and promotes melanocyte growth. Along the same lines, an albuminfusion protein of the invention and/or polynucleotide encoding analbumin fusion protein of the invention may be employed to stimulategrowth and differentiation of hematopoietic cells and bone marrow cellswhen used in combination with other cytokines.

An albumin fusion protein of the invention and/or poly nucleotideencoding an albumin fusion protein of the invention may also be employedto maintain organs before transplantation or for supporting cell cultureof primary tissues. An albumin fusion protein of the invention and/orpolynucleotide encoding an albumin fusion protein of the invention mayalso be employed for inducing tissue of mesodermal origin todifferentiate in early embryos.

An albumin fusion protein of the invention and/or polynucleotideencoding an albumin fusion protein of the invention may also increase ordecrease the differentiation or proliferation of embryonic stem cells,besides, as discussed above, hematopoietic lineage.

An albumin fusion protein of the invention and/or polynucleotideencoding an albumin fusion protein of the invention may also be used tomodulate mammalian characteristics, such as body height, weight, haircolor, eye color, skin, percentage of adipose tissue, pigmentation,size, and shape (e.g., cosmetic surgery). Similarly, an albumin fusionprotein of the invention and/or polynucleotide encoding an albuminfusion protein of the invention may be used to modulate mammalianmetabolism affecting catabolism, anabolism, processing, utilization, andstorage of energy.

An albumin fusion protein of the invention and/or polynucleotideencoding an albumin fusion protein of the invention may be used tochange a mammal's mental state or physical state by influencingbiorhythms, caricadic rhythms, depression (including depressivedisorders), tendency for violence, tolerance for pain, reproductivecapabilities (preferably by Activin or Inhibin-like activity), hormonalor endocrine levels, appetite. Libido, memory, stress, or othercognitive qualities.

An albumin fusion protein of the invention and/or polynucleotideencoding an albumin fusion protein of the invention may also be used asa food additive or preservative, such as to increase or decrease storagecapabilities, fat content, lipid, protein, carbohydrate, vitamins,minerals, cofactors or other nutritional components.

The above-recited applications have uses in a wide variety of hosts.Such hosts include, but are not limited to, human, murine, rabbit, goat,guinea pig, camel, horse, mouse, rat, hamster, pig, micro-pig, chicken,goat, cow, sheep, dog, cat, non-human primate, and human. In specificembodiments, the host is a mouse, rabbit, goat, guinea pig, chicken,rat, hamster, pig, sheep, dog or cat. In preferred embodiments, the hostis a mammal. In most preferred embodiments, the host is a human.

Having generally described the invention, the same will be more readilyunderstood by reference to the following examples, which are provided byway of illustration and are not intended as limiting.

Without further description, it is believed that one of ordinary skillin the art can, using the preceding description and the followingillustrative examples, make and utilize the alterations detected in thepresent invention and practice the claimed methods. The followingworking examples therefore, specifically point out preferred embodimentsof the present invention, and are not to be construed as limiting in anyway the remainder of the disclosure.

EXAMPLES Example 1 Preparation of HA-hGH Fusion Proteins

An HA-hGH fusion protein was prepared as follows:

Cloning of hGH cDNA

The hGH cDNA was obtained from a human pituitary gland cDNA library(catalogue number HL1097v. Clontech Laboratories, Inc) by PCRamplification. Two oligonucleotides suitable for PCR amplification ofthe hGH cDNA. HGH1 and HGH2, were synthesized min an Applied Biosystems380B Oligonucleotide Synthesizer.

(SEQ ID NO: 1) HGH1: 5′- CCCAAGAATTCCCTTATCCAGGC -3′ (SEQ ID NO: 2)HGH2: 5′- GGGAAGCTTAGAAGCCACAGGATCCCTCCACAG -3′

HGH1 and HGH2 differed from the equivalent portion of the hGH cDNAsequence-(Martial et, al., 1979) by two and three nucleotides,respectively, such that after PCR amplification an EcoRI site would beintroduced to the 5′ end of the cDNA and a BamHI site would beintroduced into the 3′ end of the cDNA. In addition, HGH2 contained aHindIII site immediately downstream of the hGH sequence.

PCR amplification using a Perkin-Elmer-Cetus Thermal Cycler 9600 and aPerkin-Elmer-Cetus PCR kit, was performed using single-stranded DNAtemplate isolated from the phage particles of the cDNA library asfollows: 10 μL phage particles were lysed by the addition of 10 μL phagelysis buffer (280 μg/mL proteinase K in TE buffer) and incubation at 55°C. for 15 min followed by 85° C. for 15 min. After a 1 min, incubationon ice, phage debris was pelleted by centrifugation at 14.000 rpm for 3min. The PCR mixture contained 6 μL of this DNA template, 0.1 μM of eachprimer and 200 μM of each deoxyribonucleotide. PCR was carried out for30 cycles, denaturing at 94° C. for 30 s, annealing at 65° C. for 30 sand extending at 72° C. for 30 s, increasing the extension time by 1 percycle.

Analysis of the reaction by gel electrophoresis showed a single productof the expected size (589 base pairs).

The PCR product was purified using Wizard PCR Preps DNA PurificationSystem (Promega Corp) and then digested with EcoRI and HindIII. Afterfurther purification of the EcoRI-HindIII fragment by gelelectrophoresis, the product was cloned into pUC19 (GIBCO BRL) digestedwith EcoRI and HindIII, to give pHGH1. DNA sequencing of the EcoRIHindIII region showed that the PCR product was identical in sequence tothe hGH sequence (Martial et al., 1979), except at the 5′ and 3′ ends,where the EcoRI and BamHI sites had been introduced, respectively.

Expression of the hGH cDNA.

The polylinker sequence of the phagemid pBluescribe (+) (Stratagene) wasreplaced by inserting an oligonucleotide linker, formed by annealing two75-mer oligonucleotides, between the EcoRI and HindIII sites to formpBST(+). The new polylinker included a unique NotI site.

The NotI HA expression cassette of pAYE309 (EP 431 880) comprising thePRBI promoter, DNA encoding the HA/MFα-1 hybrid leader sequence. DNAencoding HA and the ADH1 terminator, was transferred to pBST(+) to formpHA1. The HA coding sequence was removed from this plasmid by digestionwith HindIII followed by religation to form pHA2.

Cloning of the hGH cDNA, as described in Example 1, provided the hGHcoding region lacking the pro-hGH sequence and the first 8 base pairs(bp) of the mature hGH sequence. In order to construct an expressionplasmid for secretion of hGH from yeast, a yeast promoter, signalpeptide and the first 8 bp of the hGH sequence were attached to the 5′end of the cloned hGH sequence as follows: The HindIII-SfaNI fragmentfrom pHA 1 was attached to the 5′ end of the EcoRI/HindIII fragment frompHGHI via two synthetic oligonucleotides, HGH3 and HGH4 (which cananneal to one another in such a way as to generate a double strandedfragment of DNA with sticky ends that can anneal with SfaNI and EcoRIsticky ends):

HGH3: 5′-GATAAAGATTCCCAAC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 3) HGH4:5′-AATTGTTGGGAATCTTT-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 4)

The HindIII fragment so formed was cloned into HindIII-digested pHA2 tomake pHGH2, such that the hGH cDNA was positioned downstream of the PRBIpromoter and HA/MFα-1 fusion leader sequence (see, InternationalPublication No. WO 90/01063). The NotI expression cassette contained inpHGH2, which included the ADH1 terminator downstream of the hGH cDNA,was cloned into NotI-digested pSAC35 (Sleep et al., BioTechnology 8:42(1990)) to make pHGH12. This plasmid comprised the entire 2 μm plasmidto provide replication functions and the LEU2 gene for selection oftransformants.

pHGH12 was introduced into S, cerevisiae D88 by transformation andindividual transformants were grown for 3 days at 30° C. in 10 mL YEPD(1% w/v yeast extract, 2% w/v, peptone, 2% w/v, dextrose).

After centrifugation of the cells, the supernatants were examined bySDS-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (SDS-PAGE) and were found tocontain protein which was of the expected size and which was recognizedby anti-hGH antiserum (Sigma, Poole, UK) on Western blots.

Cloning and Expression of an HA-hGH Fusion Protein.

In order to fuse the HA cDNA to the 5′ end of the hGH cDNA, the pHA1HindIII-Bsu361 fragment (containing most of the HA cDNA) was joined tothe pHGH1 EcoRI-HindIII fragment (containing most of the hGH cDNA) viatwo oligonucleotides. HGH7 and HGH8

HGH7: 5′- TTAGGCTTATTCCCAAC 3′ (SEQ ID NO: 5) HGH8:5′- AATTGTTGGGAATAAGCC 3′ (SEQ. ID NO: 6)

The HindIII fragment so formed was cloned into pHA2 digested withHindIII to make pHGH10, and the Nod expression cassette of this plasmidwas cloned into NotI-digested pSAC35 to make pHGH16.

pHGH16 was used to transform S, cerevisiae D88 and supernatants ofcultures were analyzed as described above. A predominant band wasobserved that had a molecular weight of approximately 88 kD,corresponding to the combined masses of HA and hGH. Western blottingusing anti-HA and anti-hGH antisera (Sigma) confirmed the presence ofthe two constituent parts of the albumin fusion protein.

The albumin fusion protein was purified from culture supernatant bycation exchange chromatography, followed by anion exchange and gelpermeation chromatography. Analysis of the N-terminus of the protein byamino acid sequencing confirmed the presence of the expected albuminsequence.

An in vitro growth hormone activity assay (Ealey et al., GrowthRegulation 5:36 (1995)) indicated that the albumin fusion proteinpossessed full hGH activity. In a hypophysectomised rat weight gainmodel, performed essentially as described in the European Pharmacopoeia(1987, monograph 556), the fusion molecule was more potent than hGH whenthe same number of units of activity (based on the above in vitro assay)were administered daily. Further experiments in which the albumin fusionprotein was administered once every four days showed a similar overallgrowth response to a daily administration of hGH. Pharmacokineticexperiments in which ¹²⁵I-labeled protein was administered to ratsindicated an approximately ten-fold increase in circulatory half-lifefor the albumin fusion protein compared to hGH.

A similar plasmid was constructed in which DNA encoding the S,cerevisiae invertase (SUC2) leader sequence replaced the sequence forthe hybrid leader, such that the encoded leader and the junction (↓)with the HA sequence were as follows:

(SEQ ID NO: 7) . . . MLLQAFLFLLAGFAAKISA ↓ DAHKS . . .  Invertase leader           HA sequence . . .

On introduction into S, cerevisiae DBI, this plasmid directed theexpression and secretion of the albumin fusion protein at a levelsimilar to that obtained with pHGH16. Analysis of the N-terminus of thealbumin fusion protein indicated precise and efficient cleavage of theleader sequence from the mature protein.

Cloning and Expression of an hGH-HA Fusion Protein.

In order to fuse the hGH cDNA to the 5′ end of the HA cDNA, the HA cDNAwas first altered by site-directed mutagenesis to introduce an EcoNIsite near the 5′ end of the coding region. This was done by the methodof Kunkel et al. (Methods in Enzymol. 154:367 (1987)) usingsingle-stranded DNA template prepared from pHAI and a syntheticoligonucleotide, LEU4:

(SEQ ID NO: 8) LEU4: 5′- GAGATGCACACCTGAGTGAGG -3′

Site-directed mutagenesis using this oligonucleotide changed the codingsequence of the HA cDNA from Lys4 to Leu4 (K4L). However, this changewas repaired when the hGH cDNA was subsequently joined at the 5′ end bylinking the pHGH2 NotI-BamHI fragment to the EcoNI-NotI fragment of themutated pHAI, via the two oligonucleotides HGH5 and

(SEQ ID NO: 9) HGH5: 5′- GATCCTGTGGCTTCGATGCACACAAGA -3′ (SEQ ID NO: 10)HGH6: 5′- CTCTTGTGTGCATCGAAGCCACAG -3′

The NotI fragment so formed was cloned into Nod-digested pSAC33 to makepHGH14. pHGH14 was used to transform S, cerevisiae D88 and supernatantsof culture were analyzed as above. A predominant band was observed thathad a molecular weight of approximately 88 kD, corresponding to thecombined masses of hGH and HA. Western blotting using anti-HA andanti-hGH antisera confirmed the presence of the two constituent parts ofthe albumin fusion protein.

The albumin fusion protein was purified from culture supernatant bycation exchange chromatography, followed by anion exchange and gelpermeation chromatography. Analysis of the N-terminus of the protein byamino acid sequencing confirmed the presence of the expected hGHsequence.

In vitro studies showed that the albumin fusion protein retained hGHactivity, but was significantly less potent than an albumin fusionprotein comprising full length HA (1-585) as the N-terminal portion andhGH as the C-terminal portion, as described above.

Construction of Plasmids for the Expression of hGH Fusions to Domains ofHA.

Fusion polypeptides were made in which the hGH molecule was fused to thefirst two domains of HA (residues 1 to 387). Fusion to the N terminus ofhGH was achieved by joining the pHAI HindIII-SapI fragment, whichcontained most of the coding sequence for domains 1 and 2 of HA, to thepHGHI EcoRI-HindIII fragment, via the oligonucleotides HGH 11 and HGH12:

(SEQ ID NO: 11) HGH11: 5′- TGTGGAAGAGCCTCAGAATTTATTCCCAAC -3′(SEQ ID NO: 12) HGH12: 5′- AATTGTTGGGAATAAATTCTGAGGCTCTTCC -3′

The HindIII fragment so formed was cloned into HindIII-digested pHA2 tomake pHGH37 and the NotI expression cassette of this plasmid was clonedinto Nod-digested pSAC35.

The resulting plasmid, pHGH38, contained an expression cassette that wasfound to direct secretion of the fusion polypeptide into the supernatantwhen transformed into S. cerevisiae DB 1. Western blotting using anti-HAand anti-hGH antisera confirmed the presence of the two constituentparts of the albumin fusion protein.

The albumin fusion protein was purified from culture supernatant bycation exchange chromatography followed by gel permeationchromatography.

In vivo studies with purified protein indicated that the circulatoryhalf-life was longer than that of hGH, and similar to that of an albuminfusion protein comprising full-length HA (1-585) as the N-terminalportion and hGH as the C-terminal portion, as described above. In vitrostudies showed that the albumin fusion protein retained hGH activity.

Using a similar strategy as detailed above, an albumin fusion proteincomprising the first domain of HA (residues 1-194) as the N-terminalportion and hGH as the C-terminal portion, was cloned and expressed inS, cerevisiae DBL. Western blotting of culture supernatant using anti-HAand anti-hGH antisera confirmed the presence of the two constituentparts of the albumin fusion protein.

Fusion of HA to hGH Using a Flexible Linker Sequence

Flexible linkers, comprising repeating units of[Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Ser]_(n), where n was either 2 or 3, were introducedbetween the HA and hGH albumin fusion protein by cloning of theoligonucleotides HGH16, HGH17, HGH18 and HGH19:

HGH16: (SEQ ID NO: 13) 5′-TTAGGCTTAGGTGGCGGTGGATCCGGCGGTGGTGGATCTTTCCCA AC-3′ HGH17: (SEQ ID NO: 14)5′-AATTGTTGGGAAAGATCCACCACCGCCGGATCCACCGCCACCTAAGC C-3′ HGH18:(SEQ ID NO: 15) 5′-TTAGGCTTAGGCGGTGGTGGATCTGGTGGCGGCGGATCTGGTGGCGGTGGATCCTTCCCAAC-3′ HGH19: (SEQ ID NO: 16)5′-AATTGTTGGGAAGGATCCACCGCCACCAGATCCGCCGCCACCA GATCCACCACCGCCTAAGCC-3′

Annealing of HGH16 with HGH17 resulted in n=2, while annealed to HGH19resulted in n=3. After annealing, the double-stranded oligonucleotideswere cloned with the EcoRI-Bsu361 fragment isolated from pHGHI intoBsu361-digested pHGH10 to make pHGH56 (where n=2) and pHGH57 (wheren=3). The NotI expression cassettes from these plasmids were cloned intoNotI-digested pSAC35 to make pHGH58 and pHGH59, respectively.

Cloning of the oligonucleotides to make pHGH56 and pHGH57 introduced aBamHI site in the linker sequences. It was therefore possible toconstruct linker sequences in which n=1 and n=4, by joining either theHindIII-BamHI fragment from pHGH56 to the BamHI-HindIII fragment frompHGH57 (making n=1), or the HindIII-BamHI fragment from pHGH57 to theBamHI-HindIII fragment from pHGH56 (making n=2). Cloning of thesefragments into the HindIII site of pHA2, resulted in pHGH60 (n=1) andpHGH61 (n=4). The NotI expression cassettes from pHGH60 and pHGH61 werecloned into NotI-digested pSAC35 to make pHGH62 and pHGH63,respectively.

Transformation of S, cerevisiae with pHGH58, pHGH59, pHGH62 and pHGH63resulted in transformants that secreted the fusion polypeptides into thesupernatant. Western blotting using anti-HA and anti-hGH antiseraconfirmed the presence of the two constituent parts of the albuminfusion proteins.

The albumin fusion proteins were purified from culture supernatant bycation exchange chromatography, followed by anion exchange and gelpermeation chromatography. Analysis of the N-termini of the proteins byamino acid sequencing confirmed the presence of the expected albuminsequence. Analysis of the purified proteins by electrospray massspectrometry confirmed an increase in mass of 315 D (n=1), 630 D (n=2),945 D (n=3) and 1260 D (n=4) compared to the HA-hGH fusion proteindescribed above. The purified protein was found to be active in vitro.

Increased Shelf-Life of HA-hGH Fusion Proteins: Methods

HA-hGH and hGH were separately diluted in cell culture media containing5% horse serum to final concentrations of 100-200 μg/ml and incubated at4, 37 or 50° C. At time zero and at weekly intervals thereafter,aliquots of the samples were tested for their biological activity in theNb2 cell proliferation assay, and the data normalized to the biologicalactivity of the control (hGH solution at time zero). In other assays hGHand HA-hGH were incubated in phosphate buffer saline in at 4, 37 and 50degree C.

Nb2 cell proliferation assay: The growth of these cells is dependent onhGH or other lactogenic hormones. In a typical experiment 10⁴ cells/wellare plated in 96-well plate in the presence of different concentrationof hGH or HA-hGH in media such as DMEM containing 5-10% horse serum for24-48 hrs in the incubator. After the incubation period, 1:10 volume ofMTT (5 mg/ml in H₂O) is added to each well and the plate is incubatedfor a further 6-16 hrs. The growing cells convert MTT to insolubleformazan. The formazan is solubilized by acidic isopropanol, and thecolor produced is measured at 570 nm on microtiter plate reader. Theextent of formazan formation reflects the level of cellularproliferation.

Increased Shelf-Life of HA-hGH Fusion Proteins: Results

The fusion of Therapeutic proteins to albumin confers stability inaqueous or other solution. FIG. 1 depicts the extended shelf-life of anHA fusion protein in terms of the biological activity of HA-hGHremaining after storage in cell culture media for up to 5 weeks at 37°C. A solution of 200 μg/ml HA-hGH was prepared in tissue culture mediacontaining 5% horse serum, and the solution incubated at 37° C. startingat time zero. At the indicated times, a sample was removed and testedfor its biological activity in the Nb2 cell assay, at 2 ng/ml finalconcentration. As shown in FIG. 1, the biological activity of HA-hGHremains essentially intact (within experimental variation) after 5 weeksof incubation at 37° C. The recombinant hGH used as control for thisexperiment lost its biological activity in the first week of theexperiment.

FIG. 2 shows the stability of HA-hGH after storage in cell culture mediafor up to 3 weeks at 4, 37, or 50° C. At time zero, a solution of HA-hGHwas prepared in tissue culture media containing 5% horse serum, andincubated at 4, 37, and 50° C. At the indicated periods a sample wasremoved and assayed for its biological activity in the Nb2 cellproliferation assay, at 60 ng/ml final concentration. HA-hGH retainsover 90% of its initial activity at all temperatures tested for at least3 weeks after incubation while hGH loses its biological activity withinthe first week. This level of activity is further retained for at least7 weeks at 37° C. and 5 weeks at 50° C. These results indicate thatHA-hGH is highly stable in aqueous solution even under temperaturestress.

FIGS. 3A and 3B show the stable biological activity of HA-hGH comparedto hGH in the Nb2 cell proliferation assay. Nb2 cells were grown in thepresence of increasing concentrations of recombinant hGH or HA-hGH,added at time zero. The cells were incubated for 24 or 48 hours beforemeasuring the extent of proliferation by the MTT method. The increasedstability of HA-hGH in the assay results in essentially the sameproliferative activity at 24 hours (FIG. 3A) as at 48 hours (FIG. 3B)while hGH shows a significant reduction in its proliferative activityafter 48 hours of incubation (FIGS. 3A and 3B). Compared to hGH, theHA-hGH has lower biological potency after 1 day; the albumin fusionprotein is about 5 fold less potent than hGH. However, after 2 days theHA-hGH shows essentially the same potency as hGH due to the short lifeof hGH in the assay. This increase in the stability of the hGH as analbumin fusion protein has a major unexpected impact on the biologicalactivity of the protein. Although the potency of the albumin fusionproteins is slightly lower than the unfused counterparts in rapidbioassays, their biological stability results in much higher biologicalactivity in the longer term in vitro assay or in vivo assays.

Example 2 Preparation of H-Fusion Proteins

FIG. 4 shows a map of a plasmid (pPPC0005) that can be used as the basevector for cloning the cDNAs of therapeutic partners to form HA-fusions.For example, digestion of this vector with the restriction enzymesBsu361/Partial HindIII will allow for the insertion of a cDNA modifiedat the 5′ end to encode the last 5 amino acids of HA including theBsu361 site and at the 3′ end to include a double stop codon and HindIIIsite. As another example, digestion of this vector with the restrictionenzymes Bsu361. SphI allows for the insertion of a cDNA modified at the5′ end to encode the last 5 amino acids of HA including the Bsu361 siteand at the 3′ end to include a double stop codon. HindIII site and theADH1 terminator sequence up to and including the SphI site.

This plasmid may easily be modified by one of skill in the art, forexample, to modify, add or delete restriction sites so that one may moreeasily clone a Therapeutic protein, or fragment or variant of into thevector for the purpose of making an albumin fusion protein of theinvention.

For example, for the purpose of making an albumin fusion protein wherethe Therapeutic moiety is placed N-terminal to the (mature) albuminprotein, restriction sites were added at the 5′ end of the DNA encodingHA in pPPC0005 shown in FIG. 4).

Because it was desired to add unique XhoI and ClaI sites at the 5′ endof the DNA encoding the HA protein in pPPC0005, it was first necessaryto remove those same sites from the plasmid (located 3′ of the ADH1terminator sequence). This was accomplished by cutting pPPC0005 withXhoI and ClaI, filling in the sticky ends with T4 DNA polymerase, andreligating the blunt ends to create pPPC0006

Engineering the Xho and ClaI restriction sites into the Fusion leadersequence just 5′ of the DNA encoding the HA protein in pPPC0006 wasaccomplished using two rounds of PCR. The first pair of oligonucleotidesare those of SEQ ID NO: 19 and SEQ ID NO:20. SEQ ID 19 contains fourpoint mutations relative to the DNA sequence encoding the Fusion leadersequence and the beginning of the HA protein. These mutations arenecessary to create the XhoI site in the fusion leader sequence and theCla I site just at the beginning of the DNA encoding the HA protein.These four mutations are underlined in the sequence shown below. InpPPC0006 the nucleotides at these four positions from 5′ to 3′ are T, G,T, and G, 5′-GCCTCGAGAAAAGAGATGCACACAAGAGTGAGGTTGCTCATCGATTTAAAGATTTGGG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 19)5′-AATCGATGAGCAACCTCACTCTTGTGTGCATCTCTTTTCTCGAGGCTCCTGGAA TAAGC-3′ (SEQID NO:20). A second round of PCR is then performed with an upstreamflanking primer, 5′-TACAAACTTAAGAGTCCAATTAGC-3′ (SEQ ID NO:21) and adownstream flanking primer 5′-CACTTCTCTAGAGTGGTTTCATATGTCTT-3′ (SEQ IDNO:22). The resulting PCR product is then purified and then digestedwith Afll and XbaI and ligated into the same sites in pPPC0006 creatingpScCHSA. The resulting plasmid will have an XhoI sites engineered intothe fusion leader sequence. The presence of the Xho1 site creates asingle amino acid change in the end of fusion leader sequence from LDKRto LEKR. The D to E change will not be present in the final albuminfusion protein expression plasmid if one ligates into the XhoI and Cla Isites a fragment comprising the Therapeutic moiety which has a 5′ SalIsticky end (which is compatible with the Xho1 end) and a 3′ ClaI end.Ligation of the Xho1 to the Sall restores the original amino acidsequence of the Fusion leader sequence. The Therapeutic protein moietymay be inserted after the Kex2 site (Kex2 cleaves after the dibasicamino acid sequence KR at the end of the Fusion leader sequence) andbefore the ClaI site.

In addition, for the purpose of making an albumin fusion protein wherethe Therapeutic moiety is placed C-terminal to the (mature) albuminprotein, four, eight-base-pair restriction sites were added at the 3′end of the DNA encoding HA in pScCHSA. As an example, it was felt to bedesirable to incorporate AscI, FseI, and Pmel restriction sites inbetween the Bsu36I and HindIII sites at the end of the DNA encoding theHA protein in pScCHSA. This was accomplished through the use of twocomplementary synthetic oligonucleotides (SEQ ID NO:19 and SEQ ID NO:20)which contain the desired restriction sites.5′-AAGCTGCCTTAGGCTTATAATAAGGCGCGCCGGCCGGCCGTTTAAACTAAGCT TAATTCT-3′ (SEQID NO:23) and 5-AGAATTAAGCTTAGTTTAAACGGCCGGCCGGCGCGCCTTATTATAAGCCTAAGGCAGCTT-3′ (SEQ ID NO:24). These oligonucleotides may be annealed anddigested with Bsu361 and HindIII and ligated into the same sites locatedat the end of the DNA encoding the HA protein in pScCHSA creatingpScNHSA, using techniques known in the art.

Making Vectors Comprising Albumin Fusion Proteins where the AlbuminMoiety is N-Terminal to the Therapeutic Moiety.

The DNA encoding the Therapeutic moiety may be PCR amplified usingprimers that will add DNA encoding the last five amino acids of the HA(and containing the Bsu36I site) onto the 5′ end of the DNA encoding aTherapeutic protein and a STOP codon and appropriate cloning sites ontothe 3′ end of the coding sequence. For instance, the forward primer usedto amplify the DNA encoding a Therapeutic protein might have thesequence, 5′-aagctGCCTTAGGCTTA(N)₁₅-3′ (SEQ ID NO:25) where theunderlined sequence is a Bsu36I site, the upper case nucleotides encodethe last four amino acids of the mature HA protein (ALGL) (amino acidsno. 582-585 of SEQ ID NO:18), and (N)₁₅ is identical to the first 15nucleotides encoding the Therapeutic protein of interest. Similarly, thereverse primer used to amplify the DNA encoding a Therapeutic proteinmight have the sequence, 5′-GCGCGCGTTTAAACGGCCGGCCGGCGCCTTATTA(N)₁₅-3′(SEQ ID NO: 26) where the italicized nucleotides is a PmeI site, thedouble underlined nucleotides are a FseI site, the singly underlinedtext is a PmeI site, the boxed nucleotides are the reverse complement oftwo tandem stop codons, and (N)₁₅ is identical to the reverse complementof the last 15 nucleotides encoding the Therapeutic protein of interest.Once the PCR product is amplified it may be cut with Bsu36I and one of(AscI, FseI, or PmeI) and ligated into pScNHSA.

Making Vectors Comprising Albumin Fusion Proteins where the AlbuminMoiety is N-Terminal to the Therapeutic Moiety.

The DNA encoding the Therapeutic moiety may be PCR amplified usingprimers that will add DNA encoding the last three amino acids of theFusion leader sequence (and containing a SalI site) onto the 5′ end ofthe DNA encoding a Therapeutic protein and the first few amino acids ofthe HA (and containing a ClaI site). For instance, the forward primerused to amplify the DNA encoding a Therapeutic protein might have thesequence, 5′-aggagcgtcGACAAAAGA(N)₁₅-3′ (SEQ ID NO:27) where theunderlined sequence is a Sal I site, the upper case nucleotides encodethe last three amino acids of the Fusion leader sequence (DKR), and(N)₁₅ is identical to the first 15 nucleotides encoding the Therapeuticprotein of interest. Similarly, the reverse primer used to amplify theDNA encoding a Therapeutic protein might have the sequence,5′-CTTTAAATCGATGAGCAACCTCACTCTTGTGTGCATC(N)₁₅-3′ (SEQ ID NO:28) wherethe italicized nucleotides are a ClaI site, the underlined nucleotidesare the reverse complement of the DNA encoding the first 9 amino acidsof HA (DAHKSEVAH) (amino acids no. 1-9 of SEQ ID NO: 18), and (N)₁₅ isidentical to the reverse complement of the last 15 nucleotides encodingthe Therapeutic protein of interest. Once the PCR product is amplifiedit may be cut with SalI and ClaI and ligated into pScCHSA digested withXhoI and Cla I.

Expression of an Albumin Fusion Protein in Yeast.

The Not I fragment containing the DNA encoding either an N-terminal orC-terminal albumin fusion protein generated from pScCHSA or pScNHSA maythen be cloned in to the NotI site of pSAC35.

Expression of an Albumin Fusion Protein from Mammalian Cell Lines

The HSA gene has also been cloned into a the pC4 vector which is moresuitable for mammalian culture systems creating plasmid pC4:HSA. Morespecifically, pC4HSA was generated by PCR amplifying the mature HSA genewith a 5′ primer (SEQ ID NO:30) that anneals to the 5′ end of DNAencoding the mature form of the HSA protein (e.g. DNA in plasmidpScCHSA), incorporates BamHI (Shown in italics below) and HindIII (shownsingly underlined below) cloning sites, attaches a kozak sequence (showndouble underlined below) and DNA encoding the natural HSA signal peptide(MKWVSFISLLFLFSSAYSRSLDKR, SEQ ID NO:29) (shown in bold below), and a 3′primer (SEQ ID NO:31) that anneals to the 3′ end of DNA encoding themature form of the HSA protein and incorporates an Asp718 restrictionsite (shown in bold below). The DNA encoding the natural human serumalbumin leader sequence in SEQ ID NO:30 also contains a modificationthat introduces a XhoI site that is boxed below.

(SEQ ID NO: 30)

(SEQ ID NO: 31) 5′-GCAGCGGTACCGGAATTCGGCGCGCCTTATAAGCCTAAGGCAGC-3′This PCR product (1.85 kb) is then purified and digested with BamHI andAsp718 and cloned into the same sites in pC4 (ATCC Accession No. 209646)to produce pC4:HSAMaking Vectors Comprising Albumin Fusion Proteins where the AlbuminMoiety is C-Terminal to the Therapeutic Moiety Using the pC4:HSA Vector

Using pC4:HSA, albumin fusion proteins in which the Therapeutic proteinmoiety is N terminal to the albumin sequence, one can clone DNA encodinga Therapeutic protein that has its own signal sequence between the BamHI (or HindIII) and ClaI sites. When cloning into either the BamHI orHind III site, remember to include a Kozak sequence (CCGCCACCATG)(nucleotides no. 17-27 of SEQ ID NO:30) prior to the translational startcodon of DNA encoding the Therapeutic Protein to be subcloned. If theTherapeutic protein does not have a signal sequence, the DNA encodingthat Therapeutic protein may be cloned in between the XhoI and ClaIsites. When using the XhoI site, the following 5′ (SEQ ID NO:32) and 3′(SEQ ID NO:33) PCR primers may be used:

(SEQ ID NO: 32) 5′-CCGCCGCTCGAGGGGTGTGTTTCGTCGA(N)₁₈-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 33)5′-AGTCCCATCGATGAGCAACCTCACTCTTGTGTGCATC(N)₁₈-3′

In SEQ ID NO:32, the underlined sequence is an XhoI site; and the XhoIsite and the DNA following the XhoI site encode for the last seven aminoacids of the leader sequence of natural human serum albumin. In SEQ IDNO:33, the underlined sequence is a ClaI site; and the ClaI site and theDNA following it encode are the reverse complement of the DNA encodingthe first 10 amino acids of the mature HSA protein (SEQ ID NO: 18). InSEQ ID NO:32 “(N)₁₈” is DNA identical to the first 18 nucleotidesencoding the Therapeutic protein of interest.). In SEQ ID NO:33 “(N)₁₈”is the reverse complement of DNA encoding the last 18 nucleotidesencoding the Therapeutic protein of interest. Using these two primers,one may PCR amplify the Therapeutic protein of interest, purify the PCRproduct, digest it with XhoI and ClaI restriction enzymes and then andclone it into the with XhoI and ClaI sites in the pC4:HSA vector.

Making Vectors Comprising Albumin Fusion Proteins where the AlbuminMoiety is V-Terminal to the Therapeutic Moiety Using the pC4:HSA Vector

Using pC4:HSA, albumin fusion proteins in which the Therapeutic proteinmoiety is N terminal to the albumin sequence, one can clone DNA encodinga Therapeutic protein between the Bsu361 and AscI restriction sites.When cloning into the Bsu361 and AscI, the same primer design used toclone in the yeast vector system (SEQ ID NO:25 and 26) may be employed.

The pC4 vector is especially suitable for expression of albumin fusionproteins from CHO cells. For expression, in other mammalian cell types,e.g., NSO cells, it may be useful to subclone the HindIII-EcoRI fragmentcontaining the DNA encoding an albumin fusion protein (from a pC4 vectorin which the DNA encoding the Therapeutic protein has already beencloned in frame with the DNA encoding (the mature form of) human serumalbumin) into another expression vector (such as any of the mammalianexpression vectors described herein).

Example 3 Preparation of HA-Cytokine or HA-Growth Factor Fusion Proteins(Such as EPO, GMCSF, GCSF)

The cDNA for the cytokine or growth factor of interest, such as EPO, canbe isolated by a variety of means including from cDNA libraries, byRT-PCR and by PCR using a series of overlapping syntheticoligonucleotide primers, all using standard methods. The nucleotidesequences for all of these proteins are known and available, forinstance, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,703,008, 4,810.643 and 5,908,763. The cDNAcan be tailored at the 5′ and 3′ ends to generate restriction sites,such that oligonucleotide linkers can be used, for cloning of the cDNAinto a vector containing the cDNA for HA. This can be at the N orC-terminus with or without the use of a spacer sequence. EPO (or othercytokine) cDNA is cloned into a vector such as pPPC0005 (FIG. 4),pScCHSA, pScNHSA, or pC4:HSA from which the complete expression cassetteis then excised and inserted into the plasmid pSAC35 to allow theexpression of the albumin fusion protein in yeast. The albumin fusionprotein secreted from the yeast can then be collected and purified fromthe media and tested for its biological activity. For expression inmammalian cell lines, a similar procedure is adopted except that theexpression cassette used employs a mammalian promoter, leader sequenceand terminator (See Example 2). This expression cassette is then excisedand inserted into a plasmid suitable for the transfection of mammaliancell lines.

Example 4 Preparation of HA-IFN Fusion Proteins (Such as IFNα)

The cDNA for the interferon of interest such as IFNα can be isolated bya variety of means including but not exclusively, from cDNA libraries,by RT-PCR and by PCR using a series of overlapping syntheticoligonucleotide primers, all using standard methods. The nucleotidesequences for interferons, such as IFNα are known and available, forinstance, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,326,859 and 4,588,585, in EP 32 134, aswell as in public databases such as GenBank. The cDNA can be tailored atthe 5′ and 3′ ends to generate restriction sites, such thatoligonucleotide linkers can be used to clone the cDNA into a vectorcontaining the cDNA for HA. This can be at the N or C-terminus of the HAsequence, with or without the use of a spacer sequence. The IFNα (orother interferon) cDNA is cloned into a vector such as pPPC0005 (FIG.4), pScCHSA, pScNHSA, or pC4:HSA from which the complete expressioncassette is then excised and inserted into the plasmid pSAC35 to allowthe expression of the albumin fusion protein in yeast (see FIG. 8). Thealbumin fusion protein secreted from the yeast can then be collected andpurified from the media and tested for its biological activity. Forexpression in mammalian cell lines a similar procedure is adopted exceptthat the expression cassette used employs a mammalian promoter, leadersequence and terminator (See Example 2). This expression cassette isthen excised and inserted into a plasmid suitable for the transfectionof mammalian cell lines.

Maximum Protein Recover from Vials

The albumin fusion proteins of the invention have a high degree ofstability even when they are packaged at low concentrations. Inaddition, in spite of the low protein concentration, good fusion-proteinrecovery is observed even when the aqueous solution includes no otherprotein added to minimize binding to the vial walls. FIG. 5 compares therecovery of vial-stored HA-IFN solutions with a stock solution. 6 or 30μg/ml HA-IFN solutions were placed in vials and stored at 4° C. After 48or 72 hrs a volume originally equivalent to 10 ng of sample was removedand measured in an IFN sandwich ELISA. The estimated values werecompared to that of a high concentration stock solution. As shown, thereis essentially no loss of the sample in these vials, indicating thataddition of exogenous material such as albumin is not necessary toprevent sample loss to the wall of the vials

In Vivo Stability and Bioavailability of HA-α-IFN Fusions

To determine the in vivo stability and bioavailability of a HA-α-IFNfusion molecule, the purified fusion molecule (from yeast) wasadministered to monkeys at the dosages and time points described inFIGS. 6 and 7. Pharmaceutical compositions formulated from HA-α-IFNfusions may account for the extended serum half-life and bioavailabilityexemplified in FIGS. 6 and 7. Accordingly, pharmaceutical compositionsmay be formulated to contain lower dosages of alpha-interferon activitycompared to the native alpha-interferon molecule.

Pharmaceutical compositions containing HA-α-IFN fusions may be used totreat or prevent disease in patients with any disease or disease statethat can be modulated by the administration of α-IFN. Such diseasesinclude, but are not limited to, hairy cell leukemia, Kaposi's sarcoma,genital and anal warts, chronic hepatitis B, chronic non-A, non-Bhepatitis, in particular hepatitis C, hepatitis D, chronic myelogenousleukemia, renal cell carcinoma, bladder carcinoma, ovarian and cervicalcarcinoma, skin cancers, recurrent respirator papillomatosis,non-Hodgkin's and cutaneous T-cell lymphomas, melanoma, multiplemyeloma, AIDS, multiple sclerosis, gliobastoma, etc. (see InterferonAlpha. In: AHFS Drug Information, 1997.

Accordingly, the invention includes pharmaceutical compositionscontaining a HA-α-IFN fusion protein, polypeptide or peptide formulatedwith the proper dosage for human administration. The invention alsoincludes methods of treating patients in need of such treatmentcomprising at least the step of administering a pharmaceuticalcomposition containing at least one HA-α-IFN fusion protein, polypeptideor peptide.

Bifunctional HA-_-IFN Fusions

The HA-α-IFN expression vector of FIG. 8 is modified to include aninsertion for the expression of bifunctional HA-α-IFN fusion proteins.For instance, the cDNA for a second protein of interest may be insertedin frame downstream of the “rHA-IFN” sequence after the double stopcodon has been removed or shifted downstream of the coding sequence.

In one version of a bifunctional HA-α-IFN fusion protein, an antibody orfragment against B-lymphocyte stimulator protein (GenBank Ace 4455139)or polypeptide may be fused to one end of the HA component of the fusionmolecule. This bifunctional protein is useful for modulating any immuneresponse generated by the α-IFN component of the fusion.

Example 5 Preparation of HA-Hormone Fusion Protein (Such as Insulin, LH,FSH)

The cDNA for the hormone of interest such as insulin can be isolated bya variety of means including but not exclusively, from cDNA libraries,by RT-PCR and by PCR using a series of overlapping syntheticoligonucleotide primers, all using standard methods. The nucleotidesequences for all of these proteins are known and available, forinstance, in public databases such as GenBank. The cDNA can be tailoredat the 5′ and 3′ ends to generate restriction sites, such thatoligonucleotide linkers can be used, for cloning of the cDNA into avector containing the cDNA for HA. This can be at the N or C-terminuswith or without the use of a spacer sequence. The hormone cDNA is clonedinto a vector such as pPPC0005 (FIG. 4), pScCHSA, pScNHSA, or pC4:HSAfrom which the complete expression cassette is then excised and insertedinto the plasmid pSAC35 to allow the expression of the albumin fusionprotein in yeast. The albumin fusion protein secreted from the yeast canthen be collected and purified from the media and tested for itsbiological activity. For expression in mammalian cell lines a similarprocedure is adopted except that the expression cassette used employs amammalian promoter, leader sequence and terminator (See Example 2). Thisexpression cassette is then excised and inserted into a plasmid suitablefor the transfection of mammalian cell lines.

Example 6 Preparation of HA-Soluble Receptor or HA-Binding ProteinFusion Protein Such as HA-TNF Receptor

The cDNA for the soluble receptor or binding protein of interest such asTNF receptor can be isolated by a variety of means including but notexclusively, from cDNA libraries, by RT-PCR and by PCR using a series ofoverlapping synthetic oligonucleotide primers, all using standardmethods. The nucleotide sequences for all of these proteins are knownand available, for instance, in GenBank. The cDNA can be tailored at the5′ and 3′ ends to generate restriction sites, such that oligonucleotidelinkers can be used, for cloning of the cDNA into a vector containingthe cDNA for HA. This can be at the N or C-terminus with or without theuse of a spacer sequence. The receptor cDNA is cloned into a vector suchas pPPC0005 (FIG. 4), pScCHSA, pScNHSA, or pC4:HSA from which thecomplete expression cassette is then excised and inserted into theplasmid pSAC35 to allow the expression of the albumin fusion protein inyeast. The albumin fusion protein secreted from the yeast can then becollected and purified from the media and tested for its biologicalactivity. For expression in mammalian cell lines a similar procedure isadopted except that the expression cassette used employs a mammalianpromoter, leader sequence and terminator (See Example 2). Thisexpression cassette is then excised and inserted into a plasmid suitablefor the transfection of mammalian cell lines.

Example 7 Preparation of HA-Growth Factors Such as HA-IGF-1 FusionProtein

The cDNA for the growth factor of interest such as IGF-1 can be isolatedby a variety of means including but not exclusively, from cDNAlibraries, by RT-PCR and by PCR using a series of overlapping syntheticoligonucleotide primers, all using standard methods (see GenBank Acc.No. NP_(—)000609). The cDNA can be tailored at the 5′ and 3′ ends togenerate restriction sites, such that oligonucleotide linkers can beused, for cloning of the cDNA into a vector containing the cDNA for HA.This can be at the N or C-terminus with or without the use of a spacersequence. The growth factor cDNA is cloned into a vector such aspPPC0005 (FIG. 4), pScCHSA, pScNHSA, or pC4:HSA from which the completeexpression cassette is then excised and inserted into the plasmid pSAC35to allow the expression of the albumin fusion protein in yeast. Thealbumin fusion protein secreted from the yeast can then be collected andpurified from the media and tested for its biological activity. Forexpression in mammalian cell lines a similar procedure is adopted exceptthat the expression cassette used employs a mammalian promoter, leadersequence and terminator (See Example 2). This expression cassette isthen excised and inserted into a plasmid suitable for the transfectionof mammalian cell lines.

Example 8 Preparation of HA-Single Chain Antibody Fusion Proteins

Single chain antibodies are produced by several methods including butnot limited to: selection from phage libraries, cloning of the variableregion of a specific antibody by cloning the cDNA of the antibody andusing the flanking constant regions as the primer to clone the variableregion, or by synthesizing an oligonucleotide corresponding to thevariable region of any specific antibody. The cDNA can be tailored atthe 5′ and 3′ ends to generate restriction sites, such thatoligonucleotide linkers can be used, for cloning of the cDNA into avector containing the cDNA for HA. This can be at the N or C-terminuswith or without the use of a spacer sequence. The cell cDNA is clonedinto a vector such as pPPC0005 (FIG. 4), pScCHSA, pScNHSA, or pC4:HSAfrom which the complete expression cassette is then excised and insertedinto the plasmid pSAC35 to allow the expression of the albumin fusionprotein in yeast.

In fusion molecules of the invention, the V_(H) and V_(L) can be linkedby one of the following means or a combination thereof: a peptide linkerbetween the C-terminus of the V_(H) and the N-terminus of the V_(L); aKex2p protease cleavage site between the V_(H) and V_(L) such that thetwo are cleaved apart upon secretion and then self associate; andcystine residues positioned such that the V_(H) and V_(L) can form adisulphide bond between them to link them together (see FIG. 14). Analternative option would be to place the V_(H) at the N-terminus of HAor an HA domain fragment and the V_(L) at the C-terminus of the HA or HAdomain fragment.

The albumin fusion protein secreted from the yeast can then be collectedand purified from the media and tested for its activity. For expressionin mammalian cell lines a similar procedure is adopted except that theexpression cassette used employs a mammalian promoter, leader sequenceand terminator (See Example 2). This expression cassette is then excisedand inserted into a plasmid suitable for the transfection of mammaliancell lines. The antibody produced in this manner can be purified frommedia and tested for its binding to its antigen using standardimmunochemical methods.

Example 9 Preparation of HA-Cell Adhesion Molecule Fusion Proteins

The cDNA for the cell adhesion molecule of interest can be isolated by avariety of means including but not exclusively, from cDNA libraries, byRT-PCR and by PCR using a series of overlapping syntheticoligonucleotide primers, all using standard methods. The nucleotidesequences for the known cell adhesion molecules are known and available,for instance, in GenBank. The cDNA can be tailored at the 5′ and 3′ endsto generate restriction sites, such that oligonucleotide linkers can beused, for cloning of the cDNA into a vector containing the cDNA for HA.This can be at the N or C-terminus with or without the use of a spacersequence. The cell adhesion molecule cDNA is cloned into a vector suchas pPPC0005 (FIG. 4), pScCHSA, pScNHSA, or pC4:HSA from which thecomplete expression cassette is then excised and inserted into theplasmid pSAC35 to allow the expression of the albumin fusion protein inyeast. The albumin fusion protein secreted from the yeast can then becollected and purified from the media and tested for its biologicalactivity. For expression in mammalian cell lines a similar procedure isadopted except that the expression cassette used employs a mammalianpromoter, leader sequence and terminator (See Example 2). Thisexpression cassette is then excised and inserted into a plasmid suitablefor the transfection of mammalian cell lines.

Example 10 Preparation of Inhibitory Factors and Peptides as HA FusionProteins (Such as HA-Antiviral, HA-Antibiotic, HA-Enzyme Inhibitor andHA-Anti-Allergic Proteins)

The cDNA for the peptide of interest such as an antibiotic peptide canbe isolated by a variety of means including but not exclusively, fromcDNA libraries, by RT-PCR and by PCR using a series of overlappingsynthetic oligonucleotide primers, all using standard methods. The cDNAcan be tailored at the 5′ and 3′ ends to generate restriction sites,such that oligonucleotide linkers can be used, for cloning of the cDNAinto a vector containing the cDNA for HA. This can be at the N orC-terminus with or without the use of a spacer sequence. The peptidecDNA is cloned into a vector such as pPPC0005 (FIG. 4), pScCHSA,pScNHSA, or pC4:HSA from which the complete expression cassette is thenexcised and inserted into the plasmid pSAC35 to allow the expression ofthe albumin fusion protein in yeast. The albumin fusion protein secretedfrom the yeast can then be collected and purified from the media andtested for its biological activity. For expression in mammalian celllines a similar procedure is adopted except that the expression cassetteused employs a mammalian promoter, leader sequence and terminator (SeeExample 2). This expression cassette is then excised and inserted into aplasmid suitable for the transfection of mammalian cell lines.

Example 11 Preparation of Targeted HA Fusion Proteins

The cDNA for the protein of interest can be isolated from cDNA libraryor can be made synthetically using several overlapping oligonucleotidesusing standard molecular biology methods. The appropriate nucleotidescan be engineered in the cDNA to form convenient restriction sites andalso allow the attachment of the protein cDNA to albumin cDNA similar tothe method described for hGH. Also a targeting protein or peptide cDNAsuch as single chain antibody or peptides, such as nuclear localizationsignals, that can direct proteins inside the cells can be fused to theother end of albumin. The protein of interest and the targeting peptideis cloned into a vector such as pPPC0005 (FIG. 4), pScCHSA, pScNHSA, orpC4:HSA which allows the fusion with albumin cDNA. In this manner bothN- and C-terminal end of albumin are fused to other proteins. The fusedcDNA is then excised from pPPC0005 and is inserted into a plasmid suchas pSAC35 to allow the expression of the albumin fusion protein inyeast. All the above procedures can be performed using standard methodsin molecular biology. The albumin fusion protein secreted from yeast canbe collected and purified from the media and tested for its biologicalactivity and its targeting activity using appropriate biochemical andbiological tests.

Example 12 Preparation of HA-Enzymes Fusions

The cDNA for the enzyme of interest can be isolated by a variety ofmeans including but not exclusively, from cDNA libraries, by RT-PCR andby PCR using a series of overlapping synthetic oligonucleotide primers,all using standard methods. The cDNA can be tailored at the 5′ and 3′ends to generate restriction sites, such that oligonucleotide linkerscan be used, for cloning of the cDNA into a vector containing the cDNAfor HA. This can be at the N or C-terminus with or without the use of aspacer sequence. The enzyme cDNA is cloned into a vector such aspPPC0005 (FIG. 4), pScCHSA, pScNHSA, or pC4:HSA from which the completeexpression cassette is then excised and inserted into the plasmid pSAC35to allow the expression of the albumin fusion protein in yeast. Thealbumin fusion protein secreted from the yeast can then be collected andpurified from the media and tested for its biological activity. Forexpression in mammalian cell lines a similar procedure is adopted exceptthat the expression cassette used employs a mammalian promoter, leadersequence and terminator (See Example 2). This expression cassette isthen excised and inserted into a plasmid suitable for the transfectionof mammalian cell lines.

Example 13 Bacterial Expression of an Albumin Fusion Protein

A polynucleotide encoding an albumin fusion protein of the presentinvention comprising a bacterial signal sequence is amplified using PCRoligonucleotide primers corresponding to the 5′ and 3′ ends of the DNAsequence, to synthesize insertion fragments. The primers used to amplifythe polynucleotide encoding insert should preferably contain restrictionsites, such as BamHI and XbaI, at the 5′ end of the primers in order toclone the amplified product into the expression vector. For example,BamHI and XbaI correspond to the restriction enzyme sites on thebacterial expression vector pQE-9. (Qiagen, Inc., Chatsworth, Calif.).This plasmid vector encodes antibiotic resistance (Amp^(r)), a bacterialorigin of replication (ori), an IPTG-regulatable promoter/operator(P/O), a ribosome binding site (RBS), a 6-histidine tag (6-His), andrestriction enzyme cloning sites.

The pQE-9 vector is digested with BamHI and XbaI and the amplifiedfragment is ligated into the pQE-9 vector maintaining the reading frameinitiated at the bacterial RBS. The ligation mixture is then used totransform the E, coli strain M15/rep4 (Qiagen, Inc.) which containsmultiple copies of the plasmid pREP4, which expresses the lacI repressorand also confers kanamycin resistance (Kan^(r)). Transformants areidentified by their ability to grow on LB plates andampicillin/kanamycin resistant colonies are selected. Plasmid DNA isisolated and confirmed by restriction analysis.

Clones containing the desired constructs are grown overnight (O/N) inliquid culture in LB media supplemented with both Amp (100 ug/ml) andKan (25 ug/ml). The O/N culture is used to inoculate a large culture ata ratio of 1:100 to 1:250. The cells are grown to an optical density 600(O.D.⁶⁰⁰) of between 0.4 and 0.6. IPTG (Isopropyl-B-D-thiogalactopyranoside) is then added to a final concentration of 1 mM. IPTG inducesby inactivating the lacI repressor, clearing the P/O leading toincreased gene expression.

Cells are grown for an extra 3 to 4 hours. Cells are then harvested bycentrifugation (20 mins at 6000×g). The cell pellet is solubilized inthe chaotropic agent 6 Molar Guanidine HCl or preferably in 8 M urea andconcentrations greater than 0.14 M 2-mercaptoethanol by stirring for 3-4hours at 4° C. (see, e.g., Burton et al. Eur. J. Biochem. 179:379-387(1989)). The cell debris is removed by centrifugation, and thesupernatant containing the polypeptide is loaded onto anickel-nitrilo-tri-acetic acid (“Ni-NTA”) affinity resin column(available from QIAGEN. Inc., supra). Proteins with a 6×His tag bind tothe Ni-NTA resin with high affinity and can be purified in a simpleone-step procedure (for details see: The QIAexpressionist (1995) QIAGEN,Inc, supra).

Briefly, the supernatant is loaded onto the column in 6 M guanidine-HCl,pH 8. The column is first washed with 10 volumes of 6 M guanidine-HCl,pH 8, then washed with 10 volumes of 6 M guanidine-HCl pH 6, and finallythe polypeptide is eluted with 6 M guanidine-HCl, pH 5.

The purified protein is then renatured by dialyzing it againstphosphate-buffered saline (PBS) or 50 mM Na-acetate, pH 6 buffer plus200 mM NaCl. Alternatively, the protein can be successfully refoldedwhile immobilized on the Ni-NTA column. Exemplary conditions are asfollows: renature using a linear 6M-1M urea gradient in 500 mM NaCl, 20%glycerol, 20 mM Tris/HCl pH 7.4, containing protease inhibitors. Therenaturation should be performed over a period of 1.5 hours or more.After renaturation the proteins are eluted by the addition of 250 mMimmidazole. Immidazole is removed by a final dialyzing step against PBSor 50 mM sodium acetate pH 6 buffer plus 200 mM NaCl. The purifiedprotein is stored at 4° C. or frozen at −80° C.

In addition to the above expression vector, the present inventionfurther includes an expression vector, called pHE4a (ATCC AccessionNumber 209645, deposited on Feb. 25, 1998) which contains phage operatorand promoter elements operatively linked to a polynucleotide encoding analbumin fusion protein of the present invention, called pHE4a. (ATCCAccession Number 209645, deposited on Feb. 25, 1998.) This vectorcontains: 1) a neomycinphosphotransferase gene as a selection marker, 2)an E, coli origin of replication, 3) a T5 phage promoter sequence, 4)two lac operator sequences, 5) a Shine-Delgarno sequence, and 6) thelactose operon repressor gene (lacIq). The origin of replication (oriC)is derived from pUC19 (LTI, Gaithersburg, Md.). The promoter andoperator sequences are made synthetically.

DNA can be inserted into the pHE4a b, restricting the vector with NdeIand XbaI, BamHI, XhoI, or Asp718, running the restricted product on agel, and isolating the larger fragment (the stuffer fragment should beabout 310 base pairs). The DNA insert is generated according to PCRprotocols described herein or otherwise known in the art, using PCRprimers having restriction sites for NdeI (5′ primer) and XbaI, BamHI,XhoI, or Asp718 (3′ primer). The PCR insert is gel purified andrestricted with compatible enzymes. The insert and vector are ligatedaccording to standard protocols.

The engineered vector may be substituted in the above protocol toexpress protein in a bacterial system.

Example 14 Expression of an Albumin Fusion Protein in Mammalian Cells

The albumin fusion proteins of the present invention can be expressed ina mammalian cell. A typical mammalian expression vector contains apromoter element, which mediates the initiation of transcription ofmRNA, a protein coding sequence, and signals required for thetermination of transcription and polyadenylation of the transcript.Additional elements include enhancers. Kozak sequences and interveningsequences flanked by donor and acceptor sites for RNA splicing. Highlyefficient transcription is achieved with the early and late promotersfrom SV40, the long terminal repeats (LTRs) from Retroviruses, e.g.,RSV, HTLVI, HIVI and the early promoter of the cytomegalovirus (CMV).However, cellular elements can also be used (e.g., the human actinpromoter).

Suitable expression vectors for use in practicing the present inventioninclude, for example, vectors such as, pSVL and pMSG (Pharmacia,Uppsala, Sweden), pRSVcat (ATCC 37152), pSV2dhfr (ATCC 37146), pBC12MI(ATCC 67109), pCMVSport 2.0, and pCMVSport 3.0. Mammalian host cellsthat could be used include, but are not limited to, human Hela, 293, H9and Jurkat cells, mouse NIH3T3 and C127 cells. Cos 1, Cos 7 and CV1,quail QC1-3 cells, mouse L cells and Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells.

Alternatively, the albumin fusion protein can be expressed in stablecell lines containing the polynucleotide encoding the albumin fusionprotein integrated into a chromosome. The co-transfection with aselectable marker such as DHFR, gpt, neomycin, or hygromycin allows theidentification and isolation of the transfected cells.

The transfected polynucleotide encoding the fusion protein can also beamplified to express large amounts of the encoded fusion protein. TheDHFR (dihydrofolate reductase) marker is useful in developing cell linesthat carry several hundred or even several thousand copies of the geneof interest. (See, e.g., Alt et al., J. Biol. Chem. 253:1357-1370(1978); Hamlin et al., Biochem, et Biophys. Acta. 1097:107-143 (1990);Page et al. Biotechnology 9:64-68 (1991)). Another useful selectionmarker is the enzyme glutamine synthase (GS) (Murphy et al., Biochem J.227:277-279 (1991); Bebbington et al. Bio/Technology 10:169-175 (1992).Using these markers, the mammalian cells are grown in selective mediumand the cells with the highest resistance are selected. These cell linescontain the amplified gene(s) integrated into a chromosome. Chinesehamster ovary (CHO) and NSO cells are often used for the production ofproteins.

Derivatives of the plasmid pSV2-dhfr (ATCC Accession No. 37146), theexpression vectors pC4 (ATCC Accession No. 209646) and pC6 (ATCCAccession No. 209647) contain the strong promoter (LTR) of the RousSarcoma Virus (Cullen et al. Molecular and Cellular Biology. 438-447(March, 1985)) plus a fragment of the CMV-enhancer (Boshart et al., Cell41:521-530 (1985)). Multiple cloning sites, e.g., with the restrictionenzyme cleavage sites BamHI, XbaI and Asp718, facilitate the cloning ofthe gene of interest. The vectors also contain the 3′ intron, thepolyadenylation and termination signal of the rat preproinsulin gene,and the mouse DHFR gene under control of the SV40 early promoter.

Specifically, the plasmid pC6, for example, is digested with appropriaterestriction enzymes and then dephosphorylated using calf intestinalphosphates by procedures known in the art. The vector is then isolatedfrom a 1% agarose gel.

A polynucleotide encoding an albumin fusion protein of the presentinvention is generated using techniques known in the art and thispolynucleotide is amplified using PCR technology known in the art. If anaturally occurring signal sequence is used to produce the fusionprotein of the present invention, the vector does not need a secondsignal peptide. Alternatively, if a naturally occurring signal sequenceis not used, the vector can be modified to include a heterologous signalsequence. (See, e.g., International Publication No. WO 96/34891.)

The amplified fragment encoding the fusion protein of the invention isisolated from a 1% agarose gel using a commercially available kit(“Geneclean,” BIO 101 Inc., La Jolla, Ca.). The fragment then isdigested with appropriate restriction enzymes and again purified on a 1%agarose gel.

The amplified fragment encoding the albumin fusion protein of theinvention is then digested with the same restriction enzyme and purifiedon a 1% agarose gel. The isolated fragment and the dephosphorylatedvector are then ligated with T4 DNA ligase. E, coli HB101 or XL-1 Bluecells are then transformed and bacteria are identified that contain thefragment inserted into plasmid pC6 using, for instance, restrictionenzyme analysis.

Chinese hamster ovary cells lacking an active DHFR gene is used fortransfection. Five μg of the expression plasmid pC6 or pC4 iscotransfected with 0.5 μg of the plasmid pSVneo using lipofectin(Felgner et al., supra). The plasmid pSV2-neo contains a dominantselectable marker, the neo gene from Tn5 encoding an enzyme that confersresistance to a group of antibiotics including G418. The cells areseeded in alpha minus MEM supplemented with 1 mg/ml G418. After 2 days,the cells are trypsinized and seeded in hybridoma cloning plates(Greiner, Germany) in alpha minus MEM supplemented with 10, 25, or 50ng/ml of methotrexate plus 1 mg/ml G418. After about 10-14 days singleclones are trypsinized and then seeded in 6-well petri dishes or 10 mlflasks using different concentrations of methotrexate (50 nM, 100 nM,200 nM, 400 nM, 800 nM). Clones growing at the highest concentrations ofmethotrexate are then transferred to new 6-well plates containing evenhigher concentrations of methotrexate (1 μM, 2 μM, 5 μM, 10 mM, 20 mM).The same procedure is repeated until clones are obtained which grow at aconcentration of 100-200 μM. Expression of the desired fusion protein isanalyzed, for instance, by SDS-PAGE and Western blot or by reversedphase HPLC analysis.

Example 15 Multifusion Fusions

The albumin fusion proteins (e.g., containing a Therapeutic protein (orfragment or variant thereof) fused to albumin (or a fragment or variantthereof)) may additionally be fused to other proteins to generate“multifusion proteins”. These multifusion proteins can be used for avariety of applications. For example, fusion of the albumin fusionproteins of the invention to His-tag, HA-tag, protein A, IgG domains,and maltose binding protein facilitates purification. (See e.g., EP A394,827; Traunecker et al. Nature 331:84-86 (1988)). Nuclearlocalization signals fused to the polypeptides of the present inventioncan target the protein to a specific subcellular localization, whilecovalent heterodimer or homodimers can increase or decrease the activityof an albumin fusion protein. Furthermore, the fusion of additionalprotein sequences to the albumin fusion proteins of the invention mayfurther increase the solubility and/or stability of the fusion protein.The fusion proteins described above can be made using or routinelymodifying techniques known in the art and/or by modifying the followingprotocol, which outlines the fusion of a polypeptide to an IgG molecule.

Briefly, the human Fc portion of the IgG molecule can be PCR amplified,using primers that span the 5′ and 3′ ends of the sequence describedbelow. These primers also should have convenient restriction enzymesites that will facilitate cloning into an expression vector, preferablya mammalian or yeast expression vector.

For example, if pC4 (ATCC Accession No. 209646) is used, the human Fcportion can be ligated into the BamHI cloning site. Note that the 3′BamHI site should be destroyed. Next, the vector containing the human Fcportion is re-restricted with BamHI, linearizing the vector, and apolynucleotide encoding an albumin fusion protein of the presentinvention (generated and isolated using techniques known in the art), isligated into this BamHI site. Note that the polynucleotide encoding thefusion protein of the invention is cloned without a stop codon,otherwise a Fc containing fusion protein will not be produced.

If the naturally occurring signal sequence is used to produce thealbumin fusion protein of the present invention, pC4 does not need asecond signal peptide. Alternatively, if the naturally occurring signalsequence is not used, the vector can be modified to include aheterologous signal sequence. (See, e.g., International Publication No.WO 96-34891.)

Human IgG Fc Region:

(SEQ ID NO: 36) GGGATCCGGAGCCCAAATCTTCTGACAAAACTCACACATGCCCACCGTGCCCAGCACCTGAATTCGAGGGTGCACCGTCAGTCTTCCTCTTCCCCCCAAAACCCAAGGACACCCTCATGATCTCCCGGACTCCTGAGGTCACATGCGTGGTGGTGGACGTAAGCCACGAAGACCCTGAGGTCAAGTTCAACTGGTACGTGGACGGCGTGGAGGTGCATAATGCCAAGACAAAGCCGCGGGAGGAGCAGTACAACAGCACGTACCGTGTGGTCAGCGTCCTCACCGTCCTGCACCAGGACTGGCTGAATGGCAAGGAGTACAAGTGCAAGGTCTCCAACAAAGCCCTCCCAACCCCCATCGAGAAAACCATCTCCAAAGCCAAAGGGCAGCCCCGAGAACCACAGGTGTACACCCTGCCCCCATCCCGGGATGAGCTGACCAAGAACCAGGTCAGCCTGACCTGCCTGGTCAAAGGCTTCTATCCAAGCGACATCGCCGTGGAGTGGGAGAGCAATGGGCAGCCGGAGAACAACTACAAGACCACGCCTCCCGTGCTGGACTCCGACGGCTCCTTCTTCCTCTACAGCAAGCTCACCGTGGACAAGAGCAGGTGGCAGCAGGGGAACGTCTTCTCATGCTCCGTGATGCATGAGGCTCTGCACAACCACTACACGCAGAAGAGCCTCTCCCTGTCTCCGGGTAAATGAGTGCGACGGCCGCGACTCTAGAGGAT

Example 16 Production of an Antibody from an Albumin Fusion Protein

a) Hybridoma Technology

Antibodies that bind the albumin fusion proteins of the presentinvention and portions of the albumin fusion proteins of the presentinvention (e.g., the Therapeutic protein portion or albumin portion ofthe fusion protein) can be prepared by a variety of methods. (See,Current Protocols, Chapter 2.) As one example of such methods, apreparation of an albumin fusion protein of the invention or a portionof an albumin fusion protein of the invention is prepared and purifiedto render it substantially free of natural contaminants. Such apreparation is then introduced into an animal in order to producepolyclonal antisera of greater specific activity.

Monoclonal antibodies specific for an albumin fusion protein of theinvention, or a portion of an albumin fusion protein of the invention,are prepared using hybridoma technology (Kohler et al., Nature 256:495(1975); Kohler et al. Eur. J. Immunol. 6:511 (1976); Kohler et al., Eur.J. Immunol. 6:292 (1976); Hanunerling et al, in: Monoclonal Antibodiesand T-Cell Hybridomas, Elsevier, N.Y., pp. 563-681 (1981)). In general,an animal (preferably a mouse) is immunized with an albumin fusionprotein of the invention, or a portion of an albumin fusion protein ofthe invention. The splenocytes of such mice are extracted and fused witha suitable myeloma cell line. Any suitable myeloma cell line may beemployed in accordance with the present invention; however, it ispreferable to employ the parent myeloma cell line (SP2O), available fromthe ATCC. After fusion, the resulting hybridoma cells are selectivelymaintained in HAT medium, and then cloned by limiting dilution asdescribed by Wands et al. (Gastroenterology 80:225-232 (1981)). Thehybridoma cells obtained through such a selection are then assayed toidentify clones which secrete antibodies capable of binding an albuminfusion protein of the invention, or a portion of an albumin fusionprotein of the invention.

Alternatively, additional antibodies capable of binding to an albuminfusion protein of the invention, or a portion of an albumin fusionprotein of the invention can be produced in a two-step procedure usinganti-idiotypic antibodies. Such a method makes use of the fact thatantibodies are themselves antigens, and therefore, it is possible toobtain an antibody which binds to a second antibody. In accordance withthis method, protein specific antibodies are used to immunize an animal,preferably a mouse. The splenocytes of such an animal are then used toproduce hybridoma cells, and the hybridoma cells are screened toidentify clones which produce an antibody whose ability to bind to thean albumin fusion protein of the invention (or portion of an albuminfusion protein of the invention)-specific antibody can be blocked by thefusion protein of the invention, or a portion of an albumin fusionprotein of the invention. Such antibodies comprise anti-idiotypicantibodies to the fusion protein of the invention (or portion of analbumin fusion protein of the invention)-specific antibody and are usedto immunize an animal to induce formation of further fusion protein ofthe invention (or portion of an albumin fusion protein of theinvention)-specific antibodies.

For in vivo use of antibodies in humans, an antibody is “humanized”.Such antibodies can be produced using genetic constructs derived fromhybridoma cells producing the monoclonal antibodies described above.Methods for producing chimeric and humanized antibodies are known in theart and are discussed herein. (See, for review. Morrison, Science229:1202 (1985); Oi et al., BioTechniques 4:214 (1986); Cabilly et al.,U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; Taniguchi et al., EP 171496; Morrison et al.,EP 173494; Neuberger et al., WO 8601533; Robinson et al., InternationalPublication No. WO 8702671; Boulianne et al., Nature 312:643 (1984);Neuberger et al., Nature 314:268 (1985)).

b) Isolation of Antibody Fragments Directed Against an Albumin FusionProtein of the Invention, or a Portion of an Albumin Fusion Protein ofthe Invention from a Library of scFvs

Naturally occurring V-genes isolated from human PBLs are constructedinto a library of antibody fragments which contain reactivities againstan albumin fusion protein of the invention, or a portion of an albuminfusion protein of the invention, to which the donor may or may not havebeen exposed (see e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,885,793 incorporated herein byreference in its entirety).

Rescue of the Library.

A library of scFvs is constructed from the RNA of human PBLs asdescribed in International Publication No. WO 92/01047. To rescue phagedisplaying antibody fragments, approximately 10⁹ E, coli harboring thephagemid are used to inoculate 50 ml of 2xTY containing 1% glucose and100 μg/ml of ampicillin (2xTY-AMP-GLU) and grown to an O.D. of 0.8 withshaking. Five ml of this culture is used to inoculate 50 ml of2xTY-AMP-GLU, 2×108 TU of delta gene 3 helper (M13 delta gene III, seeInternational Publication No. WO 92/01047) are added and the cultureincubated at 37° C. for 45 minutes without shaking and then at 37° C.for 45 minutes with shaking. The culture is centrifuged at 4000 r.p.m.for 10 min, and the pellet resuspended in 2 liters of 2xTY containing100 μg/ml ampicillin and 50 ug/ml kanamycin and grown overnight. Phageare prepared as described in International Publication No. WO 92/01047.

M13 delta gene III is prepared as follows: M13 delta gene III helperphage does not encode gene III protein, hence the phage(mid) displayingantibody fragments have a greater avidity of binding to antigen.Infectious M13 delta gene III particles are made by growing the helperphage in cells harboring a pUC19 derivative supplying the wild type geneIII protein during phage morphogenesis. The culture is incubated for 1hour at 37° C. without shaking and then for a further hour at 37° C.with shaking. Cells are spun down (IEC-Centra 8,400 r.p.m. for 10 min),resuspended in 300 ml 2xTY broth containing 100 μg ampicillin/ml and 25μg kanamycin/ml (2xTY-AMP-KAN) and grown overnight, shaking at 37° C.Phage particles are purified and concentrated from the culture medium bytwo PEG-precipitations (Sambrook et al., 1990), resuspended in 2 ml PBSand passed through a 0.45 μm filter (Minisart NML: Sartorius) to give afinal concentration of approximately 10¹³ transducing units/ml(ampicillin-resistant clones).

Panning of the Library.

Immunotubes (Nunc) are coated overnight in PBS with 4 ml of either 100μg/ml or 10 μg/ml of an albumin fusion protein of the invention, or aportion of an albumin fusion protein of the invention. Tubes are blockedwith 2% Marvel-PBS for 2 hours at 37° C. and then washed 3 times in PBS.Approximately 10¹³ TU of phage is applied to the tube and incubated for30 minutes at room temperature tumbling on an over and under turntableand then left to stand for another 1.5 hours. Tubes are washed 10 timeswith PBS 0.1% TWEEN-20® (polysorbate 20) and 10 times with PBS. Phageare eluted by adding 1 ml of 100 mM triethylamine and rotating 15minutes on an under and over turntable after which the solution isimmediately neutralized with 0.5 ml of 1.0M Tris-HCl, pH 7.4. Phage arethen used to infect 10 ml of mid-log E, coli TG1 by incubating elutedphage with bacteria for 30 minutes at 37° C. The E, coli are then platedon TYE plates containing 1% glucose and 100 g/ml ampicillin. Theresulting bacterial library is then rescued with delta gene 3 helperphage as described above to prepare phage for a subsequent round ofselection. This process is then repeated for a total of 4 rounds ofaffinity purification with tube-washing increased to 20 times with PBS,0.1% TWEEN-20® (polysorbate 20) and 20 times with PBS for rounds 3 and4.

Characterization of Binders.

Eluted phage from the 3rd and 4th rounds of selection are used to infectE, coli HB 2151 and soluble scFv is produced (Marks et al., 1991) fromsingle colonies for assay. ELISAs are performed with microtitre platescoated with either 10 pg/ml of an albumin fusion protein of theinvention, or a portion of an albumin fusion protein of the invention,in 50 mM bicarbonate pH 9.6. Clones positive in ELISA are furthercharacterized by PCR fingerprinting (see. e.g., InternationalPublication No. WO 92/01047) and then by sequencing. These ELISApositive clones may also be further characterized by techniques known inthe art, such as, for example, epitope mapping, binding affinity,receptor signal transduction, ability to block or competitively inhibitantibody antigen binding, and competitive agonistic or antagonisticactivity.

Example 17 Method of Treatment Using Gene Therapy-Ex Vivo

One method of gene therapy transplants fibroblasts, which are capable ofexpressing an albumin fusion protein of the present invention, onto apatient. Generally, fibroblasts are obtained from a subject by skinbiopsy. The resulting tissue is placed in tissue-culture medium andseparated into small pieces. Small chunks of the tissue are placed on awet surface of a tissue culture flask, approximately ten pieces areplaced in each flask. The flask is turned upside down, closed tight andleft at room temperature over night. After 24 hours at room temperature,the flask is inverted and the chunks of tissue remain fixed to thebottom of the flask and fresh media (e.g., Ham's F12 media, with 10%FBS, penicillin and streptomycin) is added. The flasks are thenincubated at 37 degree C, for approximately one week.

At this time, fresh media is added and subsequently changed everyseveral days. After an additional two weeks in culture, a monolayer offibroblasts emerge. The monolayer is trypsinized and scaled into largerflasks.

pMV-7 (Kirschmeier, P. T, et al., DNA, 7:219-25 (1988)), flanked by thelong terminal repeats of the Moloney murine sarcoma virus, is digestedwith EcoRI and HindIII and subsequently treated with calf intestinalphosphatase. The linear vector is fractionated on agarose gel andpurified, using glass beads.

Polynucleotides encoding an albumin fusion protein of the invention canbe generated using techniques known in the art amplified using PCRprimers which correspond to the 5′ and 3′ end sequences and optionallyhaving appropriate restriction sites and initiation/stop codons, ifnecessary. Preferably, the 5′ primer contains an EcoRI site and the 3′primer includes a HindIII site. Equal quantities of the Moloney murinesarcoma virus linear backbone and the amplified EcoRI and HindIIIfragment are added together, in the presence of T4 DNA ligase. Theresulting mixture is maintained under conditions appropriate forligation of the two fragments. The ligation mixture is then used totransform bacteria HB101, which are then plated onto agar containingkanamycin for the purpose of confirming that the vector has the gene ofinterest properly inserted.

The amphotropic pA317 or GP+am12 packaging cells are grown in tissueculture to confluent density in Dulbecco's Modified Eagles Medium (DMEM)with 10% calf serum (CS), penicillin and streptomycin. The MSV vectorcontaining the gene is then added to the media and the packaging cellstransduced with the vector. The packaging cells now produce infectiousviral particles containing the gene (the packaging cells are nowreferred to as producer cells).

Fresh media is added to the transduced producer cells, and subsequently,the media is harvested from a 10 cm plate of confluent producer cells.The spent media, containing the infectious viral particles, is filteredthrough a millipore filter to remove detached producer cells and thismedia is then used to infect fibroblast cells. Media is removed from asub-confluent plate of fibroblasts and quickly replaced with the mediafrom the producer cells. This media is removed and replaced with freshmedia. If the titer of virus is high, then virtually all fibroblastswill be infected and no selection is required. If the titer is very low,then it is necessary to use a retroviral vector that has a selectablemarker, such as neo or his. Once the fibroblasts have been efficientlyinfected, the fibroblasts are analyzed to determine whether the albuminfusion protein is produced.

The engineered fibroblasts are then transplanted onto the host, eitheralone or after having been grown to confluence on cytodex 3 microcarrierbeads.

Example 18 Method of Treatment Using Gene Therapy—In Vivo

Another aspect of the present invention is using in vivo gene therapymethods to treat disorders, diseases and conditions. The gene therapymethod relates to the introduction of naked nucleic acid (DNA, RNA, andantisense DNA or RNA) sequences encoding an albumin fusion protein ofthe invention into an animal. Polynucleotides encoding albumin fusionproteins of the present invention may be operatively linked to (i.e.,associated with) a promoter or any other genetic elements necessary forthe expression of the polypeptide by the target tissue. Such genetherapy and delivery techniques and methods are known in the art, see,for example, WO90/11092, WO98/11779; U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,693,622,5,705,151, 5,580,859; Tabata et al. Cardiovasc. Res. 35(3):470-479(1997); Chao et al. Pharmacol. Res. 35(6):517-522 (1997); Wolff.Neuromuscul. Disord. 7(5):314-318 (1997). Schwartz et al., Gene Ther.3(5):405-411 (1996); Tsurumi et al. Circulation 94(12):3281-3290 (1996)(incorporated herein by reference).

The polynucleotide constructs may be delivered by any method thatdelivers injectable materials to the cells of an animal, such as,injection into the interstitial space of tissues (heart, muscle, skin,lung, liver, intestine and the like). The polynucleotide constructs canbe delivered in a pharmaceutically acceptable liquid or aqueous carrier.

The term “naked” polynucleotide, DNA or RNA, refers to sequences thatare free from any delivery vehicle that acts to assist, promote, orfacilitate entry into the cell, including viral sequences, viralparticles, liposome formulations, lipofectin or precipitating agents andthe like. However, polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins ofthe present invention may also be delivered in liposome formulations(such as those taught in Felgner P. L, et al. (1995) Ann. NY Acad. Sci.772:126-139 and Abdallah B, et al. (1995) Biol. Cell 85(1); 1-7) whichcan be prepared by methods well known to those skilled in the art.

The polynucleotide vector constructs used in the gene therapy method arepreferably constructs that will not integrate into the host genome norwill they contain sequences that allow for replication. Any strongpromoter known to those skilled in the art can be used for driving theexpression of DNA. Unlike other gene therapy techniques, one majoradvantage of introducing naked nucleic acid sequences into target cellsis the transitory nature of the polynucleotide synthesis in the cells.Studies have shown that non-replicating DNA sequences can be introducedinto cells to provide production of the desired polypeptide for periodsof up to six months.

The polynucleotide construct can be delivered to the interstitial spaceof tissues within an animal, including muscle, skin, brain, lung, liver,spleen, bone marrow, thymus, heart, lymph, blood, bone, cartilage,pancreas, kidney, gall bladder, stomach, intestine, testis, ovary,uterus, rectum, nervous system, eye, gland, and connective tissue.Interstitial space of the tissues comprises the intercellular fluid,mucopolysaccharide matrix among the reticular fibers of organ tissues,elastic fibers in the walls of vessels or chambers, collagen fibers offibrous tissues, or that same matrix within connective tissueensheathing muscle cells or in the lacunae of bone. It is similarly thespace occupied by the plasma of the circulation and the lymph fluid ofthe lymphatic channels. Delivery to the interstitial space of muscletissue is preferred for the reasons discussed below. They may beconveniently delivered by injection into the tissues comprising thesecells. They are preferably delivered to and expressed in persistent,non-dividing cells which are differentiated, although delivery andexpression may be achieved in non-differentiated or less completelydifferentiated cells, such as, for example, stem cells of blood or skinfibroblasts. In vivo muscle cells are particularly competent in theirability to take up and express polynucleotides.

For the naked polynucleotide injection, an effective dosage amount ofDNA or RNA will be in the range of from about 0.05 g/kg body weight toabout 50 mg/kg body weight. Preferably the dosage will be from about0.005 mg/kg to about 20 mg/kg and more preferably from about 0.05 mg/kgto about 5 mg/kg. Of course, as the artisan of ordinary skill willappreciate, this dosage will vary according to the tissue site ofinjection. The appropriate and effective dosage of nucleic acid sequencecan readily be determined by those of ordinary skill in the art and maydepend on the condition being treated and the route of administration.The preferred route of administration is by the parenteral route ofinjection into the interstitial space of tissues. However, otherparenteral routes may also be used, such as, inhalation of an aerosolformulation particularly for delivery to lungs or bronchial tissues,throat or mucous membranes of the nose. In addition, nakedpolynucleotide constructs can be delivered to arteries duringangioplasty by the catheter used in the procedure.

The dose response effects of injected polynucleotide in muscle in vivois determined as follows. Suitable template DNA for production of mRNAcoding for polypeptide of the present invention is prepared inaccordance with a standard recombinant DNA methodology.

The template DNA, which may be either circular or linear, is either usedas naked DNA or complexed with liposomes. The quadriceps muscles of miceare then injected with various amounts of the template DNA.

Five to six week old female and male Balb, C mice are anesthetized byintraperitoneal injection with 0.3 ml of 2.5% Avertin. A 1.5 cm incisionis made on the anterior thigh, and the quadriceps muscle is directlyvisualized. The template DNA is injected in 0.1 ml of carrier in a 1 ccsyringe through a 27 gauge needle over one minute, approximately 0.5 cmfrom the distal insertion site of the muscle into the knee and about 0.2cm deep. A suture is placed over the injection site for futurelocalization, and the skin is closed with stainless steel clips.

After an appropriate incubation time (e.g., 7 days) muscle extracts areprepared by excising the entire quadriceps. Every fifth 15 umcross-section of the individual quadriceps muscles is histochemicallystained for protein expression. A time course for fusion proteinexpression may be done in a similar fashion except that quadriceps fromdifferent mice are harvested at different times. Persistence of DNA inmuscle following injection may be determined by Southern blot analysisafter preparing total cellular DNA and HIRT supernatants from injectedand control mice. The results of the above experimentation in mice canbe used to extrapolate proper dosages and other treatment parameters inhumans and other animals using naked DNA.

Example 19 Transgenic Animals

The albumin fusion proteins of the invention can also be expressed intransgenic animals. Animals of any species, including, but not limitedto mice, rats, rabbits, hamsters, guinea pigs, pigs, micro-pigs, goats,sheep, cows and non-human primates, e.g., baboons, monkeys, andchimpanzees may be used to generate transgenic animals. In a specificembodiment, techniques described herein or otherwise known in the art,are used to express fusion proteins of the invention in humans, as partof a gene therapy protocol.

Any technique known in the art may be used to introduce thepolynucleotides encoding the albumin fusion proteins of the inventioninto animals to produce the founder lines of transgenic animals. Suchtechniques include, but are not limited to, pronuclear microinjection(Paterson et al. Appl. Microbiol. Biotechnol. 40:691-698 (1994); Carveret al. Biotechnology (NY) 11:1263-1270 (1993); Wright et al.Biotechnology (NY) 9:830-834 (1991); and Hoppe et al., U.S. Pat. No.4,873,191 (1989)); retrovirus mediated gene transfer into germ lines(Van der Putten et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:6148-6152 (1985)),blastocysts or embryos; gene targeting in embryonic stem cells (Thompsonet al., Cell 56:313-321 (1989)); electroporation of cells or embryos(Lo, 1983. Mol Cell. Biol. 3:1803-1814 (1983)); introduction of thepolynucleotides of the invention using a gene gun (see. e.g., Ulmer etal., Science 259:1745 (1993); introducing nucleic acid constructs intoembryonic pleuripotent stem cells and transferring the stem cells backinto the blastocyst; and sperm-mediated gene transfer (Lavitrano et al.,Cell 57:717-723 (1989); etc. For a review of such techniques, seeGordon, “Transgenic Animals,” Intl. Rev. Cytol. 115:171-229 (1989),which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.

Any technique known in the art may be used to produce transgenic clonescontaining polynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of theinvention, for example, nuclear transfer into enucleated oocytes ofnuclei from cultured embryonic, fetal, or adult cells induced toquiescence (Campell et al., Nature 380:64-66 (1996); Wilmut et al.Nature 385:810-813 (1997)).

The present invention provides for transgenic animals that carry thepolynucleotides encoding the albumin fusion proteins of the invention inall their cells, as well as animals which carry these polynucleotides insome, but not all their cells, i.e., mosaic animals or chimeric. Thetransgene may be integrated as a single transgene or as multiple copiessuch as in concatamers, e.g., head-to-head tandems or head-to-tailtandems. The transgene may also be selectively introduced into andactivated in a particular cell type by following, for example, theteaching of Lasko et al. (Lasko et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA89:6232-6236 (1992)). The regulatory sequences required for such acell-type specific activation will depend upon the particular cell typeof interest, and will be apparent to those of skill in the art. When itis desired that the polynucleotide encoding the fusion protein of theinvention be integrated into the chromosomal site of the endogenous genecorresponding to the Therapeutic protein portion or albumin portion ofthe fusion protein of the invention, gene targeting is preferred.Briefly, when such a technique is to be utilized, vectors containingsome nucleotide sequences homologous to the endogenous gene are designedfor the purpose of integrating, via homologous recombination withchromosomal sequences, into and disrupting the function of thenucleotide sequence of the endogenous gene. The transgene may also beselectively introduced into a particular cell type, thus inactivatingthe endogenous gene in only that cell type, by following, for example,the teaching of Gu et al. (Gu et al. Science 265:103-106 (1994)). Theregulatory sequences required for such a cell-type specific inactivationwill depend upon the particular cell type of interest, and will beapparent to those of skill in the art.

Once transgenic animals have been generated, the expression of therecombinant gene may be assayed utilizing standard techniques. Initialscreening may be accomplished by Southern blot analysis or PCRtechniques to analyze animal tissues to verify that integration of thepolynucleotide encoding the fusion protein of the invention has takenplace. The level of mRNA expression of the polynucleotide encoding thefusion protein of the invention in the tissues of the transgenic animalsmay also be assessed using techniques which include, but are not limitedto, Northern blot analysis of tissue samples obtained from the animal,in sir hybridization analysis, and reverse transcriptase-PCR (rt-PCR).Samples of fusion protein-expressing tissue may also be evaluatedimmunocytochemically or immunohistochemically using antibodies specificfor the fusion protein.

Once the founder animals are produced, they may be bred, inbred,outbred, or crossbred to produce colonies of the particular animal.Examples of such breeding strategies include, but are not limited to:outbreeding of founder animals with more than one integration site inorder to establish separate lines; inbreeding of separate lines in orderto produce compound transgenics that express the transgene at higherlevels because of the effects of additive expression of each transgene;crossing of heterozygous transgenic animals to produce animalshomozygous for a given integration site in order to both augmentexpression and eliminate the need for screening of animals by DNAanalysis; crossing of separate homozygous lines to produce compoundheterozygous or homozygous lines; and breeding to place the transgene(i.e., polynucleotide encoding an albumin fusion protein of theinvention) on a distinct background that is appropriate for anexperimental model of interest.

Transgenic animals of the invention have uses which include, but are notlimited to, animal model systems useful in elaborating the biologicalfunction of fusion proteins of the invention and the Therapeutic proteinand/or albumin component of the fusion protein of the invention,studying conditions and/or disorders associated with aberrantexpression, and in screening for compounds effective in amelioratingsuch conditions and/or disorders.

Example 20 Assays Detecting Stimulation or Inhibition of B CellProliferation and Differentiation

Generation of functional humoral immune responses requires both solubleand cognate signaling between B-lineage cells and theirmicroenvironment. Signals may impart a positive stimulus that allows aB-lineage cell to continue its programmed development, or a negativestimulus that instructs the cell to arrest its current developmentalpathway. To date, numerous stimulatory and inhibitory signals have beenfound to influence B cell responsiveness including IL-2, IL-4, IL-5,IL-6, IL-7, IL-10, IL-13, IL-14 and IL-15. Interestingly, these signalsare by themselves weak effectors but can, in combination with variousco-stimulatory proteins, induce activation, proliferation,differentiation, homing, tolerance and death among B cell populations.

One of the best studied classes of B-cell co-stimulatory proteins is theTNF-superfamily. Within this family CD40, CD27, and CD30 along withtheir respective ligands CD154, CD70, and CD153 have been found toregulate a variety of immune responses. Assays which allow for thedetection and/or observation of the proliferation and differentiation ofthese B-cell populations and their precursors are valuable tools indetermining the effects various proteins may have on these B-cellpopulations in terms of proliferation and differentiation. Listed beloware two assays designed to allow for the detection of thedifferentiation, proliferation, or inhibition of B-cell populations andtheir precursors.

In Vitro Assay—Albumin fusion proteins of the invention (includingfusion proteins containing fragments or variants of Therapeutic proteinsand/or albumin or fragments or variants of albumin) can be assessed forits ability to induce activation, proliferation, differentiation orinhibition and/or death in B-cell populations and their precursors. Theactivity of an albumin fusion protein of the invention on purified humantonsillar B cells, measured qualitatively over the dose range from 0.1to 10,000 ng/mL, is assessed in a standard B-lymphocyte co-stimulationassay in which purified tonsillar B cells are cultured in the presenceof either formalin-fixed Staphylococcus aureus Cowan I (SAC) orimmobilized anti-human IgM antibody as the priming agent. Second signalssuch as IL-2 and IL-15 synergize with SAC and IgM crosslinking to elicitB cell proliferation as measured by tritiated-thymidine incorporation.Novel synergizing agents can be readily identified using this assay. Theassay involves isolating human tonsillar B cells by magnetic bead (MACS)depletion of CD3-positive cells. The resulting cell population isgreater than 95% B cells as assessed by expression of CD45R(B220).

Various dilutions of each sample are placed into individual wells of a96-well plate to which are added 10⁵ B-cells suspended in culture medium(RPMI 1640 containing 10% FBS, 5×10⁻⁵ M 2ME, 100 U/ml penicillin, 10ug/ml streptomycin, and 10⁻⁵ dilution of SAC) in a total volume of 150ul. Proliferation or inhibition is quantitated by a 20 h pulse (1uCi/well) with 3H-thymidine (6.7 Ci/mM) beginning 72 h post factoraddition. The positive and negative controls are IL2 and mediumrespectively.

In vivo Assay—BALB/c mice are injected (i.p.) twice per day with bufferonly, or 2 mg/Kg of an albumin fusion protein of the invention(including fusion proteins containing fragments or variants ofTherapeutic proteins and/or albumin or fragments or variants ofalbumin). Mice receive this treatment for 4 consecutive days, at whichtime they are sacrificed and various tissues and serum collected foranalyses. Comparison of H&E sections from normal spleens and spleenstreated with the albumin fusion protein of the invention identify theresults of the activity of the fusion protein on spleen cells, such asthe diffusion of peri-arterial lymphatic sheaths, and, or significantincreases in the nucleated cellularity of the red pulp regions, whichmay indicate the activation of the differentiation and proliferation ofB-cell populations. Immunohistochemical studies using a B cell marker,anti-CD45R(B220), are used to determine whether any physiologicalchanges to splenic cells, such as splenic disorganization, are due toincreased B-cell representation within loosely defined B-cell zones thatinfiltrate established T-cell regions.

Flow cytometric analyses of the spleens from mice treated with thealbumin fusion protein is used to indicate whether the albumin fusionprotein specifically increases the proportion of ThB+, CD45R(B220)dull Bcells over that which is observed in control mice.

Likewise, a predicted consequence of increased mature B-cellrepresentation in vivo is a relative increase in serum Ig titers.Accordingly, serum IgM and IgA levels are compared between buffer andfusion protein treated mice.

The studies described in this example tested activity of fusion proteinsof the invention. However, one skilled in the art could easily modifythe exemplified studies to test the activity of fusion proteins andpolynucleotides of the invention (e.g., gene therapy).

Example 21 T Cell Proliferation Assay

A CD3-induced proliferation assay is performed on PBMCs and is measuredby the uptake of ³H-thymidine. The assay is performed as follows.Ninety-six well plates are coated with 100 μl/well of mAb to CD3 (HIT3a,Pharmingen) or isotype-matched control mAb (B33.1) overnight at 4degrees C. (1 μg/ml in 0.05M bicarbonate buffer, pH 9.5), then washedthree times with PBS. PBMC are isolated by F/H gradient centrifugationfrom human peripheral blood and added to quadruplicate wells(5×10⁴/well) of mAb coated plates in RPMI containing 10% FCS and P/S inthe presence of varying concentrations of an albumin fusion protein ofthe invention (including fusion proteins containing fragments orvariants of Therapeutic proteins and/or albumin or fragments or variantsof albumin) (total volume 200 ul). Relevant protein buffer and mediumalone are controls. After 48 hr, culture at 37 degrees C., plates arespun for 2 min, at 1000 rpm and 100 μl of supernatant is removed andstored −20 degrees C, for measurement of IL-2 (or other cytokines) ifeffect on proliferation is observed. Wells are supplemented with 100 ulof medium containing 0.5 uCi of ³H-thymidine and cultured at 37 degreesC, for 18-24 hr. Wells are harvested and incorporation of ³H-thymidineused as a measure of proliferation. Anti-CD3 alone is the positivecontrol for proliferation. IL-2 (100 U/ml) is also used as a controlwhich enhances proliferation. Control antibody which does not induceproliferation of T cells is used as the negative control for the effectsof fusion proteins of the invention.

The studies described in this example tested activity of fusion proteinsof the invention. However, one skilled in the art could easily modifythe exemplified studies to test the activity of fusion proteins orpolynucleotides of the invention (e.g., gene therapy).

Example 22 Effect of Fusion Proteins of the Invention on the Expressionof MHC Class II, Costimulatory and Adhesion Molecules and CellDifferentiation of Monocytes and Monocyte-Derived Human Dendritic Cells

Dendritic cells are generated by the expansion of proliferatingprecursors found in the peripheral blood; adherent PBMC or elutriatedmonocytic fractions are cultured for 7-10 days with GM-CSF (50 ng/ml)and IL-4 (20 ng/ml). These dendritic cells have the characteristicphenotype of immature cells (expression of CD1, CD80, CD86, CD40 and MHCclass II antigens). Treatment with activating factors, such as TNF-α,causes a rapid change in surface phenotype (increased expression of MHCclass I and III, costimulatory and adhesion molecules, downregulation ofFCγRII, upregulation of CD83). These changes correlate with increasedantigen-presenting capacity and with functional maturation of thedendritic cells.

FACS analysis of surface antigens is performed as follows. Cells aretreated 1-3 days with increasing concentrations of an albumin fusionprotein of the invention or LPS (positive control), washed with PBScontaining 1% BSA and 0.02 mM sodium azide, and then incubated with 1:20dilution of appropriate FITC- or PE-labeled monoclonal antibodies for 30minutes at 4 degrees C. After an additional wash, the labeled cells areanalyzed by flow cytometry on a FACScan (Becton Dickinson).

Effect on the Production of Cytokines.

Cytokines generated by dendritic cells, in particular IL-12, areimportant in the initiation of T-cell dependent immune responses. IL-12strongly influences the development of Th1 helper T-cell immuneresponse, and induces cytotoxic T and NK cell function. An ELISA is usedto measure the IL-12 release as follows. Dendritic cells (10⁶/ml) aretreated with increasing concentrations of an albumin fusion protein ofthe invention for 24 hours. LPS (100 ng/ml) is added to the cell cultureas positive control. Supernatants from the cell cultures are thencollected and analyzed for IL-12 content using commercial ELISA kit(e.g., R & D Systems (Minneapolis. MN)). The standard protocols providedwith the kits are used.

Effect on the Expression of MHC Class II, Costimulatory and AdhesionMolecules.

Three major families of cell surface antigens can be identified onmonocytes; adhesion molecules, molecules involved in antigenpresentation, and Fc receptor. Modulation of the expression of MHC classII antigens and other costimulatory molecules, such as B7 and ICAM-1,may result in changes in the antigen presenting capacity of monocytesand ability to induce T cell activation. Increased expression of Fcreceptors may correlate with improved monocyte cytotoxic activity,cytokine release and phagocytosis.

FACS analysis is used to examine the surface antigens as follows.Monocytes are treated 1-5 days with increasing concentrations of analbumin fusion protein of the invention or LPS (positive control),washed with PBS containing 1% BSA and 0.02 mM sodium azide, and thenincubated with 1:20 dilution of appropriate FITC- or PE-labeledmonoclonal antibodies for 30 minutes at 4 degrees C. After an additionalwash, the labeled cells are analyzed by flow cytometry on a FACScan(Becton Dickinson).

Monocyte Activation and/or Increased Survival.

Assays for molecules that activate (or alternatively, inactivate)monocytes and/or increase monocyte survival (or alternatively, decreasemonocyte survival) are known in the art and may routinely be applied todetermine whether a molecule of the invention functions as an inhibitoror activator of monocytes. Albumin fusion proteins of the invention canbe screened using the three assays described below. For each of theseassays, Peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) are purified fromsingle donor leukopacks (American Red Cross. Baltimore, Md.) bycentrifugation through a Histopaque gradient (Sigma). Monocytes areisolated from PBMC by counterflow centrifugal elutriation.

Monocyte Survival Assay.

Human peripheral blood monocytes progressively lose viability whencultured in absence of serum or other stimuli. Their death results frominternally regulated processes (apoptosis). Addition to the culture ofactivating factors, such as TNF-alpha dramatically improves cellsurvival and prevents DNA fragmentation. Propidium iodide (PI) stainingis used to measure apoptosis as follows. Monocytes are cultured for 48hours in polypropylene tubes in serum-free medium (positive control), inthe presence of 100 ng/ml TNF-alpha (negative control), and in thepresence of varying concentrations of the fusion protein to be tested.Cells are suspended at a concentration of 2×10⁶/ml in PBS containing PIat a final concentration of 5 μg/ml, and then incubated at roomtemperature for 5 minutes before FACScan analysis. PI uptake has beendemonstrated to correlate with DNA fragmentation in this experimentalparadigm.

Effect on cytokine Release.

An important function of monocytes/macrophages is their regulatoryactivity on other cellular populations of the immune system through therelease of cytokines after stimulation. An ELISA to measure cytokinerelease is performed as follows. Human monocytes are incubated at adensity of 5×10⁵ cells ml with increasing concentrations of an albuminfusion protein of the invention and under the same conditions, but inthe absence of the fusion protein. For IL-12 production, the cells areprimed overnight with IFN (100 U/ml) in the presence of the fusionprotein. LPS (10 ng/ml) is then added. Conditioned media are collectedafter 24 h and kept frozen until use. Measurement of TNF-alpha. IL-10.MCP-1 and IL-8 is then performed using a commercially available ELISAkit (e.g., R & D Systems (Minneapolis. MN)) and applying the standardprotocols provided with the kit.

Oxidative Burst.

Purified monocytes are plated in 96-w plate at 2-1×10⁵ cell well.Increasing concentrations of an albumin fusion protein of the inventionare added to the wells in a total volume of 0.2 ml culture medium (RPMI1640+10% FCS, glutamine and antibiotics). After 3 days incubation, theplates are centrifuged and the medium is removed from the wells. To themacrophage monolayers, 0.2 ml per well of phenol red solution (140 mMNaCl, 10 mM potassium phosphate buffer pH 7.0, 5.5 mM dextrose, 0.56 mMphenol red and 19 U/ml of HRPO) is added, together with the stimulant(200 nM PMA). The plates are incubated at 37° C. for 2 hours and thereaction is stopped by adding 20 μl 1 N NaOH per well. The absorbance isread at 610 nm. To calculate the amount of H₂O₂ produced by themacrophages, a standard curve of a H₂O₂ solution of known molarity isperformed for each experiment.

The studies described in this example tested activity of fusion proteinsof the invention. However, one skilled in the art could easily modifythe exemplified studies to test the activity of fusion proteins orpolynucleotides of the invention (e.g., gene therapy).

Example 23 Biological Effects of Fusion Proteins of the Invention

Astrocyte and Neuronal Assays

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention can be tested for activity inpromoting the survival, neurite outgrowth, or phenotypic differentiationof cortical neuronal cells and for inducing the proliferation of glialfibrillary acidic protein immunopositive cells, astrocytes. Theselection of cortical cells for the bioassay is based on the prevalentexpression of FGF-1 and FGF-2 in cortical structures and on thepreviously reported enhancement of cortical neuronal survival resultingfrom FGF-2 treatment. A thymidine incorporation assay, for example, canbe used to elucidate an albumin fusion protein of the invention'sactivity on these cells.

Moreover, previous reports describing the biological effects of FGF-2(basic FGF) on cortical or hippocampal neurons in vitro havedemonstrated increases in both neuron survival and neurite outgrowth(Walicke et al. “Fibroblast growth factor promotes survival ofdissociated hippocampal neurons and enhances neurite extension.” Proc.Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83:3012-3016, (1986), assay herein incorporated byreference in its entirety). However, reports from experiments done onPC-12 cells suggest that these two responses are not necessarilysynonymous and may depend on not only which FGF is being tested but alsoon which receptor(s) are expressed on the target cells. Using theprimary cortical neuronal culture paradigm, the ability of an albuminfusion protein of the invention to induce neurite outgrowth can becompared to the response achieved with FGF-2 using, for example, athymidine incorporation assay.

Fibroblast and Endothelial Cell Assays

Human lung fibroblasts are obtained from Clonetics (San Diego, Calif.)and maintained in growth media from Clonetics. Dermal microvascularendothelial cells are obtained from Cell Applications (San Diego,Calif.). For proliferation assays, the human lung fibroblasts and dermalmicrovascular endothelial cells can be cultured at 5,000 cells/well in a96-well plate for one day in growth medium. The cells are then incubatedfor one day in 0.1% BSA basal medium. After replacing the medium withfresh 0.1% BSA medium, the cells are incubated with the test fusionprotein of the invention proteins for 3 days. Alamar Blue (AlamarBiosciences, Sacramento, Calif.) is added to each well to a finalconcentration of 10%. The cells are incubated for 4 hr. Cell viabilityis measured by reading in a CytoFluor fluorescence reader. For the PGE₂assays, the human lung fibroblasts are cultured at 5,000 cells/well in a96-well plate for one day. After a medium change to 0.1% BSA basalmedium, the cells are incubated with FGF-2 or fusion protein of theinvention with or without IL-1α for 24 hours. The supernatants arecollected and assayed for PGE₂ by EIA kit (Cayman, Ann Arbor, Mich.).For the IL-6 assays, the human lung fibroblasts are cultured at 5,000cells/well in a 96-well plate for one day. After a medium change to 0.1%BSA basal medium, the cells are incubated with FGF-2 or with or withoutan albumin fusion protein of the invention and/or IL-1α for 24 hours.The supernatants are collected and assayed for IL-6 by ELISA kit(Endogen, Cambridge, Mass.).

Human lung fibroblasts are cultured with FGF-2 or an albumin fusionprotein of the invention for 3 days in basal medium before the additionof Alamar Blue to assess effects on growth of the fibroblasts. FGF-2should show a stimulation at 10-2500 ng/ml which can be used to comparestimulation with the fusion protein of the invention.

Cell Proliferation Based on [3H]Thymidine Incorporation

The following [3H]Thymidine incorporation assay can be used to measurethe effect of a Therapeutic proteins, e.g., growth factor proteins, onthe proliferation of cells such as fibroblast cells, epithelial cells orimmature muscle cells.

Sub-confluent cultures are arrested in G1 phase by an 18 h incubation inserum-free medium. Therapeutic proteins are then added for 24 h andduring the last 4 h, the cultures are labeled with [3H]thymidine, at afinal concentration of 0.33 μM (25 Ci/mmol, Amersham, Arlington Heights.IL). The incorporated [3H]thymidine is precipitated with ice-cold 10%trichloroacetic acid for 24 h. Subsequently, the cells are rinsedsequentially with ice-cold 10% trichloroacetic acid and then withice-cold water. Following lysis in 0.5 M NaOH, the lysates and PBSrinses (500 ml) are pooled, and the amount of radioactivity is measured.

Parkinson Models.

The loss of motor function in Parkinson's disease is attributed to adeficiency of striatal dopamine resulting from the degeneration of thenigrostriatal dopaminergic projection neurons. An animal model forParkinson's that has been extensively characterized involves thesystemic administration of 1-methyl-4 phenyl 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine(MPTP). In the CNS, MPTP is taken-up by astrocytes and catabolized bymonoamine oxidase B to 1-methyl-4-phenyl pyridine (MPP⁺) and released.Subsequently, MPP⁺ is actively accumulated in dopaminergic neurons bythe high-affinity reuptake transporter for dopamine. MPP⁺ is thenconcentrated in mitochondria by the electrochemical gradient andselectively inhibits nicotidamide adenine disphosphate; ubiquinoneoxidoreductionase (complex I), thereby interfering with electrontransport and eventually generating oxygen radicals.

It has been demonstrated in tissue culture paradigms that FGF-2 (basicFGF) has trophic activity towards nigral dopaminergic neurons (Ferrariet al., Dev. Biol. 1989). Recently, Dr. Unsicker's group hasdemonstrated that administering FGF-2 in gel foam implants in thestriatum results in the near complete protection of nigral dopaminergicneurons from the toxicity associated with MPTP exposure (Otto andUnsicker, J. Neuroscience, 1990).

Based on the data with FGF-2, an albumin fusion protein of the inventioncan be evaluated to determine whether it has an action similar to thatof FGF-2 in enhancing dopaminergic neuronal survival in vitro and it canalso be tested in vivo for protection of dopaminergic neurons in thestriatum from the damage associated with MPTP treatment. The potentialeffect of an albumin fusion protein of the invention is first examinedin vitro in a dopaminergic neuronal cell culture paradigm. The culturesare prepared by dissecting the midbrain floor plate from gestation day14 Wistar rat embryos. The tissue is dissociated with trypsin and seededat a density of 200,000 cells/cm² on polyorthinine-laminin coated glasscoverslips. The cells are maintained in Dulbecco's Modified Eagle'smedium and F12 medium containing hormonal supplements (N1). The culturesare fixed with paraformaldehyde after 8 days in vitro and are processedfor tyrosine hydroxylase, a specific marker for dopaminergic neurons,immunohistochemical staining. Dissociated cell cultures are preparedfrom embryonic rats. The culture medium is changed every third day andthe factors are also added at that time.

Since the dopaminergic neurons are isolated from animals at gestationday 14, a developmental time which is past the stage when thedopaminergic precursor cells are proliferating, an increase in thenumber of tyrosine hydroxylase immunopositive neurons would represent anincrease in the number of dopaminergic neurons surviving in vitro.Therefore, if a Therapeutic protein acts to prolong the survival ofdopaminergic neurons, it would suggest that the fusion protein may beinvolved in Parkinson's Disease.

The studies described in this example tested activity of albumin fusionproteins of the invention. However, one skilled in the art could easilymodify the exemplified studies to test the activity of fusion proteinsand polynucleotides of the invention (e.g., gene therapy).

Example 24 The Effect of Albumin Fusion Proteins of the Invention on theGrowth of Vascular Endothelial Cells

On day 1, human umbilical vein endothelial cells (HUVEC) are seeded at2-5×10⁴ cells/35 mm dish density in M199 medium containing 4% fetalbovine serum (FBS), 16 units/ml heparin, and 50 units/ml endothelialcell growth supplements (ECGS, Biotechnique. Inc.). On day 2, the mediumis replaced with M199 containing 10% FBS, 8 units/ml heparin. An albuminfusion protein of the invention, and positive controls, such as VEGF andbasic FGF (bFGF) are added, at varying concentrations. On days 4 and 6,the medium is replaced. On day 8, cell number is determined with aCoulter Counter.

An increase in the number of HUVEC cells indicates that the fusionprotein may proliferate vascular endothelial cells, while a decrease inthe number of HUVEC cells indicates that the fusion protein inhibitsvascular endothelial cells.

The studies described in this example tested activity of an albuminfusion protein of the invention. However, one skilled in the art couldeasily modify the exemplified studies to test the activity of a fusionprotein and polynucleotides of the invention.

Example 25 Rat Corneal Wound Healing Model

This animal model shows the effect of an albumin fusion protein of theinvention on neovascularization. The experimental protocol includes:

Making a 1-1.5 mm long incision from the center of cornea into thestromal layer.

Inserting a spatula below the lip of the incision facing the outercorner of the eye.

Making a pocket (its base is 1-1.5 mm form the edge of the eye).

Positioning a pellet, containing 50 ng-5 ug of an albumin fusion proteinof the invention, within the pocket.

Treatment with an albumin fusion protein of the invention can also beapplied topically to the corneal wounds in a dosage range of 20 mg-500mg (daily treatment for five days).

The studies described in this example test the activity of an albuminfusion protein of the invention. However, one skilled in the art couldeasily modify the exemplified studies to test the activity of fusionproteins and polynucleotides of the invention (e.g., gene therapy).

Example 26 Diabetic Mouse and Glucocorticoid-Impaired

Wound Healing Models

Diabetic db+/db+ Mouse Model.

To demonstrate that an albumin fusion protein of the inventionaccelerates the healing process, the genetically diabetic mouse model ofwound healing is used. The full thickness wound healing model in thedb+/db+ mouse is a well characterized, clinically relevant andreproducible model of impaired wound healing. Healing of the diabeticwound is dependent on formation of granulation tissue andre-epithelialization rather than contraction (Gartner. M. H, et al., J.Surg. Res. 52:389 (1992); Greenhalgh, D. G, et al., Am. J. Pathol.136:1235 (1990)).

The diabetic animals have many of the characteristic features observedin Type II diabetes mellitus. Homozygous (db+/db+) mice are obese incomparison to their normal heterozygous (db+/+m) littermates. Mutantdiabetic (db+/db+) mice have a single autosomal recessive mutation onchromosome 4 (db+) (Coleman et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:283-293(1982)). Animals show polyphagia, polydipsia and polyuria. Mutantdiabetic mice (db+/db+) have elevated blood glucose, increased or normalinsulin levels, and suppressed cell-mediated immunity (Mandel et al., J.Immunol. 120.1375 (1978); Debray-Sachs, M, et al., Clin. Exp. Immunol.51(1):1-7 (1983); Leiter et al., Am. J, of Pathol. 114:46-55 (1985)).Peripheral neuropathy, myocardial complications, and microvascularlesions, basement membrane thickening and glomerular filtrationabnormalities have been described in these animals (Norido, F, et al.,Exp. Neurol. 83(2):221-232 (1984); Robertson et al., Diabetes29(1):60-67 (1980); Giacomelli et al. Lab Invest. 40(4):460-473 (1979);Coleman, D. L., Diabetes 31 (Suppl); 1-6 (1982)). These homozygousdiabetic mice develop hyperglycemia that is resistant to insulinanalogous to human type II diabetes (Mandel et al., J. Immunol.120:1375-1377 (1978)).

The characteristics observed in these animals suggests that healing inthis model may be similar to the healing observed in human diabetes(Greenhalgh, et al. Am. J, of Pathol. 136:1235-1246 (1990)).

Genetically diabetic female C57BL/KsJ (db+/db+) mice and theirnon-diabetic (db+/+m) heterozygous littermates are used in this study(Jackson Laboratories). The animals are purchased at 6 weeks of age andare 8 weeks old at the beginning of the study. Animals are individuallyhoused and received food and water ad libitum. All manipulations areperformed using aseptic techniques. The experiments are conductedaccording to the rules and guidelines of Human Genome Sciences. Inc.Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee and the Guidelines for theCare and Use of Laboratory Animals.

Wounding protocol is performed according to previously reported methods(Tsuboi, R, and Rifkin, D. B., J. Exp. Med. 172:245-251 (1990)).Briefly, on the day of wounding, animals are anesthetized with anintraperitoneal injection of Avertin (0.01 mg mL), 2,2,2-tribromoethanoland 2-methyl-2-butanol dissolved in deionized water. The dorsal regionof the animal is shaved and the skin washed with 70% ethanol solutionand iodine. The surgical area is dried with sterile gauze prior towounding. An 8 mm full-thickness wound is then created using a Keyestissue punch. Immediately following wounding, the surrounding skin isgently stretched to eliminate wound expansion. The wounds are left openfor the duration of the experiment. Application of the treatment isgiven topically for 5 consecutive days commencing on the day ofwounding. Prior to treatment, wounds are gently cleansed with sterilesaline and gauze sponges.

Wounds are visually examined and photographed at a fixed distance at theday of surgery and at two day intervals thereafter. Wound closure isdetermined by daily measurement on days 1-5 and on day 8. Wounds aremeasured horizontally and vertically using a calibrated Jameson caliper.Wounds are considered healed if granulation tissue is no longer visibleand the wound is covered by a continuous epithelium.

An albumin fusion protein of the invention is administered using at arange different doses, from 4 mg to 500 mg per wound per day for 8 daysin vehicle. Vehicle control groups received 50 mL of vehicle solution.

Animals are euthanized on day 8 with an intraperitoneal injection ofsodium pentobarbital (300 mg/kg). The wounds and surrounding skin arethen harvested for histology and immunohistochemistry. Tissue specimensare placed in 10% neutral buffered formalin in tissue cassettes betweenbiopsy sponges for further processing.

Three groups of 10 animals each (5 diabetic and 5 non-diabetic controls)are evaluated: 1) Vehicle placebo control, 2) untreated group, and 3)treated group.

Wound closure is analyzed by measuring the area in the vertical andhorizontal axis and obtaining the total square area of the wound.Contraction is then estimated by establishing the differences betweenthe initial wound area (day 0) and that of post treatment (day 8). Thewound area on day 1 is 64 mm², the corresponding size of the dermalpunch. Calculations are made using the following formula:

[Open area on day 8]−[Open area on day 1]/[Open area on day 1]

Specimens are fixed in 10% buffered formalin and paraffin embeddedblocks are sectioned perpendicular to the wound surface (5 mm) and cutusing a Reichert-Jung microtome. Routine hematoxylin-eosin (H&E)staining is performed on cross-sections of bisected wounds. Histologicexamination of the wounds are used to assess whether the healing processand the morphologic appearance of the repaired skin is altered bytreatment with an albumin fusion protein of the invention. Thisassessment included verification of the presence of cell accumulation,inflammatory cells, capillaries, fibroblasts, re-epithelialization andepidermal maturity (Greenhalgh. D. G, et al., Am. J. Pathol. 136:1235(1990). A calibrated lens micrometer is used by a blinded observer.

Tissue sections are also stained immunohistochemically with a polyclonalrabbit anti-human keratin antibody using ABC Elite detection system.Human skin is used as a positive tissue control while non-immune IgG isused as a negative control. Keratinocyte growth is determined byevaluating the extent of reepithelialization of the wound using acalibrated lens micrometer.

Proliferating cell nuclear antigenicyclin (PCNA) in skin specimens isdemonstrated by using anti-PCNA antibody (1:50) with an ABC Elitedetection system. Human colon cancer served as a positive tissue controland human brain tissue is used as a negative tissue control. Eachspecimen included a section with omission of the primary antibody andsubstitution with non-immune mouse IgG. Ranking of these sections isbased on the extent of proliferation on a scale of 0-8, the lower sideof the scale reflecting slight proliferation to the higher sidereflecting intense proliferation.

Experimental data are analyzed using an unpaired t test. A p value of<0.05 is considered significant.

Steroid Impaired Rat Model

The inhibition of wound healing by steroids has been well documented invarious in vitro and in vivo systems (Wahl, Glucocorticoids and Woundhealing. In: Anti-Inflammatory Steroid Action Basic and ClinicalAspects. 280-302 (1989); Wahl et al., J. Immunol. 115; 476-481 (1975);Werb et al. J. Exp. Med. 147:1684-1694 (1978)). Glucocorticoids retardwound healing by inhibiting angiogenesis, decreasing vascularpermeability (Ebert et al., An. Intern. Med. 37:701-705 (1952)),fibroblast proliferation, and collagen synthesis (Beck et al. GrowthFactors. 5: 295-304 (1991); Haynes et al. J. Clin. Invest. 61: 703-797(1978)) and producing a transient reduction of circulating monocytes(Haynes et al. J. Clin. Invest. 61: 703-797 (1978); Wahl.“Glucocorticoids and wound healing”. In: Antiinflammatory Steroid ActionBasic and Clinical Aspects. Academic Press, New York, pp. 280-302(1989)). The systemic administration of steroids to impaired woundhealing is a well establish phenomenon in rats (Beck et al., GrowthFactors. 5: 295-304 (1991); Haynes et al., J. Clin. Invest. 61: 703-797(1978); Wahl, “Glucocorticoids and wound healing”, In: AntiinflammatorySteroid Action: Basic and Clinical Aspects. Academic Press, New York,pp. 280-302 (1989); Pierce et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:2229-2233 (1989)).

To demonstrate that an albumin fusion protein of the invention canaccelerate the healing process, the effects of multiple topicalapplications of the fusion protein on full thickness excisional skinwounds in rats in which healing has been impaired by the systemicadministration of methylprednisolone is assessed.

Young adult male Sprague Dawley rats weighing 250-300 g (Charles RiserLaboratories) are used in this example. The animals are purchased at 8weeks of age and are 9 weeks old at the beginning of the study. Thehealing response of rats is impaired by the systemic administration ofmethylprednisolone (17 mg/kg/rat intramuscularly) at the time ofwounding. Animals are individually housed and received food and water adlibitum. All manipulations are performed using aseptic techniques. Thisstudy is conducted according to the rules and guidelines of Human GenomeSciences, Inc. Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee and theGuidelines for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals.

The wounding protocol is followed according to that described above. Onthe day of wounding, animals are anesthetized with an intramuscularinjection of ketamine (50 mg/kg) and xylazine (5 mg/kg). The dorsalregion of the animal is shaved and the skin washed with 70% ethanol andiodine solutions. The surgical area is dried with sterile gauze prior towounding. An 8 mm full-thickness wound is created using a Keyes tissuepunch. The wounds are left open for the duration of the experiment.Applications of the testing materials are given topically once a day for7 consecutive days commencing on the day of wounding and subsequent tomethylprednisolone administration. Prior to treatment, wounds are gentlycleansed with sterile saline and gauze sponges.

Wounds are visually examined and photographed at a fixed distance at theday of wounding and at the end of treatment. Wound closure is determinedby daily measurement on days 1-5 and on day 8. Wounds are measuredhorizontally and vertically using a calibrated Jameson caliper. Woundsare considered healed if granulation tissue is no longer visible and thewound is covered by a continuous epithelium.

The fusion protein of the invention is administered using at a rangedifferent doses, from 4 mg to 500 mg per wound per day for 8 days invehicle. Vehicle control groups received 50 mL of vehicle solution.

Animals are euthanized on day 8 with an intraperitoneal injection ofsodium pentobarbital (300 mg/kg). The wounds and surrounding skin arethen harvested for histology. Tissue specimens are placed in 10% neutralbuffered formalin in tissue cassettes between biopsy sponges for furtherprocessing.

Three groups of 10 animals each (5 with methylprednisolone and 5 withoutglucocorticoid) are evaluated: 1) Untreated group 2) Vehicle placebocontrol 3) treated groups.

Wound closure is analyzed by measuring the area in the vertical andhorizontal axis and obtaining the total area of the wound. Closure isthen estimated by establishing the differences between the initial woundarea (day 0) and that of post treatment (day 8). The wound area on day 1is 64 mm², the corresponding size of the dermal punch. Calculations aremade using the following formula:

[Open area on day 8]−[Open area on day 1][Open area on day 1]

Specimens are fixed in 10% buffered formalin and paraffin embeddedblocks are sectioned perpendicular to the wound surface (5 mm) and cutusing an Olympus microtome. Routine hematoxylin-eosin (H&E) staining isperformed on cross-sections of bisected wounds. Histologic examinationof the wounds allows assessment of whether the healing process and themorphologic appearance of the repaired skin is improved by treatmentwith an albumin fusion protein of the invention. A calibrated lensmicrometer is used by a blinded observer to determine the distance ofthe wound gap.

Experimental data are analyzed using an unpaired t test. A p value of<0.05 is considered significant.

The studies described in this example tested activity of an albuminfusion protein of the invention. However, one skilled in the art couldeasily modify the exemplified studies to test the activity of fusionproteins and polynucleotides of the invention (e.g., gene therapy).

Example 27 Lymphedema Animal Model

The purpose of this experimental approach is to create an appropriateand consistent lymphedema model for testing the therapeutic effects ofan albumin fusion protein of the invention in lymphangiogenesis andre-establishment of the lymphatic circulatory system in the rat hindlimb. Effectiveness is measured by swelling volume of the affected limb,quantification of the amount of lymphatic vasculature, total bloodplasma protein, and histopathology. Acute lymphedema is observed for7-10 days. Perhaps more importantly, the chronic progress of the edemais followed for up to 3-4 weeks.

Prior to beginning surgery, blood sample is drawn for proteinconcentration analysis. Male rats weighing approximately ˜350 g aredosed with Pentobarbital. Subsequently, the right legs are shaved fromknee to hip. The shaved area is swabbed with gauze soaked in 70% EtOH.Blood is drawn for serum total protein testing. Circumference andvolumetric measurements are made prior to injecting dye into paws aftermarking 2 measurement levels (0.5 cm above heel, at mid-pt of dorsalpaw). The intradermal dorsum of both right and left paws are injectedwith 0.05 ml of 1% Evan's Blue. Circumference and volumetricmeasurements are then made following injection of dye into paws.

Using the knee joint as a landmark, a mid-leg inguinal incision is madecircumferentially allowing the femoral vessels to be located. Forcepsand hemostats are used to dissect and separate the skin flaps. Afterlocating the femoral vessels, the lymphatic vessel that runs along sideand underneath the vessel(s) is located. The main lymphatic vessels inthis area are then electrically coagulated or suture ligated.

Using a microscope, muscles in back of the leg (near the semitendinosisand adductors) are bluntly dissected. The popliteal lymph node is thenlocated. The 2 proximal and 2 distal lymphatic vessels and distal bloodsupply of the popliteal node are then ligated by suturing. The popliteallymph node, and any accompanying adipose tissue, is then removed bycutting connective tissues.

Care is taken to control any mild bleeding resulting from thisprocedure. After lymphatics are occluded, the skin flaps are sealed byusing liquid skin (Vetbond) (AJ Buck). The separated skin edges aresealed to the underlying muscle tissue while leaving a gap of ˜0.5 cmaround the leg. Skin also may be anchored by suturing to underlyingmuscle when necessary.

To avoid infection, animals are housed individually with mesh (nobedding). Recovering animals are checked daily through the optimaledematous peak, which typically occurred by day 5-7. The plateauedematous peak are then observed. To evaluate the intensity of thelymphedema, the circumference and volumes of 2 designated places on eachpaw before operation and daily for 7 days are measured. The effect ofplasma proteins on lymphedema is determined and whether protein analysisis a useful testing perimeter is also investigated. The weights of bothcontrol and edematous limbs are evaluated at 2 places. Analysis isperformed in a blind manner.

Circumference Measurements: Under brief gas anesthetic to prevent limbmovement, a cloth tape is used to measure limb circumference.Measurements are done at the ankle bone and dorsal paw by 2 differentpeople and those 2 readings are averaged. Readings are taken from bothcontrol and edematous limbs.

Volumetric Measurements: On the day of surgery, animals are anesthetizedwith Pentobarbital and are tested prior to surgery. For dailyvolumetrics animals are under brief halothane anesthetic (rapidimmobilization and quick recovery), and both legs are shaved and equallymarked using waterproof marker on legs. Legs are first clipped in water,then dipped into instrument to each marked level then measured by Buxcoedema software (Chen/Victor). Data is recorded by one person, while theother is clipping the limb to marked area.

Blood-plasma protein measurements: Blood is drawn, spun, and serumseparated prior to surgery and then at conclusion for total protein andCa2⁻ comparison.

Limb Weight Comparison: After drawing blood, the animal is prepared fortissue collection. The limbs are amputated using a quillitine, then bothexperimental and control legs are cut at the ligature and weighed. Asecond weighing is done as the tibio-cacaneal joint is disarticulatedand the foot is weighed.

Histological Preparations: The transverse muscle located behind the knee(popliteal) area is dissected and arranged in a metal mold, filled withfreezeGel, dipped into cold methylbutane, placed into labeled samplebags at −80EC until sectioning. Upon sectioning, the muscle is observedunder fluorescent microscopy for lymphatics.

The studies described in this example tested activity of fusion proteinsof the invention. However, one skilled in the art could easily modifythe exemplified studies to test the activity of fusion protein andpolynucleotides of the invention (e.g., gene therapy).

Example 28 Suppression of TNF Alpha-Induced Adhesion Molecule Expressionby an Albumin Fusion Protein of the Invention

The recruitment of lymphocytes to areas of inflammation and angiogenesisinvolves specific receptor-ligand interactions between cell surfaceadhesion molecules (CAMs) on lymphocytes and the vascular endothelium.The adhesion process, in both normal and pathological settings, followsa multi-step cascade that involves intercellular adhesion molecule-1(ICAM-1), vascular cell adhesion molecule-1 (VCAM-1), and endothelialleukocyte adhesion molecule-1 (E-selectin) expression on endothelialcells (EC). The expression of these molecules and others on the vascularendothelium determines the efficiency with which leukocytes may adhereto the local vasculature and extravasate into the local tissue duringthe development of an inflammatory response. The local concentration ofcytokines and growth factor participate in the modulation of theexpression of these CAMs.

Tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNF-a), a potent proinflammatory cytokine,is a stimulator of all three CAMs on endothelial cells and may beinvolved in a wide variety of inflammatory responses, often resulting ina pathological outcome.

The potential of an albumin fusion protein of the invention to mediate asuppression of TNF-a induced CAM expression can be examined. A modifiedELISA assay which uses ECs as a solid phase absorbent is employed tomeasure the amount of CAM expression on TNF-a treated ECs whenco-stimulated with a member of the FGF family of proteins.

To perform the experiment, human umbilical vein endothelial cell (HUVEC)cultures are obtained, from pooled cord harvests and maintained ingrowth medium (EGM-2; Clonetics, San Diego, Calif.) supplemented with10% FCS and 1% penicillin/streptomycin in a 37 degree C, humidifiedincubator containing 5% CO₂. HUVECs are seeded in 96-well plates atconcentrations of 1×10⁴ cells/well in EGM medium at 37 degree C, for18-24 hrs or until confluent. The monolayers are subsequently washed 3times with a serum-free solution of RPMI-1640 supplemented with 100 U/mlpenicillin and 100 mg/ml streptomycin, and treated with a given cytokineand/or growth factor(s) for 24 h at 37 degree C. Following incubation,the cells are then evaluated for CAM expression.

Human Umbilical Vein Endothelial cells (HUVECs) are grown in a standard96 well plate to confluence. Growth medium is removed from the cells andreplaced with 90 ul of 199 Medium (10% FBS). Samples for testing andpositive or negative controls are added to the plate in triplicate (in10 ul volumes). Plates are incubated at 37 degree C, for either 5 h(selectin and integrin expression) or 24 h (integrin expression only).Plates are aspirated to remove medium and 100 μl of 0.1%paraformaldehyde-PBS(with Ca++ and Mg++) is added to each well. Platesare held at 4° C. for 30 min.

Fixative is then removed from the wells and wells are washed 1× withPBS(+Ca,Mg)+0.5% BSA and drained. Do not allow the wells to dry. Add 10μl of diluted primary antibody to the test and control wells.Anti-ICAM-1-Biotin, Anti-VCAM-1-Biotin and Anti-E-selectin-Biotin areused at a concentration of 10 μg/ml (1:10 dilution of 0.1 mg/ml stockantibody). Cells are incubated at 37° C. for 30 min, in a humidifiedenvironment. Wells are washed ×3 with PBS(+Ca,Mg)+0.5% BSA.

Then add 20 μl of diluted ExtrAvidin-Alkaline Phosphotase (1:5,000dilution) to each well and incubated at 37° C. for 30 min. Wells arewashed ×3 with PBS(+Ca,Mg)+0.5% BSA. 1 tablet of p-Nitrophenol PhosphatepNPP is dissolved in 5 ml of glycine buffer (pH 10.4). 100 μl of pNPPsubstrate in glycine buffer is added to each test well. Standard wellsin triplicate are prepared from the working dilution of theExtrAvidin-Alkaline Phosphotase in glycine buffer: 1:5,000(10⁰)>10^(−0.5)>10⁻¹>10^(−1.5). 5 μl of each dilution is added totriplicate wells and the resulting AP content in each well is 5.50 ng,1.74 ng, 0.55 ng, 0.18 ng, 100 μl of pNNP reagent must then be added toeach of the standard wells. The plate must be incubated at 37° C. for 4h. A volume of 50 μl of 3M NaOH is added to all wells. The results arequantified on a plate reader at 405 nm. The background subtractionoption is used on blank wells filled with glycine buffer only. Thetemplate is set up to indicate the concentration of AP-conjugate in eachstandard well [5.50 ng; 1.74 ng; 0.55 ng; 0.18 ng]. Results areindicated as amount of bound AP-conjugate in each sample.

The studies described in this example tested activity of fusion proteinsof the invention. However, one skilled in the art could easily modifythe exemplified studies to test the activity of fusion proteins andpolynucleotides of the invention (e.g., gene therapy).

Example 29 Construction of GAS Reporter Construct

One signal transduction pathway involved in the differentiation andproliferation of cells is called the Jaks-STATs pathway. Activatedproteins in the Jaks-STATs pathway bind to gamma activation site “GAS”elements or interferon-sensitive responsive element (“ISRE”), located inthe promoter of many genes. The binding of a protein to these elementsalter the expression of the associated gene.

GAS and ISRE elements are recognized by a class of transcription factorscalled Signal Transducers and Activators of Transcription, or “STATs.”There are six members of the STATs family. Stat1 and Stat3 are presentin many cell types, as is Stat2 (as response to IFN-alpha iswidespread). Stat4 is more restricted and is not in many cell typesthough it has been found in T helper class I, cells after treatment withIL-12. Stat5 was originally called mammary growth factor, but has beenfound at higher concentrations in other cells including myeloid cells.It can be activated in tissue culture cells by man, cytokines.

The STATs are activated to translocate from the cytoplasm to the nucleusupon tyrosine phosphorylation by a set of kinases known as the JanusKinase (“Jaks”) family. Jaks represent a distinct family of solubletyrosine kinases and include Tyk2, Jak1, Jak2, and Jak3. These kinasesdisplay significant sequence similarity and are generally catalyticallyinactive in resting cells.

The Jaks are activated by a wide range of receptors summarized in theTable below, (Adapted from review by Schidler and Damell, Ann. Rev.Biochem. 64:621-51 (1995)). A cytokine receptor family, capable ofactivating Jaks, is divided into two groups: (a) Class 1 includesreceptors for IL-2, IL-3, IL-4. IL-6, IL-7, IL-9, IL-11, IL-12, IL-15,Epo, PRL, GH, G-CSF, GM-CSF, LIF, CNTF, and thrombopoietin; and (b)Class 2 includes IFN-a, IFN-g, and IL-10. The Class 1 receptors share aconserved cysteine motif (a set of four conserved cysteines and onetryptophan) and a WSXWS motif (a membrane proximal region encodingTrp-Ser-Xaa-Trp-Ser (SEQ ID NO: 37)).

Thus, on binding of a ligand to a receptor, Jaks are activated, which inturn activate STATs, which then translocate and bind to GAS elements.This entire process is encompassed in the Jaks-STATs signal transductionpathway. Therefore, activation of the Jaks-STATs pathway, reflected bythe binding of the GAS or the ISRE element, can be used to indicateproteins involved in the proliferation and differentiation of cells. Forexample, growth factors and cytokines are known to activate theJaks-STATs pathway (See Table below). Thus, by using GAS elements linkedto reporter molecules, activators of the Jaks-STATs pathway can beidentified.

JA.

Ligand ty

Jak1 Jak2 Jak3 STATS GAS(elements) or ISRE IFN family IFN-a/B + + − − 1,2, 3 ISRE IFN-g + + − 1 GAS (IRF1 > Lys6 > IFP) Il-10 + ? ? − 1, 3 gp130family IL-6 (Pleiotropic) + + + ? 1, 3 GAS (IRF1 > Lys6 > IFP)Il-11(Pleiotropic) ? + ? ? 1, 3 OnM(Pleiotropic) ? + + ? 1, 3LIF(Pleiotropic) ? + + ? 1, 3 CNTF(Pleiotropic) −/+ + + ? 1, 3G-CSF(Pleiotropic) ? + ? ? 1, 3 IL-12(Pleiotropic) + − + + 1, 3 g-Cfamily IL-2 (lymphocytes) − + − + 1, 3, 5 GAS IL-4 (lymph/myeloid − +− + 6 GAS(IRF1 = IFP >> Ly6)(IgH) IL-7 (lymphocytes) − + − + 5 GAS IL-9(lymphocytes) − + − + 5 GAS IL-13 (lymphocyte) − + ? ? 6 GAS IL-15 ? +? + 5 GAS gp140 family IL-3 (myeloid) − − + − 5 GAS (IRF1 > IFP >> Ly6)IL-5 (myeloid) − − + − 5 GAS GM-CSF (myeloid) − − + − 5 GAS Growthhormone family GH ? − + − 5 PRL ? +/− + − 1, 3, 5 EPO ? − + − 5GAS(B-CAS > IRF1 = IFP >> Ly6) Receptor Tyrosine Kinases EGF ? + + − 1,3 GAS (IRF1) PDGF ? + + − 1, 3 CSF-1 ? + + − 1, 3 GAS (not IRF1)

indicates data missing or illegible when filed

To construct a synthetic GAS containing promoter element, which is usedin the Biological Assays described in Examples 32-33, a PCR basedstrategy is employed to generate a GAS-SV40 promoter sequence. The 5′primer contains four tandem copies of the GAS binding site found in theIRF1 promoter and previously demonstrated to bind STATs upon inductionwith a range of cytokines (Rothman et al. Immunity 1:457-468 (1994).),although other GAS or ISRE elements can be used instead. The 5′ primeralso contains 8 bp of sequence complementary to the SV40 early promotersequence and is flanked with an XhoI site. The sequence of the 5′ primeris:

(SEQ ID NO: 38) 5′:GCGCCTCGAGATTTCCCCGAAATCTAGATTTCCCCGAAATGATTTCCCCGAAATGATTTCCCCGAAATATCTGCCATCTCAATTAG:3′

The downstream primer is complementary to the SV40 promoter and isflanked with a Hind III site: 5′:GCGGCAAGCTTTTTGCAAAGCCTAGGC:3′ (SEQ IDNO: 39)

PCR amplification is performed using the SV40 promoter template presentin the B-gal:promoter plasmid obtained from Clontech. The resulting PCRfragment is digested with XhoI/Hind III and subcloned into BLSK2-.(Stratagene.) Sequencing with forward and reverse primers confirms thatthe insert contains the following sequence:

(SEQ ID NO: 40) 5′:CTCGAGATTTCCCCGAAATCTAGATTTCCCCGAAATGATTTCCCCGAAATGATTTCCCCGAAATATCTGCCATCTCAATTAGTCAGCAACCATAGTCCCGCCCCTAACTCCGCCCATCCCGCCCCTAACTCCGCCCAGTTCCGCCCATTCTCCGCCCCATGGCTGACTAATTTTTTTTATTTATGCAGAGGCCGAGGCCGCCTCGGCCTCTGAGCTATTCCAGAAGTAGTGAGGAGGCTTTTTTGGAGGCCTAGGCTTTTGCAAAAAGCTT:3′

With this GAS promoter element linked to the SV40 promoter, a GAS:SEAP2reporter construct is next engineered. Here, the reporter molecule is asecreted alkaline phosphatase, or “SEAP.” Clearly, however, any reportermolecule can be instead of SEAP, in this or in any of the otherExamples. Well known reporter molecules that can be used instead of SEAPinclude chloramphenicol acetyltransferase (CAT), luciferase, alkalinephosphatase. B-galactosidase, green fluorescent protein (GFP), or anyprotein detectable by an antibody.

The above sequence confirmed synthetic GAS-SV40 promoter element issubcloned into the pSEAP-Promoter vector obtained from Clontech usingHindIII and XhoI, effectively replacing the SV40 promoter with theamplified GAS:SV40 promoter element, to create the GAS-SEAP vector.However, this vector does not contain a neomycin resistance gene, andtherefore, is not preferred for mammalian expression systems.

Thus, in order to generate mammalian stable cell lines expressing theGAS-SEAP reporter, the GAS-SEAP cassette is removed from the GAS-SEAPvector using Sail and NotI, and inserted into a backbone vectorcontaining the neomycin resistance gene, such as pGFP-1 (Clontech),using these restriction sites in the multiple cloning site, to createthe GAS-SEAP/Neo vector. Once this vector is transfected into mammaliancells, this vector can then be used as a reporter molecule for GASbinding as described in Examples 32-33.

Other constructs can be made using the above description and replacingGAS with a different promoter sequence. For example, construction ofreporter molecules containing EGR and NF-KB promoter sequences aredescribed in Examples 34 and 35. However, many other promoters can besubstituted using the protocols described in these Examples. Forinstance, SRE, IL-2, NFAT, or Osteocalcin promoters can be substituted,alone or in combination (e.g., GAS/NF-KB/EGR, GAS/NF-KB, II-2/NFAT, orNF-KB/GAS). Similarly, other cell lines can be used to test reporterconstruct activity, such as HELA (epithelial). HUVEC (endothelial), Reh(B-cell), Saos-2 (osteoblast), HUVAC (aortic), or Cardiomyocyte.

Example 30 Assay for SEAP Activity

As a reporter molecule for the assays described in examples disclosedherein, SEAP activity is assayed using the Tropix Phospho-light Kit(Cat. BP-400) according to the following general procedure. The TropixPhospho-light Kit supplies the Dilution, Assay, and Reaction Buffersused below.

Prime a dispenser with the 2.5× Dilution Buffer and dispense 15 ul of2.5× dilution buffer into Optiplates containing 35 ul of a solutioncontaining an albumin fusion protein of the invention. Seal the plateswith a plastic sealer and incubate at 65 degree C, for 30 min. Separatethe Optiplates to avoid uneven heating.

Cool the samples to room temperature for 15 minutes. Empty the dispenserand prime with the Assay Buffer. Add 50 ml Assay Buffer and incubate atroom temperature 5 min. Empty the dispenser and prime with the ReactionBuffer (see the Table below). Add 50 ul Reaction Buffer and incubate atroom temperature for 20 minutes. Since the intensity of thechemiluminescent signal is time dependent, and it takes about 10 minutesto read 5 plates on a luminometer, thus one should treat 5 plates ateach time and start the second set 10 minutes later.

Read the relative light unit in the luminometer. Set H12 as blank, andprint the results. An increase in chemiluminescence indicates reporteractivity.

Reaction Buffer Formulation:

# of plates Rxn buffer diluent (ml) CSPD (ml) 10 60 3 11 65 3.25 12 703.5 13 75 3.75 14 80 4 15 85 4.25 16 90 4.5 17 95 4.75 18 100 5 19 1055.25 20 110 5.5 21 115 5.75 22 120 6 23 125 6.25 24 130 6.5 25 135 6.7526 140 7 27 145 7.25 28 150 7.5 29 155 7.75 30 160 8 31 165 8.25 32 1708.5 33 175 8.75 34 180 9 35 185 9.25 36 190 9.5 37 195 9.75 38 200 10 39205 10.25 40 210 10.5 41 215 10.75 42 220 11 43 225 11.25 44 230 11.5 45235 11.75 46 240 12 47 245 12.25 48 250 12.5 49 255 12.75 50 260 13

Example 31 Assay Identifying Neuronal Activity

When cells undergo differentiation and proliferation, a group of genesare activated through many different signal transduction pathways. Oneof these genes. EGR1 (early growth response gene 1), is induced invarious tissues and cell types upon activation. The promoter of EGR1 isresponsible for such induction. Using the EGR1 promoter linked toreporter molecules, the ability of fusion proteins of the invention toactivate cells can be assessed.

Particularly, the following protocol is used to assess neuronal activityin PC12 cell lines. PC12 cells (rat phenochromocytoma cells) are knownto proliferate and/or differentiate by activation with a number ofmitogens, such as TPA (tetradecanoyl phorbol acetate). NGF (nerve growthfactor), and EGF (epidermal growth factor). The EGR1 gene expression isactivated during this treatment. Thus, by stably transfecting PC12 cellswith a construct containing an EGR promoter linked to SEAP reporter,activation of PC12 cells b % an albumin fusion protein of the presentinvention can be assessed.

The EGR/SEAP reporter construct can be assembled by the followingprotocol. The EGR-1 promoter sequence (−633 to +1) (Sakamoto K et al.Oncogene 6:86-871 (1991)) can be PCR amplified from human genomic DNAusing the following primers:

(SEQ ID NO: 41) 5′ GCGCTCGAGGGATGACAGCGATAGAACCCCGG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 42)5′ GCGAAGCTTCGCGACTCCCCGGATCCGCCTC-3′

Using the GAS:SEAP/Neo vector produced in Example 29, EGR1 amplifiedproduct can then be inserted into this vector. Linearize theGAS:SEAP/Neo vector using restriction enzymes XhoI/HindIII, removing theGAS/SV40 stuffer. Restrict the EGR1 amplified product with these sameenzymes. Ligate the vector and the EGR1 promoter.

To prepare 96 well-plates for cell culture, two mls of a coatingsolution (1:30 dilution of collagen type I (Upstate Biotech Inc.Cat#08-115) in 30% ethanol (filter sterilized)) is added per one 10 cmplate or 50 ml per well of the 96-well plate, and allowed to air dry for2 hr.

PC12 cells are routinely grown in RPMI-1640 medium (Bio Whittaker)containing 10% horse serum (JRH BIOSCIENCES, Cat. #12449-78P), 5%heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum (FBS) supplemented with 100 units/mlpenicillin and 100 ug/ml streptomycin on a precoated 10 cm tissueculture dish. One to four split is done every three to four days. Cellsare removed from the plates by scraping and resuspended with pipettingup and down for more than 15 times.

Transfect the EGR/SEAP/Neo construct into PC12 using techniques known inthe art. EGR-SEAP/PC12 stable cells are obtained by growing the cells in300 ug/ml G418. The G418-free medium is used for routine growth butevery one to two months, the cells should be re-grown in 300 ug/ml G418for couple of passages.

To assay for neuronal activity, a 10 cm plate with cells around 70 to80% confluent is screened by removing the old medium. Wash the cellsonce with PBS (Phosphate buffered saline). Then starve the cells in lowserum medium (RPMI-1640) containing 1% horse serum and 0.5% FBS withantibiotics) overnight.

The next morning, remove the medium and wash the cells with PBS. Scrapeoff the cells from the plate, suspend the cells well in 2 ml low serummedium. Count the cell number and add more low serum medium to reachfinal cell density as 5×10⁵ cells/ml.

Add 200 ul of the cell suspension to each well of 96)-well plate(equivalent to 1×10⁵ cells/well). Add a series of differentconcentrations of an albumin fusion protein of the invention, 37 degreeC, for 48 to 72 hr. As a positive control, a growth factor known toactivate PC12 cells through EGR can be used, such as 50 ng/ul ofNeuronal Growth Factor (NGF). Over fifty-fold induction of SEAP istypically seen in the positive control wells. SEAP assay may beroutinely performed using techniques known in the art and or asdescribed in Example 30.

Example 32 Assay for T-Cell Activity

The following protocol is used to assess T-cell activity by identifyingfactors, and determining whether an albumin fusion protein of theinvention proliferates and or differentiates T-cells. T-cell activity isassessed using the GAS:SEAP/Neo construct produced in Example 29. Thus,factors that increase SEAP activity indicate the ability to activate theJaks-STATS signal transduction pathway. The T-cell used in this assay isJurkat T-cells (ATCC Accession No. TIB-152), although Molt-3 cells (ATCCAccession No. CRL-1552) and Molt-4 cells (ATCC Accession No. CRL-1582)cells can also be used.

Jurkat T-cells are lymphoblastic CD4+ Th1 helper cells. In order togenerate stable cell lines, approximately 2 million Jurkat cells aretransfected with the GAS-SEAP/neo vector using DMRIE-C (LifeTechnologies) (transfection procedure described below). The transfectedcells are seeded to a density of approximately 20,000 cells per well andtransfectants resistant to 1 mg/ml genticin selected. Resistant coloniesare expanded and then tested for their response to increasingconcentrations of interferon gamma. The dose response of a selectedclone is demonstrated.

Specifically, the following protocol will yield sufficient cells for 75wells containing 200 ul of cells. Thus, it is either scaled up, orperformed in multiple to generate sufficient cells for multiple 96 wellplates. Jurkat cells are maintained in RPMI+10% serum with 1% Pen-Strep.Combine 2.5 mls of OPTI-MEM (Life Technologies) with 10 ug of plasmidDNA in a T25 flask. Add 2.5 ml OPTI-MEM containing 50 ul of DMRIE-C andincubate at room temperature for 15-45 mins.

During the incubation period, count cell concentration, spin down therequired number of cells (10⁷ per transfection), and resuspend inOPTI-MEM to a final concentration of 10⁷ cells/ml. Then add 1 ml of1×10⁷ cells in OPTI-MEM to T25 flask and incubate at 37 degree C, for 6hrs. After the incubation, add 10 ml of RPMI+15% serum.

The Jurkat:GAS-SEAP stable reporter lines are maintained in RPMI+10%serum, 1 mg/ml Genticin, and 1% Pen-Strep. These cells are treated withvarying concentrations of one or more fusion proteins of the presentinvention.

On the day of treatment with the fusion protein, the cells should bewashed and resuspended in fresh RPMI+10% serum to a density of 500,000cells per ml. The exact number of cells required will depend on thenumber of fusion proteins and the number of different concentrations offusion proteins being screened. For one 96 well plate, approximately 10million cells (for 10 plates, 100 million cells) are required.

The well dishes containing Jurkat cells treated with the fusion proteinare placed in an incubator for 48 hrs (note: this time is variablebetween 48-72 hrs). 35 ul samples from each well are then transferred toan opaque 96 well plate using a 12 channel pipette. The opaque platesshould be covered (using sellophene covers) and stored at −20 degree C,until SEAP assays are performed according to Example 30. The platescontaining the remaining treated cells are placed at 4 degree C, andserve as a source of material for repeating the assay on a specific wellif desired.

As a positive control, 100 Unit/ml interferon gamma can be used which isknown to activate Jurkat T cells. Over 30 fold induction is typicallyobserved in the positive control wells.

The above protocol may be used in the generation of both transient, aswell as, stable transfected cells, which would be apparent to those ofskill in the art.

Example 33 Assay for T-Cell Activity

NF-KB (Nuclear Factor KB) is a transcription factor activated by a widevariety of agents including the inflammatory cytokines IL-1 and TNF,CD30 and CD40, lymphotoxin-alpha and lymphotoxin-beta, by exposure toLPS or thrombin, and by expression of certain viral gene products. As atranscription factor, NF-KB regulates the expression of genes involvedin immune cell activation, control of apoptosis (NF-KB appears to shieldcells from apoptosis), B and T-cell development, anti-viral andantimicrobial responses, and multiple stress responses.

In non-stimulated conditions, NF-KB is retained in the cytoplasm with1-KB (Inhibitor KB). However, upon stimulation, 1-KB is phosphorylatedand degraded, causing NF-KB to shuttle to the nucleus, therebyactivating transcription of target genes. Target genes activated byNF-KB include IL-2, IL-6, GM-CSF, ICAM-1 and class 1 MHC.

Due to its central role and ability to respond to a range of stimuli,reporter constructs utilizing the NF-KB promoter element are used toscreen the fusion protein. Activators or inhibitors of NF-KB would beuseful in treating, preventing, and/or diagnosing diseases. For example,inhibitors of NF-KB could be used to treat those diseases related to theacute or chronic activation of NF-KB, such as rheumatoid arthritis.

To construct a vector containing the NF-KB promoter element, a PCR basedstrategy is employed. The upstream primer contains four tandem copies ofthe NF-KB binding site (GGGGACTTTCCC) (SEQ ID NO: 43), 18 bp of sequencecomplementary to the 5′ end of flanked with an XhoI site:

(SEQ ID NO: 44) 5′:GCGGCCTCGAGGGGACTTTCCCGGGGACTTTCCGGGGACTTTCCGGGACTTTCCATCCTGCCATCTCAATTAG:3′

The downstream primer is complementary to the 3′ end of the SV40promoter and is flanked with a Hind III site:

5′:GCGGCAAGCTTTTTGCAAAGCCTAGGC:3′ (SEQ ID NO: 39)

PCR amplification is performed using the SV40 promoter template presentin the pB-gal:promoter plasmid obtained from Clontech. The resulting PCRfragment is digested with XhoI and Hind III and subcloned into BLSK2-.(Stratagene) Sequencing with the T7 and T3 primers confirms the insertcontains the following sequence:

(SEQ ID NO: 45) 5′:CTCGAGGGGACTTTCCCGGGGACTTTCCGGGGACTTTCCGGGACTTTCCATCTGCCATCTCAATTAGTCAGCAACCATAGTCCCGCCCCTAACTCCGCCCATCCCGCCCCTAACTCCGCCCAGTTCCGCCCATTCTCCGCCCCATGGCTGACTAATTTTTTTTATTTATGCAGAGGCCGAGGCCGCCTCGGCCTCTGAGCTATTCCAGAAGTAGTGAGGAGGCTTTTTTGGAGGCCTAGGCTTTTGC AAAAAGCTT:3′

Next, replace the SV40 minimal promoter element present in thepSEAP2-promoter plasmid (Clontech) with this NF-KB/SV40 fragment usingXhoI and HindIII. However, this vector does not contain a neomycinresistance gene, and therefore, is not preferred for mammalianexpression systems.

In order to generate stable mammalian cell lines, the NF-KB/SV40/SEAPcassette is removed from the above NF-KB/SEAP vector using restrictionenzymes SalI and NotI, and inserted into a vector containing neomycinresistance. Particularly, the NF-KB/SV40/SEAP cassette was inserted intopGFP-1 (Clontech), replacing the GFP gene, after restricting pGFP-1 withSalI and NotI.

Once NF-KB/SV40/SEAP/Neo vector is created, stable Jurkat T-cells arecreated and maintained according to the protocol described in Example32. Similarly, the method for assaying fusion proteins with these stableJurkat T-cells is also described in Example 32. As a positive control,exogenous TNF alpha (0.1, 1, 10 ng) is added to wells H9, H10, and H11,with a 5-10 fold activation typically observed.

Example 33 Assay Identifying Myeloid Activity

The following protocol is used to assess myeloid activity of an albuminfusion protein of the present invention by determining whether thefusion protein proliferates and/or differentiates myeloid cells. Myeloidcell activity is assessed using the GAS/SEAP/Neo construct produced inExample 29. Thus, factors that increase SEAP activity indicate theability to activate the Jaks-STATS signal transduction pathway. Themyeloid cell used in this assay is U937, a pre-monocyte cell line,although TF-1, HL60, or KG1 can be used.

To transiently transfect U937 cells with the GAS/SEAP/Neo constructproduced in Example 29, a DEAE-Dextran method (Kharbanda et, al., 1994.Cell Growth & Differentiation, 5:259-265) is used. First, harvest 2×10⁷U937 cells and wash with PBS. The U937 cells are usually grown in RPMI1640 medium containing 10% heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum (FBS)supplemented with 100 units/ml penicillin and 100 mg/ml streptomycin.

Next, suspend the cells in 1 ml of 20 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.4) buffercontaining 0.5 mg-ml DEAE-Dextran, 8 ug GAS-SEAP2 plasmid DNA, 1-140 mMNaCl, 5 mM KCl, 3-5 uM Na₂HPO₄.7H₂O, 1 mM MgCl₂, and 675 uM CaCl₂.Incubate at 37 degrees C, for 45 min.

Wash the cells with RPMI 1640 medium containing 10% FBS and thenresuspend in 10 ml complete medium and incubate at 37 degree C, for 36hr.

The GAS-SEAP/U937 stable cells are obtained by growing the cells in 400ug ml G418. The G418-free medium is used for routine growth but everyone to two months, the cells should be re-grown in 400 ug/ml G418 forcouple of passages.

These cells are tested by harvesting 1×10⁸ cells (this is enough for ten96-well plates assay) and wash with PBS. Suspend the cells in 200 mlabove described growth medium, with a final density of 5×10⁵ cells/ml.Plate 200 ul cells per well in the 96-well plate (or 1×10⁵ cells/well).

Add different concentrations of the fusion protein. Incubate at 37degree C, for 48 to 72 hr. As a positive control, 100 Unit/ml interferongamma can be used which is known to activate U937 cells. Over 30 foldinduction is typically observed in the positive control wells. SEAPassay the supernatant according to methods known in the art and/or theprotocol described in Example 30.

Example 34 Assay Identifying Changes in Small Molecule Concentration andMembrane Permeability

Binding of a ligand to a receptor is known to alter intracellular levelsof small molecules, such as calcium, potassium, sodium, and pH, as wellas alter membrane potential. These alterations can be measured in anassay to identify fusion proteins which bind to receptors of aparticular cell. Although the following protocol describes an assay forcalcium, this protocol can easily be modified to detect changes inpotassium, sodium, pH, membrane potential, or any other small moleculewhich is detectable by a fluorescent probe.

The following assay uses Fluorometric Imaging Plate Reader (“FLIPR”) tomeasure changes in fluorescent molecules (Molecular Probes) that bindsmall molecules. Clearly, any fluorescent molecule detecting a smallmolecule can be used instead of the calcium fluorescent molecule, fluo-4(Molecular Probes, Inc.; catalog no. F-14202), used here.

For adherent cells, seed the cells at 10,000-20,000 cells/well in aCo-star black 96-well plate with clear bottom. The plate is incubated ina CO₂ incubator for 20 hours. The adherent cells are washed two times inBiotek washer with 200 ul of HBSS (Hank's Balanced Salt Solution)leaving 100 ul of buffer after the final wash.

A stock solution of 1 mg/ml fluo-4 is made in 10% pluronic acid DMSO. Toload the cells with fluo-4, 50 ul of 12 ug/ml fluo-4 is added to eachwell. The plate is incubated at 37 degrees C, in a CO₂ incubator for 60min. The plate is washed four times in the Biotek washer with HBSSleaving 100 ul of buffer.

For non-adherent cells, the cells are spun down from culture media.Cells are resuspended to 2-5×10⁶ cells/ml with HBSS in a 50-ml conicaltube, 4 ul of 1 mg/ml fluo-4 solution in 10% pluronic acid DMSO is addedto each ml of cell suspension. The tube is then placed in a 37 degreesC, water bath for 30-60 min. The cells are washed twice with HBSS,resuspended to 1×10⁶ cells/ml, and dispensed into a microplate, 100 ulwell. The plate is centrifuged at 1000 rpm for 5 min. The plate is thenwashed once in Denley Cell Wash with 200 ul, followed by an aspirationstep to 100 ul final volume.

For a non-cell based assay, each well contains a fluorescent molecule,such as fluo-4. The fusion protein of the invention is added to thewell, and a change in fluorescence is detected.

To measure the fluorescence of intracellular calcium, the FLIPR is setfor the following parameters: (1) System gain is 300-800 mW; (2)Exposure time is 0.4 second; (3) Camera F/stop is F/2; (4) Excitation is488 nm; (5) Emission is 530 nm; and (6) Sample addition is 50 ul.Increased emission at 530 nm indicates an extracellular signaling eventcaused by an albumin fusion protein of the present invention or amolecule induced by an albumin fusion protein of the present invention,which has resulted in an increase in the intracellular Ca⁺⁺concentration.

Example 35 Assay Identifying Tyrosine Kinase Activity

The Protein Tyrosine Kinases (PTK) represent a diverse group oftransmembrane and cytoplasmic kinases. Within the Receptor ProteinTyrosine Kinase (RPTK) group are receptors for a range of mitogenic andmetabolic growth factors including the PDGF. FGF, EGF, NGF, HGF andInsulin receptor subfamilies. In addition there are a large family ofRPTKs for which the corresponding ligand is unknown. Ligands for RPTKsinclude mainly secreted small proteins, but also membrane-bound andextracellular matrix proteins.

Activation of RPTK by ligands involves ligand-mediated receptordimerization, resulting in transphosphorylation of the receptor subunitsand activation of the cytoplasmic tyrosine kinases. The cytoplasmictyrosine kinases include receptor associated tyrosine kinases of thesrc-family (e.g., src, yes, lck, lyn, fyn) and non-receptor linked andcytosolic protein tyrosine kinases, such as the Jak family, members ofwhich mediate signal transduction triggered by the cytokine superfamilyof receptors (e.g., the Interleukins. Interferons, GM-CSF, and Leptin).

Because of the wide range of known factors capable of stimulatingtyrosine kinase activity, identifying whether an albumin fusion proteinof the present invention or a molecule induced by a fusion protein ofthe present invention is capable of activating tyrosine kinase signaltransduction pathways is of interest. Therefore, the following protocolis designed to identify such molecules capable of activating thetyrosine kinase signal transduction pathways.

Seed target cells (e.g., primary keratinocytes) at a density ofapproximately 25,000 cells per well in a 96 well Loprodyne Silent ScreenPlates purchased from Nalge Nunc (Naperville, Ill.). The plates aresterilized with two 30 minute rinses with 100% ethanol rinsed with waterand dried overnight. Some plates are coated for 2 hr with 100 ml of cellculture grade type I collagen (50 mg/ml), gelatin (2%) or polylysine (50mg/ml), all of which can be purchased from Sigma Chemicals (St. Louis,Mo.) or 10% Matrigel purchased from Becton Dickinson (Bedford, Mass.),or calf serum, rinsed with PBS and stored at 4 degree C. Cell growth onthese plates is assayed by seeding 5,000 cells/well in growth medium andindirect quantitation of cell number through use of alamarBlue asdescribed by the manufacturer Alamar Biosciences. Inc. (Sacramento,Calif.) after 48 hr. Falcon plate covers #3071 from Becton Dickinson(Bedford, Mass.) are used to cover the Loprodyne Silent Screen Plates.Falcon Microtest III cell culture plates can also be used in someproliferation experiments.

To prepare extracts, A431 cells are seeded onto the nylon membranes ofLoprodyne plates (20,000/200 ml/well) and cultured overnight in completemedium. Cells are quiesced by incubation in serum-free basal medium for24 hr. After 5-20 minutes treatment with EGF (60 ng/ml) or a differentconcentrations of an albumin fusion protein of the invention, the mediumwas removed and 100 ml of extraction buffer ((20 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.15 MNaCl, 1% TRITON-X-100® (polyethylene glycolP-1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutylphenyl ether), 0.1% SDS, 2 mM Na3VO4, 2 mMNa4P2O7 and a cocktail of protease inhibitors (#1836170) obtained fromBoeheringer Mannheim (Indianapolis, Ind.)) is added to each well and theplate is shaken on a rotating shaker for 5 minutes at 4° C. The plate isthen placed in a vacuum transfer manifold and the extract filteredthrough the 0.45 mm membrane bottoms of each well using house vacuum.Extracts are collected in a 96-well catch/assay plate in the bottom ofthe vacuum manifold and immediately placed on ice. To obtain extractsclarified by centrifugation, the content of each well, after detergentsolubilization for 5 minutes, is removed and centrifuged for 15 minutesat 4 degree C, at 16,000×g.

Test the filtered extracts for levels of tyrosine kinase activity.Although many methods of detecting tyrosine kinase activity are known,one method is described here.

Generally, the tyrosine kinase activity of an albumin fusion protein ofthe invention is evaluated by determining its ability to phosphorylate atyrosine residue on a specific substrate (a biotinylated peptide).Biotinylated peptides that can be used for this purpose include PSK1(corresponding to amino acids 6-20 of the cdl division kinase cdc2-p34)and PSK2 (corresponding to amino acids 1-17 of gastrin). Both peptidesare substrates for a range of tyrosine kinases and are available fromBoehringer Mannheim.

The tyrosine kinase reaction is set up by adding the followingcomponents in order. First, add 10 ul of 5 uM Biotinylated Peptide, then10 ul ATP Mg₂₊ (5mM ATP 50mM MgCl₂), then 10 ul of 5× Assay Buffer (40mM imidazole hydrochloride, pH7.3, 40 mM beta-glycerophosphate, 1 mMEGTA, 100 mM MgCl₂, 5 mM MnCl₂, 0.5 mg/ml BSA), then 5 ul of SodiumVanadate (1 mM), and then 5 ul of water. Mix the components gently andpreincubate the reaction mix at 30 degree C, for 2 min. Initial thereaction by adding 10 ul of the control enzyme or the filteredsupernatant.

The tyrosine kinase assay reaction is then terminated by adding 10 ul of120 mm EDTA and place the reactions on ice.

Tyrosine kinase activity is determined by transferring 50 ul aliquot ofreaction mixture to a microtiter plate (MTP) module and incubating at 37degree C, for 20 min. This allows the streptavidin coated 96 well plateto associate with the biotinylated peptide. Wash the MTP module with 300ul/well of PBS four times. Next add 75 ul of anti-phosphotyrosineantibody conjugated to horse radish peroxidase(anti-P-Tyr-POD(0.5u/ml))to each well and incubate at 37 degree C, for one hour. Wash the well asabove.

Next add 100 ul of peroxidase substrate solution (Boehringer Mannheim)and incubate at room temperature for at least 5 mins (up to 30 min).Measure the absorbance of the sample at 405 nm by using ELISA reader.The level of bound peroxidase activity is quantitated using an ELISAreader and reflects the level of tyrosine kinase activity.

Example 36 Assay Identifying Phosphorylation Activity

As a potential alternative and/or complement to the assay of proteintyrosine kinase activity described in Example 35, an assay which detectsactivation (phosphorylation) of major intracellular signal transductionintermediates can also be used. For example, as described below oneparticular assay can detect tyrosine phosphorylation of the Erk-1 andErk-2 kinases. However, phosphorylation of other molecules, such as Raf,JNK, p38 MAP. Map kinase (MEK), MEK kinase, Src, Muscle specific kinase(MuSK), IRAK, Tec, and Janus, as well as any other phosphoserine,phosphotyrosine, or phosphothreonine molecule, can be detected bysubstituting these molecules for Erk-1 or Erk-2 in the following assay.

Specifically, assay plates are made by coating the wells of a 96-wellELISA plate with 0.1 ml of protein G (1 ug/ml) for 2 hr at room temp,(RT). The plates are then rinsed with PBS and blocked with 3% BSA PBSfor 1 hr at RT. The protein G plates are then treated with 2 commercialmonoclonal antibodies (100 ng well) against Erk-1 and Erk-2 (1 hr at RT)(Santa Cruz Biotechnology). (To detect other molecules, this step caneasily be modified by substituting a monoclonal antibody detecting anyof the above described molecules.) After 3-5 rinses with PBS, the platesare stored at 4 degree C, until use.

A431 cells are seeded at 20,000/well in a 96-well Loprodyne filterplateand cultured overnight in growth medium. The cells are then starved for48 hr in basal medium (DMEM) and then treated with EGF (6 ng/well) orvarying concentrations of the fusion protein of the invention for 5-20minutes. The cells are then solubilized and extracts filtered directlyinto the assay plate.

After incubation with the extract for 1 hr at RT, the wells are againrinsed. As a positive control, a commercial preparation of MAP kinase(10 ng well) is used in place of A431 extract. Plates are then treatedwith a commercial polyclonal (rabbit) antibody (1 ug/ml) whichspecifically recognizes the phosphorylated epitope of the Erk-1 andErk-2 kinases (1 hr at RT). This antibody is biotinylated by standardprocedures. The bound polyclonal antibody is then quantitated bysuccessive incubations with Europium-streptavidin and Europiumfluorescence enhancing reagent in the Wallac DELFIA instrument(time-resolved fluorescence). An increased fluorescent signal overbackground indicates a phosphorylation by the fusion protein of thepresent invention or a molecule induced by an albumin fusion protein ofthe present invention.

Example 37 Assay for the Stimulation of Bone Marrow CD34+ CellProliferation

This assay is based on the ability of human CD34+ to proliferate in thepresence of hematopoietic growth factors and evaluates the ability offusion proteins of the invention to stimulate proliferation of CD34+cells.

It has been previously shown that most mature precursors will respond toonly a single signal. More immature precursors require at least twosignals to respond. Therefore, to test the effect of fusion proteins ofthe invention on hematopoietic activity of a wide range of progenitorcells, the assay contains a given fusion protein of the invention in thepresence or absence of hematopoietic growth factors. Isolated cells arecultured for 5 days in the presence of Stem Cell Factor (SCF) incombination with tested sample. SCF alone has a very limited effect onthe proliferation of bone marrow (BIM) cells, acting in such conditionsonly as a “survival” factor. However, combined with any factorexhibiting stimulatory effect on these cells (e.g., IL-3), SCF willcause a synergistic effect. Therefore, if the tested fusion protein hasa stimulatory effect on hematopoietic progenitors, such activity can beeasily detected. Since normal BM cells have a low level of cyclingcells, it is likely that any inhibitory effect of a given fusion proteinmight not be detected. Accordingly, assays for an inhibitory effect onprogenitors is preferably tested in cells that are first subjected to invitro stimulation with SCF+IL+3, and then contacted with the compoundthat is being evaluated for inhibition of such induced proliferation.

Briefly. CD34+ cells are isolated using methods known in the art. Thecells are thawed and resuspended in medium (QBSF 60 serum-free mediumwith 1% L-glutamine (500 ml) Quality Biological, Inc., Gaithersburg, Md.Cat#160-204-101). After several gentle centrifugation steps at 200×g,cells are allowed to rest for one hour. The cell count is adjusted to2.5×10⁵ cells/ml. During this time, 100 μl of sterile water is added tothe peripheral wells of a 96-well plate. The cytokines that can betested with an albumin fusion protein of the invention in this assay isrhSCF (R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn. Cat#255-SC) at 50 ng/ml alone andin combination with rhSCF and rhIL-3 (R&D Systems. Minneapolis, Minn.,Cat#203-ML) at 30 ng/ml. After one hour, 10 μl of prepared cytokines,varying concentrations of an albumin fusion protein of the invention,and 20 μl of diluted cells are added to the media which is alreadypresent in the wells to allow for a final total volume of 100 μl. Theplates are then placed in a 37° C./5% CO₂ incubator for five days.

Eighteen hours before the assay is harvested, 0.5 μCi/well of [3H]Thymidine is added in a 10 μl volume to each well to determine theproliferation rate. The experiment is terminated by harvesting the cellsfrom each 96-well plate to a filtermat using the Tomtec Harvester 96.After harvesting, the filtermats are dried, trimmed and placed intoOmniFilter assemblies consisting of one OmniFilter plate and oneOmniFilter Tray. 60 μl Microscint is added to each well and the platesealed with TopSeal-A press-on sealing film A bar code 15 sticker isaffixed to the first plate for counting. The sealed plates are thenloaded and the level of radioactivity determined via the Packard TopCount and the printed data collected for analysis. The level ofradioactivity reflects the amount of cell proliferation.

The studies described in this example test the activity of a givenfusion protein to stimulate bone marrow CD34+ cell proliferation. Oneskilled in the art could easily modify the exemplified studies to testthe activity of fusion proteins and polynucleotides of the invention(e.g., gene therapy) as well as agonists and antagonists thereof. Theability of an albumin fusion protein of the invention to stimulate theproliferation of bone marrow CD34+ cells indicates that the albuminfusion protein and/or polynucleotides corresponding to the fusionprotein are useful for the diagnosis and treatment of disordersaffecting the immune system and hematopoiesis. Representative uses aredescribed in the “Immune Activity” and “Infectious Disease” sectionsabove, and elsewhere herein.

Example 38 Assay for Extracellular Matrix Enhanced Cell Response (EMECR)

The objective of the Extracellular Matrix Enhanced Cell Response (EMECR)assay is to evaluate the ability of fusion proteins of the invention toact on hematopoietic stem cells in the context of the extracellularmatrix (ECM) induced signal.

Cells respond to the regulatory factors in the context of signal(s)received from the surrounding microenvironment. For example,fibroblasts, and endothelial and epithelial stem cells fail to replicatein the absence of signals from the ECM. Hematopoietic stem cells canundergo self-renewal in the bone marrow, but not in in vitro suspensionculture. The ability of stem cells to undergo self-renewal in vitro isdependent upon their interaction with the stromal cells and the ECMprotein fibronectin (fn). Adhesion of cells to fn is mediated by theα₅.β₁ and α₄.β₁ integrin receptors, which are expressed by human andmouse hematopoietic stem cells. The factor(s) which integrate with theECM environment and are responsible for stimulating stem cellself-renewal have not yet been identified. Discovery of such factorsshould be of great interest in gene therapy and bone marrow transplantapplications

Briefly, polystyrene, non tissue culture treated, 96-well plates arecoated with fn fragment at a coating concentration of 0.2 μg/cm². Mousebone marrow cells are plated (1,000 cells/well) in 0.2 ml of serum-freemedium. Cells cultured in the presence of IL-3 (5 ng/ml)+SCF (50 ng/ml)would serve as the positive control, conditions under which littleself-renewal but pronounced differentiation of the stem cells is to beexpected. Albumin fusion proteins of the invention are tested withappropriate negative controls in the presence and absence of SCF (5.0ng/ml), where volume of the administered composition containing thealbumin fusion protein of the invention represents 10% of the totalassay volume. The plated cells are then allowed to grow by incubating ina low oxygen environment (5% CO₂, 7% O₂, and 88% N₂) tissue cultureincubator for 7 days. The number of proliferating cells within the wellsis then quantitated by measuring thymidine incorporation into cellularDNA. Verification of the positive hits in the assay will requirephenotypic characterization of the cells, which can be accomplished byscaling up of the culture system and using appropriate antibody reagentsagainst cell surface antigens and FACScan.

One skilled in the art could easily modify the exemplified studies totest the activity of albumin fusion proteins and polynucleotides of theinvention (e.g., gene therapy).

If a particular fusion protein of the present invention is found to be astimulator of hematopoietic progenitors, the fusion protein andpolynucleotides corresponding to the fusion protein may be useful forexample, in the diagnosis and treatment of disorders affecting theimmune system and hematopoiesis. Representative uses are described inthe “Immune Activity” and “Infectious Disease” sections above, andelsewhere herein. The fusion protein may also be useful in the expansionof stem cells and committed progenitors of various blood lineages, andin the differentiation and/or proliferation of various cell types.

Additionally, the albumin fusion proteins of the invention andpolynucleotides encoding albumin fusion proteins of the invention, mayalso be employed to inhibit the proliferation and differentiation ofhematopoietic cells and therefore may be employed to protect bone marrowstem cells from chemotherapeutic agents during chemotherapy. Thisantiproliferative effect may allow administration of higher doses ofchemotherapeutic agents and, therefore, more effective chemotherapeutictreatment.

Moreover, fusion proteins of the invention and polynucleotides encodingalbumin fusion proteins of the invention may also be useful for thetreatment and diagnosis of hematopoietic related disorders such as,anemia, pancytopenia, leukopenia, thrombocytopenia or leukemia, sincestromal cells are important in the production of cells of hematopoieticlineages. The uses include bone marrow cell ex-vivo culture, bone marrowtransplantation, bone marrow reconstitution, radiotherapy orchemotherapy of neoplasia.

Example 39 Human Dermal Fibroblast and Aortic Smooth Muscle CellProliferation

An albumin fusion protein of the invention is added to cultures ofnormal human dermal fibroblasts (NHDF) and human aortic smooth musclecells (AoSMC) and two co-assays are performed with each sample. Thefirst assay examines the effect of the fusion protein on theproliferation of normal human dermal fibroblasts (NHDF) or aortic smoothmuscle cells (AoSMC). Aberrant growth of fibroblasts or smooth musclecells is a part of several pathological processes, including fibrosis,and restenosis. The second assay examines IL6 production by both NHDFand SMC. IL6 production is an indication of functional activation.Activated cells will have increased production of a number of cytokinesand other factors, which can result in a proinflammatory orimmunomodulatory outcome. Assays are run with and without co-TNFastimulation, in order to check for costimulatory or inhibitory activity.

Briefly, on day 1, 96-well black plates are set up with 1000 cells/well(NHDF) or 2000 cells/well (AoSMC) in 100 μl culture media. NHDF culturemedia contains: Clonetics FB basal media, 1 mg/ml hFGF, 5 mg/ml insulin,50 mg/ml gentamycin, 2% FBS, while AoSMC culture media containsClonetics SM basal media, 0.5 μg/ml hEGF, 5 mg/ml insulin, 1 μg/ml hFGF,50 mg/ml gentamycin, 50 μg/ml Amphotericin B, 5% FBS. After incubationat 37° C. for at least 4-5 hours culture media is aspirated and replacedwith growth arrest media. Growth arrest media for NHDF containsfibroblast basal media, 50 mg/ml gentamycin, 2% FBS, while growth arrestmedia for AoSMC contains SM basal media, 50 mg/ml gentamycin, 50 μg/mlAmphotericin B, 0.4% FBS. Incubate at 37° C. until day 2.

On day 2, serial dilutions and templates of an albumin fusion protein ofthe invention are designed such that they always include media controlsand known-protein controls. For both stimulation and inhibitionexperiments, proteins are diluted in growth arrest media. For inhibitionexperiments. TNFa is added to a final concentration of 2 ng/ml (NHDF) or5 ng/ml (AoSMC). Add ⅓ vol media containing controls or an albuminfusion protein of the invention and incubate at 37 degrees C./5% CO₂until day 5.

Transfer 60 μl from each well to another labeled 96-well plate, coverwith a plate-sealer, and store at 4 degrees C, until Day 6 (for IL6ELISA). To the remaining 100 μl in the cell culture plate, asepticallyadd Alamar Blue in an amount equal to 10% of the culture volume (10 μl).Return plates to incubator for 3 to 4 hours. Then measure fluorescencewith excitation at 530 nm and emission at 590 nm using the CytoFluor.This yields the growth stimulation/inhibition data.

On day 5, the IL6 ELISA is performed by coating a 96 well plate with50-100 ul/well of Anti-Human IL6 Monoclonal antibody diluted in PBS, pH7.4, incubate ON at room temperature.

On day 6, empty the plates into the sink and blot on paper towels.Prepare Assay Buffer containing PBS with 4% BSA. Block the plates with200 μl/well of Pierce Super Block blocking buffer in PBS for 1-2 hr andthen wash plates with wash buffer (PBS, 0.05% TWEEN-20® (polysorbate20)). Blot plates on paper towels. Then add 50 μl/well of dilutedAnti-Human IL-6 Monoclonal, Biotin-labeled antibody at 0.50 mg/ml. Makedilutions of IL-6 stock in media (30, 10, 3, 1, 0.3, 0 ng/ml). Addduplicate samples to top row of plate. Cover the plates and incubate for2 hours at RT on shaker.

Plates are washed with wash buffer and blotted on paper towels. DiluteEU-labeled Streptavidin 1:1000 in Assay buffer, and add 100 μl/well.Cover the plate and incubate 1 h at RT. Plates are again washed withwash buffer and blotted on paper towels.

Add 100 μl/well of Enhancement Solution. Shake for 5 minutes. Read theplate on the Wallac DELFLA Fluorometer. Readings from triplicate samplesin each assay were tabulated and averaged.

A positive result in this assay suggests AoSMC cell proliferation andthat the albumin fusion protein may be involved in dermal fibroblastproliferation and/or smooth muscle cell proliferation. A positive resultalso suggests many potential uses of the fusion protein andpolynucleotides encoding the albumin fusion protein. For example,inflammation and immune responses, wound healing, and angiogenesis, asdetailed throughout this specification. Particularly, fusion proteinsmay be used in wound healing and dermal regeneration, as well as thepromotion of vasculogenesis, both of the blood vessels and lymphatics.The growth of vessels can be used in the treatment of, for example,cardiovascular diseases. Additionally, fusion proteins showingantagonistic activity in this assay may be useful in treating diseases,disorders, and/or conditions which involve angiogenesis by acting as ananti-vascular agent (e.g., anti-angiogenesis). These diseases,disorders, and/or conditions are known in the art and/or are describedherein, such as, for example, malignancies, solid tumors, benign tumors,for example hemangiomas, acoustic neuromas, neurofibromas, trachomas,and pyogenic granulomas; artheroscleric plaques; ocular angiogenicdiseases, for example, diabetic retinopathy, retinopathy of prematurity,macular degeneration, corneal graft rejection, neovascular glaucoma,retrolental fibroplasia, rubeosis, retinoblastoma, uvietis and Pterygia(abnormal blood vessel growth) of the eye; rheumatoid arthritis;psoriasis; delayed wound healing; endometriosis; vasculogenesis;granulations; hypertrophic scars (keloids); nonunion fractures;scleroderma; trachoma; vascular adhesions; myocardial angiogenesis;coronary collaterals; cerebral collaterals; arteriovenous malformations;ischemic limb angiogenesis; Osler-Webber Syndrome; plaqueneovascularization; telangiectasia; hemophiliac joints; angiofibroma;fibromuscular dysplasia; wound granulation; Crohn's disease; andatherosclerosis. Moreover, albumin fusion proteins that act asantagonists in this assay may be useful in treatinganti-hyperproliferative diseases and/or anti-inflammatory known in theart and/or described herein.

Example 40 Cellular Adhesion Molecule (CAM) Expression on EndothelialCells

The recruitment of lymphocytes to areas of inflammation and angiogenesisinvolves specific receptor-ligand interactions between cell surfaceadhesion molecules (CAMs) on lymphocytes and the vascular endothelium.The adhesion process, in both normal and pathological settings, followsa multi-step cascade that involves intercellular adhesion molecule-1(ICAM-1), vascular cell adhesion molecule-1 (VCAM-1), and endothelialleukocyte adhesion molecule-1 (E-selectin) expression on endothelialcells (EC). The expression of these molecules and others on the vascularendothelium determines the efficiency with which leukocytes may adhereto the local vasculature and extravasate into the local tissue duringthe development of an inflammatory response. The local concentration ofcytokines and growth factor participate in the modulation of theexpression of these CAMs.

Briefly, endothelial cells (e.g., Human Umbilical Vein Endothelial cells(HUVECs)) are grown in a standard 96 well plate to confluence, growthmedium is removed from the cells and replaced with 100 μl of 199 Medium(10% fetal bovine serum (FBS)). Samples for testing (containing analbumin fusion protein of the invention) and positive or negativecontrols are added to the plate in triplicate (in 10 μl volumes). Platesare then incubated at 37° C. for either 5 h (selectin and integrinexpression) or 24 h (integrin expression only). Plates are aspirated toremove medium and 100 μl of 0.1% paraformaldehyde-PBS(with Ca++ andMg++) is added to each well. Plates are held at 4° C. for 30 min.Fixative is removed from the wells and wells are washed 1× withPBS(+Ca,Mg)+0.5% BSA and drained. 10 μl of diluted primary antibody isadded to the test and control wells. Anti-ICAM-1-Biotin.Anti-VCAM-1-Biotin and Anti-E-selectin-Biotin are used at aconcentration of 10 μg/ml (1:10 dilution of 0.1 mg/ml stock antibody).Cells are incubated at 37° C. for 30 min, in a humidified environment.Wells are washed three times with PBS(+Ca,Mg)+0.5% BSA. 20 μl of dilutedExtrAvidin-Alkaline Phosphatase (1:5,000 dilution, referred to herein asthe working dilution) are added to each well and incubated at 37° C. for30 min. Wells are washed three times with PBS(+Ca,Mg)+0.5% BSA. Dissolve1 tablet of p-Nitrophenol Phosphate pNPP per 5 ml of glycine buffer (pH10.4). 100 μl of pNPP substrate in glycine buffer is added to each testwell. Standard wells in triplicate are prepared from the workingdilution of the ExtrAvidin-Alkaline Phosphotase in glycine buffer:1:5,000 (10⁰)>10^(−0.5)>10⁻¹>10^(−1.5). 5 μl of each dilution is addedto triplicate wells and the resulting AP content in each well is 5.50ng, 1.74 ng, 0.55 ng, 0.18 ng, 100 μl of pNNP reagent is then added toeach of the standard wells. The plate is incubated at 37° C. for 4 h. Avolume of 50 μl of 3M NaOH is added to all wells. The plate is read on aplate reader at 405 nm using the background subtraction option on blankwells filled with glycine buffer only. Additionally, the template is setup to indicate the concentration of AP-conjugate in each standard well[5.50 ng; 1.74 ng; 0.55 ng; 0.18 ng]. Results are indicated as amount ofbound AP-conjugate in each sample.

Example 41 Alamar Blue Endothelial Cells Proliferation Assay

This assay may be used to quantitatively determine protein mediatedinhibition of bFGF-induced proliferation of Bovine Lymphatic EndothelialCells (LECs), Bovine Aortic Endothelial Cells (BAECs) or HumanMicrovascular Uterine Myometrial Cells (UTMECs). This assay incorporatesa fluorometric growth indicator based on detection of metabolicactivity. A standard Alamar Blue Proliferation Assay is prepared inEGM-2MV with 10 ng/ml of bFGF added as a source of endothelial cellstimulation. This assay may be used with a variety of endothelial cellswith slight changes in growth medium and cell concentration. Dilutionsof protein batches to be tested are diluted as appropriate. Serum-freemedium (GIBCO SFM) without bFGF is used as a non-stimulated control andAngiostatin or TSP-1 are included as a known inhibitory controls.

Briefly, LEC, BAECs or UTMECs are seeded in growth media at a density of5000 to 2000 cells/well in a 96 well plate and placed at 37 degrees C,overnight. After the overnight incubation of the cells, the growth mediais removed and replaced with GIBCO EC-SFM. The cells are treated withthe appropriate dilutions of an albumin fusion protein of the inventionor control protein sample(s) (prepared in SFM) in triplicate wells withadditional bFGF to a concentration of 10 ng/ml. Once the cells have beentreated with the samples, the plate(s) is/are placed back in the 37° C.incubator for three days. After three days 10 ml of stock alamar blue(Biosource Cat#DALI1100) is added to each well and the plate(s) is/areplaced back in the 37° C. incubator for four hours. The plate(s) arethen read at 530 nm excitation and 590 nm emission using the CytoFluorfluorescence reader. Direct output is recorded in relative fluorescenceunits.

Alamar blue is an oxidation-reduction indicator that both fluoresces andchanges color in response to chemical reduction of growth mediumresulting from cell growth. As cells grow in culture, innate metabolicactivity results in a chemical reduction of the immediate surroundingenvironment. Reduction related to growth causes the indicator to changefrom oxidized (non-fluorescent blue) form to reduced (fluorescent red)form (i.e., stimulated proliferation will produce a stronger signal andinhibited proliferation will produce a weaker signal and the totalsignal is proportional to the total number of cells as well as theirmetabolic activity). The background level of activity is observed withthe starvation medium alone. This is compared to the output observedfrom the positive control samples (bFGF in growth medium) and proteindilutions.

Example 42 Detection of Inhibition of a Mixed Lymphocyte Reaction

This assay can be used to detect and evaluate inhibition of a MixedLymphocyte Reaction (MLR) by fusion proteins of the invention.Inhibition of a MLR may be due to a direct effect on cell proliferationand viability, modulation of costimulatory molecules on interactingcells, modulation of adhesiveness between lymphocytes and accessorycells, or modulation of cytokine production by accessory cells. Multiplecells may be targeted by the albumin fusion proteins that inhibit MLRsince the peripheral blood mononuclear fraction used in this assayincludes T, B and natural killer lymphocytes, as well as monocytes anddendritic cells.

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention found to inhibit the MLR mayfind application in diseases associated with lymphocyte and monocyteactivation or proliferation. These include, but are not limited to,diseases such as asthma, arthritis, diabetes, inflammatory skinconditions, psoriasis, eczema, systemic lupus erythematosus, multiplesclerosis, glomerulonephritis, inflammatory bowel disease, crohn'sdisease, ulcerative colitis, arteriosclerosis, cirrhosis, graft vs, hostdisease, host vs, graft disease, hepatitis, leukemia and lymphoma.

Briefly. PBMCs from human donors are purified by density gradientcentrifugation using Lymphocyte Separation Medium (LSM®, density 1.0770g/ml, Organon Teknika Corporation, West Chester, Pa.). PBMCs from twodonors are adjusted to 2×10⁶ cells/ml in RPMI-1640 (Life Technologies.Grand Island. NY) supplemented with 10% FCS and 2 mM glutamine. PBMCsfrom a third donor is adjusted to 2×10⁵ cells ml. Fifty microliters ofPBMCs from each donor is added to wells of a 96-well round bottommicrotiter plate. Dilutions of the fusion protein test material (50 μl)is added in triplicate to microtiter wells. Test samples (of the proteinof interest) are added for final dilution of 1:4; rhuIL-2 (R&D Systems,Minneapolis, Minn, catalog number 202-IL) is added to a finalconcentration of 1 μg/ml; anti-CD4 mAb (R&D Systems, clone 34930.11,catalog number MAB379) is added to a final concentration of 10 μg/ml.Cells are cultured for 7-8 days at 37° C. in 5% CO₂, and 1 μC of [³H]thymidine is added to wells for the last 16 hrs of culture. Cells areharvested and thymidine incorporation determined using a PackardTopCount. Data is expressed as the mean and standard deviation oftriplicate determinations.

Samples of the fusion protein of interest are screened in separateexperiments and compared to the negative control treatment, anti-CD4mAb, which inhibits proliferation of lymphocytes and the positivecontrol treatment, IL-2 (either as recombinant material or supernatant),which enhances proliferation of lymphocytes.

Example 43 Assays for Protease Activity

The following assay may be used to assess protease activity of analbumin fusion protein of the invention.

Gelatin and casein zymography are performed essentially as described(Heusen et al., Anal. Biochem., 102:196-202 (1980); Wilson et al.,Journal of Urology, 149:653-658 (1993)). Samples are run on 10%polyacryamide/0.1% SDS gels containing 1% gelain orcasein, soaked in2.5% triton at room temperature for 1 hour, and in 0.1M glycine, pH 8.3at 37° C. 5 to 16 hours. After staining in amido black areas ofproteolysis appear as clear areas against the blue-black background.Trypsin (Sigma T8642) is used as a positive control.

Protease activity is also determined by monitoring the cleavage ofn-a-benzoyl-L-arginine ethyl ester (BAEE) (Sigma B-4500. Reactions areset up in (25 mM NaPO₄, 1 mM EDTA, and 1 mM BAEE), pH 7.5. Samples areadded and the change in absorbance at 260 nm is monitored on the BeckmanDU-6 spectrophotometer in the time-drive mode. Trypsin is used as apositive control.

Additional assays based upon the release of acid-soluble peptides fromcasein or hemoglobin measured as absorbance at 280 nm orcolorimetrically using the Folin method are performed as described inBergmeyer, et al., Methods of Enzymatic Analysis, 5 (1984). Other assaysinvolve the solubilization of chromogenic substrates (Ward, AppliedScience, 251-317 (1983)).

Example 44 Identifying Serine Protease Substrate Specificity

Methods known in the art or described herein may be used to determinethe substrate specificity of the albumin fusion proteins of the presentinvention having serine protease activity. A preferred method ofdetermining substrate specificity is by the use of positional scanningsynthetic combinatorial libraries as described in GB 2 324 529(incorporated herein in its entirety).

Example 45 Ligand Binding Assays

The following assay may be used to assess ligand binding activity of analbumin fusion protein of the invention.

Ligand binding assays provide a direct method for ascertaining receptorpharmacology and are adaptable to a high throughput format. The purifiedligand for an albumin fusion protein of the invention is radiolabeled tohigh specific activity (50-2000 Ci mmol) for binding studies. Adetermination is then made that the process of radiolabeling does notdiminish the activity of the ligand towards the fusion protein. Assayconditions for buffers, ions, pH and other modulators such asnucleotides are optimized to establish a workable signal to noise ratiofor both membrane and whole cell polypeptide sources. For these assays,specific polypeptide binding is defined as total associatedradioactivity minus the radioactivity measured in the presence of anexcess of unlabeled competing ligand. Where possible, more than onecompeting ligand is used to define residual nonspecific binding.

Example 46 Functional Assay in Xenopus Oocytes

Capped RNA transcripts from linearized plasmid templates encoding analbumin fusion protein of the invention is synthesized in vitro with RNApolymerases in accordance with standard procedures. In vitro transcriptsare suspended in water at a final concentration of 0.2 mg/ml. Ovarianlobes are removed from adult female toads, Stage V defolliculatedoocytes are obtained, and RNA transcripts (10 ng/oocyte) are injected ina 50 nl bolus using a microinjection apparatus. Two electrode voltageclamps are used to measure the currents from individual Xenopus oocytesin response fusion protein and polypeptide agonist exposure. Recordingsare made in Ca2+ free Barth's medium at room temperature. The Xenopussystem can be used to screen known ligands and tissue/cell extracts foractivating ligands.

Example 47 Microphysiometric Assays

Activation of a wide variety of secondary messenger systems results inextrusion of small amounts of acid from a cell. The acid formed islargely as a result of the increased metabolic activity required to fuelthe intracellular signaling process. The pH changes in the mediasurrounding the cell are very small but are detectable by the CYTOSENSORmicrophysiometer (Molecular Devices Ltd. Menlo Park. Calif.). TheCYTOSENSOR is thus capable of detecting the ability of an albumin fusionprotein of the invention to activate secondary messengers that arecoupled to an energy utilizing intracellular signaling pathway.

Example 48 Extract/Cell Supernatant Screening

A large number of mammalian receptors exist for which there remains, asyet, no cognate activating ligand (agonist). Thus, active ligands forthese receptors may not be included within the ligands banks asidentified to date. Accordingly, the albumin fusion proteins of theinvention can also be functionally screened (using calcium, cAMP,microphysiometer, oocyte electrophysiology, etc., functional screens)against tissue extracts to identify natural ligands for the Therapeuticprotein portion and or albumin protein portion of an albumin fusionprotein of the invention. Extracts that produce positive functionalresponses can be sequentially subfractionated until an activating ligandis isolated and identified.

Example 49 ATP-Binding Assay

The following assay may be used to assess ATP-binding activity of fusionproteins of the invention.

ATP-binding activity of an albumin fusion protein of the invention maybe detected using the ATP-binding assay described in U.S. Pat. No.5,858,719, which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.Briefly, ATP-binding to an albumin fusion protein of the invention ismeasured via photoaffinity labeling with 8-azido-ATP in a competitionassay. Reaction mixtures containing 1 mg/ml of ABC transport protein areincubated with varying concentrations of ATP, or the non-hydrolyzableATP analog adenyl-5′-imidodiphosphate for 10 minutes at 4° C. A mixtureof 8-azido-ATP (Sigma Chem. Corp., St. Louis, Mo.) plus 8-azido-ATP(³²P-ATP) (5 mCi/μmol, ICN, Irvine Calif.) is added to a finalconcentration of 100 μM and 0.5 ml aliquots are placed in the wells of aporcelain spot plate on ice. The plate is irradiated using a short wave254 nm UV lamp at a distance of 2.5 cm from the plate for two one-minuteintervals with a one-minute cooling interval in between. The reaction isstopped by addition of dithiothreitol to a final concentration of 2 mM.The incubations are subjected to SDS-PAGE electrophoresis, dried, andautoradiographed. Protein bands corresponding to the albumin fusionproteins of the invention are excised, and the radioactivity quantified.A decrease in radioactivity with increasing ATP oradenly-5′-imidodiphosphate provides a measure of ATP affinity to thefusion protein.

Example 50 Phosphorylation Assay

In order to assay for phosphorylation activity of an albumin fusionprotein of the invention, a phosphorylation assay as described in U.S.Pat. No. 5,958,405 (which is herein incorporated by reference) isutilized. Briefly, phosphorylation activity may be measured byphosphorylation of a protein substrate using gamma-labeled ³²P-ATP andquantitation of the incorporated radioactivity using a gammaradioisotope counter. The fusion protein of the invention is incubatedwith the protein substrate. ³²P-ATP, and a kinase buffer. The ³²Pincorporated into the substrate is then separated from free ³²P-ATP byelectrophoresis, and the incorporated ³²P is counted and compared to anegative control. Radioactivity counts above the negative control areindicative of phosphorylation activity of the fusion protein.

Example 51 Detection of Phosphorylation Activity (Activation) of anAlbumin Fusion Protein of the Invention in the Presence of PolypeptideLigands

Methods known in the art or described herein may be used to determinethe phosphorylation activity of an albumin fusion protein of theinvention. A preferred method of determining phosphorylation activity isby the use of the tyrosine phosphorylation assay as described in U.S.Pat. No. 5,817,471 (incorporated herein by reference).

Example 52 Identification Of Signal Transduction Proteins that Interactwith an Albumin Fusion Protein of the Present Invention

Albumin fusion proteins of the invention may serve as research tools forthe identification, characterization and purification of signaltransduction pathway proteins or receptor proteins. Briefly, a labeledfusion protein of the invention is useful as a reagent for thepurification of molecules with which it interacts. In one embodiment ofaffinity purification, an albumin fusion protein of the invention iscovalently coupled to a chromatography column. Cell-free extract derivedfrom putative target cells, such as carcinoma tissues, is passed overthe column, and molecules with appropriate affinity bind to the albuminfusion protein. The protein complex is recovered from the column,dissociated, and the recovered molecule subjected to N-terminal proteinsequencing. This amino acid sequence is then used to identify thecaptured molecule or to design degenerate oligonucleotide probes forcloning the relevant gene from an appropriate cDNA library.

Example 53 IL-6 Bioassay

A variety of assays are known in the art for testing the proliferativeeffects of an albumin fusion protein of the invention. For example, onesuch assay is the IL-6 Bioassay as described by Marz et al. (Proc. Natl.Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 95:3251-56 (1998), which is herein incorporated byreference). After 68 hrs, at 37° C. the number of viable cells ismeasured by adding the tetrazolium salt thiazolyl blue (MITT) andincubating for a further 4 hrs, at 37° C. B9 cells are lysed by SDS andoptical density is measured at 570 nm. Controls containing IL-6(positive) and no cytokine (negative) are Briefly. IL-6 dependent B9murine cells are washed three times in IL-6 free medium and plated at aconcentration of 5.000 cells per well in 50 μl, and 50 μl of fusionprotein of the invention is added, utilized. Enhanced proliferation inthe test sample(s) (containing an albumin fusion protein of theinvention) relative to the negative control is indicative ofproliferative effects mediated by the fusion protein.

Example 54 Support of Chicken Embryo Neuron Survival

To test whether sympathetic neuronal cell viability is supported by analbumin fusion protein of the invention, the chicken embryo neuronalsurvival assay of Senaldi et al may be utilized (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.,U.S.A., 96:11458-63 (1998), which is herein incorporated by reference).Briefly, motor and sympathetic neurons are isolated from chickenembryos, resuspended in L15 medium (with 10% FCS, glucose, sodiumselenite, progesterone, conalbumin, putrescine, and insulin; LifeTechnologies, Rockville, Md.) and Dulbecco's modified Eagles medium[with 10% FCS, glutamine, penicillin, and 25 mM Hepes buffer (pH 7.2);Life Technologies, Rockville, Md.], respectively, and incubated at 37°C. in 5% CO₂ in the presence of different concentrations of the purifiedfusion protein of the invention, as well as a negative control lackingany cytokine. After 3 days, neuron survival is determined by evaluationof cellular morphology, and through the use of the colorimetric assay ofMosmann (Mosmann, T., J. Immunol. Methods, 65:55-63 (1983)). Enhancedneuronal cell viability as compared to the controls lacking cytokine isindicative of the ability of the albumin fusion protein to enhance thesurvival of neuronal cells.

Example 55 Assay for Phosphatase Activity

The following assay may be used to assess serine/threonine phosphatase(PTPase) activity of an albumin fusion protein of the invention.

In order to assay for serine/threonine phosphatase (PTPase) activity,assays can be utilized which are widely known to those skilled in theart. For example, the serine/threonine phosphatase (PSPase) activity ofan albumin fusion protein of the invention may be measured using aPSPase assay kit from New England Biolabs, Inc. Myelin basic protein(MyBP), a substrate for PSPase, is phosphorylated on serine andthreonine residues with cAMP-dependent Protein Kinase in the presence of[³²P]ATP. Protein serine threonine phosphatase activity is thendetermined by measuring the release of inorganic phosphate from32P-labeled MyBP.

Example 56 Interaction of Serine/Threonine Phosphatases with OtherProteins

Fusion protein of the invention having serine/threonine phosphataseactivity (e.g., as determined in Example 55) are useful, for example, asresearch tools for the identification, characterization and purificationof additional interacting proteins or receptor proteins, or other signaltransduction pathway proteins. Briefly, a labeled fusion protein of theinvention as useful as a reagent for the purification of molecules withwhich it interacts. In one embodiment of affinity purification, analbumin fusion protein of the invention is covalently coupled to achromatography column. Cell-free extract derived from putative targetcells, such as neural or liver cells, is passed over the column, andmolecules with appropriate affinity bind to the fusion protein. Thefusion protein-complex is recovered from the column, dissociated, andthe recovered molecule subjected to N-terminal protein sequencing. Thisamino acid sequence is then used to identify the captured molecule or todesign degenerate oligonucleotide probes for cloning the relevant genefrom an appropriate cDNA library.

Example 57 Assaying for Heparanase Activity

There a numerous assays known in the art that may be employed to assayfor heparanase activity of an albumin fusion protein of the invention.In one example, heparanase activity of an albumin fusion protein of theinvention, is assayed as described by Vlodavsky et al., (Vlodavsky etal. Nat. Med., 5:793-802 (1999)). Briefly, cell lysates, conditionedmedia, intact cells (1×10⁶ cells per 35-mm dish), cell culturesupernatant, or purified fusion protein are incubated for 18 hrs at 37°C., pH 6.2-6.6, with ³⁵S-labeled ECM or soluble ECM derived peak Iproteoglycans. The incubation medium is centrifuged and the supernatantis analyzed by gel filtration on a Sepharose CL-6B column (0.9×30 cm).Fractions are eluted with PBS and their radioactivity is measured.Degradation fragments of heparan sulfate side chains are eluted fromSepharose 6B at 0.5<K_(av)<0.8 (peak II). Each experiment is done atleast three times. Degradation fragments corresponding to “peak II,” asdescribed by Vlodavsky et al., is indicative of the activity of analbumin fusion protein of the invention in cleaving heparan sulfate.

Example 58 Immobilization of Biomolecules

This example provides a method for the stabilization of an albuminfusion protein of the invention in non-host cell lipid bilayerconstructs (see, e.g., Bieri et al., Nature Biotech 17:1105-1108 (1999),hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety herein) which can beadapted for the study of fusion proteins of the invention in the variousfunctional assays described above. Briefly, carbohydrate-specificchemistry for biotinylation is used to confine a biotin tag to analbumin fusion protein of the invention, thus allowing uniformorientation upon immobilization. A 50 uM solution of an albumin fusionprotein of the invention in washed membranes is incubated with 20 mMNaIO4 and 1.5 mg/ml (4 mM) BACH or 2 mg/ml (7.5 mM) biotin-hydrazide for1 hr at room temperature (reaction volume, 150 ul).

Then the sample is dialyzed (Pierce Slidealizer Cassett, 10 kDa cutoff;Pierce Chemical Co., Rockford Ill.) at 4 C first for 5 h, exchanging thebuffer after each hour, and finally for 12 h against 500 ml buffer R(0.15 M NaCl, 1 mM MgCl2, 10 mM sodium phosphate, pH7). Just beforeaddition into a cuvette, the sample is diluted 1:5 in buffer ROG50(Buffer R supplemented with 50 mM octylglucoside).

Example 59 Assays for Metalloproteinase Activity

Metalloproteinases are peptide hydrolases which use metal ions, such asZn²⁻, as the catalytic mechanism. Metalloproteinase activity of analbumin fusion protein of the present invention can be assayed accordingto methods known in the art. The following exemplary methods areprovided:

Proteolysis of Alpha-2-Macroglobulin

To confirm protease activity, a purified fusion protein of the inventionis mixed with the substrate alpha-2-macroglobulin (0.2 unit/ml;Boehringer Mannheim. Germany) in 1× assay buffer (50 mM HEPES, pH 7.5,0.2 M NaCl, 10 mM CaCl₂, 25 μM ZnCl₂ and 0.05% Brij-35) and incubated at37° C. for 1-5 days. Trypsin is used as positive control. Negativecontrols contain only alpha-2-macroglobulin in assay buffer. The samplesare collected and boiled in SDS-PAGE sample buffer containing 5%2-mercaptoethanol for 5-min, then loaded onto 8% SDS-polyacrylamide gel.After electrophoresis the proteins are visualized by silver staining.Proteolysis is evident by the appearance of lower molecular weight bandsas compared to the negative control.

Inhibition of Alpha-2-Macroglobulin Proteolysis by Inhibitors ofMetalloproteinases

Known metalloproteinase inhibitors (metal chelators (EDTA, EGTA, ANDHgCl₂), peptide metalloproteinase inhibitors (TIMP-1 and TIMP-2), andcommercial small molecule MMP inhibitors) may also be used tocharacterize the proteolytic activity of an albumin fusion protein ofthe invention. Three synthetic MMP inhibitors that may be used are: MMPinhibitor 1, [IC₅₀=1.0 μM against MMP-1 and IMP-8; IC₅₀=30 μM againstMMP-9; IC₅₀=150 μM against MMP-3]; MMP-3 (stromelysin-1) inhibitor 1[IC₅₀=5 uM against MMP-3], and MMP-3 inhibitor II [K₁=130 nM againstMMP-3]; inhibitors available through Calbiochem, catalog #444250,444218, and 444225, respectively). Briefly, different concentrations ofthe small molecule MMP inhibitors are mixed with a purified fusionprotein of the invention (50 μg/ml) in 22.9 μl of 1×HEPES buffer (50 mMHEPES, pH 7.5, 0.2 M NaCl, 10 mM CaCl₂, 25 μM ZnCl₂ and 0.05% Brij-35)and incubated at room temperature (24° C.) for 2-hr, then 7.1 μl ofsubstrate alpha-2-macroglobulin (0.2 unit/ml) is added and incubated at37° C. for 20-hr. The reactions are stopped by adding 4× sample bufferand boiled immediately for 5 minutes. After SDS-PAGE, the protein bandsare visualized by silver stain.

Synthetic Fluorogenic Peptide Substrates Cleavage Assay

The substrate specificity for fusion proteins of the invention withdemonstrated metalloproteinase activity may be determined usingtechniques known in the art, such as using synthetic fluorogenic peptidesubstrates (purchased from BACHEM Bioscience Inc). Test substratesinclude, M-1985, M-2225, M-2105, M-2110, and M-2255. The first four areMMP substrates and the last one is a substrate of tumor necrosisfactor-α (TNF-α) converting enzyme (TACE). These substrates arepreferably prepared in 1:1 dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) and water. Thestock solutions are 50-500 μM. Fluorescent assays are performed by usinga Perkin Elmer LS 50B luminescence spectrometer equipped with a constanttemperature water bath. The excitation λ is 328 nm and the emission λ is393 nm. Briefly, the assay is carried out by incubating 176 μl 1×HEPESbuffer (0.2 M NaCl, 10 mM CaCl₂, 0.05% Brij-35 and 50 mM HEPES, pH 7.5)with 4 μl of substrate solution (50 μM) at 25° C. for 15 minutes, andthen adding 20 μl of a purified fusion protein of the invention into theassay cuvett. The final concentration of substrate is 1 μM. Initialhydrolysis rates are monitored for 30-min.

It will be clear that the invention may be practiced otherwise than asparticularly described in the foregoing description and examples.Numerous modifications and variations of the present invention arepossible in light of the above teachings and, therefore, are within thescope of the appended claims.

The entire disclosure of each document cited (including patents, patentapplications, patent publications, journal articles, abstracts,laboratory manuals, books, or other disclosures) as well as informationavailable through Identifiers specific to databases such as GenBank,GeneSeq, or the CAS Registry, referred to in this application are hereinincorporated by reference in their entirety. The specification andsequence listing of each of the following U.S. applications are hereinincorporated by reference in their entirety: Application Nos. 60/229,358filed on Apr. 12, 2000; 60/199,384 filed on Apr. 25, 2000 and 60/256,931filed on Dec. 21, 2000.

1-60. (canceled)
 61. A method of treating a patient in need of a FactorIX polypeptide, comprising the step of administering an effective amountof an albumin fusion protein comprising a Factor IX polypeptide fused toan albumin polypeptide, wherein the albumin polypeptide has the abilityto prolong the serum half-life of the fused Factor IX polypeptidecompared to the unfused Factor IX polypeptide, wherein the fused FactorIX polypeptide has Factor IX coagulant activity, wherein the Factor IXpolypeptide is fused at the N-terminus of the albumin polypeptide, andwherein the albumin polypeptide is selected from: a) a full-lengthalbumin; b) a mature albumin; c) a fragment of albumin; d) a polypeptideconsisting of an amino acid sequence at least 95% identical to SEQ IDNO:18; and e) amino acids 1 to 387 of SEQ ID NO:18;
 62. The method ofclaim 61, wherein the Factor IX polypeptide is selected from: a) afull-length Factor IX; b) an activated Factor IX (Factor IXa); c) afragment of Factor IX; d) a polypeptide consisting of an amino acidsequence at least 90% identical to the sequence of amino acids 1 (Tyr)to 416 (Thr) of SEQ ID NO: 46; and e) a mature Factor IX.
 63. The methodof claim 61, wherein the administration comprises subcutaneousadministration.
 64. The method of claim 63, wherein the subcutaneousadministration comprises one or more injections.
 65. The method of claim63, wherein the effective amount of the albumin fusion protein is in therange of 1 μg/kg/day to 10 mg/kg/day of patient body weight.
 66. Themethod of claim 65, wherein the effective amount of the albumin fusionprotein is at least 0.01 mg/kg/day.
 67. The method of claim 63, whereinthe albumin fusion protein is administered continuously.
 68. The methodof claim 63, wherein the subcutaneous administration comprises between 1and 4 injections per day.
 69. The method of claim 67, wherein thecontinuous administration comprises continuous subcutaneous infusions.70. The method of claim 63, wherein the subcutaneous administration usesa sustained-release system.